BONDSTRAND
GLASSFIBER REINFORCED EPOXY AND
®
PHENOLIC PIPE SYSTEMS FOR
OFFSHORE APPLICATIONS
Historically, offshore production platform,
drilling rig and FPSO owners and operators
have had to face the grim reality of
continuously replacing most metal piping
because of severe corrosion. This has
resulted in piping systems costing two or
three times the original investment since
steel and metal pipe systems are very
costly to maintain.
Bondstrand GRE pipe systems are the
cost-effective, maintenance-free and
lightweight solution that provides corrosionfree and erosion-free operation during the
service life of the vessel.
speciFications
iso
The objective of ISO 14692 is to provide the oil &
gas industry and the supporting engineering and
manufacturing industry with mutually agreed
upon specifications and recommended
practices for the design, purchase,
manufacturing, qualification testing, handling,
storage, installation, commisioning and
operation of GRP (Glassfiber Reinforced Plastic -
the many advantages of bondstrand gre
pipe systems
a generic terms including epoxy and other
Durable and corrosion resistant
Bondstrand GRE is highly resistant to
corrosion caused by (salt) water, chemicals,
residues and bacteria.
Similarly, it resists corrosion even in
aggressive environments. Cathodic
protection is not required.
ISO 14692, part 2, 3 and 4 follow the individual
Lightweight – easy to install
Bondstrand GRE pipes weigh only a
quarter to an eighth of steel pipes and are
easy to install without the need of heavy
nstallation equipment, welding or protective
coating. For installation of GRE piping
systems no ‘hot’ work is required.
facilities, but it may also be used as guidance
Low installation and operating costs
Installation costs of Bondstrand GRE pipe
systems are less than that of carbon steel;
total installed costs are comparable.
Operating costs are reduced due to less
energy needed to pump fluid through the
smooth internal bore.
In 1993, the International Maritime Organisation
wide range of pipe systems
NOV Fiber Glass Systems offers a complete
range of pipe systems in a variety of
diameters and pressure classes for many
different applications. Pipe systems are
available in diameters up to 1000 mm (40
inch), and standard lengths up
to 12 m (40-feet).
Registre, Bureau Veritas, Det Norske Veritas,
resins) piping systems.
phases in the life cycle of a GRP piping system,
i.e. from design through manufacture to
operation. Each part is therefore aimed at the
relevant parties involved in that particular phase.
ISO 14692 is primarily intended for offshore
applications on both fixed and floating topsides
for the specification, manufacture, testing and
installation of GRE piping systems in other
similar applications found onshore, e.g.
produced water and firewater systems.
imo
(IMO) issued Resolution A.753(18) covering
acceptance criteria for plastic materials in
piping systems, appropriate design and
installation requirements and fire test
performance criteria for assuring ship safety.
Major certifying bodies (such as Lloyd’s
American Bureau of Shipping and United States
Coast Guard) have adopted and implemented
these Guidelines in their respective Rules and
Regulations for the Classification of Ships.
All Bondstrand pipe series that are used in the
marine/offshore industry are Type Approved by
these major certifying bodies.
no contamination
Bondstrand GRE does not rust or scale.
This prevents plugging of nozzles, valves
and other components.
2
engineering capabiLities
With manufacturing locations all over the world,
NOV Fiber Glass Systems has experienced teams
of engineers supporting the customer with support
design, engineering analysis, spool and isometric
drawings and installation procedures.
NOV Fiber Glass Systems Engineering Service
can include:
■ General engineering calculations such as
support span, thrust loads, joint strength,
collapse pressure and internal pressure ratings,
etc.
■ Design drawings, stress- and surge analyses
■ Pipe Spool drawings from piping isometrics
■ Pipe support detailing
■ Material take offs (MTO)
■ Supervision and/or survey of installation
■ Special product design for custom made parts
■ Expertise on international specification work
towards approval authorities
■ Field service
■ Training to certify installers.
preFabrication
Bondstrand GRE systems are assembled using
standard manufactured components. Spools can
be pre-fabricated at the yard, or can be supplied
from NOV Fiber Glass Systems spooling operation
or one of the network partners. The need for
adhesive bonded joining on board can be limited.
If pipe spacing is a constraint, NOV Fiber Glass
Systems can offer custom made spools to meet
specific dimensions. NOV Fiber Glass Systems
team of piping engineers and fabricators can
assist to ensure that custom-made spools are
designed and fabricated to meet the project
requirements.
Pre-fabricated spools will reduce the number of
field joints and provide greater reliability because
of the high quality joints and testing at the
NOV Fiber Glass Systems factory.
Installers, trained and certified by NOV Fiber Glass
Systems – according to IMO standards – can
handle the complete installation.
NOV Fiber Glass Systems’ scope of supply may
vary from material supply to complete ’turn-key’
projects.
3
testing
Bondstrand fittings are tested to 1.5 times their
pressure rating before they leave the factory or
are used in spools. Small diameter fittings,
to 150 mm (6 inch) are air tested, when possible.
All others and the large diameter fittings are
hydrotested. NOV Fiber Glass Systems is the only
manufacturer to conduct unrestrained hydro-test
of fittings above 500 mm (20 inch) in diameter
using self-energizing test plugs. Unrestrained
testing is a more representative test as it
simulates the actual conditions to which the pipe
system is subjected in most Offshore
installations.
NOV Fiber Glass Systems has extensive testing
capabilities to meet special requirements.
Comprehensive qualification testing is done on
representative sizes before manufacturing.
Qualification test includes long-term hydrostatic
test in accordance with ASTM D-2992, medium
term survival test (1000-hour survival test) and
short time burst test in accordance with ASTM
D-1599. Mechanical and physical property tests
of Bondstrand pipe can also be conducted.
Fire enDurance
epoxy pipe
Under IMO Rules, Bondstrand epoxy products can
be used for systems (normally water filled) without
additional passive fire protection. Fire
exposure will cause the outer surface of the pipe
to char, but the functionality of the piping remains.
additional fire protection
Depending on the level of fire endurance required,
epoxy pipe with enhanced fire resistance
properties can be supplied.
phenolic pipe
Bondstrand jetfire protected PSX-L3 pipe can also
be used in normally wet service and in those
locations where smoke density and toxicity are of
concern. The PSX-JF pipe is used in normally dry
service (such as deluge lines).
4
wiDe range oF
appLications
cost comparison with
conVentionaL steeL
systems
Our corrosion-resistant piping systems can
be used in a wide range of applications.
totaL instaLLeD cost eQuaLs
traDitionaL steeL piping
A comparison of costs clearly
shows the typical savings
during the service life of the
piping system.
Typical application areas are:
● Ballast water
● Caissons
● Cooling water
● Disposal
noV Fiber gLass systems oFFers the worLD’s
most comprehensiVe seLection oF joining
systems For oFFshore pipe systems
● Deluge (dry)
● Drains
Quick-Lock®
● Drilling mud
An adhesive-bonded joint with straight spigot and tapered
● Fresh water
bell. The integral pipe stop in the Quick-Lock bell
● Potable water
provides accurate laying lengths in close
● Produced water
tolerance piping.
● Fire mains
Available in sizes 50-400 mm (2-16 in).
● Saltwater / seawater
taper-taper
● Sanitary / sewage
An adhesive-bonded joint with matching tapered
● Column piping
male and female ends offering superior joint
● Vent lines
strength by controlled adhesive thickness.
Available in sizes 50-1000 mm (2-40 in).
wiDe range oF
soLutions
DoubLe o-ring
A mechanical joint offering quick assembly between
male and female ends. Two “O” rings are
employed to provide sealing.
As a leading producer NOV Fiber Glass
Systems offers the world’s most
comprehensive range of glassfiber
reinforced epoxy and phenolic pipe
systems. Whether you need corrosion
protection, fire protection, or a conductive
system, NOV Fiber Glass Systems offers
the right choice.
Available in sizes 50-900 mm (2-36 in).
FLanges
One-piece flanges and Stub-end flanges with
movable rings.
Available in sizes 50-1000 mm (2-40 in).
Fittings
Bondstrand GRE and Phenolic pipe series
Sizes: 25-1000 mm (1–40 inch)
Pressure classes: up to 25 bar (365 psi)
Internal liners: available if needed
Conductive systems: available if needed
Joining systems: Quick-Lock and Taper/Taper
adhesive bonded joints.
Standard filament-wound Couplings; 30°, 45°,
60°, and 90° Elbows; Tees and Reducing Tees;
Concentric Reducers; Flanges and Nipples.
Standard Flanges are available with the
following drilling: ANSI B16.5 Class 150 & 300,
DIN, ISO and JIS. Other drilling patterns are
available on request.
Available in sizes 50-1000 mm (2-40 inch)
bonDstranD conDuctiVe piping systems
Bondstrand conductive piping systems have been developed to
prevent accumulation of potentially dangerous levels of static
electrical charges.Pipe and flanges contain high strength
conductive filaments; the fittings include a conductive liner.
Combined with a conductive adhesive this provides an integral
electrically continuous system.
Grounding saddles can be bonded on the pipe. Integral grounding
cables are then bolted to the steel structure to drain accumulated
charges.
5
SALES OFFICES
United States
San Antonio, Texas
Oilfield Products
Phone: 210 434 5043
Little Rock, Arkansas
C&I/Fuel Handling Products
Phone: 501 568 4010
Burkburnett, Texas
Marine Offshore & Fuel Handling
Phone: 940 569 1471
Headquarters
2425 SW 36th Street
San Antonio, Texas 78237 USA
Phone: 210 434 5043
Fax: 210 434 7543
Middle East
Dubai, United Arab Emirates
Phone: 9714 886 5660
Downhole Solutions
Asia, Pacific Rim
Singapore
Phone: 65 6861 6118
Harbin China
Phone: 86 451 8709 1718
Drilling Solutions
Shanghai, China
Phone: 86 21 5888 1677
Mineral Wells, Texas
Centron Products
Phone: 940 325 1341
Suzhou, China
Phone: 86 512 8518 0099
Canada
Use U.S.A. Contacts
Europe, Africa, Caspian
Geldermalsen, The Netherlands
Phone: 31 345 587 587
Engineering and Project Management Solutions
Mexico, Caribbean,
Central America
Use U.S.A. Contacts
South America
Recife, Pernambuco, Brazil
Phone: 55 81 3501 0023
Central Asia / Russia
Aktau, Kazakhstan
Phone: 7 701 5141087
MANUFACTURING
FACILITIES
Burkburnett, Texas USA
Mineral Wells, Texas USA
Wichita, Kansas USA
Little Rock, Arkansas USA
San Antonio, Texas, USA
Sand Springs, Oklahoma USA
Geldermalsen, The Netherlands
Harbin, China
Malaysia
Recife, Brazil
Singapore
Sohar, Oman
Suzhou, China
Lifting and Handling Solutions
Production Solutions
Supply Chain Solutions
Tubular and Corrosion Control Solutions
National Oilwell Varco has produced this brochure for general information only, and it is not intended
for design purposes. Although every effort has been made to maintain the accuracy and reliability
of its contents, National Oilwell Varco in no way assumes responsibility for liability for any loss, damage or injury resulting from the use of information and data herein. All applications for the material
described are at the user’s risk and are the user’s responsibility.
All brands listed are trademarks of National Oilwell Varco.
Well Service and Completion Solutions
One Company . . . Unlimited Solutions
fgspipe@nov.com
w w w. f g s p i p e . c o m
© 2012 National Oilwell Varco. All rights reserved
MOS1100 supersedes FP 287 G - October 2012
BONDSTRAND
GLASSFIBER REINFORCED EPOXY PIPE SYSTEMS
®
FOR RETROFIT APPLICATIONS
Eliminate corrosion:
Retrofit your seawater systems
with Bondstrand®
Eliminate corrosion:
Retrofit your seawater systems
with Bondstrand
Ships operate in one of the most corrosive environments: sea water.
If steel or other types of metal piping were initially used in construction,
replace them with Bondstrand Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) when
corrosion causes them to fail.
Corrosion of metallic piping is a well known
problem on board seagoing vessels and
offshore units. Corrosion typically occurs
when metal piping is part of the seawater
system, as well as in systems carrying fluids
used for cleaning, degreasing and water
treatment.
Traditionally, corroded piping is replaced
from time to time by new pipes made of the
same material. This means the defect is
repaired, but the problem is not solved.
Future replacement of the same pipe is only
a matter of time.
Leaking seawater lines are a nuisance
aboard ships, especially in the engine
room. Seawater spraying, or dripping from
leaking pipes may also result in collateral
damage to surrounding equipment and
instruments.
Corrosion
does not have
to be a
problem.
For many shipowners and offshore
operators, the exchange of piping is
regarded as part of the daily routine.
The time it takes to have corrosion
problems can be predicted, based
on experience and is often accepted as a
fact of life. No questions are asked and
systems are being repaired and replaced
frequently.
The question to ask is: "Do you have to
accept repeated pipe replacement due to
corrosion problems in your seawater piping
systems?" The answer is: "No. Corrosion
problems can be eliminated with
Bondstrand."
SolutionS
NOV Fiber Glass Systems offers the solution
to your corrosion problems aboard ships
and offshore units. It is called Bondstrand.
Bondstrand GRE pipe systems have a
number of significant advantages when
compared to steel or other metallic piping.
Bondstrand GRE pipe systems are extremely
resistant to corrosion from salt water and to
a wide range of chemicals. Also, there is
very little scaling or fouling that will occur,
avoiding pressure loss. Bondstrand GRE
pipe systems are easy to install, lightweight
and require no "hot work". Bondstrand GRE
pipe can be designed to operate at
temperatures up to 121 °C.
Since 1957, Bondstrand GRE piping
systems have been installed successfully
and proven their performance on thousands
of ships and offshore units all over the world.
IMO recognizes the
increasing interest to use
materials other than steel
for pipes on ships. In 1993, IMO developed
guidelines (Res. A.753 [18]) to provide
acceptance criteria for plastic materials in
piping systems.
2
ClASS APPRoVED
Major certifying bodies such as
Lloyd’s Register, Bureau Veritas,
Det Norske Veritas, American Bureau of
Shipping, GL, RINA, RMRS, etc. have
adopted and implemented the IMO
Guidelines in their respective Rules and
Regulations for the Classification of Ships.
Bondstrand pipe series that are used
in the marine/offshore industry are
Type Approved by all major certifying
bodies.
Bondstrand GRE piping systems include
easy to install standard filament wound
fittings. When standard fittings can not be
used, laminated fittings and spools can be
tailor-made to fit almost any system.
Replacement can take place at sea during
the voyage, at anchorage, during regular
loading and discharge operations or during
dry dock periods.
REDuCE CoStS
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
WiDE RAnGE oF
APPliCAtionS



















Air and equipment cooling water
Ballast/segregated ballast
Brine
Chlorinated systems
Crude oil washing
Deck hot air drying (cargo tanks)
Drainage/sanitary service/sewage
Eductor systems
Electrical conduit
Exhaust piping
Fire mains and sprinkler systems
Fresh and salt water systems
Inert gas effluent
Main engine cooling
Petroleum cargo lines (cargo tanks)
Discharge lines
Scrubbers
Steam condensate
Tankcleaning (salt water system)
NOV Fiber Glass Systems has a
world-wide network of dedicated installers
who can carry out prefabrication, repairs
and retrofit jobs.
on installation
on material
on downtime
no painting required
on improved flow characteristics
on life-cycle maintenance
one time investment
3
SALES OFFICES
United States
San Antonio, Texas
Oilfield Products
Phone: 210 434 5043
Little Rock, Arkansas
C&I/Fuel Handling Products
Phone: 501 568 4010
Burkburnett, Texas
Marine Offshore, Bondstrand Products
Phone: 940 569 1471
Mineral Wells, Texas
Centron Products
Phone: 940 325 1341
NOV DIVISIONS
Middle East
Dubai, United Arab Emirates
Phone: 9714 886 5660
Asia, Pacific Rim
Singapore
Phone: 656861 6118
Harbin China
Phone: 86 451 8709 1718
Headquarters
2425 SW 36th Street
San Antonio, Texas 78237 USA
Phone: 210 434 5043
Fax: 210 434 7543
South America
Recife, Pernambuco, Brazil
Phone: 55 81 81312488
Betim, Minas Gerais, Brazil
Phone: 55 31 3326 6900
Central Asia / Russia
Aktau, Kazakhstan
Phone: 7 701 5141087
Moscow, Russian Federation
Phone: 7 495 287 2685
Drilling Solutions
Suzhou, China
Phone: 86 512 8518 0099
Europe, Africa, Caspian
Geldermalsen, The Netherlands
Phone: 31 345 587 587
Canada
Use U.S.A. Contacts
Mexico, Caribbean,
Central America
Use U.S.A. Contacts
Downhole Solutions
Engineering and Project Management Solutions
MANUFACTURING
FACILITIES
Burkburnett, Texas USA
Mineral Wells, Texas USA
Wichita, Kansas USA
Little Rock, Arkansas USA
San Antonio, Texas, USA
Sand Springs, Oklahoma USA
Betim, Brazil
Geldermalsen, The Netherlands
Harbin, China
Malaysia
Recife, Brazil
Singapore
Sohar, Oman
Suzhou, China
Lifting and Handling Solutions
Production Solutions
Supply Chain Solutions
Tubular and Corrosion Control Solutions
National Oilwell Varco has produced this brochure for general information only, and it is not intended
for design purposes. Although every effort has been made to maintain the accuracy and reliability
of its contents, National Oilwell Varco in no way assumes responsibility for liability for any loss, damage or injury resulting from the use of information and data herein. All applications for the material
described are at the user’s risk and are the user’s responsibility.
All brands listed are trademarks of National Oilwell Varco.
Well Service and Completion Solutions
One Company . . . Unlimited Solutions
fgspipe@nov.com
w w w. f g s p i p e . c o m
© 2012 National Oilwell Varco
March 2012 FP 1006 A
Bondstrand® 2000/2000G and 2410/3410
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe systems for Marine and Offshore services for 10 bar pressure
Uses and applications
●
●
●
●
●
Ballast water
● Fire water
Cooling water
● Fresh water
Disposal
● Potable water
Drains
● Produced water
Drilling muds
●
●
●
●
Saltwater/seawater
Sanitary/sewage
Column piping
Vent lines
A complete library of Bondstrand pipe and fittings in PDS and PDMS-format is
available on CD-ROM; please contact NOV Fiber Glass Systems for details.
For specific fire protection requirements, additional passive fire protection is
available. For pipe systems with external pressure requirements, please contact
your Bondstrand® representative.
Approvals
ISO/FDIS 14692 is an international standard intended for offshore applications on
both fixed and floating topsides facilities. It is used as guidance for the
specification, manufacture, testing and installation of GRE (Glassfiber Reinforced
Epoxy) piping systems. The United Kingdom Offshore Operators Association
(UKOOA) Document Suite, issued in 1994, formed the basis of the ISO 14692
standard.
Bondstrand pipe series that are used in the offshore industry are designed in
accordance with the above standards and/or type-approved by major certifying
bodies. (A complete list is available, on request).
Characteristics
Maximum operating temperature: up to 121°C;
Pipe diameter: 1-40 inch (25-1000 mm);
Pipe system design for pressure ratings up to 10 bar;
The pipe system is also available in higher pressure classes (up to 50 bar);
ASTM D-2992 Hydrostatic Design Basis (Procedure B -service factor 0.5);
ASTM D-1599 Safety factor of 4:1.
Bondstrand 2000G/3400
ASTM D-2310 Classification: RTRP-11AW for static hydrostatic design basis.
Bondstrand 2000/2400
ASTM D-2310 Classification: RTRP-11AX for static hydrostatic design basis.
Joining Systems
Quick-Lock® joint
1-4 Inch
Taper/Taper joint
6-40 Inch
Quick-Lock® adhesive-bonded joint
Taper/Taper adhesive-bonded joint
Table of Contents
GENERAL DATA
Adhesive.................................................................................................................... 25
Conversions.............................................................................................................. 26
Engineering design & installation data..................................................................... 26
Hydrostatic testing.................................................................................................... 26
Important notice........................................................................................................ 26
Joining system and configuration.............................................................................. 3
Mechanical properties................................................................................................ 4
Physical properties..................................................................................................... 4
Pipe series................................................................................................................... 3
Pipe length.................................................................................................................. 4
Pipe dimensions and weights..................................................................................... 6
Pipe performance....................................................................................................... 5
Span length................................................................................................................. 7
Surge pressure......................................................................................................... 26
FITTINGS DATA
Couplings.................................................................................................................. 23
Crosses .................................................................................................................... 15
Deluge Couplings..................................................................................................... 15
Elbows ..................................................................................................................... 8-9
Flanges................................................................................................................. 21-23
Joint dimensions Quick-Lock® ................................................................................. 7
Joint dimensions Taper/Taper..................................................................................... 7
Laterals................................................................................................................. 16-17
Nipples...................................................................................................................... 24
Reducers.............................................................................................................. 19-20
Saddles............................................................................................... 15-16, 18, 24-25
Specials .................................................................................................................... 25
Stub-ends.................................................................................................................. 22
Tees...................................................................................................................... 10-14
2
Pipe series
Pipe
Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe for Bondstrand® adhesivebonding systems. MDA (diaminodiphenylmethane) or IPD (isophoronediamine) cured.
Fittings
A wide range of lined filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) fittings for
Bondstrand adhesive-bonding systems. For special fittings, not listed in this product
guide, please contact your Bondstrand® representative.
Flanges
Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) heavy-duty and stub-end flanges
for Quick-Lock and Taper/Taper adhesive bonding systems. Standard flange drilling
patterns as per ANSI B16.5 (150 Lb). Other flange drilling patterns, such as ANSI B16.5
(> 150 Lb), DIN, ISO and JIS are also available.
Bondstrand® 2000/2000G
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe system; MDA or IPD cured;
Standard 0.5 mm internal resin-rich reinforced liner;
Maximum operating temperature: 93°C (IPD) or 121°C (MDA);
For higher temperatures, please contact NOV Fiber Glass Systems;
Maximum pressure rating: 10 bar.
Bondstrand® 2410/3410
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe system; MDA or IPD cured;
Standard 0.5 mm internal resin-rich reinforced liner;
Maximum operating temperature: 93°C (IPD) or 121°C (MDA);
For higher temperatures, please contact NOV Fiber Glass Systems;
Maximum pressure rating: 10 bar.
Conductive
Conductive pipe systems are available to prevent accumulation of potentially dangerous
levels of static electrical charges. Pipe, fittings and flanges contain high strength
conductive filaments. Together with a conductive adhesive this provides an electrically
continuous system.
Description
Pipe Diameter
Joining system
Liner*
Temperature**
Cure
Pressure rating
Bondstrand
2000
1-4 inch
Quick-Lock
0.5 mm
121 °C
MDA
10 bar
Bondstrand
2000G
1-4 inch
Quick-Lock
0.5 mm
93 °C
IPD
10 bar
Bondstrand
2410
6-40 inch
Taper/Taper
0.5 mm
121 °C
MDA
10 bar
Bondstrand
3410
6-40 inch
Taper/Taper
0.5 mm
93 °C
IPD
10 bar
* Also available without liner.
** Above 93°C, derate the pressure rating lineairly to 50% at 121°C.
Joining system &
configuration
Pipe
25-100 mm (1-4 inch):
Quick-Lock (straight/taper) adhesive joint with integral pipe stop in bell end;
End configuration: Integral Quick-Lock bell end x shaved straight spigot.
150-1000 mm (6-40 inch):
Taper/Taper adhesive joint;
End configuration: Integral Taper bell x shaved taper spigot.
Fitting
25-100 mm (1-4 inch):
Quick-Lock (straight/ taper) adhesive joint with integral pipe stop in bell end;
End configuration: integral Quick-Lock bell ends.
150-1000 mm (6-40 inch):
Taper/Taper adhesive joint. End configuration: Integral Taper bell ends.
Flange
25-100 mm (1-4 inch):
Quick-Lock (straight/ taper) adhesive joint with integral pipe stop in bell end;
End configuration: integral Quick-Lock bell end.
150-1000 mm (6-40 inch):
Taper/Taper adhesive joint. End configuration: Integral Taper bell ends.
Note: Pipe nipples, saddles and flanged fittings have different end configurations.
3
Typical pipe length
Nominal
Joining
Approximate overall
Length*
Pipe Size
System
Europe Plant
Asia Plant
[mm]
[inch]
[m]
[m]
Quick-Lock
25-40
1-1½
5.5
3.0
50-100
2-4
Quick-Lock
6.15
5.85/9.0
150
6
Taper/Taper
6.1
5.85/9.0
200-600
8-24
Taper/Taper
9.0/11.89
6.1/11.7/11.8
450-1000
18-40
Taper/Taper
6.0/11.7/11.8
11.89
Typical physical
properties
Pipe property
Thermal conductivity pipe wall
Thermal expansivity (lineair)
Flow coefficient
Absolute roughness
Density
Specific gravity
Typical mechanical
properties
Units
W(m.K)
10-6 mm/mm °C
Hazen-Williams
10-6 m
kg/m3
-
Value
.33
18.0
150
5.3
1800
1.8
Method
NOV FGS
NOV FGS
—
—
ASTM D-792
Pipe property MDA cured
Units
21°C
93°C
Method
Bi-axial
Ultimate hoop stress at weeping N/mm2
250
—
ASTM D-1599
Circumferential
Hoop tensile strength
N/mm2
220
—
ASTM D-2290
Hoop tensile modulus
N/mm2
25200
ASTM D-2290
Poisson’s ratio axial/hoop
—
0.65
0.81
NOV FGS
Longitudinal
Axial tensile strength
N/mm2
80
65
ASTM D-2105
Axial tensile modulus
N/mm2
12500
9700
ASTM D-2105
Poisson’s ratio hoop/axial
—
0.40
0.44
ASTM D-2105
Axial bending strength
—
85
—
NOV FGS
Beam
Apparent elastic modulus
N/mm2
12500
8000
ASTM D-2925
Hydrostatic Design Basis
Static
N/mm2
124*
—
ASTM D-2992
(Proc. B.)
Pipe property IPD cured
Units
21°C
93°C
Method
Bi-axial
Ultimate hoop stress at weeping N/mm2
300
—
ASTM D-1599
Circumferential
Hoop tensile strength
N/mm2
380
—
ASTM D-2290
Hoop tensile modulus
N/mm2
23250
18100
ASTM D-2290
Poisson’s ratio axial/hoop
—
0.93
1.04
NOV FGS
Longitudinal
Axial tensile strength
N/mm2
65
50
ASTM D-2105
N/mm2
10000
7800
ASTM D-2105
Axial tensile modulus
Poisson’s ratio hoop/axial
—
0.40
0.45
ASTM D-2105
Axial bending strength
—
80
—
NOV FGS
Beam
Apparent elastic modulus
N/mm2
9200
7000
ASTM D-2925
Hydrostatic Design Basis
Static
N/mm2
148*
—
ASTM D-2992
(Proc. B.)
* at 65°C.
4
Typical pipe
performance
Bondstrand 2000/2410 (MDA cured) at 21°C with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or
Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Stifness
Nominal Internal
*Ultimate
STIS
Pipe
Pipe
Pressure
Collapse
Factor
Stiffness
Size**Rating
Pressure
[inch]
[mm]
[bar]
[bar]
[N/m2]
[lb.in]
[psi]
25
1
10
499
3142383
502
16187
40
949574
1½
10
148
502
4812
534665
50
2
10
85
554
2729
80
3
10
24.5
157309
554
796
100
154414
4
10
26.6
1281
863
150
6
10
0.97
4026
149
31
200
8
10
0.94
3907
327
30
250
10
10
0.72
3016
502
23
300
12
10
0.62
2589
730
20
350
14
10
0.56
2325
867
18
400
16
10
0.51
2137
1189
17
450
18
10
0.51
2126
1583
17
500
20
10
0.51
2139
2187
17
600
24
10
0.49
2053
3626
16
700
28
10
0.47
1953
6105
15
750
30
10
0.47
1959
7531
15
800
32
10
0.47
1963
9163
15
36
10
0.46
1907
12665
15
900
1000
40
10
0.46
1920
17415
15
* No safety factor included;
** At 93°C using NOV Fiber Glass Systems approved adhesive.
Bondstrand 2000G/3410 (IPD-cured) at 21°C with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or
Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Stifness
Nominal Internal
*Ultimate
STIS
Pipe
Pipe
Pressure
Collapse
Factor Stiffness
Size**Rating
Pressure
[inch]
[mm]
[bar]
[bar]
[N/m2]
[lb.in]
[psi]
16251
25
1
10
460
2087390
504
40
1½
10
137
620545
504
4831
2
10
78
351965
556
2740
50
3
10
22.6
566
799
80
102636
100
4
10
24.5
111283
1286
866
150
6
10
0.89
4024
149
31
200
8
10
0.87
3922
328
31
250
10
10
0.67
3028
504
24
300
12
10
0.57
2599
733
20
14
10
0.51
2334
871
18
350
400
16
10
0.44
1990
1107
15
18
10
0.38
1730
1286
13
450
500
20
10
0.47
2148
2195
17
600
24
10
0.39
1760
3104
14
700
28
10
0.36
1642
5124
13
750
30
10
0.32
1463
5612
11
800
32
10
0.29
1318
6130
10
900
36
10
0.25
1144
7561
9
1000
40
10
0.24
1094
9916
9
* No safety factor included;
** At 93°C using NOV Fiber Glass Systems approved adhesive.
5
Typical pipe dimensions
and weights
Bondstrand 2000/2410 (MDA-cured) with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or
Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Pipe
MinimumAverage
Designation per
Pipe Inside
Structural Wall Pipe
ASTM
Size
Diameter
Thickness [t]Weight
D-2996
[ mm] [inch]
[mm]
[mm] [kg/m]
(RTRP-11...)
1
27.1
3.00.7
AW1-2112
25
40
1½
42.1
3.01.3
AW1-2112
50
2
53.0
3.11.3
AW1-2112
3
81.8
3.11.8
AW1-2112
80
100
4
105.2
4.13.1
AW1-2113
6
159.0
2.02.1
AW1-2111
150
200
8
208.8
2.63.5
AW1-2112
250
10
262.9
3.05.0
AW1-2112
12
313.7
3.46.7
AW1-2112
300
350
14
344.4
3.67.8
AW1-2112
400
16
393.7
4.09.8
AW1-2113
450
18
433.8
4.411.7
AW1-2114
500
20
482.1
4.914.4
AW1-2115
600
24
578.6
5.820.0
AW1-2116
700
28
700.0
6.929.0
AW1-2116
750
30
750.0
7.433.0
AW1-2116
800
32
800.0
7.938.0
AW1-2116
900
36
900.0
8.847.0
AW1-2116
1000
40
1000.0
9.858.0
AW1-2116
Bondstrand 2000G/3410 (IPD-cured) with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or
Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Pipe
MinimumAverage
Designation per
Pipe Inside
Structural Wall Pipe
ASTM
Diameter
Thickness [t] Weight
D-2996
Size
[mm] [inch]
[mm]
[mm] [kg/m]
(RTRP-11...)
25
1
27.1
3.00.7
AX1-2112
40
1½
42.1
3.01.3
AX1-2112
50
2
53.0
3.11.3
AX1-2112
3
81.8
3.11.8
AX1-2112
80
100
4
105.2
4.13.1
AX1-2113
150
6
159.0
2.02.1
AX1-2111
200
8
208.8
2.63.5
AX1-2112
250
10
262.9
3.05.0
AX1-2112
12
313.7
3.46.7
AX1-2112
300
350
14
344.4
3.67.8
AX1-2112
400
16
393.7
3.99.8
AX1-2112
18
433.8
4.111.7
AX1-2114
450
500
20
482.1
4.914.4
AX1-2115
600
24
578.6
5.520.0
AX1-2116
700
28
700.0
6.529.0
AX1-2116
750
30
750.0
6.733.0
AX1-2116
800
32
800.0
6.938.0
AX1-2116
900
36
900.0
7.447.0
AX1-2116
1000
40
1000.0
8.158.0
AX1-2116
6
Dimensions for adhesive Quick-Lock spigots for adhesive Quick-Lock joints.
Quick-Lock®
dimensions
Nominal Pipe
Size
[inch]
[mm]
1
25
1½
40
2
50
3
80
4
100
Taper/Taper
dimensions
Insertion
Depth
DS
[mm]
27
32
46
46
46
Spigot Diameter
Min.
Max.
Sd
Sd
[mm]
[mm]
32.6
32.9
47.5
47.8
59.2
59.6
87.6
88.0
112.5
112.9
Dimensions for adhesive Taper Spigots for adhesive Taper/Taper joints.
Nominal Taper
Insertion
Pipe Angle
Depth
Size
X
DS
[mm]
[inch]
[degrees]
[mm]
150
6
2.5
50
200
8
2.5
80
250
10
2.5
80
300
12
2.5
80
14
2.5
80
350
16
2.5
110
400
450
18
2.5
110
500
20
2.5
110
24
2.5
110
600
700
28
1.75
140
750
30
1.75
140
800
32
1.75
170
900
36
1.75
200
40
1.75
200
1000
Span length
Spigot Length
Min.
Max.
L
L
[mm]
[mm]
28.5
31.0
33.5
36.0
49.0
52.0
49.0
52.0
49.0
52.0
Nominal
Spigot
Nose Thickn.
nose
[mm]
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.5
Dia of
Spigot
at Nose
Sd
[mm]
161.0
210.8
264.9
315.7
347.4
396.7
436.8
486.1
582.6
708.0
758.0
808.0
908.0
1009.0
Bondstrand 2000/2410 (MDA) and 2000G/3410 (IPD) at 21 °C
Nominal
Single
Pipe Span*
Size 2000/2410
[mm]
[inch]
[m]
25
1
2.6
40
1½
2.9
50
2
3.1
80
3
3.5
100
4
4.0
150
6
3.7
200
8
4.2
250
10
4.7
300
12
4.9
350
14
5.0
400
16
5.2
450
18
5.4
500
20
5.8
600
24
6.2
700
28
6.7
750
30
7.0
800
32
7.2
900
36
7.6
1000
40
8.0
Continuous
Span*
2000/2410
[m]
3.3
3.7
4.0
4.5
5.1
4.7
5.4
5.9
6.4
6.6
7.0
7.4
7.8
8.5
9.3
9.6
10.0
10.5
11.1
Single
Span*
2000G/3410
[m]
2.4
2.7
2.9
3.3
3.7
3.4
3.9
4.3
4.6
4.8
5.1
5.1
5.7
5.9
6.3
6.3
6.2
6.2
6.4
Continuous
Span*
2000G/3410
[m]
3.0
3.4
3.7
4.2
4.7
4.4
5.0
5.5
5.9
6.1
6.5
6.7
7.2
7.8
8.5
8.7
8.9
9.4
9.8
* Span recommendations are based on pipes filled with water having a density of 1000 kg/m3 and
include no provisions for weights caused by valves, flanges or other heavy objects. At 93°C, span
lengths are approx. 10% lower.
7
Elbows 90º
Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper
8
Filament-wound 90º elbows with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
Overall
Average
Pipe Size
Length (LL)
Length (OL)
Weight
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
25
1
65
92
0.3
40
1½
81
113
0.4
50
2
76
122
0.5
80
3
114
160
1.1
100
4
152
198
1.6
150
6
240
290
4.2
200
8
315
395
8.6
250
10
391
471
14.2
300
12
463
543
21
350
14
364
444
30
400
16
402
512
35
450
18
472
582
49
500
20
523
633
72
600
24
625
735
112
700
28
726
866
123
750
30
777
917
196
800
32
828
998
252
900
36
929
1129
348
40
1023
1223
480
1000
Elbows 45º
Quick-Lock
Filament-wound 45° elbows with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or
Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
Overall
Average
Pipe
Length
Length
Weight
Size (LL)
(OL)
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
25
1
22
49
0.2
40
1½
29
61
0.3
50
2
35
81
0.4
80
3
51
97
0.8
100
4
64
110
1.1
150
6
106
156
2.5
200
8
137
217
6.9
250
10
169
249
9.8
300
12
196
276
18.1
350
14
125
205
19.1
400
16
142
252
20
450
18
204
314
31
500
20
225
335
42
600
24
268
378
63
700
28
310
450
90
750
30
331
471
107
800
32
352
522
139
36
394
594
193
900
1000
40
435
633
257
Taper/Taper
Elbows 22½º
Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper
Filament-wound 22½°elbows with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or
Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
Overall
Average
Pipe
Length
Length
Weight
Size
(LL)
(OL)
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
25
1
9
36
0.1
40
1½
9
41
0.2
50
2
13
59
0.5
80
3
21
67
0.7
100
4
29
75
1.0
150
6
60
110
1.4
200
8
76
156
4.6
250
10
68
148
6.0
300
12
77
157
8.9
350
14
71
151
12.5
400
16
85
195
13.6
450
18
106
216
19.7
500
20
116
226
24
600
24
136
246
45
700
28
157
297
60
30
167
70
750
307
800
32
177
347
94
900
36
197
397
137
1000
40
216
416
153
9
Equal Tees
Quick-Lock
Filament-wound equal Tee with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch)
socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal Laying
PipeLength
Size
total run
(LL1)
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
25
1
54
40
1½
60
50
2
128
80
3
172
100
4
210
150
6
306
200
8
376
250
10
452
300
12
528
350
14
544
400
16
590
450
18
678
20
740
500
600
24
868
700
28
994
750
30
1046
800
32
1118
36
1248
900
1000
40
1362
Overall
Length
total run
(OL1)
[mm]
108
124
220
264
302
406
536
612
688
704
810
898
960
1088
1274
1326
1458
1648
1782
Laying
Length
branch
(LL2)
[mm]
27
30
64
86
105
153
188
226
264
272
295
339
370
434
497
523
559
624
691
Overall
Length
branch
(OL2)
[mm]
54
62
110
132
151
203
268
306
344
352
405
449
480
544
637
663
729
824
891
Average
Weight
[kg]
0.2
0.4
1.0
1.8
2.5
8.7
18.0
25
44
47
56
67
99
130
240
285
363
518
683
Taper/Taper
Reducing Tees
Quick-Lock standard
Quick-Lock fabricated
Filament-wound standard and fabricated reducing tees with integral Quick-Lock
(1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal Laying
Overall
Laying
Overall
Average
Pipe Length
Length
Length
Length
Weight
(OL1)
(LL2)
(OL2)
Size(LL1)
(runxrunxbranch)
half run
half run
branch
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
40x40x25
1½x1½x1
30
62
30
57
0.6
50x50x25
2x2x1
64
110
57
84
0.9
50x50x40
2x2x1½
64
110
57
89
1.0
80x80x25
3x3x1
86
132
76
103
1.6
80x80x40
3x3x1½
86
132
76
108
1.6
80x80x50
3x3x2
86
132
76
122
1.7
100x100x25
4x4x1
72
118
194
221
7.5
100x100x40
4x4x1½
89
135
194
226
9.0
4x4x2
151
89
135
2.1
100x100x50
105
100x100x80
4x4x3
105
151
98
144
2.3
150x150x25
6x6x1
88
138
178
205
16.3
150x150x25
6x6x1½
88
138
173
205
22
*150x150x50
6x6x2
153
203
124
174
8.0
*150x150x80
6x6x3
153
203
134
184
9.6
*150x150x100
6x6x4
153
203
140
190
9.6
200x200x25
8x8x1
88
168
202
229
25
200x200x40
8x8x1½
88
168
197
229
25
200x200x50
8x8x2
88
168
183
229
25
*200x200x80
8x8x3
268
159
209
15.6
188
*200x200x100
8x8x4
188
268
172
222
16.2
200x200x150
8x8x6
268
178
228
17.3
188
Note:
Regular numbers are filament wound tees; Italic numbers are fabricated tees;
* 2, 3 and 4 inch branches of these reducing tees will be Taper/Taper;
Joint type can be altered to Quick-Lock using a transition nipple;
Also Quick-Lock pipe can be shaved Taper/Taper to fit the Taper/Taper socket end.
10
Reducing Tees (C’tnd)
Taper/Taper standard
Taper/Taper fabricated
Filament-wound standard and fabricated reducing tees with integral Quik-Lock
(1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal Laying
Overall
Laying
Overall
Average
Pipe
Length
Length
Length
Length
Weight
Size
(LL1)
(OL1)
(LL2)
(OL2)
(runxrunxbranch) half run
half run
branch
branch
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg)
250x250x25
10x10x188
168
229
256
30
250x250x40
10x10x1½88
168
224
256
30
250x250x50
10x10x288
168
210
256
30
250x250x80
10x10x3
100
180
210
256
32
*250x250x100
10x10x4
226
306
194
244
23
250x250x150
10x10x6
226
306
204
254
24
250x250x200
10x10x8
226
306
213
293
26
300x300x25
12x12x188
168
255
282
35
12x12x1½88
168
250
282
35
300x300x40
300x300x50
12x12x288
168
236
282
35
12x12x3
100
180
236
282
37
300x300x80
*300x300x100
12x12x4
264
344
216
266
32
300x300x150
12x12x6
264
344
229
279
32
12x12x8
264
344
239
319
33
300x300x200
300x300x250
12x12x10
264
344
251
331
34
14x14x188
168
270
297
37
350x350x25
350x350x40
14x14x1½88
168
265
297
37
350x350x50
14x14x288
168
251
297
37
14x14x3
100
180
251
297
40
350x350x80
350x350x100
14x14x4
113
193
251
297
43
350x350x150
14x14x6
272
352
254
304
34
350x350x200
14x14x8
272
352
264
344
35
350x350x250
14x14x10
272
352
277
357
38
350x350x300
14x14x12
272
352
289
369
39
400x400x25
16x16x188
198
295
322
49
400x400x40
16x16x1½88
198
290
322
49
400x400x50
16x16x288
198
276
322
50
400x400x80
16x16x3
100
210
276
322
53
400x400x100
16x16x4
113
223
276
322
56
400x400x150
16x16x6
295
405
274
324
47
400x400x200
16x16x8
295
405
283
263
51
400x400x250
16x16x10
295
405
293
273
47
400x400x300
16x16x12
295
405
305
385
53
400x400x350
16x16x14
295
405
315
395
55
450x450x25
18x18x188
198
315
342
54
450x450x40
18x18x1½88
198
310
342
54
450x450x50
18x18x288
198
296
342
54
450x450x80
18x18x3
100
210
296
342
58
450x450x100
18x18x4
113
223
296
342
61
450x450x150
18x18x6
138
147
292
342
68
450x450x200
18x18x8
339
449
316
396
66
450x450x250
18x18x10
339
449
329
409
66
450x450x300
18x18x12
339
449
329
409
71
450x450x350
18x18x14
339
449
330
410
72
450x450x400
18x18x16
339
449
330
440
75
500x500x25
20x20x188
198
339
356
59
500x500x40
20x20x1½88
198
334
366
60
500x500x50
20x20x288
198
320
366
60
500x500x80
20x20x3
100
210
320
366
64
500x500x100
20x20x4
113
223
320
366
68
500x500x150
20x20x6
138
248
316
366
75
500x500x250
20x20x10
370
480
355
435
93
500x500x300
20x20x12
370
480
355
435
96
500x500x350
20x20x14
370
480
356
436
97
500x500x400
20x20x16
370
480
356
466
107
500x500x450
20x20x18
370
480
365
475
102
* 2, 3 and 4 inch branches of these reducing tees will be Taper/Taper;
Joint type can be altered to Quick-Lock using a transition nipple;
Also Quick-Lock pipe can be shaved Taper/Taper to fit the Taper/Taper socket end.
Note: Regular numbers are filament wound tees; Italic numbers are fabricated tees.
11
Reducing Tees (C’tnd)
Taper/Taper standard
Taper/Taper fabricated
Filament-wound standard and fabricated reducing tees with integral Quick-Lock
(1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying Overall
Laying
Overall
Average
Length Length
Length
Length
Weight
Pipe
(LL2)
(OL2)
Size (LL1)
(OL1)
(runxrunxbranch)
half run half run
branch
branch
[mm]
[inch] [mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
[mm]
24x24x188
198
387
414
71
600x600x25
600x600x40
24x24x1½88
198
382
414
71
600x600x50
24x24x288
198
368
414
71
24x24x3
100
210
368
414
75
600x600x80
600x600x100
24x24x4
113
223
368
414
80
24x24x6
138
248
364
414
89
600x600x150
600x600x300
24x24x12434
544
405
485
112
24x24x14434
544
406
486
600x600x350
123
24x24x16434
544
406
516
126
600x600x400
24x24x18434
544
428
538
600x600x450
130
24x24x20434
544
428
538
137
600x600x500
28x28x188
228
448
475
97
700x700x25
700x700x40
28x28x1½88
228
443
475
97
28x28x288
228
429
475
97
700x700x50
700x700x80
28x28x3100
240
429
475
102
28x28x4113
253
429
475
700x700x100
107
28x28x6138
278
425
475
700x700x150
118
28x28x14497
637
475
555
700x700x350
202
28x28x16497
637
483
593
207
700x700x400
28x28x18497
637
483
593
700x700x450
209
28x28x20497
637
491
601
700x700x500
212
28x28x24497
637
491
601
700x700x600
217
30x30x1
88
228
473
500
103
750x750x25
750x750x40
30x30x1½
88
228
468
500
103
750x750x50
30x30x2
88
228
454
500
103
750x750x80
30x30x3100
240
454
500
109
30x30x4113
253
454
500
750x750x100
114
30x30x6138
278
450
500
750x750x150
126
30x30x14523
663
501
581
750x750x350
243
30x30x16523
663
501
611
245
750x750x400
30x30x18523
663
509
619
750x750x450
247
30x30x20523
663
509
619
750x750x500
250
30x30x24523
663
517
627
256
750x750x600
30x30x28523
663
517
657
750x750x700
268
32x32x1
88
258
498
525
124
800x800x25
800x800x40
32x32x1½
88
258
493
525
124
800x800x50
32x32x2
88
258
479
525
123.8
800x800x80
32x32x3100
270
479
525
130
32x32x4113
283
479
525
800x800x100
136
32x32x6138
308
475
525
148
800x800x150
32x32x14559
729
529
609
800x800x350
300
32x32x16559
729
537
647
800x800x400
303
32x32x18559
729
537
647
800x800x450
306
32x32x20559
729
545
655
800x800x500
309
32x32x24559
729
545
655
315
800x800x600
800x800x700
32x32x28559
729
553
693
329
32x32x30559
729
553
693
800x800x750
332
* 2, 3 and 4 inch branches of these reducing tees will be Taper/Taper;
Joint type can be altered to Quick-Lock using a transition nipple;
Also Quick-Lock pipe can be shaved Taper/Taper to fit the Taper/Taper socket end.
Note: Regular numbers are filament wound tees; Italic numbers are fabricated tees.
12
Reducing Tees (C’tnd)
Taper/Taper standard
Taper/Taper fabricated
Fabricated Reducing
Tees with Flanged Branch
Quick-Lock
Filament-wound standard and fabricated reducing tees with integral Quick-Lock
(1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
Overall
Laying
Overall
Average
Pipe
Length
Length
Length
Length
Weight
Size
(LL1)
(OL1)
(LL2)
(OL2)
(runxrunxbranch)
half run half run
branch
branch
[mm]
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
36x36x1
88
288
548
575
155
900x900x25
288
900x900x40
36x36x1½
88
543
575
155
36x36x2
88
288
529
575
155
900x900x50
300
900x900x80
36x36x3
100
529
575
161
900x900x100
36x36x4
113
313
529
575
168
36x36x6
138
338
525
575
182
900x900x150
900x900x450
36x36x18
624
824
603
713
427
36x36x20
624
824
603
713
430
900x900x500
900x900x600
36x36x24
624
824
611
721
437
900x900x700
36x36x28
624
824
611
751
452
36x36x30
624
824
618
758
458
900x900x750
900x900x800
36x36x32
624
824
618
788
468
1000x1000x25
40x40x1
88
288
598
625
170
40x40x1½
88
288
593
625
170
1000x1000x40
1000x1000x50
40x40x2
88
288
579
625
170
40x40x3
100
300
579
625
177
1000x1000x80
1000x1000x100
40x40x4
113
313
579
625
184
40x40x6
138
338
575
625
197
1000x1000x150
1000x1000x500
40x40x20
691
891
669
779
570
1000x1000x600
40x40x24
691
891
669
779
578
1000x1000x700
40x40x28
691
891
677
817
596
1000x1000x750
40x40x30
691
891
677
817
601
1000x1000x800
40x40x32
691
891
685
855
614
1000x1000x900
40x40x36
691
891
685
885
632
Note: Regular numbers are filament wound tees; Italic numbers are fabricated tees;
Fabricated reducing tees with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) socket ends for adhesive
bonding and flanged branch.
Nominal Laying
Overall
Laying
Average
Pipe
Length
Length
Length
Weight
Size
(LL1)
(OL1)
(LL2)
with flange
(runxrunxbranch)
half run
hafl run
branch
CL150
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
50x50x25
2x2x1
72
118
179
3.2
80x80x25
3x3x1
72
118
193
4.1
80x80x40
3x3x1½
89
135
198
5.0
80x80x50
3x3x2
104
150
212
6.6
100x100x25
4x4x1
72
118
225
8.0
100x100x40
4x4x1½
89
135
230
9.7
100x100x50
4x4x2
104
150
244
12.0
100x100x80
4x4x3
104
150
245
12.8
Note: Other sizes, or multiple branched tees available on request. Please contact NOV Fiber Glass
Systems.
13
Fabricated Reducing
Tees with Flanged
Branch (C’tnd)
Taper/Taper
Fabricated reducing tees with integral Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends and
flanged branch. NominalLaying
Overall
Laying
Average
Pipe
Length
Length
Length
Weight
(LL1)
(OL1)
(LL2)
with flange
Size
(runxrunxbranch) half run
half run
branch
[mm]
[inch][mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
150x150x25
6x6x1 88
138
251
17.8
150x150x40
6x6x1½ 88
138
256
23
8x8x1 88
168
275
25
200x200x25
200x200x40
8x8x1½ 88
168
281
26
200x200x50
8x8x2 88
168
316
26
250x250x25
10x10x1 88
168
302
30
250x250x40
10x10x1½
88
168
308
31
10x10x2 88
168
343
31
250x250x50
250x250x80
10x10x3 100
180
343
34
300x300x25
12x12x1 88
168
328
35
300x300x40
12x12x1½
88
168
333
36
300x300x50
12x12x2 88
168
369
36
12x12x3 100
180
369
39
300x300x80
350x350x25
14x14x1 88
168
343
38
350x350x40
14x14x1½
88
168
348
38
350x350x50
14x14x2 88
168
384
39
350x350x80
14x14x3 100
180
384
42
14x14x4 113
193
384
46
350x350x100
400x400x25
16x16x1 88
198
368
50
400x400x40
16x16x1½
88
198
373
51
400x400x50
16x16x2 88
198
409
51
400x400x80
16x16x3 100
210
409
55
400x400x100
16x16x4 113
223
409
59
18x18x1 88
198
388
55
450x450x25
450x450x40
18x18x1½
88
198
393
55
18x18x2 88
198
429
56
450x450x50
18x18x3 100
210
429
60
450x450x80
450x450x100
18x18x4 113
223
429
64
450x450x150
18x18x6 138
147
429
72
500x500x25
20x20x1 88
198
412
60
20x20x1½
88
198
417
61
500x500x40
20x20x2 88
198
453
61
500x500x50
500x500x80
20x20x3 100
210
453
65
500x500x100
20x20x4 113
223
453
70
500x500x150
20x20x6 138
248
453
78
24x24x1 88
198
460
71
600x600x25
24x24x1½
88
198
466
72
600x600x40
600x600x50
24x24x2 88
198
501
72
600x600x80
24x24x3 100
210
501
77
600x600x100
24x24x4 113
223
501
82
24x24x6 138
248
501
93
600x600x150
28x28x1 88
228
521
97
700x700x25
700x700x40
28x28x1½
88
228
526
98
700x700x50
28x28x2 88
228
562
98
700x700x80
28x28x3 100
240
562
101
28x28x4 113
253
562
110
700x700x100
28x28x6 138
278
562
122
700x700x150
750x750x25
30x30x1 88
228
546
104
750x750x40
30x30x1½
88
228
551
104
750x750x50
30x30x2 88
228
587
105
750x750x80
30x30x3 100
240
587
111
750x750x100
30x30x4 113
253
587
117
750x750x150
30x30x6 138
278
587
128
800x800x25
32x32x1 88
258
571
124
800x800x40
32x32x1½
88
258
576
125
800x800x50
32x32x2 88
258
612
125
800x800x80
32x32x3 100
270
612
132
800x800x100
32x32x4 113
283
612
139
800x800x150
32x32x6 138
308
612
152
900x900x25
36x36x1 88
288
621
155
900x900x40
36x36x1½
88
288
626
156
900x900x50
36x36x2 88
288
662
156
900x900x80
36x36x3 100
300
662
163
900x900x100
36x36x4 113
313
662
170
900x900x150
36x36x6 138
338
662
185
1000x1000x25
40x40x1
88
288
671
170
1000x1000x40
40x40x1½
88
288
676
171
1000x1000x50
40x40x2
88
288
712
172
1000x1000x80
40x40x3
100
300
712
179
1000x1000x100 40x40x4
113
313
712
186
1000x1000x150 40x40x6
138
338
712
201
Note: Other sizes, or multiple branched tees available on request.
Please contact NOV Fiber Glass Systems.
14
Crosses
Filament-wound crosses with integral Quick-Lock (2-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-16 inch)
socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Pipe
Size
[mm]
[inch]
50
2
80
3
100
4
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
350
14
400
16
Quick-Lock
Laying
Length
(L1)
[mm]
64
86
105
153
188
226
264
272
295
Overall
Length
(OL1)
[mm]
110
132
151
203
268
306
344
352
405
Average
Weight
[kg]
1.3
2.5
3.2
13.2
21
37
58
68
105
Taper/Taper
Deluge Couplings
Quick-Lock
Filament-wound deluge couplings with reversed taper bushings with ½ inch or ¾ inch
threaded outlets with integral Quick-Lock (2-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-16 inch) socket
ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
Overall
Outside
Average
Length
Length
Diameter
Weight
Pipe
Size (LL)
(OL)
(OD)
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm[
[kg]
50
2
60
152
95
1.0
3
60
152
126
1.3
80
4
60
152
147
1.7
100
150
6
160
260
201
4.1
200
8
160
320
251
5.5
250
10
160
320
305
7.6
12
160
320
356
9.7
300
350
14
160
320
387
10.3
400
16
160
380
436
12.6
Taper/Taper
Note:
•
Outlets are NPT or BSP, to be specified with order;
•
Other configurations are available on request;
•
Bushings are only available in titanium.
Deluge Saddles
Filament-wound pipe saddles with stainless steel, ½ inch or ¾ inch threaded
bushings.*
Nominal
Angle Saddle
Saddle
Average Required
PipeLength
Thickn.
Weight Adhesive
Size α
(B)
(ts) Kits
[mm] [inch]
[degree]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
[3 Oz]
[6 Oz]
50
2
180
152
22
0.6
1
80
3
180
152
22
0.7
1
100
4
180
152
22
0.8
1
150
6
180
152
22
1.1
1
8
180
152
22
1.3
1
200
250
10
180
152
22
1.6
1
1
300
12
180
152
22
1.8
1
1
540
14
180
152
22
1.9
1
1
400
16
180
152
22
2.1
2
α
Note:
•
Outlets are NPT or BSP, to be specified with order;
•
Other configurations are available on request;
•
Bushings are only available in titanium.
15
Bushing Saddles
Filament-wound pipe saddles with stainless steel, ½ inch or ¾ inch threaded
bushings.*
Nominal
Angle
Saddle
Saddle Average Required
Pipe
Length
Thickn.
WeightAdhesive
Size
α
(B)
(ts) Kits
[mm] [inch]
[degree]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
[3 Oz]
[6 Oz]
50
2
180
100
14
0.5
1
80
3
180
100
14
0.6
1
100
4
180
100
14
0.8
1
125
5
180
100
14
0.9
1
150
6
180
100
14
1.0
1
200
8
180
100
14
1.2
1
250
10
180
100
14
1.6
1
1
300
12
180
100
14
1.9
1
1
350
14
180
100
14
2.1
1
1
400
16
180
100
14
2.5
2
450
18
90
100
14
3.3
1
500
20
90
100
14
3.7
1
1
600
24
90
100
14
4.4
2
* Consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems for other type material, or other sized bushings.
45º Laterals
Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper
16
Filament-wound 45° laterals with integral Quick-Lock (2-4 inch) or
Taper/Taper (6-16 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
Overall
Laying
Overall
Average
Length
Length
Length
Length
Weight
Pipe
(LL1)
(OL1)
(LL2)
(OL2)
Size
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
2
64
110
203
1.6
50
249
80
3
76
122
254
3.0
300
100
4
76
122
305
3.9
351
150
6
99
149
378
428
12.3
200
8
124
204
455
27
535
10
137
217
531
43
250
611
300
12
150
230
632
52
712
350
14
150
230
632
69
712
400
16
150
260
632
742
95
Reducing Laterals
Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper
Filament-wound 45° laterals with integral Quick-Lock (2-4 inch) or
Taper/Taper (6-24 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
NominalLaying Overall Laying Overall Laying
Overall Average
PipeLength Length Length Length Length
Length
Weight
Size(L1)
(OL1)
(L2) (OL2)
(L3)
(OL3)
(mm)
(inch)(mm)
(mm) (mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(kg)
80x50
3x276
122
254
300
254
300
2.5
100x50
4x276
122
305
351
305
351
3.5
100x80
4x376
122
305
351
305
351
3.7
150x80
6x3100
150
378
428
378
428
8.2
150x100
6x4100
150
378
428
378
428
9.3
200x100
8x4124
204
455
535
455
505
15.6
200x150
8x6124
204
455
535
455
505
19.6
250x150
10x6137
217
531
611
531
581
28
250x200
10x8137
217
531
611
531
611
32
300x150
12x6150
230
632
712
632
682
28
300x200
12x8150
230
632
712
632
712
38
300x250
12x10150
230
632
712
632
712
45
350x200
14x8150
230
632
712
632
712
45
350x250
14x10150
230
632
712
632
712
52
350x300
14x12150
230
632
712
632
712
58
400x150
16x6150
260
632
742
632
682
53
400x200
16x8150
260
632
742
632
712
61
16x8150
260
632
742
632
712
69
400x250
400x300
16x12150
260
632
742
632
712
74
400x350
16x14150
260
632
742
632
712
82
18x8174
284
679
789
679
759
69
450x200
450x250
18x10174
284
679
789
679
759
77
450x300
18x12174
284
679
789
679
759
82
450x350
18x14174
284
679
789
679
759
90
450x400
18x16174
284
679
789
679
789
103
20x12186
296
759
869
759
839
90
500x300
500x350
20x14186
296
759
869
759
839
98
500x400
20x16186
296
759
869
759
869
111
500x450
20x18186
296
759
869
759
869
119
600x300
24x12216
326
919
1029
919
999
98
600x350
24x12216
326
919
1029
919
999
106
600x400
24x16216
326
919
1029
919
1029
119
600x450
24x18216
326
919
1029
919
1029
127
600x500
24x20216
326
919
1029
919
1029
135
17
Flanged Reducing
Saddles
α
α
Fabricated flanged reducing saddles (2-24 inch). Nominal
Laying
Saddle
Saddle
Average
Pipe
Length*
Length
Angle
Weight
Size(LL)
(B)
α
with flange
(runxbranch)
CL150
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[deg]
[kg]
2x1
133
152
180
0.9
50x25
80x50
3x1
133
152
180
0.9
80x40
3x1½
133
152
180
1.2
3x2
174
152
180
1.9
80x50
100x25
4x1
152
152
180
1.6
1x1½
152
152
180
1.7
100x40
100x50
4x2
194
152
180
2.4
100x80
4x3
194
241
180
3.4
6x1
187
152
180
2.7
150x25
150x40
6x1½
187
152
180
2.7
6x2
229
152
180
3.3
150x50
150x80
6x3
229
241
180
4.8
150x100
6x4
229
305
180
5.8
8x1
206
152
180
3.9
200x25
200x40
8x1½
206
152
180
3.9
8x2
248
152
180
4.5
200x50
200x80
8x3
248
241
180
6.6
200x100
8x4
248
305
180
8.0
8x6
271
432
180
10.0
200x150
250x25
10x1
232
152
180
4.7
10x1½
232
152
180
4.7
250x40
250x50
10x2
274
152
180
5.3
250x80
10x3
286
241
180
7.8
250x100
10x4
299
305
180
9.5
250x150
10x6
299
432
180
12.2
300x25
12x1
264
152
180
5.4
300x40
12x1½
264
152
180
5.4
300x50
12x2
306
152
180
6.0
300x80
12x3
306
241
180
8.9
300x100
12x4
306
305
180
10.9
300x150
12x6
324
432
180
14.2
350x25
14x1
279
152
180
5.9
350x40
14x1½
279
152
180
5.8
350x50
14x2
321
152
180
6.4
350x80
14x3
321
241
180
9.6
350x100
14x4
321
305
180
11.8
350x150
14x6
340
432
180
15.5
400x25
16x1
305
152
180
6.6
400x40
16x1½
305
152
180
6.6
400x50
16x2
347
152
180
7.2
400x80
16x3
347
241
180
10.8
400x100
16x4
347
305
180
13.3
400x150
16x6
366
432
180
17.5
450x25
18x1
330
152
90
3.8
450x40
18x1½
330
152
90
3.8
450x50
18x2
372
152
90
4.4
450x80
18x3
372
241
90
6.4
450x100
18x4
372
305
90
7.8
450x150
18x6
391
432
90
9.8
500x25
20x1
356
152
90
4.2
500x40
20x1½
356
152
90
4.2
500x50
20x2
399
152
90
4.8
500x80
20x3
399
241
90
7.0
500x100
20x4
399
305
90
8.5
500x150
20x6
417
432
90
10.8
600x25
24x1
406
152
90
4.9
600x40
24x1½
406
152
90
4.9
600x50
24x2
448
152
90
5.5
600x80
24x3
448
241
90
8.1
600x100
24x4
448
305
90
9.9
600x150
24x6
467
432
90
12.8
* Connected dimension based on Quick-Lock flange.
18
Concentric Reducers
Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper
Filament-wound concentric reducers with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
Overall
Average
Pipe Length
Length
Weight
Size (LL)
(OL)
(runxrun) [mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
40x25
1½x1
32
91
0.2
50x25
2x1
64
137
0.3
50x40
2x1½
32
110
0.5
80x40
3x1½
76
154
0.5
80x50
3x2
54
146
0.5
100x50
4x2
76
168
1.1
100x80
4x3
73
165
0.9
*150x80
6x3
117
217
1.5
*150x100
6x4
124
224
1.8
*200x100
8x4
163
293
3.3
200x150
8x6
129
259
3.7
250x150
10x6
148
278
6.2
250x200
10x8
135
295
6.2
300x200
12x8
180
340
7.8
300x250
12x10
167
327
8.5
350x250
14x10
214
374
10.2
350x300
14x12
208
368
11.0
16x12
195
385
13.7
400x300
16x14
183
373
12.8
400x350
450x400
18x16
128
348
20
500x400
20x16
249
469
21
500x450
20x18
151
371
23
600x400
24x16
486
706
27
24x18
388
608
26
600x450
600x500
24x20
267
487
24
700x400
28x16
796
1046
62
700x450
28x18
698
948
60
700x500
28x20
577
827
58
28x24
340
590
52
700x600
750x400
30x16
915
1165
74
750x450
30x18
817
1067
73
750x500
30x20
696
946
70
750x600
30x24
459
709
64
30x28
149
429
58
750x700
800x400
32x16
1038
1318
94
800x450
32x18
940
1220
94
800x500
32x20
819
1099
90
800x600
32x24
582
862
83
800x700
32x28
272
582
77
800x750
32x30
153
463
72
900x500
36x20
1186
1496
130
900x600
36x24
1065
1375
122
36x28
828
1138
116
900x700
900x750
36x30
518
858
111
1000x900
40x36
278
678
146
* 3 inch and 4 inch side of these concentric reducers will be Taper/Taper;
Joint type can be altered to Quick-Lock using a transition nipple;
Quick-Lock pipe can be shaved Taper/Taper to fit the Taper/Taper socket end.
19
Eccentric Reducers
Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper
Filament-wound eccentric reducers with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends.
Nominal
Laying
Overall
Eccentricity Average
Length
Length
Weight
Pipe Size
(runxrun)
(LL)
(OL)
(X)*
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
40x25
1½x1
56
115
7
0.2
50x25
2x1
100
173
13
0.3
50x40
2x1½
44
122
6
0.5
80x40
3x1½
150
228
20
0.5
80x50
3x2
108
200
14
0.5
100x50
4x2
200
292
27
1.1
100x80
4x3
93
185
12
0.9
*150x80
6x3
320
420
38.4
2.0
*150x100
6x4
230
330
26.7
2.3
*200x100
8x4
415
545
51.6
5.2
200x150
8x6
215
345
24.9
5.8
250x150
10x6
420
550
51.95
9.7
250x200
10x8
235
395
24.9
9.9
300x200
12x8
420
580
52.45
12.2
300x250
12x10
220
380
25.4
13.3
350x250
14x10
340
500
41.25
15.9
14x12
150
310
15.9
17.2
350x300
400x300
16x12
335
520
40.5
21
400x350
16x14
215
405
24.65
20
450x350
18x14
365
555
44.7
31
450x400
18x16
180
400
20.1
46
20x16
365
585
44.7
47
500x400
500x450
20x18
215
435
24.7
46
600x400
24x16
725
945
92.95
91
600x450
24x18
575
795
72.9
94
600x500
24x20
390
610
48.3
96
30x16
960
1210
181
96
750x400
750x450
30x18
830
1080
160
95
30x20
705
955
136
91
750x500
750x600
30x24
450
700
88
87
750x700
30x28
290
570
25
75
800x600
32x24
580
860
112
108
800x700
32x28
325
635
49
100
800x750
32x30
290
600
24
94
900x600
36x24
830
1140
162
159
900x700
36x28
580
920
99
151
36x30
450
790
74
144
900x750
900x800
36x32
325
695
50
130
1000x700
40x28
897
1237
151
204
* 3 inch and 4 inch side of these eccentric reducers will be Taper/Taper;
Joint type can be altered to Quick-Lock using a transition nipple;
Quick-Lock pipe can be shaved Taper/Taper to fit the Taper/Taper socket end.
20
Heavy-Duty Flanges
Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper
Filament-wound heavy-duty flanges with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or
Taper/Taper (8-40 inch) socket end for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
Overall
Average weight
Pipe
Length Length ANSI
ANSI
DIN
DIN
Size
(LL) (OL)B16.5
B16.5
2632
2633
CL.150
CL.300
PN10
PN16
[mm]
[inch] [mm]
[mm]
[kg]
[kg]
[kg]
[kg]
25
1
3
29 0.5
0.6
0.5
0.5
40
1½
3
35 1.1
1.1
1.0
1.0
50
2
5
51 1.3
1.7
1.8
1.8
80
3
5
51 1.8
2.6
2.4
2.4
100
4
5
51 2.8
3.8
2.7
2.7
150
6
5
55 3.7
4.2
3.8
3.8
200
8
6
56 5.5
6.1
5.5
5.5
250
10
6
8610.6
11.6
10.3
10.6
300
12
6
8615.3
16.5
14.1
14.6
350
14
6
8618.7
20.5
17.7
15.2
400
16
6
8623.0
25.0
21.8
22
450
18
6
86 24.0
26.9
23.2
24
500
20
6 11638.0
42.1
36.4
39
600
24
6 11649.0
55.1
47.0
51
700
28
6 14667.0
74.8
64.7
66
750
30
6 14673.0
81.0
71.6
72
32
6
176117.0
127.0
112.0
113
800
900
36
6
206148.0
192.0
141.0
143
1000
40
6
206175.0
228.0
167.0
228
Note:
•
Other drillings may be possible. Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems;
•
Full-face elastomeric gaskets may be used suitable for the service pressure, service
temperature and fluid. Shore A durometer hardness of 60 ±5 is recommended (3 mm thick).
Compressed fibre gaskets (3 mm thick), compatible with pressure, temperature and medium
may also be used. Mechanical properties should be in accordance with DIN 3754 (IT 400)
or equal;
•
For maximum bolt torque refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature;
•
A torque-wrench must be used, since excessive torque may result in flange damage.
Orifice flanges
Filament-wound orifice flanges, ANSI B16.5 Class 150 drilling, with integral Quick-Lock
(2-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-18 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
OverallAverage
Pipe
Length
Length
Weight
Size
(LL)
(OL)Flange (CL150)
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[kg] [kg]
50
2
40
86 2.2
80
3
39
85 3.0
100
4
39
85 4.7
150
6
54
104 8.3
200
8
54
104 11.0
250
10
55
135 18.0
300
12
55
135
25
350
14
55
135
31
400
16
55
135
37
450
18
55
135
46
Note:
•
•
•
•
Other drillings are available. Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems;
Flanges with 1/2” NPT female thread, 316 SS nipple and bushing;
Other metals on request;
Also available with 2 outlets spaced at 180 degree, on special request.
21
Stub-ends
Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper
Steel Ring Flanges for
Stub-ends
Filament-wound stub-ends, O-ring sealed or flat faced, with integral Quick-Lock
(1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket, for adhesive bonding with loose steel ring
flanges.
Nominal
Laying
Overall
Face
RingAverage
Pipe
Length
Length
Diameter
to Face
Weight
Size
(LL)
(OL)
(RF)
(H)Stub-end
[mm] [inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
25
1
10
37
51
10 0.1
40
1½
10
42
73
10 0.2
50
2
10
56
92
10 0.2
80
3
10
56
127
10 0.4
100
4
10
56
157
16 0.6
150
6
15
65
216
13 1.3
200
8
15
95
270
20 2.6
250
10
15
95
324
16 3.1
300
12
15
95
378
18 3.9
350
14
15
95
413
19 3.8
400
16
20
130
470
21 6.9
450
18
20
130
532
24 11.4
500
20
20
130
580
23 12.3
600
24
20
130
674
28 13.0
700
28
20
160
800
29 17.8
750
30
20
160
850
32 19.2
32
20
190
900
33 24
800
900
36
20
220
1000
36 30
1000
40
20
220
1100
46 35
Note:
•
Flat faced stub-ends can be sealed using reinforced elastomeric compressed fiber or steel
reinforced rubber gasket, depending on size;
•
Make sure that when using O-ring sealed stub-end, its counter flange is compatible, e.g. use a
flat faced stub-end (without O-ring groove) or another flat surface flange as counter flange.
Nominal ANSI Average
ANSI Average DIN 2632 Average DIN 2633 Average
PipeB16.5 Weight
B16.5 WeightWeightWeight
SizeCLASS.150CLASS.300
PN 10
PN 16
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
[mm] [inch] [mm]
[kg]
[mm]
[kg]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
[kg]
1
14.3
0.8
17.5
1.3
16
1.0
16
1.0
25
40
1½
17.5
1.2
20.6
2.3
16
1.7
16
1.7
2
19.0
1.8
22.2
2.5
18
2.2
18
2.2
50
80
3
23.8
3.2
28.6
4.8
20
3.0
20
3.0
100
4
23.8
4.2
28.6
7.0
20
3.1
20
3.1
150
6
25.5
5.2
36.5
12.2
22
4.9
23
5.1
200
8
28.8
8.5
41.3
18.3
25
7.1
27
7.3
250 10
35.6
13.5
47.6
26.0
28
9.3
32
11.8
40.0
23
50.8
38.7
29
10.7
35
15.4
300 12
350 14
41.6
32
54.0
56.3
36
21
40
26
400 16
47.9
42
58.2
70.1
40
27
44
33
450 18
50.2
40
63.6
86.5
42
27
50
41
500 20
52.0
51
66.5
104.1
45
35
54
60
600 24
63.7
86
78.4
182.9
52
55
63
72
700 28
69.0
101
96.0
213.4
57
79
59
102
750 30
71.6
117
99.9
229.3
800 32
76.9
154
106.0
62
95
66
106
289.0
900 36
85.4
197
117.7
424.1
66
112
71
125
1000 40
94.0
303
103.0
438.9
74
242
82
291
Note:
•
Ring flanges will standard be made from galvanised steel. Other materials are available on
request;
•
Other drillings are available. Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems.
22
Blind flanges
Compression molded blind flanges.
Nominal Flange
Average Weight
Pipe
Thickness ANSI B16.5
ANSI B16.5
DIN 2633/ISO
7005.2
Size
(D) CLASS 150
CLASS 300
PN 10
PN 16
[mm] [inch] [mm]
[kg]
[kg]
[kg]
[kg]
25
1
25
0.4
0.5
0.4
0.5
40
1½
25
0.5
0.9
0.7
0.8
50
2
30
0.7
1.2
1.1
1.2
80
3
30
1.1
1.9
1.6
1.7
100
4
35
1.7
3.6
2.6
2.7
150
6
40
2.2
5.4
4.4
4.4
200
8
40
4.2
7.8
6.3
6.2
250
10
45
5.9
11.7
9.6
9.9
300
12
45 10.5
16.2
12.2
13.0
350
14
50 14.1
23
17.5
18.4
400
16
55
20
31
24
25
450
18
60
31
40
31
33
500
20
60
44
48
37
42
600
24
65
65
73
54
63
700
28
70
91
101
77
79
750
30
75
110
120
96
96
800
32
80
121
141
114
115
900
36
85
175
183
146
147
40
238
206
207
214
105
1000
Note: Other drillings are available. Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems.
Couplings
Quick-Lock
Filament-wound couplings with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or
Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
Pipe Length
Size
(LL)
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
25
1
10
40
1½
10
2
10
50
80
3
10
100
4
10
150
6
70
200
8
70
250
10
70
300
12
70
350
14
70
400
16
70
18
70
450
500
20
70
600
24
70
700
28
70
750
30
70
800
32
70
900
36
70
1000
40
70
Overall
Length
(OL)
[mm]
64
74
102
102
102
170
230
230
230
230
290
290
290
290
350
350
410
470
470
OutsideAverage
DiameterWeight
(OD)
[mm] [kg]
42 0.1
58 0.1
72 0.3
100 0.4
129 0.6
180 1.5
230 2.5
286 3.4
339 4.5
370 4.8
419 6.4
460 7.3
510 14.4
606 18.9
737 24
787 25
840 27
943 29
1037 33
Taper/Taper
23
Filament-wound nipples with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or
Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) male ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
GapAverage
Pipe
Length
*Weight
Size(LL)
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm] [kg]
25
1
57
3
0.1
40
1½
67
3
0.1
2
95
3
0.1
50
80
3
95
3
0.1
4
95
3
0.2
100
150
6
125
25
0.2
200
8
190
30
0.6
250
10
190
30
0.8
300
12
200
40
1.1
14
200
40
1.3
350
400
16
260
40
2.2
450
18
280
60
2.7
20
280
60
3.4
500
600
24
280
60
4.4
28
340
60
8.5
700
750
30
340
60
9.4
800
32
400
60 12.4
36
460
60 17.2
900
1000
40
460
60 21.0
Nipples
Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper
* Remaining gap after bonding (is distance between the edges of the socket ends).
Transition Nipples
Filament-wound transition nippels with integral Quick-Lock (2-4 inch) x Taper/Taper
(2-4 inch) male ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
Gap
Average
PipeLength
*
Weight
Size(LL)
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
50
2
130
34
0.1
80
3
130
34
0.1
100
4
130
34
0.1
* Remaining gap after bonding (is distance between the edges of the socket ends).
Support Saddles
α
24
Filament-wound pipe saddles for wear, support and anchor.
Nominal Saddle Saddle SaddleRequired
Saddle Required
Pipe
Angle Thickn. WeightAdhesive
Weight Adhesive
Sizeα
ts B=100mm
Kits
B=150mm
Kits
[mm] [inch] [degree] [mm]
[kg]
[3 and 6 Oz]
[kg]
[3 and 6
Oz]
25
1
180
14
0.2
½
0.3
1
40
1½
180
14
0.3
½
0.5
1
50
2
180
14
0.4
½
0.6
1
80
3
180
14
0.5
½
0.8
1
100
4
180
14
0.7
½
1.1
1
150
6
180
14
0.9
1
1.4
1
200
8
180
14
1.1
1
1.7
1
1
250
10
180
14
1.5
2.3
1
300
12
180
14
1.8
1
2.7
1
350
1
14
180
14
2.0
3.0
1
16
180
14
2.4
1
1
3.6
2
400
450
18
180
16
3.2
1
1
500
20
180
16
3.6
1
1
600
24
180
16
4.3
1
1
700
28
180
16
5.1
2
750
30
180
16
5.5
2
800
32
180
16
5.8
3
900
36
180
16
6.5
4
1000
40
180
16
8.2
4
Note:
•
Filament-wound support saddles are intended for protection of pipe at supports and clamps,
•
•
•
•
as well as for anchoring purposes;
Support and anchor saddles are standard 180°;
Saddles are supplied in standard lengths of 100 mm and 150 mm;
For special saddle -lengths, -thickness and/or angles consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems;
Wear saddles are standard 90°. 90° saddle weights are 50% of value shown.
Grounding saddles
Filament-wound pipe saddles for grounding in conductive piping systems.
Nominal
Saddle
Saddle
Saddle
Average
Required
Angle
Length
Thickness
Saddle
Adhesive
Pipe
Sizeα
B
ts
Weight
Kits
[mm]
[inch]
[degree]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
[3Oz]
1
90
76
14
0.1
1
25
40
1½
90
76
14
0.1
1
2
90
76
14
0.1
1
50
80
3
90
76
14
0.1
1
100
4
90
76
14
0.2
1
5
90
76
14
0.3
1
125
150
6
90
76
14
0.3
1
8
45
76
14
0.2
1
200
250
10
45
76
14
0.2
1
300
12
45
76
14
0.2
1
14
45
76
14
0.3
1
350
76
14
400
16
45
0.3
1
18
22½
76
16
0.2
1
450
500
20
22½
76
16
0.2
1
600
24
22½
76
16
0.3
1
28
22½
76
16
0.3
1
700
76
16
750
30
22½
0.4
1
32
22½
76
16
0.4
1
800
900
36
22½
76
16
0.4
1
1000
40
22½
76
16
0.5
1
Note:
•
Bondstrand conductive adhesive should be used for mounting;
•
Saddles are supplied with integrated stainless steel cable with a length of 610 mm.
Adhesive
Number of Adhesive Kits per joint with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or
Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Required
Minimum number
Pipe Adhesive Kit
of Adhesive Kits
Size
Size
required per joint
[mm]
[inch]
[cm3]
[Oz]
nr.
25
1
88.7
3
¼
40
1½
88.7
3
¼
3
50
2
88.7
⅓
3
80
3
88.7
⅓
100
4
88.7
3
½
150
6
88.7
3
½
200
8
88.7
3
½
250
10
88.7
3
1
300
12
177.4
6
1
350
14
177.4
6
1
400
16
177.4
6
1
450
18
177.4
6
2
500
20
177.4
6
2
600
24
177.4
6
2
700
28
177.4
6
3
750
30
177.4
6
3
800
32
177.4
6
3
900
36
177.4
6
4
1000
40
177.4
6
5
Note:
•
Adhesive Kits should never be split. If remainder is not used for other joints made at the
same time, the surplus must be discarded;
•
Required adhesive for saddles is shown in the dimension table of the respective saddles;
•
For type of adhesive to be used, please refer to the Bondstrand® Corrosion Guide;
•
Quick-Lock and Taper/Taper adhesive bonded joints require different types of adhesive.
25
Engineering design &
installation
Consult de following literature for recommendations about design, installation and use
of Bondstrand® pipe, fittings and flanges:
Assembly Instructions for Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints
Assembly Instructions for Taper/Taper adhesive-bonded joints
Assembly Instructions for Bondstrand fiberglass flanges
Bondstrand Corrosion Guide for fiberglass pipe and tubing
Bondstrand Pipe Shaver Overview
Bondstrand Marine Design Manual
FP 170
FP 1043
FP 196
FP 132
FP 599
FP 707
Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems for the latest version of the above mentioned
literature.
Specials
Note: Elbows with non-standard angles, non-standard drilled flanges, multi branch tees
and special spools are available on request, please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems.
Field testing
Bondstrand pipe systems are designed for hydrostatic testing with water at 150% of
rated pressure.
Surge pressure
The maximum allowable surge pressure is 150% of rated pressure.
Conversions
1 psi
= 6895 Pa
1 bar
= 105Pa
1 MPa
= 1 N/mm2
1 inch 1 Btu.in/ft2h°F °C
= 0.07031 kg/cm2
= 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2
= 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2
= 25.4 mm
= 0.1442 W/mK
= 5/9 (°F-32)
National Oilwell Varco has produced this brochure for general information only, and it
is not intended for design purposes. Although every effort has been made to maintain
the accuracy and reliability of its contents, National Oilwell Varco in no way assumes
responsibility for liability for any loss, damage or injury resulting from the use of information
and data herein nor is any warranty expressed or implied. Always cross-reference the
bulletin date with the most current version listed at the website noted in this literature.
North America
2425 SW 36th Street
San Antonio, TX 78237 USA
Phone: +1 210 434 5043
South America
Avenida Fernando Simoes
Recife, Brazil 51020-390
Phone: +55 31 3326 6900
Europe
P.O. Box 6, 4190 CA
Geldermalsen, The Netherlands
Phone: +31 345 587 587
Asia Pacific
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong, Singapore 639407
Phone: +65 6861 6118
Middle East
P.O. Box 17324
Dubai, UAE
Phone: +971 4881 3566
www.fgspipe.com • fgspipe@nov.com
© 2012, NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
® Trademark of NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
FP 943-10 A 02/12
Bondstrand® 2000/2000G and 2416/3416
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe systems for Marine and Offshore services for 16 bar pressure
Uses and applications
● Ballast water
●
●
●
●
Cassions
Cooling water
Disposal
Drains
●
●
●
●
Drilling muds
Fresh water
Potable water
Produced water
● Fire water
●
●
●
●
Saltwater/seawater
Sanitary/sewage
Column piping
Vent lines
A complete library of Bondstrand pipe and fittings in PDS and PDMS-format is
available on CD-ROM; please contact NOV Fiber Glass Systems for details.
For specific fire protection requirements, additional passive fire protection is
available. For pipe systems with external pressure requirements, please contact
your Bondstrand® representative.
Approvals
ISO/FDIS 14692 is an international standard intended for offshore applications on
both fixed and floating topsides facilities. It is used as guidance for the
specification, manufacture, testing and installation of GRE (Glassfiber Reinforced
Epoxy) piping systems. The United Kingdom Offshore Operators Association
(UKOOA) Document Suite, issued in 1994, formed the basis of the ISO 14692
standard.
Bondstrand pipe series that are used in the offshore industry are designed in
accordance with the above standards and/or type-approved by major certifying
bodies. (A complete list is available, on request).
Characteristics
Maximum operating temperature: up to 121°C;
Pipe diameter: 1-40 inch (25-1000 mm);
Pipe system design for pressure ratings up to 16 bar;
The pipe system is also available in lower and higher pressure classes
(10 bar, up to 50 bar);
ASTM D-2992 Hydrostatic Design Basis (Procedure B -service factor 0.5);
ASTM D-1599 Safety factor of 4:1.
Bondstrand 2000G/3400
ASTM D-2310 Classification: RTRP-11AW for static hydrostatic design basis.
Bondstrand 2000/2400
ASTM D-2310 Classification: RTRP-11AX for static hydrostatic design basis.
Joining Systems
Quick-Lock® joint
1-4 Inch
Taper/Taper joint
6-40 Inch
Quick-Lock® adhesive-bonded joint
Taper/Taper adhesive-bonded joint
Table of Contents
GENERAL DATA
Adhesive................................................................................................................ 23
Conversions.......................................................................................................... 24
Engineering design & installation data................................................................. 24
Hydrostatic testing................................................................................................ 24
Important notice.................................................................................................... 24
Joining system and configuration.......................................................................... 3
Mechanical properties............................................................................................ 4
Physical properties................................................................................................. 4
Pipe series............................................................................................................... 3
Pipe length.............................................................................................................. 4
Pipe dimensions and weights................................................................................. 6
Pipe performance................................................................................................... 5
Span length............................................................................................................. 7
Surge pressure..................................................................................................... 24
FITTINGS DATA
Couplings.............................................................................................................. 21
Deluge Couplings................................................................................................. 16
Elbows ................................................................................................................. 8-9
Flanges............................................................................................................. 19-21
Joint dimensions Quick-Lock® ............................................................................. 7
Joint dimensions Taper/Taper................................................................................. 7
Laterals.................................................................................................................. 15
Nipples.................................................................................................................. 22
Reducers.......................................................................................................... 17-18
Saddles................................................................................................. 14-15, 22-23
Specials................................................................................................................. 23
Stub-ends.............................................................................................................. 20
Tees.................................................................................................................. 10-14
2
Pipe series
Pipe
Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe for Bondstrand adhesivebonding systems. MDA (diaminodiphenylmethane) or IPD (isophoronediamine) cured.
Fittings
A wide range of lined filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) fittings for
Bondstrand adhesive-bonding systems. For special fittings, not listed in this product
guide, please contact your Bondstrand® representative.
Flanges
Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) heavy-duty and stub-end flanges
for Quick-Lock and Taper/Taper adhesive bonding systems. Standard flange drilling
patterns as per ANSI B16.5 (150 Lb). Other flange drilling patterns, such as ANSI B16.5
(> 150 Lb), DIN, ISO and JIS are also available.
Bondstrand® 2000/2000G
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe system; MDA or IPD cured;
Standard 0.5 mm internal resin-rich reinforced liner;
Maximum operating temperature: 93°C (IPD) or 121°C (MDA);
For higher temperatures, please contact Bondstrand®;
Maximum pressure rating: 16 bar.
Bondstrand® 2416/3416
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe system; MDA or IPD cured;
Standard 0.5 mm internal resin-rich reinforced liner;
Maximum operating temperature: 93°C (IPD) or 121°C (MDA);
For higher temperatures, please contact Bondstrand®;
Maximum pressure rating: 16 bar.
Conductive
Conductive pipe systems are available to prevent accumulation of potentially dangerous
levels of static electrical charges. Pipe, fittings and flanges contain high strength
conductive filaments. Together with a conductive adhesive this provides an electrically
continuous system.
Description
Pipe Diameter
Joining system
Liner*
Temperature**
Cure
Pressure rating
Bondstrand
2000
1-4 inch
Quick-Lock
0.5 mm
121 ºC
MDA
16 bar
Bondstrand
2000G
1-4 inch
Quick-Lock
0.5 mm
93 ºC
IPD
16 bar
Bondstrand
2416
6-40 inch
Taper/Taper
0.5 mm
121 ºC
MDA
16 bar
Bondstrand
3416
6-40 inch
Taper/Taper
0.5 mm
93 ºC
IPD
16 bar
* Also available without liner.
** Above 93°C, derate the pressure rating lineairly to 50% at 121°C.
Joining system &
configuration
Pipe
25-100 mm (1-4 inch):
Quick-Lock (straight/taper) adhesive joint with integral pipe stop in bell end;
End configuration: Integral Quick-Lock bell end x shaved straight spigot.
150-1000 mm (6-40 inch):
Taper/Taper adhesive joint;
End configuration: Integral Taper bell x shaved taper spigot.
Fitting
25-100 mm (1-4 inch):
Quick-Lock (straight/ taper) adhesive joint with integral pipe stop in bell end;
End configuration: integral Quick-Lock bell ends.
150-1000 mm (6-40 inch):
Taper/Taper adhesive joint. End configuration: Integral Taper bell ends.
Flange
25-100 mm (1-4 inch):
Quick-Lock (straight/ taper) adhesive joint with integral pipe stop in bell end;
End configuration: integral Quick-Lock bell end.
150-1000 mm (6-40 inch):
Taper/Taper adhesive joint. End configuration: Integral Taper bell ends.
Note: Pipe nipples, saddles and flanged fittings have different end configurations.
3
Typical pipe length
Nominal
Joining
Approximate overall
Length*
Pipe Size
System
Europe Plant
Asia Plant
[mm]
[inch]
[m]
[m]
25-40
1-1½
Quick-Lock
5.5
3.0
50-100
2-4
Quick-Lock
6.15
5.85/9.0
150
6
Taper/Taper
6.1
5.85/9.0
200-600
8-24
Taper/Taper
6.1/11.7/11.8
9.0/11.89
450-1000
18-40
Taper/Taper
6.0/11.7/11.8
11.89
Typical physical
properties
Pipe property
Thermal conductivity pipe wall
Thermal expansivity (lineair)
Flow coefficient
Absolute roughness
Density
Specific gravity
Typical mechanical
properties
Units
W(m.K)
10-6 mm/mm °C
Hazen-Williams
10-6 m
kg/m3
-
Value
.33
18.0
150
5.3
1800
1.8
Method
NOV FGS
NOV FGS
—
—
ASTM D-792
Pipe property MDA cured
Units
21°C
93°C
Method
Bi-axial
Ultimate hoop stress at weeping N/mm2
250
—
ASTM D-1599
Circumferential
Hoop tensile strength
N/mm2
220
—
ASTM D-2290
Hoop tensile modulus
N/mm2
25200
ASTM D-2290
Poisson’s ratio axial/hoop
—
0.65
0.81
NOV FGS
Longitudinal
Axial tensile strength
N/mm2
80
65
ASTM D-2105
Axial tensile modulus
N/mm2
12500
9700
ASTM D-2105
Poisson’s ratio hoop/axial
—
0.40
0.44
ASTM D-2105
Axial bending strength
—
85
—
NOV FGS
Beam
Apparent elastic modulus
N/mm2
12500
8000
ASTM D-2925
Hydrostatic Design Basis
Static
N/mm2
124*
—
ASTM D-2992
(Proc. B.)
Pipe property IPD cured
Units
21°C
93°C
Method
Bi-axial
Ultimate hoop stress at weeping N/mm2
300
—
ASTM D-1599
Circumferential
Hoop tensile strength
N/mm2
380
—
ASTM D-2290
Hoop tensile modulus
N/mm2
23250
18100
ASTM D-2290
Poisson’s ratio axial/hoop
—
0.93
1.04
NOV FGS
Longitudinal
Axial tensile strength
N/mm2
65
50
ASTM D-2105
Axial tensile modulus
N/mm2
10000
7800
ASTM D-2105
Poisson’s ratio hoop/axial
—
0.40
0.45
ASTM D-2105
Axial bending strength
—
80
—
NOV FGS
Beam
Apparent elastic modulus
N/mm2
9200
7000
ASTM D-2925
Hydrostatic Design Basis
Static
N/mm2
148*
—
ASTM D-2992
(Proc. B.)
* at 65°C.
4
Typical pipe
performance
Bondstrand 2000/2416 (MDA cured) at 21°C with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or
Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal Internal
*Ultimate
STIS
Stifness
Pipe
Pipe
Pressure
Collapse
Factor
Stiffness
Size**Rating
Pressure
[mm]
[inch]
[bar]
[bar]
[N/m2]
[lb.in]
[psi]
25
1
16
499
3142383
502
16187
40
1½
16
148
949574
502
4812
50
2
16
85
534665
554
2729
80
3
16
24.5
157309
554
796
100
4
16
26.6
154414
1281
863
150
6
16
3.7
12069
453
94
200
8
16
3.4
11085
941
86
250
10
16
3.3
10679
1809
83
300
12
16
3.3
10743
3092
84
350
14
16
3.4
11070
4218
86
400
16
16
3.3
10731
6105
84
450
18
16
3.3
10719
8158
83
500
20
16
3.3
10547
11015
82
600
24
16
3.3
10605
19148
83
700
28
16
3.2
10303
32924
80
750
30
16
3.3
10387
40831
81
800
32
16
3.2
10240
48843
80
900
36
16
3.2
10192
69208
79
1000
40
16
3.3
10328
96228
80
* No safety factor included;
** At 93°C using NOV Fiber Glass Systems approved adhesive.
Bondstrand 2000G/3416 (IPD-cured) at 21°C with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or
Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal Internal
*Ultimate
STIS
Stifness
Pipe
Pipe
Pressure
Collapse
Factor Stiffness
Size
**Rating
Pressure
[mm]
[inch]
[bar]
[bar]
[N/m2]
[lb.in]
[psi]
25
1
16
460
2087390
504
16251
40
1½
16
137
620545
504
4831
50
2
16
78
351965
556
2740
80
3
16
22.6
102636
556
799
100
4
16
24.5
111283
1286
866
150
6
16
2.4
7821
292
61
200
8
16
1.8
5991
504
47
250
10
16
1.9
6098
1024
47
300
12
16
1.8
5963
1700
46
350
14
16
1.8
5820
2195
45
400
16
16
1.8
5816
3277
45
450
18
16
1.8
5899
4447
46
500
20
16
1.8
5923
6130
46
600
24
16
1.8
5753
10288
45
700
28
16
1.8
5891
18659
46
750
30
16
1.8
5867
22858
46
800
32
16
1.8
5847
27644
46
900
36
16
1.8
5814
39130
45
1000
40
16
1.7
5787
53425
45
* No safety factor included;
** At 93°C using NOV Fiber Glass Systems approved adhesive.
5
Typical pipe dimensions
and weights
Bondstrand 2000/2416 (MDA-cured) with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or
Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Pipe
MinimumAverage
Designation per
Pipe Inside
Structural Wall
Pipe
ASTM
Size
Diameter
Thickness [t] Weight
D-2996
[ mm] [inch]
[mm]
[mm] [kg/m]
(RTRP-11...)
25
1
27.1
3.00.7
AW1-2112
40
1½
42.1
3.01.3
AW1-2112
50
2
53.0
3.11.3
AW1-2112
80
3
81.8
3.11.8
AW1-2112
100
4
105.2
4.13.1
AW1-2113
150
6
159.0
2.93.0
AW1-2112
200
8
208.8
3.74.9
AW1-2112
250
10
262.9
4.67.5
AW1-2114
300
12
313.7
5.510.6
AW1-2116
350
14
344.4
6.112.8
AW1-2116
400
16
393.7
6.916.4
AW1-2116
450
18
433.8
7.619.8
AW1-2116
500
20
482.1
8.424
AW1-2116
600
24
578.6
10.135
AW1-2116
700
28
700.0
12.150
AW1-2116
750
30
750.0
13.558
AW1-2116
800
32
800.0
13.865
AW1-2116
900
36
900.0
15.582
AW1-2116
1000
40
1000.0
17.3102
AW1-2116
Bondstrand 2000G/3416 (IPD-cured) with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or
Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Pipe
Minimum Average
Designation per
Pipe Inside
Structural Wall
Pipe
ASTM
Size
Diameter
Thickness [t] Weight
D-2996
[mm] [inch]
[mm]
[mm] [kg/m]
(RTRP-11...)
25
1
27.1
3.00.7
AX1-2112
40
1½
42.1
3.01.3
AX1-2112
50
2
53.0
3.11.3
AX1-2112
80
3
81.8
3.11.8
AX1-2112
100
4
105.2
4.13.1
AX1-2113
150
6
159.0
2.52.6
AX1-2112
200
8
208.8
3.04.0
AX1-2112
250
10
262.9
3.86.2
AX1-2113
300
12
313.7
4.58.7
AX1-2114
350
14
344.4
4.910.4
AX1-2115
400
16
393.7
5.613.4
AX1-2116
450
18
433.8
6.216.3
AX1-2116
500
20
482.1
6.9 20
AX1-2116
600
24
578.6
8.2 28
AX1-2116
700
28
700.0
10.0 42
AX1-2116
750
30
750.0
10.7 48
AX1-2116
800
32
800.0
11.4 54
AX1-2116
900
36
900.0
12.8 68
AX1-2116
1000
40
1000.0
14.2 83
AX1-2116
6
Dimensions for adhesive Quick-Lock spigots for adhesive Quick-Lock joints.
Quick-Lock®
dimensions
Nominal Pipe
Size
[mm]
[inch]
25
1
40
1½
50
2
80
3
100
4
Taper/Taper
dimensions
Insertion
Depth
(Ds)
[mm]
27
32
46
46
46
Spigot Diameter
Min.
Max.
Sd
Sd
[mm]
[mm]
32.6
32.9
47.5
47.8
59.2
59.6
87.6
88.0
112.5
112.9
Spigot Length
Min.
Max.
L
L
[mm]
[mm]
28.5
31.0
33.5
36.0
49.0
52.0
49.0
52.0
49.0
52.0
Dimensions for adhesive Taper Spigots for adhesive Taper/Taper joints.
Nominal Taper
Insertion
Pipe Angle
Depth
Size
X
Ds
[mm]
[inch]
[degrees]
[mm]
150
6
2.5
50
200
8
2.5
80
250
10
2.5
110
300
12
2.5
140
350
14
2.5
140
400
16
2.5
170
450
18
2.5
170
500
20
2.5
200
600
24
2.5
230
700
28
1.75
230
750
30
1.75
260
800
32
1.75
290
900*
36
1.75
350
900**
36
1.75
260
1000*
40
1.75
320
1000**
40
1.75
230
Nominal
Spigot
Nose Thickn.
nose
[mm]
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.5
5.5
6.0
5.5
6.0
6.0
8.0
8.0
Dia of
Spigot
at Nose
Sd
[mm]
161.0
210.8
264.9
315.7
347.4
396.7
436.8
486.1
583.6
711.0
762.0
811.0
912.0
912.0
1016.0
1016.0
* For Bondstrand 2416 only;
** For Bondstrand 3416 only.
Span length
Bondstrand 2000/2416 (MDA) and 2000G/3416 (IPD) at 21 °C
Nominal
Single
PipeSpan*
Size 2000/2416
[mm]
[inch]
[m]
25
1
2.6
40
1½
2.9
50
2
3.1
80
3
3.5
100
4
4.0
150
6
4.2
200
8
4.7
250
10
5.3
300
12
5.7
350
14
6.0
400
16
6.4
450
18
6.7
500
20
7.1
600
24
7.7
700
28
8.5
750
30
8.8
800
32
9.0
900
36
9.6
1000
40
10.1
Continuous
Span*
2000/2410
[m]
3.3
3.7
4.0
4.5
5.1
5.3
6.0
6.7
7.3
7.7
8.1
8.5
9.0
9.8
10.7
11.1
11.5
12.1
12.8
Single
Span*
2000G/3410
[m]
2.4
2.7
2.9
3.3
3.7
3.3
3.5
3.9
4.2
4.4
4.7
5.0
5.2
5.7
6.3
6.5
6.7
7.1
7.5
Continuous
Span*
2000G/3410
[m]
3.0
3.4
3.7
4.2
4.7
4.2
4.7
5.3
5.8
6.0
6.4
6.8
7.1
7.8
8.6
8.9
9.2
9.7
10.2
* Span recommendations are based on pipes filled with water having a density of 1000 kg/m3 and
include no provisions for weights caused by valves, flanges or other heavy objects. At 93°C, span
lengths are approx. 10% lower.
7
Elbows 90º.
Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper
Filament-wound 90º elbows with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
Overall Average
Pipe Size
Length (LL)
Length (OL)
Weight
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
25
1
65
92
0.3
40
1½
81
113
0.4
50
2
76
122
0.5
80
3
114
160
1.1
100
4
152
198
1.6
150
6
240
290
4,2
200
8
315
395
12
250
10
391
501
16
300
12
463
603
26
350
14
364
504
37
400
16
402
572
53
450
18
472
642
76
500
20
523
723
125
600
24
625
855
228
700
28
726
956
238
750
30
777
1037
290
800
32
828
1118
364
900*
36
929
1279
595
900**
36
929
1189
544
1000*
40
1040
1360
650
1000**
40
1040
1270
610
* For Bondstrand 2416 only;
** For Bondstrand 3416 only.
8
Elbows 45º
Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper
Filament-wound 45° elbows with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or
Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
Overall
Average
Pipe
Length
Length
Weight
Size
(LL)
(OL)
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
25
1
22
49
0.2
40
1½
29
61
0.3
50
2
35
81
0.4
80
3
51
97
0.8
100
4
64
110
1.1
150
6
106
156
2,5
200
8
137
217
7,4
250
10
169
279
12,4
300
12
196
336
22
350
14
125
265
29
400
16
142
312
41
450
18
204
374
54
500
20
225
425
75
600
24
268
498
130
700
28
310
540
177
750
30
331
591
226
800
32
352
642
272
900*
36
394
744
463
900**
36
394
654
382
1000*
40
450
770
340
1000**
40
450
680
300
* For Bondstrand 2416 only;
** For Bondstrand 3416 only.
Elbows 22½º
Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper
Filament-wound 22½°elbows with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or
Taper/Taper (6-36 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
Overall
Average
Pipe
Length
Length
Weight
Size
(LL)
(OL)
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
25
1
9
36
0.1
40
1½
9
41
0.2
50
2
13
59
0.5
80
3
21
67
0.7
100
4
29
75
1.0
150
6
60
110
1,4
200
8
76
156
5,1
250
10
68
178
9,7
300
12
77
217
15,5
350
14
71
211
21
400
16
85
255
24
450
18
106
276
39
500
20
116
316
56
600
24
136
366
93
700
28
157
387
123
750
30
167
427
158
800
32
177
467
198
900*
36
197
547
343
900**
36
197
457
266
* For Bondstrand 2416 only;
** For Bondstrand 3416 only.
9
Equal Tees
Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper
Filament-wound equal Tee with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch)
socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
Pipe
Length
Size
total run
(LL1)
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
25
1
54
40
1½
60
50
2
128
80
3
172
100
4
210
150
6
306
200
8
376
250
10
452
300
12
528
350
14
544
400
16
590
450
18
678
500
20
740
600
24
868
700
28
994
750
30
1046
800
32
1118
900*
36
1248
900**
36
1248
1000*
40
1416
1000**
40
1416
Overall
Length
total run
(OL1)
[mm]
108
124
220
264
302
406
536
672
808
824
930
1018
1140
1328
1454
1566
1698
1948
1768
2056
1876
Laying
Length
branch
(LL2)
[mm]
27
30
64
86
105
153
188
226
264
272
295
339
370
434
497
523
559
624
624
708
708
Overall
Average
Length
Weight
branch
(OL2)
[mm]
[kg]
54
0.2
62
0.4
110
1.0
132
1.8
151
2.5
203
8.7
268
21
336
31
404
50
412
55
465
87
509
103
570
209
664
351
727
476
783
591
849
727
974
1213
884
1080
1028
760
938
700
* For Bondstrand 2416 only;
** For Bondstrand 3416 only.
Reducing Tees
Quick-Lock standard
Quick-Lock fabricated
Filament-wound standard and fabricated reducing tees with integral Quick-Lock
(1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-36 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal Laying
Overall
Laying
Overall
Average
Pipe Length
Length
Length
Length
Weight
Size (LL1)
(OL1)
(LL2)
(OL2)
(runxrunxbranch)
half run
half run
branch
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm][kg]
40x40x25
1½x1½x1
30
62
30
57 0.6
50x50x25
2x2x1
64
110
57
84 0.9
50x50x40
2x2x1½
64
110
57
89 1.0
80x80x25
3x3x1
86
132
76
103 1.6
80x80x40
3x3x1½
86
132
76
108 1.6
80x80x50
3x3x2
86
132
76
122 1.7
100x100x25
4x4x1
72
118
194
221 7.5
100x100x40
4x4x1½
89
135
194
226 9.0
100x100x50
4x4x2
105
151
89
135 2.1
100x100x80
4x4x3
105
151
98
144 2.3
150x150x25
6x6x1
88
138
221
24816.3
150x150x25
6x6x1½
88
138
221
25321.9
*150x150x50
6x6x2
153
203
124
174 8.0
*150x150x80
6x6x3
153
203
134
184 9.6
*150x150x100
6x6x4
153
203
140
190 9.6
200x200x25
8x8x1
88
168
245
27224.6
200x200x40
8x8x1½
88
168
246
27824.7
200x200x50
8x8x2
88
168
179
22924.6
*200x200x80
8x8x3
188
268
159
20916.0
*200x200x100
8x8x4
188
268
172
22216.7
200x200x150
8x8x6
188
268
178
22813.2
*
2, 3 and 4 inch branches of these reducing tees will be Taper/Taper;
Joint type can be altered to Quick-Lock using a transition nipple;
Also Quick-Lock pipe can be shaved Taper/Taper to fit the Taper/Taper socket end.
Note: Regular numbers are filament wound tees; Italic numbers are fabricated tees.
10
Reducing Tees (C’tnd)
Taper/Taper standard
Taper/Taper fabricated
Filament-wound standard and fabricated reducing tees with integral Quik-Lock
(1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-36 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
NominalLaying
Overall
Laying
Overall
Average
Pipe
Length
Length
Length
Length
Weight
Size(LL1)
(OL1)
(LL2)
(OL2)
(runxrunxbranch)
half run
half run
branch
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
250x250x25
10x10x1
88
198
272
299
30
250x250x40
10x10x1½
88
198
273
305
30
250x250x50
10x10x2
88
198
206
256
30
250x250x80
10x10x3
100
210
206
256
32
*250x250x100
10x10x4
226
336
194
244
29
250x250x150
10x10x6
226
336
204
254
28
250x250x200
10x10x8
226
336
213
293
34
300x300x25
12x12x1
88
228
298
325
35
300x300x40
12x12x1½
88
228
298
330
35
300x300x50
12x12x2
88
228
232
282
35
300x300x80
12x12x3
100
240
232
282
37
*300x300x100
12x12x4
264
404
216
266
43
300x300x150
12x12x6
264
404
229
279
42
300x300x200
12x12x8
264
404
239
319
45
300x300x250
12x12x10
264
404
251
361
51
350x350x25
14x14x1
88
228
313
340
37
350x350x40
14x14x1½
88
228
313
345
37
350x350x50
14x14x2
88
228
247
297
37
350x350x80
14x14x3
100
240
247
297
40
350x350x100
14x14x4
113
253
247
297
43
350x350x150
14x14x6
272
412
254
304
41
350x350x200
14x14x8
272
412
264
344
54
350x350x250
14x14x10
272
412
277
387
62
350x350x300
14x14x12
272
412
289
429
66
400x400x25
16x16x1
88
258
338
365
50
400x400x40
16x16x1½
88
258
338
370
50
400x400x50
16x16x2
88
258
272
322
50
400x400x80
16x16x3
100
270
272
322
53
400x400x100
16x16x4
113
283
272
322
56
400x400x150
16x16x6
295
465
274
324
51
400x400x200
16x16x8
295
465
283
363
56
400x400x250
16x16x10
295
465
293
403
63
400x400x300
16x16x12
295
465
305
445
67
400x400x350
16x16x14
295
465
315
455
71
450x450x25
18x18x1
88
258
358
385
54
450x450x40
18x18x1½
88
258
358
390
54
450x450x50
18x18x2
88
258
292
342
54
450x450x80
18x18x3
100
270
292
342
58
450x450x100
18x18x4
113
283
292
342
61
450x450x200
18x18x8
339
509
316
396
100
450x450x250
18x18x10
339
509
329
439
104
450x450x300
18x18x12
339
509
329
469
107
450x450x350
18x18x14
339
509
330
470
137
450x450x400
18x18x16
339
509
330
500
143
500x500x25
20x20x1
88
288
382
409
59
500x500x40
20x20x1½
88
288
382
414
59
500x500x50
20x20x2
88
288
316
366
59
500x500x100
20x20x3
100
300
316
366
63
500x500x150
20x20x4
113
313
316
366
67
500x500x200
20x20x8
370
570
350
430
175
500x500x250
20x20x10
370
570
355
465
180
500x500x300
20x20x12
370
570
355
495
186
500x500x350
20x20x14
370
570
356
496
188
500x500x400
20x20x16
370
570
356
526
195
500x500x450
20x20x18
370
570
365
535
200
* 2, 3 and 4 inch branches of these reducing tees will be Taper/Taper;
Joint type can be altered to Quick-Lock using a transition nipple;
Also Quick-Lock pipe can be shaved Taper/Taper to fit the Taper/Taper socket end.
Note: Regular numbers are filament wound tees; Italic numbers are fabricated tees.
11
Reducing Tees (C’tnd)
Taper/Taper standard
Taper/Taper fabricated
Filament-wound standard and fabricated reducing tees with integral Quick-Lock
(1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-36 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
Pipe
Length
Size
(LL1)
(runxrunxbranch)
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
600x600x25
24x24x1
88
600x600x40
24x24x1½
88
600x600x50
24x24x2
88
600x600x80
24x24x3
100
600x600x100
24x24x4
113
600x600x300
24x24x12
434
600x600x350
24x24x14
434
600x600x400
24x24x16
434
600x600x450
24x24x18
434
600x600x500
24x24x20
434
700x700x25
28x28x1
88
700x700x40
28x28x1½
88
700x700x50
28x28x2
88
700x700x80
28x28x3
100
700x700x100
28x28x4
113
700x700x350
28x28x14
497
700x700x400
28x28x16
497
700x700x450
28x28x18
497
700x700x500
28x28x20
497
700x700x600
28x28x24
497
750x750x25
30x30x1
88
750x750x40
30x30x1½
88
750x750x50
30x30x2
88
750x750x80
30x30x3
100
750x750x100
30x30x4
113
750x750x350
30x30x14
532
750x750x400
30x30x16
532
750x750x450
30x30x18
532
750x750x500
30x30x20
532
750x750x600
30x30x24
532
750x750x700
30x30x28
532
800x800x25
32x32x1
88
800x800x40
32x32x1½
88
800x800x50
32x32x2
88
800x800x80
32x32x3
100
800x800x100
32x32x4
113
800x800x350
32x32x14
559
800x800x400
32x32x16
559
800x800x450
32x32x18
559
800x800x500
32x32x20
559
800x800x600
32x32x24
559
800x800x700
32x32x28
559
800x800x750
32x32x30
559
Overall
Length
(OL1)
half run
[mm]
318
318
318
330
343
664
664
664
664
664
318
318
318
330
343
727
727
727
727
727
348
348
348
360
373
783
783
783
783
783
783
378
378
378
390
403
849
849
849
849
849
849
849
Laying
Length
(LL2)
half run
[mm]
430
431
364
364
364
405
406
406
428
428
491
491
425
425
425
475
483
483
491
491
516
516
450
450
450
501
501
509
509
517
517
541
541
475
475
475
529
537
537
545
545
553
553
Overall
Average
Length Weight
(OL2)
branch
[mm]
[kg]
457
71
263
71
414
71
414
75
414
80
545
211
546
281
576
220
598
239
628
279
518
97
523
97
475
97
475
102
475
107
615
413
655
423
653
428
691
440
721
458
543
103
548
103
500
103
500
109
500
114
641
506
671
516
679
522
709
534
747
555
747
573
568
124
573
124
525
124
525
130
525
136
669
616
707
628
707
633
745
647
775
667
783
689
813
706
Note: Regular numbers are filament wound tees; Italic numbers are fabricated tees.
12
Reducing Tees (C’tnd)
Taper/Taper standard
Taper/Taper fabricated
Filament-wound standard and fabricated reducing tees with integral Quick-Lock
(1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-36 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
Pipe
Length
Size
(LL1)
(runxrunxbranch)
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
900x900x25*
36x36x1
88
900x900x40*
36x36x1½
88
900x900x50*
36x36x2
88
900x900x80*
36x36x3
100
900x900x100*
36x36x4
113
900x900x450* 36x36x18
624
900x900x500* 36x36x20
624
900x900x600* 36x36x24
624
900x900x700* 36x36x28
624
900x900x750* 36x36x30
624
900x900x800* 36x36x32
624
900x900x25**
36x36x1
88
900x900x40** 36x36x1½
88
900x900x50**
36x36x2
88
900x900x80**
36x36x3
100
900x900x100**
36x36x4
113
900x900x450** 36x36x18
624
900x900x500** 36x36x20
624
900x900x600** 36x36x24
624
900x900x700** 36x36x28
624
900x900x750** 36x36x30
624
900x900x800** 36x36x32
624
Overall
Length
(OL1)
half run
[mm]
438
438
438
450
463
974
974
974
974
974
974
348
348
348
360
373
884
884
884
884
884
884
Laying
Length
(LL2)
half run
[mm]
591
591
525
525
525
603
603
611
611
618
618
591
591
525
525
525
603
603
611
611
618
618
Overall
Average
Length
Weight
(OL2)
branch
[mm] [kg]
618155
623155
575155
575162
575168
773
1035
803
1052
841
1082
841964
878986
908
1008
618145
623145
575145
575152
575158
773947
803975
841878
841887
878909
908931
* For Bondstrand 2416 only;
** For Bondstrand 3416 only.
Note: Regular numbers are filament wound tees; Italic numbers are fabricated tees.
Fabricated Reducing
Tees with Flanged Branch
Quick-Lock
Fabricated reducing tees with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) socket ends for adhesive
bonding and flanged branch.
Nominal Laying
Overall
Laying
Average
Pipe
Length
Length
LengthWeight
Size
(LL1)
(OL1)
(LL2)
with flange
(runxrunxbranch) half run
half run
branch
CL150
[mm]
[inch] [mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
50x50x25
2x2x1
72
118
179
3.2
80x80x25
3x3x1
72
118
193
4.1
80x80x40
3x3x1½
89
135
198
5.0
80x80x50
3x3x2
104
150
212
6.6
100x100x25
4x4x1
72
118
225
8.0
100x100x40
4x4x1½
89
135
230
9.7
100x100x50
4x4x2
104
150
244
12.0
100x100x80
4x4x3
104
150
245
12.8
Note: Other sizes, or multiple size branched tees available on request. Please contact
NOV Fiber Glass Systems.
13
Fabricated Reducing
Tees with Flanged
Branch (C’tnd)
Taper/Taper
Fabricated reducing tees with integral Taper/Taper (6-36 inch) socket ends and
flanged branch. NominalLaying
Overall
Laying
Average
Pipe Length
Length
Length
Weight
Size
(LL1)
(OL1)
(LL2)
with flange
(runxrunxbranch) half run
half run
branch
[mm]
[inch][mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
150x150x25
6x6x1
88
138
25118
150x150x40
6x6x1½
88
138
25623
200x200x25
8x8x1
88
168
27525
200x200x40
8x8x1½
88
168
28126
200x200x50
8x8x2
88
168
31626
250x250x25
10x10x1
88
198
30230
250x250x40
10x10x1½
88
198
30831
250x250x50
10x10x2
88
198
34331
250x250x80
10x10x3
100
210
34334
300x300x25
12x12x1
88
228
32835
300x300x40
12x12x1½
88
228
33336
300x300x50
12x12x2
88
228
36936
300x300x80
12x12x3
100
240
36939
350x350x25
14x14x1
88
228
34338
350x350x40
14x14x1½
88
228
34838
350x350x50
14x14x2
88
228
38439
350x350x80
14x14x3
100
240
38442
350x350x100
14x14x4
113
253
38446
400x400x25
16x16x1
88
258
36850
400x400x40
16x16x1½
88
258
37351
400x400x50
16x16x2
88
258
40951
400x400x80
16x16x3
100
270
40955
400x400x100
16x16x4
113
283
40959
450x450x25
18x18x1
88
258
38855
450x450x40
18x18x1½
88
258
39355
450x450x50
18x18x2
88
258
42956
450x450x80
18x18x3
100
270
42960
450x450x100
18x18x4
113
283
42964
500x500x25
20x20x1
88
288
41260
500x500x40
20x20x1½
88
288
41761
500x500x50
20x20x2
88
288
45361
500x500x80
20x20x3
100
300
45365
500x500x100
20x20x4
113
313
45370
600x600x25
24x24x1
88
318
46071
600x600x40
24x24x1½
88
318
46671
600x600x50
24x24x2
88
318
50172
600x600x80
24x24x3
100
330
50177
600x600x100
24x24x4
113
343
50182
700x700x25
28x28x1
88
318
52197
700x700x40
28x28x1½
88
318
52698
700x700x50
28x28x2
88
318
56298
700x700x80
28x28x3
100
330
562101
700x700x100
28x28x4
113
343
562110
750x750x25
30x30x1
88
348
546104
750x750x40
30x30x1½
88
348
551104
750x750x50
30x30x2
88
348
587105
750x750x80
30x30x3
100
360
587111
750x750x100
30x30x4
113
373
587117
800x800x25
32x32x1
88
378
571124
800x800x40
32x32x1½
88
378
576125
800x800x50
32x32x2
88
378
612125
800x800x80
32x32x3
100
390
612132
800x800x100
32x32x4
113
403
612139
900x900x25*
36x36x1
88
438
621155
900x900x40*
36x36x1½
88
438
626159
900x900x50*
36x36x2
88
438
662156
900x900x80*
36x36x3
100
450
662163
900x900x100*
36x36x4
113
463
662170
900x900x25**
36x36x1
88
348
621145
900x900x40**
36x36x1½
88
348
626149
900x900x50**
36x36x2
88
348
662146
900x900x80**
36x36x3
100
360
662153
900x900x100**
36x36x4
113
373
662160
* For Bondstrand 2416 only;
** For Bondstrand 3416 only.
Note: Other sizes, or multiple size branched tees available on request. Please contact
NOV Fiber Glass Systems. 14
Deluge Couplings
Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper
Deluge Saddles
Filament-wound deluge couplings with reversed taper bushings with ½ inch or ¾ inch
threaded outlets with integral Quick-Lock (2-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-12 inch) socket
ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
Overall
OutsideAverage
Pipe
Length
Length
Diameter Weight
Size
(LL)
(OL)
(OD)
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm[
[kg]
50
2
60
152
95
1.0
80
3
60
152
126
1.3
100
4
60
152
147
1.7
150
6
160
260
201
4.0
200
8
160
320
251
5.4
250
10
160
380
305
9.0
300
12
160
440
356
11.0
Note:
•
Outlets are NPT or BSP, to be specified with order;
•
Other configurations are available on request;
•
Bushings are only available in titanium.
Filament-wound deluge saddles with reversed taper bushings with ½ or ¾ inch
threaded outlets
Nominal
Angle
Saddle
Pipe Length
Size α
(B)
[mm] [inch] [degree]
[mm]
50
2
180
152
80
3
180
152
100
4
180
152
125
5
180
152
150
6
180
152
200
8
180
152
250
10
180
152
300
12
180
152
Bushing Saddles
SaddleAverage Required
Thickn. WeightAdhesive
(ts) Kits
[mm]
[kg]
[3 Oz]
[6 Oz]
14 0.6
14 0.7
14 0.8
1
14 0.9
1
14
1.1
1
14
1,3
1
14 1,6
1
1
14 1,8
1
1
Filament-wound pipe saddles with stainless steel, ½ inch or ¾ inch threaded
bushings.*
Nominal
Angle
Saddle
Saddle Average Required
Pipe
Length
Thickn.
WeightAdhesive
Sizeα
(B)
(ts) Kits
[mm] [inch] [degree]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
[3 Oz]
[6 Oz]
50
2
180
100
14
0.5
1
80
3
180
100
14
0.6
1
100
4
180
100
14
0.8
1
150
6
180
100
14
1
1
200
8
180
100
14
1,2
1
250
10
180
100
14
1,6
1
1
300
12
180
100
14
1,9
1
1
350
14
180
100
14
2,1
1
1
400
16
180
100
14
2,5
2
450
18
90
100
14
3,3
1
500
20
90
100
14
3,7
1
1
600
24
90
100
14
4,4
2
* Consult Bondstrand® for other type material, or other sized bushings.
15
45º Laterals
Filament-wound 45° laterals with integral Quick-Lock (2-4 inch) or
Taper/Taper (6 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
Overall
Laying
Overall
Average
Pipe
Length
Length
Length
Length
Weight
Size
(LL1)
(OL1)
(LL2)
(OL2)
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
50
2
64
110
203
249
1.6
80
3
76
122
254
300
3.0
100
4
76
122
305
351
3.9
150
6
99
149
378
428
12.3
Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper
45º Reducing
Laterals
Filament-wound 45° reducing laterals with integral Quick-Lock (2-4 inch) or
Taper/Taper (6 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
NominalLaying
PipeLength
Size(LL1)
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
80x50
3x2
86
100x50
4x2
86
100x80
4x3
86
150x80
6x3
100
150x100
6x4
100
Quick-Lock
Overall
Length
(OL1)
[mm]
136
136
136
150
150
Laying
Length
(LL2)
[mm]
264
315
315
378
378
Overall
Length
(OL2)
[mm]
314
365
365
428
428
Laying
Length
(LL3)
[mm]
264
315
315
378
378
Overall
Length
(OL3)
[mm]
314
365
365
426
428
Average
Weight
[kg]
3.2
4.3
5.2
8.2
9.3
Taper/Taper
Flanged Reducing
Saddles
Fabricated flanged reducing saddles (2-24 inch). Nominal
Laying
Saddle
Saddle
Pipe
Length*
Length
Angle
Size
(LL)
(B)
α
(runxbranch)
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[deg]
50x25
2x1
133
152
180
80x50
3x1
133
152
180
80x40
3x1½
133
152
180
80x50
3x2
174
152
180
100x25
4x1
152
152
180
100x40
1x1½
152
152
180
100x50
4x2
194
152
180
150x25
6x1
187
152
180
150x40
6x1½
187
152
180
150x50
6x2
229
152
180
200x25
8x1
206
152
180
200x40
8x1½
206
152
180
200x50
8x2
248
152
180
250x25
10x1
232
152
180
250x40
10x1½
232
152
180
250x50
10x2
274
152
180
300x25
12x1
264
152
180
300x40
12x1½
264
152
180
300x50
12x2
306
152
180
350x25
14x1
279
152
180
350x40
14x1½
279
152
180
350x50
14x2
321
152
180
400x25
16x1
305
152
180
400x40
16x1½
305
152
180
400x50
16x2
347
152
180
450x25
18x1
330
152
90
450x40
18x1½
330
152
90
450x50
18x2
372
152
90
500x25
20x1
356
152
90
500x40
20x1½
356
152
90
500x50
20x2
399
152
90
600x25
24x1
406
152
90
600x40
24x1½
406
152
90
600x50
24x2
448
152
90
* Connected dimension based on Quick-Lock flange.
16
Average
Weight
with flange
CL150
[kg]
0.9
0.9
1.2
1.9
1.6
1.7
2.4
2.7
2.7
3.3
3.9
3.9
4.5
4.7
4.7
5.3
5.4
5.4
6.0
5.9
5.8
6.4
6.6
6.6
7.2
3.8
3.8
4.4
4.2
4.2
4.8
4.9
4.9
5.5
Concentric Reducers
Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper
Filament-wound concentric reducers with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-36 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
Overall
Pipe Length
Length
Size (LL)
(OL)
(runxrun) [mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
40x25
1½x1
32
91
50x25
2x1
64
137
50x40
2x1½
32
110
80x40
3x1½
76
154
80x50
3x2
54
146
100x50
4x2
76
168
100x80
4x3
73
165
*150x80
6x3
117
217
*150x100
6x4
124
224
*200x100
8x4
163
293
200x150
8x6
129
259
250x150
10x6
148
308
250x200
10x8
135
325
300x200
12x8
180
400
300x250
12x10
167
417
350x250
14x10
214
464
350x300
14x12
208
488
400x300
16x12
195
505
400x350
16x14
183
493
450x400
18x16
128
468
500x400
20x16
249
619
500x450
20x18
151
521
600x400
24x16
486
886
600x450
24x18
388
788
600x500
24x20
267
697
700x400
28x16
796
1196
700x450
28x18
698
1098
700x500
28x20
577
1007
700x600
28x24
340
800
750x400
30x16
915
1345
750x450
30x18
817
1247
750x500
30x20
696
1156
750x600
30x24
459
949
750x700
30x28
149
639
800x400
32x16
1038
1498
800x450
32x18
940
1400
800x500
32x20
819
1309
800x600
32x24
582
1102
800x700
32x28
272
792
800x750
32x30
153
703
900x450**
36x18
1186
1706
900x500**
36x20
1065
1615
900x600**
36x24
828
1408
900x700**
36x28
518
1098
900x750**
36x30
399
1009
900x800**
36x32
276
916
900x450***
36x18
1186
1616
900x500***
36x20
1065
1525
900x600***
36x24
828
1318
900x700***
36x28
518
1008
900x750***
36x30
399
919
900x800***
36x32
276
826
*
**
***
Average
Weight
[kg]
0.2
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.5
1.1
0.9
1.5
1.8
4.3
4.3
6.2
6.9
9.9
10.8
17.0
16.8
22
23
27
36
35
70
70
70
141
140
142
142
177
175
177
177
165
216
214
217
217
203
207
358
362
361
300
304
307
314
314
268
261
265
269
3 inch and 4 inch side of these concentric reducers will be Taper/Taper;
Joint type can be altered to Quick-Lock using a transition nipple;
Quick-Lock pipe can be shaved Taper/Taper to fit the Taper/Taper socket end;
For Bondstrand 2416 only;
For Bondstrand 3416 only.
17
Eccentric Reducers
Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper
Filament-wound eccentric reducers with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-36 inch) socket ends.
Nominal
Laying
Overall Eccentricity Maximum
Average
Pipe Size
Length
Length
Working
Weight
(runxrun)
(LL)
(OL)
(X)*
Pressure
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[bar]
[kg]
40x25
1½x1
56
115
7
16
0.2
50x25
2x1
100
173
13
16
0.3
50x40
2x1½
44
122
6
16
0.5
80x40
3x1½
150
228
20
16
0.5
80x50
3x2
108
200
14
16
0.5
100x50
4x2
200
292
27
16
1.1
100x80
4x3
93
185
12
16
0.9
*150x80
6x3
320
420
38
16
9.8
*150x100
6x4
230
330
27
16
5.3
*200x100
8x4
415
545
52
16
11.1
200x150
8x6
215
345
25
16
9.0
250x150
10x6
420
580
52
16
9.6
250x200
10x8
235
425
27
16
10
300x200
12x8
420
640
52
16
29
300x250
12x10
220
470
25
16
11
350x250
14x10
340
590
41
16
27
350x300
14x12
150
430
16
16
22
400x300
16x12
335
645
41
16
61
400x350
16x14
215
525
25
16
22
450x350
18x14
365
675
45
16
23
450x400
18x16
180
520
20
16
90
500x400
20x16
365
735
45
16
87
500x450
20x18
215
585
25
16
75
600x400
24x16
725
1125
93
16
115
600x450
24x18
575
975
73
16
90
600x500
24x20
390
820
48
16
142
700x400
28x16
1195
1595
156
16
416
700x450
28x18
1045
1445
136
16
153
700x500
28x20
860
1290
111
16
223
700x600
28x24
500
960
63
16
191
750x400
30x16
1380
1810
181
16
259
750x450
30x18
1235
1665
161
16
205
750x500
30x20
1050
1510
136
16
186
750x600
30x24
690
1180
88
16
134
750x700
30x28
220
710
25
16
96
800x600
32x24
875
1395
113
16
178
800x700
32x28
405
925
50
16
142
800x750
32x30
220
770
25
16
118
900x600**
36x24
1250
1830
163
16
284
900x700**
36x28
780
1360
100
16
260
900x750**
36x30
590
1200
75
16
243
900x800**
36x32
405
1045
50
16
271
900x600***
36x24
1250
1740
163
16
204
900x700***
36x28
780
1270
100
16
180
900x750***
36x30
590
1110
75
16
163
900x800***
36x32
405
955
50
16
191
*
3 inch and 4 inch side of these eccentric reducers will be Taper/Taper;
Joint type can be altered to Quick-Lock using a transition nipple;
Quick-Lock pipe can be shaved Taper/Taper to fit the Taper/Taper socket end;
** For Bondstrand 2416 only;
*** For Bondstrand 3416 only.
18
Heavy-Duty Flanges
Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper
Orifice flanges
Filament-wound heavy-duty flanges with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or
Taper/Taper (8-24 inch) socket end for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
Overall
Average weight
Pipe
Length LengthANSI
ANSI
DIN
Size
(LL)
(OL)B16.5
B16.5
2633
CL.150
CL.300
PN16
[mm]
[inch] [mm]
[mm]
[kg]
[kg]
[kg]
25
1
3
29
0.5
0.6
0.5
40
1½
3
35
1.1
1.1
1.0
50
2
5
51
1.3
1.7
1.8
80
3
5
51
1.8
2.6
2.4
100
4
5
51
2.8
3.8
2.7
150
6
5
55
3,7
5.5
4.2
200
8
6
86
8,4
11.9
8.3
250
10
6 116
14,3
20
14.5
300
12
6 116
21
27
17.3
350
14
6 116
25
35
23
400
16
6 146
38
52
35
450
18
6 146
41
63
43
500
20
6 176
58
82
61
600
24
6
206
87
135
100
Note:
•
Other drillings may be possible. Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems;
•
Full-face elastomeric gaskets may be used suitable for the service pressure, service
temperature and fluid. Shore A durometer hardness of 60 ±5 is recommended (3 mm thick).
Compressed fibre gaskets (3 mm thick), compatible with pressure, temperature and medium
may also be used. Mechanical properties should be in accordance with DIN 3754 (IT 400)
or equal;
•
For maximum bolt torque refer to the appropriate Bondstrand® literature;
•
A torque-wrench must be used, since excessive torque may result in flange damage.
Filament-wound orifice flanges, ANSI B16.5 Class 150 drilling, with integral Quick-Lock
(2-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-24 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
OverallAverage
Pipe
Length
Length
Weight
Size
(LL)
(OL)
Flange (CL150)
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[kg] [kg]
50
2
40
862.2
80
3
39
853.0
100
4
39
854.7
150
6
54
1048.5
200
8
55
13514.7
250
10
55
16523
300
12
55
16540
350
14
55
16544
400
16
55
19550
450
18
55
19557
500
20
55
22575
600
24
55
255118
Note:
•
Other drillings are available. Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems;
•
Flanges with 1/2” NPT female thread, 316 SS nipple and bushing;
•
Other metals on request;
•
Also available with 2 outlets spaced at 180 degree, on special request.
19
Stub-ends
Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper
Filament-wound stub-ends, O-ring sealed or flat faced, with integral Quick-Lock
(1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket, for adhesive bonding with loose steel ring
flanges.
NominalLaying
Overall
Face
Ring Average
Pipe Length
Length
Diameter
to Face
Weight
Size (LL)
(OL)
(RF)
(H)Stub-end
[mm] [inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
25
1
10
37
51
10
0.1
40
1½
10
42
73
10
0.2
50
2
10
56
92
10
0.2
80
3
10
56
127
10
0.4
100
4
10
56
157
16
0.6
150
6
15
65
216
13
1.3
200
8
15
95
270
20
2.6
250
10
15
125
324
23
4.0
300
12
15
155
378
26
5.9
350
14
15
155
413
27
5.8
400
16
20
190
470
32
9.6
450
18
20
190
532
35
16.1
500
20
20
220
580
39
19.8
600
24
20
250
674
47
22
700
28
20
250
800
51
26
750
30
20
280
850
46
29
800
32
20
310
900
48
34
900*
36
20
370
1000
53
41
900**
36
20
280
1000
53
36
1000*
40
20
250
1100
69
44
1000**
40
20
340
1100
69
37
Note:
•
Flat faced stub-ends can be sealed using reinforced elastomeric, compressed fiber or steel
reinforced rubber gaskets, depending on size;
•
Make sure that when using O-ring sealed stub-end, its counter flange is compatible, e.g. use a
flat faced stub-end (without O-ring groove) or another flat surface flange as counter flange.
Steel Ring Flanges for
Stub-ends
Nominal ANSI
Average
ANSI
Average DIN 2633 Average
Pipe B16.5
Weight
B16.5
Weight Weight
SizeCLASS.150 CLASS.300
PN 16
(D)
(D)
(D)
[mm] [inch] [mm]
[kg]
[mm]
[kg]
[mm]
[kg]
25
1
14.3
0.8
17.5
1.3
16
1.0
40
1½
17.5
1.2
20.6
2.3
16
1.7
50
2
19.0
1.8
22.2
2.5
18
2.2
80
3
23.8
3.2
28.6
4.8
20
3.0
100
4
23.8
4.2
28.6
7.0
20
3.1
150
6
25,5
5,2
36.5
12.2
23
5.1
200
8
28,8
8,5
41.3
18.3
27
7.3
250 10
35,6
13,5
47.6
26
32
11.8
300 12
40
23
50.8
39
35
15.4
350 14
41,6
32
54
56
40
26
400 16
47,9
42
58.2
70
44
33
450 18
50,2
40
63.6
87
50
41
500 20
52
51
66.5
104
54
60
600 24
63,7
86
78.4
183
63
72
700 28
69
100
95
213
59
102
750 30
71,6
117
99.9
229
800 32
76,9
154
106
289
66
106
900 36
85,4
197
117.7
424
71
125
1000 40
94
303
103
439
82
291
Note:
•
Ring flanges will standard be made from galvanised steel. Other materials are available on
request;
•
Other drillings are available. Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems.
20
Blind flanges
Compression molded blind flanges.
Nominal
Flange
Average Weight
Pipe
ThicknessANSI B16.5
ANSI B16.5
7005.2
Size
(D)CLASS 150
CLASS 300 PN 16
[mm] [inch]
[mm] [kg]
[kg]
[kg]
25
1
250.4
0.5 0.5
40
1½
250.5
0.9 0.8
50
2
300.7
1.2 1.2
80
3
301.1
1.9 1.7
100
4
351.7
3.6 2.7
150
6
402,2
2.9 2.3
200
8
454,2
5.7 4.1
250
10
505,9
7.8 5.7
300
12
6010,5
13.3 9.5
350
14
6514,1
16.9 13.4
400
16
7020
23.618.8
450
18
7036
45.036.7
500
20
7044
54.146.0
600
24
8565
82.369.4
700
28
8591
118.087.7
750
30
90110
135.3106.7
800
32
100135
158.0126.1
900
36
85175
206.5
162.8
Note: Other drillings are available. Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems.
Couplings
Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper
Filament-wound couplings with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or
Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Pipe
Size
[mm]
[inch]
25
1
40
1½
50
2
80
3
100
4
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
350
14
400
16
450
18
500
20
600
24
700
28
750
30
800
32
900*
36
900**
36
1000*
40
1000**
40
Laying
Length
(LL)
[mm]
10
10
10
10
10
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
Overall
Length
(OL)
[mm]
64
74
102
102
102
170
230
290
350
350
410
410
470
530
530
590
650
770
590
710
530
Outside Average
Diameter Weight
(OD)
[mm]
[kg]
42
0.1
58
0.1
72
0.3
100
0.4
129
0.6
180
1.5
230
2.5
286
4.0
350
9.8
381
10.5
430
13.2
460
9.0
524
21
619
24
745
31
795
34
840
32
951
50
945
41
1065
86
1055
52
* For Bondstrand 2416 only;
** For Bondstrand 3416 only.
21
Nipples
Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper
Filament-wound nipples with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or
Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) male ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
Gap
Average
Pipe
Length
*
Weight
Size
(LL)
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
25
1
57
3
0.1
40
1½
67
3
0.1
50
2
95
3
0.1
80
3
95
3
0.1
100
4
95
3
0.2
150
6
125
25
0.3
200
8
190
30
0.7
250
10
250
30
1.3
300
12
320
40
2.4
350
14
320
40
3.0
400
16
380
40
4.6
450
18
400
60
5.6
500
20
460
60
8.3
600
24
520
60
13.3
700
28
520
60
19.7
750
30
580
60
26
800
32
640
60
30
900**
36
760
60
39
900***
36
580
60
31
1000**
40
700
60
54
1000***
40
520
60
35
*
Remaining gap after bonding (is distance between the edges of the socket ends);
** For Bondstrand 2416 only;
*** For Bondstrand 3416 only.
Transition Nipples
Filament-wound transition nippels with integral Quick-Lock (2-4 inch) x Taper/Taper
(2-4 inch) male ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
GapAverage
Pipe
Length
*Weight
Size
(LL)
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm][kg]
50
2
130
340.1
80
3
130
340.1
100
4
130
340.1
* Remaining gap after bonding (is distance between the edges of the socket ends).
Support Saddles
Filament-wound pipe saddles for wear, support and anchor.
Nominal Saddle Saddle Saddle
Required
Saddle Required
Pipe
Angle Thickn. Weight
Adhesive
Weight Adhesive
Size
α
ts B=100mm
Kits
B=150mm
Kits
[mm] [inch] [degree] [mm]
[kg]
[3 and 6 Oz]
[kg]
[3 and 6 Oz]
25
1
180
14
0.2
½
0.3
1
40
1½
180
14
0.3
½
0.5
1
50
2
180
14
0.4
½
0.6
1
80
3
180
14
0.5
½
0.8
1
100
4
180
14
0.7
½
1.1
1
150
6
180
14
0.9
1
1.4
1
200
8
180
14
1.1
1
1.7
1
250
10
180
14
1.5
1
2.3
1
300
12
180
14
1.8
1
2.7
1
350
14
180
14
2
1
3.0
1
400
16
180
14
2.4
1
1
3.6
2
450
18
180
16
3.2
1
1
500
20
180
16
3.6
1
1
600
24
180
16
4.3
1
1
700
28
180
16
5.1
2
750
30
180
16
5.5
2
800
32
180
16
5.8
3
900
36
180
16
6.5
4
1000
40
180
16
7.1
5
Note:
•
•
•
•
•
22
Filament-wound support saddles are intended for protection of pipe at supports and clamps,
as well as for anchoring purposes;
Support and anchor saddles are standard 180°;
Saddles are supplied in standard lengths of 100 mm and 150 mm;
For special saddle -lengths, -thickness and/or angles consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems;
Wear saddles are standard 90°. 90° saddle weights are 50% of value shown.
Grounding saddles
Filament-wound pipe saddles for grounding in conductive piping systems.
Nominal
Saddle
Saddle
Saddle
Average
Required
Pipe
Angle
Length
Thickness
Saddle
Adhesive
Sizeα
B
ts
Weight
Kits
[mm]
[inch]
[degree]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
[3Oz]
25
1
90
76
14
0.1
1
40
1½
90
76
14
0.1
1
50
2
90
76
14
0.1
1
80
3
90
76
14
0.1
1
100
4
90
76
14
0.2
1
150
6
90
76
14
0,3
1
200
8
45
76
14
0,2
1
250
10
45
76
14
0,2
1
300
12
45
76
14
0,2
1
350
14
45
76
14
0,3
1
400
16
45
76
14
0,3
1
450
18
22,5
76
16
0,2
1
500
20
22,5
76
16
0,2
1
600
24
22,5
76
16
0,3
1
700
28
22,5
76
16
0,3
1
750
30
22,5
76
16
0,4
1
800
32
22,5
76
16
0,4
1
900
36
22,5
76
16
0,4
1
1000
40
22,5
76
16
0,5
1
Note:
•
Bondstrand conductive adhesive should be used for mounting;
•
Saddles are supplied with integrated stainless steel cable with a length of 610 mm.
Adhesive
Number of Adhesive Kits per joint with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or
Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Required
Minimum number
Pipe Adhesive Kit
of Adhesive Kits
Size
Size
required per joint
[mm]
[inch]
[cm3]
[Oz]
nr.
25
1
89
3
¼
40
1½
89
3
¼
50
2
89
3
¹/3
80
3
89
3
¹/3
100
4
89
3
½
150
6
89
3
½
200
8
89
3
1
250
10
177
6
1
300
12
177
6
1
350
14
177
6
2
400
16
177
6
2
450
18
177
6
2
500
20
177
6
3
600
24
177
6
3
700
28
177
6
4
750
30
177
6
5
800
32
177
6
6
900*
36
177
6
7
900**
36
177
6
6
1000*
40
177
6
7
1000**
40
177
6
5
*
**
For Bondstrand 2416 only;
For Bondstrand 3416 only.
Note:
•
Adhesive Kits should never be split. If remainder is not used for other joints made at the
same time, the surplus must be discarded;
•
Required adhesive for saddles is shown in the dimension table of the respective saddles;
•
For type of adhesive to be used, please refer to the Bondstrand® Corrosion Guide;
•
Quick-Lock and Taper/Taper adhesive bonded joints require different types of adhesive.
23
Engineering design &
installation
Consult de following literature for recommendations about design, installation and use
of Bondstrand pipe, fittings and flanges:
Assembly Instructions for Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints
Assembly Instructions for Taper/Taper adhesive-bonded joints
Assembly Instructions for Bondstrand fiberglass flanges
Bondstrand Corrosion Guide for fiberglass pipe and tubing
Bondstrand Pipe Shaver Overview
Bondstrand Marine Design Manual
FP 170
FP 1043
FP 196
FP 132
FP 599
FP 707
Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems for the latest version of the above mentioned
literature.
Field testing
Bondstrand pipe systems are designed for hydrostatic testing with water at 150% of
rated pressure.
Surge pressure
The maximum allowable surge pressure is 150% of rated pressure.
Conversions
1 psi
= 6895 Pa
1 bar
= 105Pa
1 MPa
= 1 N/mm2
1 inch 1 Btu.in/ft2h°F °C
= 0.07031 kg/cm2
= 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2
= 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2
= 25.4 mm
= 0.1442 W/mK
= 5/9 (°F-32)
National Oilwell Varco has produced this brochure for general information only, and it
is not intended for design purposes. Although every effort has been made to maintain
the accuracy and reliability of its contents, National Oilwell Varco in no way assumes
responsibility for liability for any loss, damage or injury resulting from the use of information
and data herein nor is any warranty expressed or implied. Always cross-reference the
bulletin date with the most current version listed at the website noted in this literature.
North America
2425 SW 36th Street
San Antonio, TX 78237 USA
Phone: +1 210 434 5043
South America
Avenida Fernando Simoes
Recife, Brazil 51020-390
Phone: +55 31 3326 6900
Europe
P.O. Box 6, 4190 CA
Geldermalsen, The Netherlands
Phone: +31 345 587 587
Asia Pacific
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong, Singapore 639407
Phone: +65 6861 6118
Middle East
P.O. Box 17324
Dubai, UAE
Phone: +971 4881 3566
www.fgspipe.com • fgspipe@nov.com
© 2012, NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
® Trademark of NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
FP 943-16 02/12
Bondstrand® 2425/3425
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe systems for Marine and Offshore services for 25 bar pressure
Uses and applications
● Ballast water
●
●
●
●
Cassions
Cooling water
Disposal
Drains
●
●
●
●
Drilling muds
Fresh water
Potable water
Produced water
● Fire water
●
●
●
●
Saltwater/seawater
Sanitary/sewage
Column piping
Vent lines
A complete library of Bondstrand pipe and fittings in PDS and PDMS-format is
available on CD-ROM; please contact NOV Fiber Glass Systems for details.
For specific fire protection requirements, additional passive fire protection is
available. For pipe systems with external pressure requirements, please contact
your Bondstrand® representative.
Approvals
ISO/FDIS 14692 is an international standard intended for offshore applications on
both fixed and floating topsides facilities. It is used as guidance for the
specification, manufacture, testing and installation of GRE (Glassfiber Reinforced
Epoxy) piping systems. The United Kingdom Offshore Operators Association
(UKOOA) Document Suite, issued in 1994, formed the basis of the ISO 14692
standard.
Bondstrand® pipe series that are used in the offshore industry are designed in
accordance with the above standards and/or type-approved by major certifying
bodies. (A complete list is available, on request).
Characteristics
Maximum operating temperature: up to 121°C;
Pipe diameter: 2-28 inch (50-700 mm);
Pipe system design for pressure ratings up to 25 bar;
The pipe system is also available in lower and higher pressure classes
(10 bar, up to 50 bar);
ASTM D-2992 Hydrostatic Design Basis (Procedure B -service factor 0.5);
ASTM D-1599 Safety factor of 4:1.
Bondstrand 3400
ASTM D-2310 Classification: RTRP-11AX for static hydrostatic design basis.
Bondstrand 2400
ASTM D-2310 Classification: RTRP-11AW for static hydrostatic design basis.
Joining Systems
Taper/Taper joint
2 - 28 Inch
Taper/Taper adhesive-bonded joint
2
Table of Contents
GENERAL DATA
Adhesive................................................................................................................ 19
Conversions.......................................................................................................... 20
Engineering design & installation data................................................................. 20
Hydrostatic testing................................................................................................ 20
Important notice.................................................................................................... 20
Joining system and configuration.......................................................................... 3
Mechanical properties............................................................................................ 4
Physical properties................................................................................................. 4
Pipe series............................................................................................................... 3
Pipe length.............................................................................................................. 4
Pipe dimensions and weights................................................................................. 6
Pipe performance................................................................................................... 5
Span length............................................................................................................. 7
Surge pressure..................................................................................................... 20
FITTINGS DATA
Couplings.............................................................................................................. 17
Deluge Couplings................................................................................................. 13
Elbows ................................................................................................................. 8-9
Flanges............................................................................................................. 19-21
Joint dimensions Quick-Lock® ............................................................................. 7
Joint dimensions Taper/Taper................................................................................. 7
Nipples.................................................................................................................. 18
Reducers.......................................................................................................... 14-15
Saddles............................................................................................................ 18-19
Specials................................................................................................................. 20
Stub-ends.............................................................................................................. 16
Tees....................................................................................................................... 13
3
Pipe series
Pipe
Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe for Bondstrand adhesivebonding systems. MDA (diaminodiphenylmethane) or IPD (isophoronediamine) cured.
Fittings
A wide range of lined filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) fittings for
Bondstrand adhesive-bonding systems. For special fittings, not listed in this product
guide, please contact your Bondstrand® representative.
Flanges
Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) heavy-duty and stub-end flanges
for Quick-Lock and Taper/Taper adhesive bonding systems. Standard flange drilling
patterns as per ANSI B16.5 (150 Lb). Other flange drilling patterns, such as ANSI B16.5
(> 150 Lb), DIN, ISO and JIS are also available.
Bondstrand® 2425/3425
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe system; MDA or IPD cured;
Standard 0.5 mm internal resin-rich reinforced liner;
Maximum operating temperature: 93°C (IPD) or 121°C (MDA);
For higher temperatures, please contact NOV Fiber Glass Systems;
Maximum pressure rating: 25 bar.
Conductive
Conductive pipe systems are available to prevent accumulation of potentially dangerous
levels of static electrical charges. Pipe, fittings and flanges contain high strength
conductive filaments. Together with a conductive adhesive this provides an electrically
continuous system.
Description
Pipe Diameter
Joining system
Liner*
Temperature**
Cure
Pressure rating
Bondstrand
2425
2-28 inch
Taper/Taper
0.5 mm
121 °C
MDA
25 bar
* Also available without liner.
** Above 93°C, derate the pressure rating lineairly to 50% at 121°C.
Joining system &
configuration
Pipe
50-700 mm (2-28 inch):
Taper/Taper adhesive joint;
End configuration: Integral Taper bell x shaved taper spigot.
Fitting
50-700 mm (2-28 inch):
Taper/Taper adhesive joint. End configuration: Integral Taper bell ends.
Flange
50-700 mm (2-28 inch):
Taper/Taper adhesive joint. End configuration: Integral Taper bell ends.
Note: Pipe nipples, saddles and flanged fittings have different end configurations.
4
Bondstrand
3425
2-28 inch
Taper/Taper
0.5 mm
93 °C
IPD
25 bar
Typical pipe length
Nominal
Joining
Approximate overall
Length*System
Pipe Size
Europe Plant
Asia Plant
[mm]
[inch]
[m]
[m]
50
2-4
Taper/Taper
6.15
5.85/9.0
150
6
Taper/Taper
6.1
5.85/9.0
200-600
8-24
Taper/Taper
6.1/11.8
9.0/11.89
700
28
Taper/Taper
11.8
11.89
Typical physical
properties
Pipe property
Thermal conductivity pipe wall
Thermal expansivity (lineair)
Flow coefficient
Absolute roughness
Density
Specific gravity
Typical mechanical
properties
Units
W(m.K)
10-6 mm/mm °C
Hazen-Williams
10-6 m
kg/m3
-
Value
.33
18.0
150
5.3
1800
1.8
Method
NOV FGS
NOV FGS
—
—
ASTM D-792
Pipe property MDA cured
Units
21°C
93°C
Method
Bi-axial
Ultimate hoop stress at weeping N/mm2
250
—
ASTM D-1599
Circumferential
Hoop tensile strength
N/mm2
220
—
ASTM D-2290
Hoop tensile modulus
N/mm2
25200
ASTM D-2290
Poisson’s ratio axial/hoop
—
0.65
0.81
NOV FGS
Longitudinal
Axial tensile strength
N/mm2
80
65
ASTM D-2105
Axial tensile modulus
N/mm2
12500
9700
ASTM D-2105
Poisson’s ratio hoop/axial
—
0.40
0.44
ASTM D-2105
Axial bending strength
—
85
—
NOV FGS
Beam
Apparent elastic modulus
N/mm2
12500
8000
ASTM D-2925
Hydrostatic Design Basis
Static
N/mm2
124*
—
ASTM D-2992
(Proc. B.)
Pipe property IPD cured
Units
21°C
93°C
Method
Bi-axial
Ultimate hoop stress at weeping N/mm2
300
—
ASTM D-1599
Circumferential
Hoop tensile strength
N/mm2
380
—
ASTM D-2290
Hoop tensile modulus
N/mm2
23250
18100
ASTM D-2290
Poisson’s ratio axial/hoop
—
0.93
1.04
NOV FGS
Longitudinal
Axial tensile strength
N/mm2
65
50
ASTM D-2105
Axial tensile modulus
N/mm2
10000
7800
ASTM D-2105
Poisson’s ratio hoop/axial
—
0.40
0.45
ASTM D-2105
Axial bending strength
—
80
—
NOV FGS
Beam
Apparent elastic modulus
N/mm2
9200
7000
ASTM D-2925
Hydrostatic Design Basis
Static
N/mm2
148*
—
ASTM D-2992
(Proc. B.)
* at 65°C.
5
Typical pipe
performance
Bondstrand 2425 (MDA cured) at 21°C with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket
ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal Internal
Pipe
Pressure
Size**Rating
[mm]
[inch]
[bar]
50
2
25
80
3
25
100
4
25
150
6
25
200
8
25
250
10
25
300
12
25
350
14
25
400
16
25
450
18
25
500
20
25
600
24
25
700
28
25
*Ultimate
STIS
Collapse
Pressure
[bar]
[N/m2]
23.4
73612
11.9
37727
11.5
36595
10.5
33359
10.0
31856
10.1
32232
9.8
31128
9.9
31411
10.0
31919
10.0
31762
9.9
31574
9.8
31309
9.4
29963
Stifness
Factor
Pipe
Stiffness
[lb.in]
108
198
408
1281
2767
5590
9163
12238
18585
24737
33748
57839
97906
[psi]
573.1
293.7
284.9
259.7
248.0
250.9
242.3
244.5
248.5
247.3
245.8
243.8
233.3
* No safety factor included;
** At 93°C using NOV Fiber Glass Systems approved adhesive.
Bondstrand 3425 (IPD-cured) at 21°C with Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends for
adhesive bonding.
Nominal Internal
Pipe
Pressure
Size
**Rating
[mm]
[inch]
[bar]
50
2
25
80
3
25
100
4
25
150
6
25
200
8
25
250
10
25
300
12
25
350
14
25
400
16
25
450
18
25
500
20
25
600
24
25
700
28
25
*Ultimate
STIS
Stifness
Pipe
Collapse
Factor Stiffness
Pressure
[bar]
[N/m2]
[lb.in]
[psi]
23.4
73904
109
575.4
7.7
24662
128
192.0
7.3
23396
258
182.1
6.1
19347
733
150.6
6.2
19797
1700
154.1
5.7
18142
3104
141.2
5.8
18446
5364
143.6
6.1
19622
7561
152.8
6.0
19221
11059
149.6
5.9
18884
14529
147.0
5.9
18752
19801
146.0
6.0
19016
34721
148.0
5.3
16916
54562
131.7
* No safety factor included;
** At 93°C using NOV Fiber Glass Systems approved adhesive.
6
Typical pipe dimensions
and weights
Bondstrand 2425 (MDA-cured) with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends for
adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Pipe Size
[ mm] [inch]
50
2
80
3
100
4
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
350
14
400
16
450
18
500
20
600
24
700
28
Pipe
Inside
Diameter
[mm]
53.0
81.8
105.2
159.0
208.8
262.9
313.7
344.4
393.7
433.8
482.1
578.6
700.0
MinimumAverage
Structural Wall
Pipe
Thickness [t] Weight
[mm] [kg/m]
1.80.7
2.21.2
2.81.9
4.14.1
5.36.8
6.710.7
7.915.0
8.718.1
10.023.6
11.028.5
12.235.1
14.650.1
17.472.0
Designation per
ASTM
D-2996
(RTRP-11...)
AW1-2111
AW1-2111
AW1-2112
AW1-2113
AW1-2116
AW1-2116
AW1-2116
AW1-2116
AW1-2116
AW1-2116
AW1-2116
AW1-2116
AW1-2116
Bondstrand 3425 (IPD-cured) with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends for
adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Pipe Size
[mm] [inch]
50
2
80
3
100
4
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
350
14
400
16
450
18
500
20
600
24
700
28
Pipe
Inside
Diameter
[mm]
53.0
81.8
105.2
159.0
208.8
262.9
313.7
344.4
393.7
433.8
482.1
578.6
700.0
Minimum Average
Structural Wall
Pipe
Thickness [t] Weight
[mm] [kg/m]
1.80.7
1.91.1
2.41.7
3.43.4
4.55.8
5.58.9
6.612.6
7.415.4
8.419.9
9.223.9
10.229.4
12.342.3
14.359.2
Designation per
ASTM
D-2996
(RTRP-11...)
AX1-2111
AX1-2111
AX1-2112
AX1-2112
AX1-2114
AX1-2116
AX1-2116
AX1-2116
AX1-2116
AX1-2116
AX1-2116
AX1-2116
AX1-2116
7
Taper/Taper
dimensions
Span length
Dimensions for adhesive Taper Spigots for adhesive Taper/Taper joints.
Nominal Taper
Insertion
Pipe Angle
Depth
Size
X
Ds
[mm]
[inch]
[degrees]
[mm]
50
2
1.75
50
80
3
1.75
80
100
4
1.75
80
150
6
2.5
110
200
8
2.5
140
250
10
2.5
170
300
12
2.5
200
350
14
2.5
170
400
16
2.5
230
450
18
2.5
200
500
20
2.5
230
600
24
2.5
260
700
28
1.75
350
Nominal
Spigot
Nose Thickn.
nose
[mm]
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.5
2.5
3.0
3.5
7.0
Dia of
Spigot
at Nose
Sd
[mm]
55.2
83.8
107.2
161.0
210.8
265.9
316.9
384.4
398.7
438.8
488.1
585.6
714.0
Single
Span*
3425
[m]
2.6
3.0
3.4
4.0
4.6
5.1
5.5
5.8
6.2
6.5
6.8
7.5
8.1
Continuous
Span*
3425
[m]
3.4
3.8
4.3
5.1
5.8
6.4
7.0
7.4
7.9
8.2
8.7
9.5
10.3
Bondstrand 2425 (MDA) and 3425 (IPD) at 21 °C
Nominal
Single
PipeSpan*
Size2425
[mm]
[inch]
[m]
50
2
2.9
80
3
3.3
100
4
3.7
150
6
4.5
200
8
5.1
250
10
5.7
300
12
6.2
350
14
6.5
400
16
6.9
450
18
7.3
500
20
7.7
600
24
8.4
700
28
9.2
Continuous
Span*
2425
[m]
3.6
4.2
4.7
5.7
6.5
7.3
7.9
8.3
8.8
9.3
9.7
10.6
11.7
* Span recommendations are based on pipes filled with water having a density of 1000 kg/m3
and include no provisions for weights caused by valves, flanges or other heavy objects. At 93°C, span lengths are approx. 10% lower.
8
Elbows 90°.
Taper/Taper
Filament-wound 90° elbows with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends for
adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
Overall Average
Pipe Size
Length (LL)
Length (OL)
Weight
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
50
2
87
137
0.6
80
3
110
190
2.1
100
4
155
235
3.8
150
6
240
350
8.7
200
8
315
455
24
250
10
391
561
39
300
12
463
663
61
350
14
374
544
51
400
16
402
632
84
450
18
497
679
87
500
20
548
778
173
600
24
650
910
266
700
28
726
1076
365
Elbows 45°
Taper/Taper
Filament-wound 45° elbows with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends for
adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
Overall
Average
Pipe
Length
Length
Weight
Size
(LL)
(OL)
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
50
2
45
95
0.5
80
3
61
141
1.7
100
4
73
153
2.4
150
6
106
216
7.0
200
8
137
277
15.5
250
10
169
339
32
300
12
196
396
47
350
14
135
305
38
400
16
142
372
80
450
18
229
429
78
500
20
250
480
109
600
24
293
553
184
700
28
310
660
333
9
Elbows 22½º
Taper/Taper
Filament-wound 22½°elbows with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends for
adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
Overall
Average
Pipe
Length
Length
Weight
Size
(LL)
(OL)
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
50
2
29
79
1.4
80
3
37
117
1.5
100
4
43
123
2.0
150
6
60
170
5.9
200
8
76
216
10.5
250
10
68
238
19.1
300
12
77
277
32
350
14
81
251
26
400
16
85
315
57
450
18
131
331
51
500
20
141
371
71
600
24
161
421
114
700
28
157
507
221
Equal Tees
Taper/Taper
Filament-wound equal Tee with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends for
adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
Pipe
Length
Size
total run
(LL1)
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
50
2
148
80
3
192
100
4
230
150
6
306
200
8
376
250
10
452
300
12
528
350
14
564
400
16
590
450
18
728
500
20
790
600
24
918
700
28
994
Overall
Length
total run
(OL1)
[mm]
248
352
390
526
656
792
928
904
1050
1128
1250
1438
1694
Laying
Length
branch
(LL2)
[mm]
74
96
115
153
188
226
264
282
295
364
395
459
497
Overall
Average
Length
Weight
branch
(OL2)
[mm]
[kg]
124
1.6
179
3.6
195
6.4
263
18
328
37
396
55
464
92
452
80
525
126
564
218
625
297
719
483
847
828
10
Reducing Tees
Taper/Taper standard
Taper/Taper fabricated
Filament-wound standard and fabricated reducing tees with integral Taper/Taper
(2-28 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal Laying
Pipe Length
Size (LL1)
(runxrunxbranch)
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
80x80x50
3x3x2
96
100x100x50
4x4x2
115
100x100x80
4x4x3
115
150x150x50
6x6x2
153
150x150x80
6x6x3
153
150x150x100
6x6x4
153
200x200x2
8x8x2
88
200x200x80
8x8x3
188
200x200x100
8x8x4
188
200x200x150
8x8x6
188
250x250x50
10x10x2
88
250x250x80
10x10x3
100
250x250x100
10x10x4
226
250x250x150
10x10x6
226
250x250x200
10x10x8
226
300x300x50
12x12x2
88
300x300x80
12x12x3
100
300x300x100
12x12x4
264
300x300x150
12x12x6
264
300x300x200
12x12x8
264
300x300x250
12x12x10
264
350x350x50
14x14x2
88
350x350x80
14x14x3
100
350x350x150
14x14x6
282
350x350x200
14x14x8
282
350x350x250
14x14x10
282
350x350x300
14x14x12
282
400x400x50
16x16x2
88
400x400x80
16x16x3
100
400x400x150
16x16x6
295
400x400x200
16x16x8
295
400x400x250
16x16x10
295
400x400x300
16x16x12
295
400x400x350
16x16x14
295
450x450x50
18x18x2
88
450x450x80
18x18x3
100
450x450x200
18x18x8
364
450x450x250
18x18x10
364
450x450x300
18x18x12
364
450x450x350
18x18x14
364
450x450x400
18x18x16
364
500x500x50
20x20x2
88
500x500x80
20x20x3
100
500x500x250
20x20x10
395
500x500x300
20x20x12
395
500x500x350
20x20x14
395
500x500x400
20x20x16
395
500x500x450
20x20x18
395
600x600x50
24x24x2
88
600x600x80
24x24x3
100
600x600x300
24x24x12
459
600x600x350
24x24x14
459
600x600x400
24x24x16
459
600x600x450
24x24x18
459
600x600x500
24x24x20
459
700x700x350
28x28x14
497
700x700x400
28x28x16
497
700x700x450
28x28x18
497
700x700x500
28x28x20
497
700x700x600
28x28x24
497
Overall
Length
(OL1)
half run
[mm]
176
195
195
263
263
263
228
328
328
328
258
270
396
396
396
288
300
464
464
464
464
258
270
452
452
452
452
318
330
525
525
525
525
525
288
300
564
564
564
564
564
318
330
625
625
625
625
625
348
360
719
719
719
719
719
847
847
847
847
847
Laying
Length
(LL2)
half run
[mm]
86
99
108
124
134
140
179
159
172
178
206
206
194
204
213
232
232
216
229
239
251
247
247
254
264
277
289
272
272
274
283
293
305
325
292
292
316
329
329
340
330
316
316
355
355
366
356
390
364
364
405
416
406
453
453
485
483
508
516
516
Overall
Average
Length
Weight
(OL2)
branch
[mm][kg]
136
3.0
149
5.4
188
5.5
174
12.2
214
12.6
220
13.7
229
24.6
239
19.3
252
26
288
33
256
30
286
32
274
42
314
42
353
53
282
35
312
37
296
60
339
86
379
90
421
92
297
37
327
40
364
66
404
69
447
74
489
79
322
50
352
53
384
97
423
102
463
107
505
117
495
100
342
54
372
58
456
158
499
165
529
172
510
172
560
182
366
59
396
63
525
257
555
265
536
267
586
279
590
285
414
71
444
75
605
422
586
423
636
438
653
448
683
462
655
700
713
720
708
726
746
745
776
774
Note: Regular numbers are filament wound tees; italic numbers are fabricated tees
11
Fabricated Reducing Tees
with Flanged Branch
Taper/Taper
Deluge Couplings
Taper/Taper
Fabricated reducing tees with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends and flanged
branch.
NominalLaying
Pipe
Length
Size(LL1)
(runxrunxbranch)
half run
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
50x50X25
2x2x1
88
80x80x25
3x3x1
88
80x80X40
3x3x1½
88
100x100x25
4x4x1
88
100x100x40
4x4x1½
88
150x150x25
6x6x1
88
150x150x40
6x6x1½
88
200x200x25
8x8x1
88
200x200x40
8x8x1½
88
200x200x50
8x8x2
88
250x250x25
10x10x1
88
250x250x40
10x10x1½
88
250x250x50
10x10x2
88
250x250x80
10x10x3
100
300x300x25
12x12x1
88
300x300x40
12x12x1½
88
300x300x50
12x12x2
88
300x300x80
12x12x3
100
350x350x25
14x14x1
88
350x350x40
14x14x1½
88
350x350x50
14x14x2
88
350x350x80
14x14x3
100
400x400x25
16x16x1
88
400x400x40
16x16x1½
88
400x400x50
16x16x2
88
400x400x80
16x16x3
100
450x450x25
18x18x1
88
450x450x40
18x18x1½
88
450x450x50
18x18x2
88
450x450x80
18x18x3
100
500x500x25
20x20x1
88
500x500x40
20x20x1½
88
500x500x50
20x20x2
88
500x500x80
20x20x3
100
600x600x25
24x24x1
88
600x600x40
24x24x1½
88
600x600x50
24x24x2
88
600x600x80
24x24x3
100
Laying
Length
(LL2)
branch
[mm]
179
193
198
225
230
252
257
276
281
316
303
308
343
343
329
334
369
369
344
349
384
384
369
374
409
409
389
394
429
429
413
418
453
453
462
467
501
501
Average
Weight
[kg]
4.4
5.8
6.5
12.6
13.3
17.8
23
25
26
26
30
31
31
34
35
36
36
39
38
38
39
42
50
51
51
55
55
55
56
60
60
61
61
65
71
72
72
77
Filament-wound deluge couplings with O-ring sealed reversed taper bushings with ½
inch or ¾ inch threaded outlets with integral Taper/Taper (2-24 inch) socket ends for
adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Pipe
Size
[mm]
[inch]
50
2
80
3
100
4
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
350
14
400
16
450
18
500
20
600
24
Laying
Length
(LL)
[mm]
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
Note:
•
Outlets are NPT or BSP, to be specified with order;
•
Other configurations are available on request;
•
Bushings to be specified with order.
12
Overall
Length
(OL1)
half run
[mm]
138
168
168
168
168
198
198
228
228
228
258
258
258
270
288
288
288
300
258
258
258
270
318
318
318
330
288
288
288
300
318
318
318
330
348
348
348
360
Overall
Length
(OL)
[mm]
260
320
320
380
440
500
560
500
620
560
620
680
OutsideAverage
Diameter Weight
(OD)
[mm[
[kg]
95
2.3
124
3.8
147
4.6
201
7.5
251
10.8
305
14.2
356
18.1
386
21
436
23
476
23
524
26
621
32
Concentric Reducers
Taper/Taper
Filament-wound concentric reducers with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends
for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
Overall
Pipe Length
Length
Size (LL)
(OL)
(runxrun) [mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
80x50
3x2
74
204
100x50
4x2
96
226
100x80
4x3
94
254
150x80
6x3
117
307
150x100
6x4
124
314
200x100
8x4
163
383
200x150
8x6
129
379
250x150
10x6
148
428
250x200
10x8
135
445
300x200
12x8
180
520
300x250
12x10
167
537
350x250
14x10
224
564
350x300
14x12
218
588
400x300
16x12
195
625
400x350
16x14
193
593
450x400
18x16
153
583
500x400
20x16
274
734
500x450
20x18
201
631
600x400
24x16
511
1001
600x450
24x18
438
898
600x500
24x20
317
807
700x400
28x16
796
1376
700x450
28x18
723
1273
700x500
28x20
602
1182
700x600
28x24
365
975
Average
Weight
[kg]
0.9
2.7
2.0
3.9
4.2
9.5
9.5
14.5
16
33
35
31
34
42
45
51
81
78
108
100
106
264
257
262
263
13
Eccentric Reducers
Taper/Taper
Heavy-Duty Flanges
Filament-wound eccentric reducers with Taper/Taper (2-24 inch) socket ends
for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
Pipe Size
Length
(runxrun)(LL)
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
80x50
3x2
140
100x50
4x2
225
100x80
4x3
120
150x80
6x3
320
150x100
6x4
230
200x100
8x4
415
200x150
8x6
215
250x150
10x6
420
250x200
10x8
235
300x200
12x8
420
300x250
12x10
220
350x250
14x10
350
350x300
14x12
160
400x300
16x12
335
400x350
16x14
225
450x350
18x14
400
450x400
18x16
205
500x400
20x16
390
500x450
20x18
265
600x400
24x16
750
600x450
24x18
625
600x500
24x20
440
Overall
Eccentricity
Length
(OL)
(X)*
[mm]
[mm]
270
14
355
27
280
12
510
38
420
27
635
52
465
25
700
52
545
27
760
52
590
25
690
41
530
16
765
41
625
25
770
45
635
20
850
45
695
25
1240
93
1085
73
930
48
14
[kg]
0.9
2.7
2.0
3.9
4.2
9.5
4.3
14.5
16
33
35
31
34
42
45
48
51
81
78
108
100
106
Filament-wound heavy-duty flanges with integral Taper/Taper (2-14 inch) socket end
for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
Overall
PipeLength
Length
Size (LL)
(OL)
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
50
2
5
55
80
3
5
55
100
4
5
85
150
6
5
85
200
8
6
116
250
10
6
146
300
12
6
176
350
14
6
176
Taper/Taper
Average
Weight
Average Weight
ANSI
DIN
B16.5
2634
CL.300
PN25
[kg]
[kg]
1.7
1.9
2.6
2.6
5.9
5.3
8.1
7.7
14.8
13.8
22.0
22.0
37.0
33.0
48.0
46.0
Note:
•
Other drillings may be possible. Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems;
Full-face elastomeric gaskets may be used suitable for the service pressure, service temperature and fluid.
•
Shore A durometer hardness of 60 ±5 is recommended (3 mm thick). Compressed fibre gaskets (3 mm
thick), compatible with pressure, temperature and medium may also be used. Mechanical properties should
be in accordance with DIN 3754 (IT 400) or equal;
•
For maximum bolt torque refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature;
•
A torque-wrench must be used, since excessive torque may result in flange damage.
Stub-ends
Taper/Taper
Filament-wound stub-ends, O-ring sealed or flat faced, with integral Taper/Taper
(2-28 inch) socket, for adhesive bonding with loose steel ring flanges.
Nominal Laying
Pipe
Length
Size
(LL)
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
50
2
15
80
3
15
100
4
15
150
6
15
200
8
15
250
10
15
300
12
15
350
14
15
400
16
20
450
18
20
500
20
20
600
24
20
700
28
20
Overall
Length
(OL)
[mm]
65
95
95
125
155
185
215
185
250
220
250
280
370
Face
Diameter
(RF)
[mm]
92
127
157
216
270
324
378
413
470
532
580
674
800
Ring
Average
to Face
Weight
(H)
Stub-end
[mm]
[kg]
10
0.2
16
0.7
16
1.1
23
2.3
29
4.0
33
5.5
38
7.6
33
6.5
47
11.6
42
17.9
47
22
57
23
63
26
Note:
•
Flat faced stub-ends can be sealed using reinforced elastomeric, compressed fiber or steel reinforced
rubber gaskets, depending on size;
•
Make sure that when using O-ring sealed stub-end, its counter flange is compatible, e.g. use a flat faced
stub-end (without O-ring groove) or another flat surface flange as counter flange.
Steel Ring Flanges for
Stub-ends
Nominal
ANSI
Average
DIN 2634
Average
Pipe
B16.5
Weight
PN25
Weight
SizeCLASS.300
(D)
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[kg]
[mm]
[kg]
50
2
22.2
2.5
20
2.4
80
3
28.6
4.8
24
3.7
100
4
28.6
7.1
24
4.6
150
6
36.5
12.3
28
7.6
200
8
41.3
18.6
32
11.2
250
10
47.6
26.4
37
17.1
300
12
50.8
39
45
25
350
14
54.0
57
45
39
400
16
58.2
71
51
52
450
18
63.6
87
--500
20
66.5
109
59
73
600
24
78.4
185
69
115
700
28
95.0
253
75
136
Note:
•
Ring flanges will standard be made from galvanised steel. Other materials are available on request;
•
Other drillings are available. Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems.
15
Couplings
Taper/Taper
Nipples
Taper/Taper
Filament-wound couplings with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends
for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Pipe
Size
[mm]
[inch]
50
2
80
3
100
4
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
350
14
400
16
450
18
500
20
600
24
700
28
Overall
Length
(OL)
[mm]
170
230
230
290
350
410
470
410
530
470
530
590
770
Outside Average
Diameter Weight
(OD)
[mm]
[kg]
70
0.4
100
0.9
124
1.2
180
2.2
238
5.0
296
7.9
350
11.6
381
11.3
435
17.4
472
15.8
524
21
634
39
752
39
Filament-wound nipples with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) male ends
for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Laying
Gap
Average
Pipe
Length
+
Weight
Size(LL)
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
50
2
125
25
0.1
80
3
185
25
0.2
100
4
185
25
0.3
150
6
245
25
0.8
200
8
310
30
1.5
250
10
370
30
2.9
300
12
440
40
4.7
350
14
380
40
4.6
400
16
500
40
8.6
450
18
460
60
8.6
500
20
520
60
12.4
600
24
580
60
19
700
28
760
60
35
+
16
Laying
Length
(LL)
[mm]
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
Remaining gap after bonding (is distance between the edges of the socket ends).
Adhesive
Number of Adhesive Kits per joint with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends
for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Required
Minimum number
Pipe
Adhesive Kit
of Adhesive Kits
Size
Size
required per joint
[mm]
[inch]
[cm3]
[Oz]
nr.
50
2
89
3
0.2
80
3
89
3
0.4
100
4
89
3
0.4
150
6
89
3
0.8
200
8
89
3
2.0
50
10
177
6
1.0
300
12
177
6
2.0
350
14
177
6
2.0
400
16
177
6
2.0
450
18
177
6
2.0
500
20
177
6
3.0
600
24
177
6
4.0
700
28
177
6
6.0
Note:
•
Adhesive Kits should never be split. If remainder is not used for other joints made at the same time, the
surplus must be discarded;
•
Required adhesive for saddles is shown in the dimension table of the respective saddles;
•
For type of adhesive to be used, please refer to the Bondstrand® Corrosion Guide.
17
Engineering design &
installation
Consult de following literature for recommendations about design, installation and use
of Bondstrand pipe, fittings and flanges:
Marketing Bulletin Engineering and Design Support Services
Assembly Instructions for Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints
Assembly Instructions for Taper/Taper adhesive-bonded joints
Assembly Instructions for Bondstrand fiberglass flanges
Bondstrand Corrosion Guide for fiberglass pipe and tubing
Bondstrand Pipe Shaver Overview
Bondstrand Marine Design Manual
FP 934
FP 170
FP 1043
FP 196
FP 132
FP 599
FP 707
Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems for the current version of the above literature.
Specials
Note: Elbows with non-standard angles, non-standard drilled flanges, multi branch tees
and special spools are available on request, please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems.
Field testing
Bondstrand® pipe systems are designed for hydrostatic testing with water at 150% of
rated pressure.
Surge pressure
The maximum allowable surge pressure is 150% of rated pressure.
Conversions
1 psi
= 6895 Pa
1 bar
= 105Pa
1 MPa
= 1 N/mm2
1 inch 1 Btu.in/ft2h°F °C
18
= 0.07031 kg/cm2
= 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2
= 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2
= 25.4 mm
= 0.1442 W/mK
= 5/9 (°F-32)
19
National Oilwell Varco has produced this brochure for general information only, and it
is not intended for design purposes. Although every effort has been made to maintain
the accuracy and reliability of its contents, National Oilwell Varco in no way assumes
responsibility for liability for any loss, damage or injury resulting from the use of information
and data herein nor is any warranty expressed or implied. Always cross-reference the
bulletin date with the most current version listed at the website noted in this literature.
North America
2425 SW 36th Street
San Antonio, TX 78237 USA
Phone: +1 210 434 5043
South America
Avenida Fernando Simoes
Recife, Brazil 51020-390
Phone: +55 31 3326 6900
Europe
P.O. Box 6, 4190 CA
Geldermalsen, The Netherlands
Phone: +31 345 587 587
Asia Pacific
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong, Singapore 639407
Phone: +65 6861 6118
Middle East
P.O. Box 17324
Dubai, UAE
Phone: +971 4881 3566
www.fgspipe.com • fgspipe@nov.com
© 2012, NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
® Trademark of NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
FP 943-25 02/12
Bondstrand® 2000M/7000M for marine
1 to 16 inch (Quick-lock® joint), 18 to 40 inch (Taper/Taper joint) with external pressure requirements
Uses and applications
●
●
●
●
●
Ballast
●
Portable discharge line
Chlorination
●
Stripping lines
Draining
●
Tankcleaning (salt water)
Cargo line
●
Fire protection mains
Sanitary service & sewage
●
Various other applications
A complete library of Bondstrand pipe and fittings in PDS and PDMS-format is available
on CD-ROM. Please contact NOV Fiber Glass Systems for details.
For specific fire protection requirements, an outher layer of passive fire protection is
available.
For pipe systems without external pressure requirements, please contact your Bondstrand
representative.
Approvals
In 1993, IMO (International Maritime Organisation) issued a resolution (A.18/Res. 753)
covering acceptance criteria for assuring ship safety. Major certifying bodies have adopted
and implemented these Guidelines in their respective Rules and Regulations for the
Classification of Ships.
All Bondstrand pipe series used in the marine industry are designed and type-approved
by the below major certifying bodies. (A complete list is available, on request)
●
American Bureau of Shipping (ABS), U.S.A.;
●
Bureau Veritas, France;
●
Det Norske Veritas, Norway;
●
Germanischer Lloyd, Germany;
●
Lloyd’s Register, United Kingdom;
●
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai, Japan;
●
Registro Italiano Navale (RINA), Italy;
●
United States Coast Guard (USCG), U.S.A..
Characteristics
Maximum operating temperature: up to 121°C.
Pipe diameter: 1-40 inch (25-1000 mm).
Pipe system design for pressure ratings up to 16 bar.
ASTM D-2992 Hydrostatic Design Basis (Procedure B - service factor 0.5);
ASTM D-1599 Safety factor of 4:1. Design criteria for external pressure requirements are
in accordance with IMO regulations.
Bondstrand 2000M
ASTM D-2310 Classification: RTRP-11FW for static hydrostatic design basis; MDA cured.
ASTM D-2310 Classification: RTRP-11FX for static hydrostatic design basis; IPD cured.
Complies with ASTM F-1173 Classification.
Bondstrand 7000M
ASTM D-2310 Classification: RTRP-11AW for static hydrostatic design basis; MDA cured.
ASTM D-2310 Classification: RTRP-11AX for static hydrostatic design basis; IPD cured.
Complies with ASTM F-1173 Classification.
Joining Systems
Quick-Lock® joint
1-16 Inch
Taper/Taper joint
18-40 Inch
Quick-Lock® adhesive-bonded joint
1
Taper/Taper adhesive-bonded joint
Table of Contents
General Data
Adhesives......................................................................................................................27
Conversions..................................................................................................................28
Engineering design & installation data.........................................................................28
Hydrostatic testing........................................................................................................28
Important notice............................................................................................................28
Joining system and configuration..................................................................................3
Mechanical properties....................................................................................................4
Physical properties.........................................................................................................4
Pipe series.......................................................................................................................3
Pipe length......................................................................................................................4
Pipe dimensions and weights.........................................................................................7
Pipe performance....................................................................................................... 5-6
Span length.....................................................................................................................9
Surge Pressure.............................................................................................................28
Ultimate Collapse Pressures...........................................................................................8
Fittings Data
Adaptors.................................................................................................................. 26-27
Bell mouth.....................................................................................................................25
Couplings......................................................................................................................22
Elbows ...................................................................................................................... 9-11
Expansion coupling......................................................................................................26
Flanges.................................................................................................................... 20-22
Joint dimensions Quick-Lock® .......................................................................................8
Joint dimensions Taper/Taper.........................................................................................8
Laterals..........................................................................................................................17
Nipples..........................................................................................................................23
Reducers................................................................................................................. 18-19
Saddles................................................................................................................ 17 & 24
Specials .......................................................................................................................28
Tees......................................................................................................................... 11-16
2
Pipe series
Pipe
Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe for Bondstrand adhesivebonding systems. MDA (diaminodiphenylmethane) or IPD (isophoronediamine) cured.
Fittings
A wide range of lined filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) fittings for
Bondstrand adhesive-bonding systems. For special fittings, not listed in this product
guide, please contact your Bondstrand representative.
Flanges
Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) heavy-duty flanges, hubbed and
stub-end flanges for Quick-Lock adhesive bonding systems. Standard flange drilling
patterns as per ANSI B16.5 (150 Lb). Other flange drilling patterns, such as ANSI B16.5
(> 150 Lb), DIN, ISO and JIS are also availabe.
Bondstrand® 2000M
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe system; IPD or MDA cured.
Standard 0.5 mm internal resin-rich reinforced liner.
Maximum operating temperature: 121°C for MDA cured and 93°C for IPD cured.
Maximum pressure rating: 16 bar.
Minimum pressure: full vacuum.
External Pressure Requirements: In accordance with IMO Regulations.
Bondstrand® 7000M (* conductive)
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe system; IPD or MDA cured.
Maximum operating temperature: 121°C for MDA cured and 93°C for IPD cured.
Maximum pressure rating: 16 bar.
Minimum pressure: full vacuum.
External Pressure Requirements: In accordance with IMO Regulations.
* Conductive
Our conductive pipe systems have been developed to prevent accumulation of potentially
dangerous levels of static electrical charges. Pipe, fittings and flanges contain high strength
conductive filaments. Together with a conductive adhesive this provides an electrically
continuous system.
Description
Pipe diameter
Joining system
Liner
**Temperature
Pressure Rating
Bondstrand® 2000M
1-40 inch
Quick-Lock 1-16 inch
Taper/Taper 18-40 inch
*0.5 mm
121°C
16 bar
Bondstrand® 7000M
1-40 inch
Quick-Lock 1-16 inch
Taper/Taper 18-40 inch
121°C
16 bar
* Also available without liner;
** Above 93°C, derate the pressure rating lineairly to 50% at 121°C.
Joining system &
configuration
Pipe
25-400 mm (1-16 inch):
Quick-Lock (straight/taper) adhesive joint with integral pipe stop in bell end.
End configuration: Integral Quick-Lock bell end x shaved straight spigot.
450-1000 mm (18-40 inch):
Taper/Taper adhesive joint.
End configuration: Integral Taper bell x shaved taper spigot
Fitting
25-400 mm (1-16 inch):
Quick-Lock (straight/ taper) adhesive joint with integral pipe stop in bell end.
End configuration: Integral Quick-Lock bell ends.
450-1000 mm (18-40 inch):
Taper/Taper adhesive joint.
End configuration: Integral Taper bell ends.
Flanges
25-1000 mm (1-40 inch):
Quick-Lock (straight/ taper) adhesive joint with integral pipe stop in bell end.
End configuration: Integral Quick-Lock bell end.
Note: * Pipe nipples, saddles and flanged fittings have different end configurations.
3
Typical pipe length
Nominal
Joining
Length*
Pipe Size
Asia Plant
[mm]
[inch]
25-40
1-1½
Quick-Lock
50-125
2-5
Quick-Lock
150
6
Quick-Lock
200
8
Quick-Lock
250
10
Quick-Lock
300-400
12-16
Quick-Lock
450-1000
18-40
Taper/Taper
Approximate overall
System
Europe Plant
[m]
5.5
6.15
6.1
6.1/11.8
6.1/11.8
6.05/11.8
11.8
[m]
3.0
5.85/9.0
5.85/9.0
5.85/9.0
5.85/11.89
5.85/11.89
11.89
Value
.33
18.0
150
5.3
1800
1.8
Method
NOV FGS
NOV FGS
—
—
—
ASTM D-792
* Tolerance +/- 50 mm.
Typical physical
properties
Pipe property
Thermal conductivity pipe wall
Thermal expansivity (lineair)
Flow coefficient
Absolute roughness
Density
Specific gravity
Typical mechanical
properties
Pipe property IPD cured
Units
21°C.
93°C.
Method
Bi-axial
300
—
ASTM D-1599
Ultimate hoop stress at weeping N/mm2
Circumferential
Hoop tensile strength
N/mm2
380
—
ASTM D-2290
Hoop tensile modulus
N/mm2
23250
18100
ASTM D-2290
Poisson’s ratio axial/hoop
—
0.93
1.04
NOV FGS
Longitudinal
Axial tensile strength
N/mm2
65
50
ASTM D-2105
Axial tensile modulus
N/mm2
10000
7800
ASTM D-2105
Poisson’s ratio hoop/axial
—
0.40
0.45
ASTM D-2105
Axial bending strength
—
80
—
NOV FGS
Units
W(m.K)
10-6 mm/mm °C
Hazen-Williams
10-6 m
kg/m3
-
Beam
Apparent elastic modulus
N/mm2
9200
7000
Hydrostatic Design Basis
Static
N/mm2
148*
—
ASTM D-2925
ASTM D-2992
(Proc. B.)
Pipe property MDA cured
Units
21°C.
93°C.
Method
Bi-axial
Ultimate hoop stress at weeping N/mm2
250
—
ASTM D-1599
Circumferential
Hoop tensile strength
N/mm2
220
—
ASTM D-2290
Hoop tensile modulus
N/mm2
25200
ASTM D-2290
Poisson’s ratio axial/hoop
—
0.65
0.81
NOV FGS
Longitudinal
Axial tensile strength
N/mm2
80
65
ASTM D-2105
Axial tensile modulus
N/mm2
12500
9700
ASTM D-2105
Poisson’s ratio hoop/axial
—
0.40
0.44
ASTM D-2105
Axial bending strength
—
85
—
NOV FGS
Beam
Apparent elastic modulus
N/mm2
12500
8000
ASTM D-2925
Hydrostatic Design Basis
Static
N/mm2
124*
—
ASTM D-2992
(Proc. B.)
* At 65°C.
4
Typical pipe performance
.
Bondstrand 2000M (MDA cured) at 21°C.
Nominal
STIS
Stifness
Pipe
Factor
Size
[mm]
[inch]
[kN/m2]
[lb.in]
25
1
2079.1
502
40
1½
618.1
502
50
2
350.6
554
80
3
102.2
554
100
4
110.8
1281
125
5
57.7
1281
150
6
33.4
1281
200
8
35.5
3092
250
10
36.6
6375
300
12
35.9
10627
350
14
36.8
13548
400
16
36.9
20308
450
18
36.2
28265
500
20
36.3
38976
600
24
36.6
67877
700
28
36.9
121531
750
30
36.8
148680
800
32
37.1
182139
900
36
36.8
256919
1000
40
37.7
361759
Pipe
Stiffness
[psi]
16187
4812
2729
796
863
449
260
276
285
280
286
287
282
283
285
288
286
289
286
294
Bondstrand 2000M (IPD-cured) at 21°C.
Nominal
STIS
Stifness
Pipe
Factor
Size
[mm]
[inch]
[kN/m2]
[lb.in]
25
1
2087.4
504
40
1½
620.6
504
50
2
352.0
556
80
3
102.6
556
100
4
111.3
1286
125
5
57.9
1286
150
6
33.5
1286
200
8
35.6
3104
250
10
36.8
6400
300
12
36.1
10669
350
14
36.9
13602
400
16
37.1
20389
450
18
36.3
28378
500
20
36.5
39130
600
24
36.6
68147
700
28
36.9
122013
750
30
36.8
149270
800
32
37.1
182862
900
36
36.8
257939
1000
40
37.7
363195
5
Pipe
Stiffness
[psi]
16251
4831
2740
799
866
451
261
277
286
281
287
289
283
284
285
289
288
290
288
295
Typical pipe performance
Bondstrand 7000M (MDA-cured) at 21°C.
Nominal STIS
Pipe
Size
[mm]
[inch]
[kN/m2]
25
1
3142.4
40
1½
949.6
50
2
534.7
80
3
157.3
100
4
154.4
125
5
80.6
150
6
46.7
200
8
39.4
250
10
38.2
300
12
37.2
350
14
38.0
400
16
37.2
450
18
38.0
500
20
37.2
600
24
36.7
700
28
37.1
750
30
36.9
800
32
37.3
900
36
36.9
1000
40
37.9
Stifness
Factor
Pipe
Stiffness
[lb.in]
797
797
867
867
1809
1809
1809
3092
6375
10627
13548
20308
28265
38976
67877
121531
148680
182139
256919
361759
[psi]
24464
7393
4162
1225
1202
627
363
276
285
280
286
287
282
283
285
288
286
289
286
294
Stifness
Factor
Pipe
Stiffness
[lb.in]
800
800
871
871
1816
1816
1816
3104
6400
10669
13602
20389
28378
39130
68147
122013
149270
182862
257939
363195
[psi]
24561
7422
4179
1230
1207
630
365
277
286
281
287
289
283
284
286
289
288
290
288
295
Bondstrand 7000M (IPD-cured) at 21°C.
Nominal STIS
Pipe
Size
[mm]
[inch]
[kN/m2]
25
1
3154.9
40
1½
953.3
50
2
536.8
80
3
157.9
100
4
155.0
125
5
80.9
150
6
46.9
200
8
35.6
250
10
36.8
300
12
36.1
350
14
36.9
400
16
37.1
450
18
36.3
500
20
36.5
600
24
36.7
700
28
37.1
750
30
36.9
800
32
37.3
900
36
36.9
1000
40
37.9
6
Typical pipe dimensions
and weights
Bondstrand 2000M.
Nominal
Pipe Size
[mm] [inch]
25
1
40
1½
50
2
80
3
100
4
125
5
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
400
14
400
16
450
18
500
20
600
24
700
28
750
30
800
32
900
36
1000
40
Pipe
Minimum Average Designation
Inside Struct. Wall
Pipe per ASTM
Diameter Thickness [t] Weight
D-2966
[mm]
[mm]
[kg/m]
MDA
IPD
27.1
3.0
0.7
RTRP-11 FW1-2112
FX1-3112
42.1
3.0
1.3
RTRP-11 FW1-2112
FX1-3112
53.0
3.1
1.3
RTRP-11FW1-2112
FX1-3112
81.8
3.1
1.8
RTRP-11FW1-2112
FX1-3112
105.2
4.1
3.1
RTRP-11FW1-2113
FX1-3113
131.9
4.1
3.5
RTRP-11FW1-2113
FX1-3113
159.0
4.1
4.6
RTRP-11FW1-2113
FX1-3113
208.8
5.5
7.4
RTRP-11FW1-2116
FX1-3116
262.9
7.0
12
RTRP-11FW1-2116
FX1-3116
313.7
8.3
17
RTRP-11FW1-2116
FX1-3116
337.6
9.0
19
RTRP-11FW1-2116
FX1-3116
385.8
10.3
25
RTRP-11FW1-2116
FX1-3116
433.8
11.5
32
RTRP-11FW1-2116
FX1-3116
482.1
12.8
39
RTRP-11FW1-2116
FX1-3116
578.6
15.4
56
RTRP-11FW1-2116
FX1-3116
700.0
18.7
75
RTRP-11FW1-2116
FX1-3116
750.0
20.0
93
RTRP-11FW1-2116
FX1-3116
800.0
21.4
102
RTRP-11FW1-2116
FX1-3116
900.0
24.0
132
RTRP-11FW1-2116
FX1-3116
1000.0
26.9
165
RTRP-11FW1-2116
FX1-3116
Bondstrand 7000M.
Nominal
Pipe Size
[mm] [inch]
25
1
40
1½
50
2
80
3
100
4
125
5
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
350
14
400
16
450
18
500
20
600
24
700
28
750
30
800
32
900
36
1000
40
7
Pipe
Minimum Average Designation
Inside Struct. Wall
Pipe per ASTM
Diameter Thickness [t] Weight
D-2966
[mm]
[mm]
[kg/m]
MDA
IPD
27.1
3.5
0.7
RTRP-11AW1-2112
AX1-3112
42.1
3.5
1.3
RTRP-11AW1-2112
AX1-3112
53.0
3.6
1.3
RTRP-11AW1-2112
AX1-3112
81.8
3.6
1.8
RTRP-11AW1-2112
AX1-3112
105.2
4.6
3.1
RTRP-11AW1-2113
AX1-3113
131.9
4.6
3.5
RTRP-11AW1-2113
AX1-3113
159.0
4.6
4.6
RTRP-11AW1-2113
AX1-3113
208.8
5.5
7.4
RTRP-11AW1-2116
AX1-3116
262.9
7.0
12
RTRP-11AW1-2116
AX1-3116
313.7
8.3
17
RTRP-11AW1-2116
AX1-3116
337.6
9.0
19
RTRP-11AW1-2116
AX1-3116
385.8
10.3
25
RTRP-11AW1-2116
AX1-3116
433.8
11.5
32
RTRP-11AW1-2116
AX1-3116
482.1
12.8
39
RTRP-11AW1-2116
AX1-3116
578.6
15.4
56
RTRP-11AW1-2116
AX1-3116
700.0
18.7
75
RTRP-11AW1-2116
AX1-3116
750.0
20.0
93
RTRP-11AW1-2116
AX1-3116
800.0
21.4
102
RTRP-11AW1-2116
AX1-3116
900.0
24.0
132
RTRP-11AW1-2116
AX1-3116
1000.0
26.9
165
RTRP-11AW1-2116
AX1-3116
Ultimate collapse pressure
Ultimate collapse pressure (ultimate short term external failure pressure) at 21° C.
Nominal Internal
Pipe
Pressure
Sizestatic*
[mm]
[inch]
[bar]
25
1
16
40
1½
16
50
2
16
80
3
16
100
4
16
125
5
16
150
6
16
200
8
16
250
10
16
300
12
16
350
14
16
400
16
16
450
18
16
500
20
16
600
24
16
700
28
16
750
30
16
800
32
16
900
36
16
1000
40
16
2000M
MDA
2000M
IPD
7000M
MDA
7000M
IPD
[bar]
491
160
95
29
31
16.5
9.7
10.3
10.7
10.5
10.7
10.7
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.7
10.8
10.7
11.0
[bar]
491
160
95
29
31
16.5
9.7
10.3
10.7
10.5
10.7
10.7
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.7
10.8
10.7
11.0
[bar]
714
239
141
44
43
23
13.5
10.3
10.7
10.5
10.7
10.7
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.7
10.8
10.7
11.0
[bar]
714
239
141
44
43
23
13.5
10.3
10.7
10.5
10.7
10.7
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.7
10.8
10.7
11.0
Max.
Spigot
Min.
L
[mm]
28.5
33.5
49.0
49.0
49.0
58.5
59.0
65.0
71.0
78.0
89.0
103.0
L
[mm]
31.0
36.0
52.0
52.0
52.0
61.5
62.0
68.0
74.0
81.0
93.0
106.0
* Up to 93°C.
Quick-Lock® dimensions
Nominal Insertion
Length
Pipe
Max.
Size(Ds)
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
25
1
27
40
1½
32
50
2
46
80
3
46
100
4
46
125
5
57
150
6
57
200
8
64
250
10
70
300
12
76
350
14
89
400
16
102
Depth
Sd
[mm]
32.6
47.5
59.2
87.6
112.5
139.5
166.2
217.1
271.3
322.2
353.8
404.1
Spigot Diameter
Min.
Sd
[mm]
32.9
47.8
59.6
88.0
112.9
139.9
166.6
217.5
271.7
322.6
354.2
404.5
Dimensions for Quick-Lock Spigots for bonding HD Flanges.
Dia of Straight
Spigot [Sd]
450
18
111455.8
500
20
111506.6
600
24
127608.2
700
28
152736.3
750
30
165788.4
800
32
178840.5
900
36
163943.4
1000
40
2301051.4
Taper/Taper dimensions
Dimensions for adhesive Taper spigots for adhesive Taper/Taper joints.
Nominal Taper
Insertion
Pipe
Angle
Depth
Size
X
Ds
[mm]
[inch]
[degrees]
[mm]
450
18
2.5
114
500
20
2.5
127
600
24
3.5
178
700
28
1.75
178
750
30
1.75
178
800
32
1.75
178
900
36
1.75
203
1000
40
1.75
410
8
Nominal
Spigot
Nose Thickn.
nose
[mm]
4.6
5.0
3.8
6.4
4.2
8.9
5.6
8.1
Dia of
Spigot
at Nose
Sd
[mm]
443.0
492.2
586.3
712.9
758.4
817.8
911.3
1016.3
Span length
Bondstrand 2000M.
Nominal
Pipe Size
[mm]
[inch]
25
1
40
1½
50
2
80
3
100
4
125
5
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
350
14
400
16
450
18
500
20
600
24
700
28
750
30
800
32
900
36
1000
40
Single
Span*
[m]
2.6
2.9
3.1
3.5
4.0
4.3
4.5
5.1
5.8
6.3
6.5
7.0
7.4
7.7
8.5
9.3
9.6
10.0
10.5
11.1
Bondstrand 7000M.
25
1
2.5
40
1½
2.9
50
2
3.1
80
3
3.5
100
4
4.0
125
5
4.3
150
6
4.5
200
8
5.0
250
10
5.7
300
12
6.2
350
14
6.4
400
16
6.9
450
18
7.3
500
20
7.7
600
24
8.4
700
28
9.3
750
30
9.6
800
32
9.9
900
36
10.5
1000
40
11.1
MDA Contininuous
Span*
[m]
3.3
3.7
4.0
4.5
5.1
5.4
5.7
6.5
7.3
8.0
8.3
8.8
9.3
9.8
10.8
11.8
12.2
12.7
13.4
14.1
Single IPD Continuous
Span*
Span*
[m]
[m]
2.4
3.0
2.7
3.4
2.9
3.7
3.3
4.2
3.7
4.7
4.0
5.0
4.2
5.3
4.8
6.1
5.3
6.8
5.8
7.4
6.0
7.7
6.4
8.2
6.8
8.7
7.2
9.1
7.9
10.0
8.6
11.0
8.9
11.3
9.2
11.7
9.8
12.4
10.3
13.1
MDA
3.3
2.4
3.8
2.7
4.1
2.9
4.5
3.3
5.2
3.7
5.6
4.0
5.9
4.2
6.5
4.7
7.3
5.3
8.0
5.7
8.3
6.0
8.8
6.4
9.3
6.7
9.8
7.1
10.8
7.8
11.8
8.6
12.2
8.9
12.7
9.2
13.4
9.7
14.1
10.3
IPD
3.0
3.4
3.7
4.2
4.7
5.0
5.3
5.9
6.7
7.3
7.6
8.1
8.6
9.0
9.9
10.9
11.3
11.7
12.4
13.0
* Span recommendations are based on pipes filled with water having a density of 1000 kg/m3
and include no provisions for weights caused by valves, flanges or other heavy objects.
Elbows 90°
Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper
9
Filament-wound 90° elbows with integral Quick-Lock (1-16 inch) or Taper/Taper (18-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Pipe Size
[mm]
[inch]
25
1
40
1½
50
2
80
3
100
4
125
5
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
350
14
400
16
450
18
500
20
600
24
700
28
750
30
800
32
900
36
1000
40
Laying
Length (LL)
[mm]
65
81
76
114
152
195
229
305
381
457
359
397
458
508
584
711
762
813
915
1040
Overall
Length (OL)
[mm]
92
113
122
160
198
252
286
369
451
533
448
499
572
635
762
889
940
991
1118
1450
Max. Working
Pressure
[bar]
20
20
20
20
20
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Average
Weight
[kg]
0.3
0.4
0.5
1.1
1.6
2.7
3.6
6.8
11.0
18.0
26.0
31.0
53.0
65.0
122.0
205.0
243.0
330.0
417.0
489.0
Elbows ANSI 90°
short radius
Filament-wound 90° elbows with integral Quick-Lock male ends.*
Nominal
Pipe
Size
[mm]
[inch]
50
2
80
3
100
4
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
Laying
Length
(LL)
[mm]
110
135
160
198
224
275
300
Maximum
Working
Pressure
[bar]
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
Average
Weight
Maximum
Working
Pressure
[bar]
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Average
Weight
[kg]
0.4
0.7
1.0
2.4
3.9
6.3
13.3
* Also available with flanges.
Elbows 45°
Filament-wound 45° Quick-Lock (1-16 inch) or
Taper/Taper (18-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Taper/Taper
Nominal
Pipe
Size
[mm]
[inch]
25
1
40
1½
50
2
80
3
100
4
125
5
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
350
14
400
16
450
18
500
20
600
24
700
28
750
30
800
32
900
36
1000
40
Elbows ANSI 45°
Filament-wound 45°elbows with integral Quick-Lock male ends.*
Quick-Lock
Nominal
Pipe
Size
[mm]
[inch]
50
2
80
3
100
4
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
* Also available with flanges.
10
Laying
Length
(LL)
[mm]
22
29
35
51
64
84
95
127
159
191
121
137
191
210
252
295
322
337
400
450
Overall
Length
(OL)
[mm]
49
61
81
97
110
141
152
191
229
267
210
239
305
337
430
473
500
515
603
860
Laying Length
(LL)
[mm]
60
71
97
121
134
159
186
Maximum
Working
Pressure
[bar]
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
[kg]
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.8
1.1
1.8
2.4
4.3
7.3
11.0
17.0
20.0
33.0
40.0
82.0
140.0
164.0
283.0
283.0
334.0
Average
Weight
[kg]
0.2
0.4
0.9
1.9
3.9
8.3
10.0
Elbows 22½°
Filament-wound 22½°elbows with integral Quick-Lock socket ends
for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Pipe
Size
[mm]
[inch]
25
1
40
1½
50
2
80
3
100
4
125
5
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
350
14
400
16
Equal Tees
Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper
11
Laying
Length
(LL)
[mm]
9
9
13
21
29
43
43
57
67
76
83
89
Overall
Length
(OL)
[mm]
36
41
59
67
75
100
100
121
137
152
172
191
Maximum
Working
Pressure
[bar]
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Average
Weight
[kg]
0.1
0.2
0.5
0.7
1.0
1.4
1.9
3.9
5.9
10.4
12.0
14.0
Filament-wound equal Tee with integral Quick-Lock (1-16 inch) or
Taper/Taper (18-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Pipe
Size
[mm] [inch]
25
1
40
1½
50
2
80
3
100
4
125
5
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
350
14
400
16
450
18
500
20
600
24
700
28
750
30
800
32
900
36
1000
40
Laying
Length
total run
(LL1)
[mm]
54
60
128
172
210
254
286
356
432
508
534
584
648
712
838
964
1016
1090
1220
1416
Overall
Length
total run
(OL1)
[mm]
108
124
220
264
302
368
400
484
572
660
712
788
876
966
1194
1320
1372
1446
1626
2236
Laying
Length
branch
(LL2)
[mm]
27
30
64
86
105
127
143
178
216
254
267
292
324
356
419
482
508
545
610
708
Overall
Length
branch
(OL2)
[mm]
54
62
110
132
151
184
200
242
286
330
356
394
438
483
597
660
686
723
813
1118
Maximum
Working
Pressure
Average
Weight
[bar]
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
[kg]
0.2
0.4
1.0
1.8
2.5
5.0
6.7
10.0
18.0
29.0
37.0
56.0
69.0
92.0
168.0
285.0
337.0
459.0
581.0
686.0
Reducing Tees
Filament-wound standard and fabricated reducing tees with integral
Quick-Lock (1-16 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Pipe
Size
(runxrunxbranch)
Standard
Fabricated
[mm]
40x40x25
50x50x25
50x50x40
80x80x25
80x80x40
80x80x50
100x100x25
100x100x40
100x100x50
100x100x80
125x125x50
125x125x80
125x125x100
150x150x25
150x150x40
150x50x50
150x150x80
150x150x100
150x150x125
200x200x25
200x200x40
200x200x50
200x200x80
200x200x100
200x200x125
200x200x150
250x250x25
250x250x40
250x250x50
250x250x80
250x250x100
250x250x125
250x250x150
250x250x200
300x300x25
300x300x40
300x300x50
300x300x80
300x300x100
300x300x150
300x300x200
300x300x250
350x350x25
350x350x40
350x350x50
350x350x80
350x350x100
350x350x150
350x350x200
350x350x250
350x350x300
400x400x25
400x400x40
400x400x50
400x400x80
400x400x100
400x400x150
400x400x200
400x400x250
400x400x300
400x400x350
[inch]
1½x1½x1
2x2x1
2x2x1½
3x3x1
3x3x1½
3x3x2
4x4x1
4x4x1½
4x4x2
4x4x3
5x5x2
5x5x3
5x5x4
6x6x1
6x6x1½
6x6x2
6x6x3
6x6x4
6x6x5
8x8x1
8x8x1½
8x8x2
8x8x3
8x8x4
8x8x5
8x8x6
10x10x1
10x10x1½
10x10x2
10x10x3
10x10x4
10x10x5
10x10x6
10x10x8
12x12x1
12x12x1½
12x12x2
12x12x3
12x12x4
12x12x6
12x12x8
12x12x10
14x14x1
14x14x1½
14x14x2
14x14x3
14x14x4
14x14x6
14x14x8
14x14x10
14x14x12
16x16x1
16x16x1½
16x16x2
16x16x3
16x16x4
16x16x6
16x16x8
16x16x10
16x16x12
16x16x14
Laying
Length
(LL1)
Overall
Length
(OL1)
Laying
Length
(LL2)
[mm]
30
64
64
86
86
86
72
89
105
105
127
127
127
83
101
143
143
143
143
84
101
116
178
178
178
178
83
100
115
115
216
216
216
216
84
102
117
117
254
254
254
254
81
99
114
114
114
267
267
267
267
85
103
118
118
118
292
292
292
292
292
[mm]
62
110
110
132
132
132
118
136
151
151
184
184
184
140
158
200
200
200
200
148
165
180
242
242
242
242
153
170
185
185
286
286
286
286
160
178
193
193
330
330
330
330
170
188
203
203
203
356
356
356
356
187
205
220
220
220
394
394
394
394
394
[mm]
30
57
57
76
76
76
194
194
89
98
102
111
118
221
221
114
124
130
136
245
246
246
149
162
168
168
273
273
273
273
184
194
194
203
298
298
298
298
206
219
229
241
314
314
314
314
314
244
254
267
279
338
338
338
338
338
264
273
283
295
292
half run
half run
branch
Overall Maximum Average
Length Working Weight
(OL2) Pressure
branch
[mm]
57
84
89
103
108
122
221
226
135
144
148
157
164
248
253
160
170
176
193
272
278
292
195
208
225
225
300
305
320
320
230
251
251
267
325
330
344
344
252
276
293
311
341
346
361
361
361
301
318
337
355
365
370
384
384
384
321
337
353
371
381
[bar]
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Note: Regular numbers are filament wound tees; Italic numbers are fabricated tees;
Filament-wound standard and fabricated reducing tees with integral.
12
[kg]
0.6
0.9
1.0
1.6
1.6
1.7
7.5
9.0
2.1
2.3
3.4
4.0
4.6
11.7
13.8
5.4
6.0
6.2
6.5
15.0
17.5
19.9
9.1
9.7
10.6
11.4
18.1
21.0
24.0
24.0
14.8
15.2
15.5
16.5
21.2
25.0
29.0
29.0
21.0
22.0
23.0
24.0
24.0
28.0
31.0
31.0
31.0
29.0
30.0
32.0
34.0
29.0
33.0
37.0
37.0
37.0
37.0
38.0
41.0
45.0
49.0
Reducing Tees
Taper/Taper (18-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Pipe
Size
(runxrunxbranch)
[mm]
450x450x25
450x450x40
450x450x50
450x450x80
450x450x100
450x450x150
450x450x200
450x450x250
450x450x300
450x450x350
450x450x400
500x500x25
500x500x40
500x500x50
500x500x80
500x500x100
500x500x150
500x500x250
500x500x300
500x500x350
500x500x400
500x500x450
600x600x25
600x600x40
600x600x50
600x600x80
600x600x100
600x600x150
600x600x200
600x600x250
600x600x300
600x600x350
600x600x400
600x600x450
600x600x500
700x700x25
700x700x40
700x700x50
700x700x80
700x700x100
700x700x150
700x700x350
700x700x400
700x700x450
700x700x500
700x700x600
750x750x25
750x750x40
750x750x50
750x750x80
750x750x100
750x750x150
750x750x300
750x750x350
750x750x400
750x750x450
750x750x500
750x750x600
[inch]
18x18x1
18x18x1½
18x18x2
18x18x3
18x18x4
18x18x6
18x18x8
18x18x10
18x18x12
18x18x14
18x18x16
20x20x1
20x20x1½
20x20x2
20x20x3
20x20x4
20x20x6
20x20x10
20x20x12
20x20x14
20x20x16
20x20x18
24x24x1
24x24x1½
24x24x2
24x24x3
24x24x4
24x24x6
24x24x8
24x24x10
24x24x12
24x24x14
24x24x16
24x24x18
24x24x20
28x28x1
28x28x1½
28x28x2
28x28x3
28x28x4
28x28x6
28x28x14
28x28x16
28x28x18
28x28x20
28x28x24
30x30x1
30x30x1½
30x30x2
30x30x3
30x30x4
30x30x6
30x30x12
30x30x14
30x30x16
30x30x18
30x30x20
30x30x24
Laying
Length
(LL1)
Overall
Length
(OL1)
Laying
Length
(LL2)
[mm]
88
88
88
100
113
138
324
324
324
324
324
88
88
88
100
113
138
356
356
356
356
356
88
88
88
100
113
138
419
419
419
419
419
419
419
88
88
88
100
113
138
482
482
482
482
482
88
88
88
100
113
138
508
508
508
508
508
508
[mm]
202
202
202
214
227
252
438
438
438
438
438
215
215
215
227
240
265
483
483
483
483
483
266
266
266
278
291
316
597
597
597
597
597
597
597
266
266
266
278
291
316
660
660
660
660
660
266
266
266
278
291
316
686
686
686
686
686
686
[mm]
358
358
358
358
358
367
306
319
319
317
319
382
382
382
382
382
391
344
345
343
344
350
430
430
430
430
430
439
412
386
408
394
395
413
406
491
491
491
491
491
500
490
500
500
506
506
516
516
516
516
516
525
756
722
698
488
495
481
half run
half run
branch
Overall Maximum Average
Length Working Weight
(OL2) Pressure
branch
[mm]
385
390
404
404
404
424
370
389
395
406
421
409
414
428
428
428
448
414
421
432
446
464
457
462
476
476
476
496
476
456
484
483
497
527
533
518
523
537
537
537
557
579
602
614
633
684
543
548
562
562
562
582
832
811
800
602
622
659
[bar]
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
14
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Note: Regular numbers are filament wound tees; Italic numbers are fabricated tees.
13
[kg]
31.0
31.0
22.0
35.0
38.0
45.0
53.0
60.0
67.0
66.0
69.0
35.0
35.0
36.0
39.0
43.0
50.0
77.0
82.0
85.0
85.0
89.0
51.0
51.0
52.0
56.0
61.0
69.0
78.0
85.0
85.0
101.0
123.3
137.0
156.0
59.0
59.0
59.0
64.0
70.0
80.0
147.0
166.0
189.0
210.0
252.0
63.0
63.0
63.0
69.0
74.0
85.0
118.0
157.0
178.0
202.0
225.0
270.0
Reducing Tees (C’tnd)
Filament-wound standard and fabricated reducing tees with integral
Taper/Taper (18-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal
Pipe
Size
(runxrunxbranch)
Standard
Fabricated
[mm]
[inch]
800x800x25
32x32x1
800x800x40 32x32x1½
800x800x50
32x32x2
800x800x80
32x32x3
800x800x100 32x32x4
800x800x150 32x32x6
800x800x500 32x32x20
800x800x600 32x32x24
800x800x700 32x32x28
800x800x750 32x32x30
900x900x25
36x36x1
900x900x40 36x36x1½
900x900x50
36x36x2
900x900x80
36x36x3
900x900x100 36x36x4
900x900x150 36x36x6
900x900x400 36x36x16
900x900x450 36x36x18
900x900x500 36x36x20
900x900x600 36x36x24
900x900x700 36x36x28
900x900x750 36x36x30
1000x1000x400 40x40x1
1000x1000x45040x40x1½
1000x1000x500 40x40x2
1000x1000x600 40x40x3
1000x1000x60040x40x24
1000x1000x70040x40x28
1000x1000x75040x40x30
1000x1000x80040x40x32
1000x1000x90040x40x36
Laying
Length
(LL1)
Overall
Length
(OL1)
Laying
Length
(LL2)
[mm]
88
88
88
100
113
138
545
545
545
545
88
88
88
100
113
138
610
610
610
610
610
610
120
120
120
132
708
708
708
708
708
[mm]
266
266
266
278
291
316
723
723
723
723
291
291
291
303
316
341
813
813
813
813
813
813
530
530
530
542
1118
1118
1118
1118
1118
[mm]
541
541
541
541
541
550
523
523
532
534
591
591
591
591
591
600
563
563
563
541
570
584
641
641
641
641
593
632
633
652
652
half run
half run
branch
Overall Maximum Average
Length Working Weight
(OL2) Pressure
branch
[mm]
568
573
587
587
587
607
650
701
710
712
618
623
637
637
637
657
665
677
690
719
748
762
668
673
687
687
771
810
811
830
855
[bar]
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Note: Regular numbers are filament wound tees; Italic numbers are fabricated tees.
14
[kg]
66.0
67.0
67.0
73.0
79.0
90..0
257.0
310.0
348.0
387.0
78.0
78.0
78.0
85.0
92.0
105.0
270.0
290.0
323.0
387.0
459.0
484.0
92.0
92.0
92.0
100.0
457.0
541.0
571.0
605.0
634.0
Fabricated Reducing Tees
with Flanged Branch
Fabricated Reducing tees with integral Quick-Lock (1-16 inch) socket ends and
flanged branch.
Nominal
Pipe
Size
(runxrunxbranch)
[mm]
100x100x25
100x100x40
150x150x25
150x150x40
200x200x25
200x200x40
200x200x50
250x250x25
250x250x40
250x250x50
250x250x80
300x300x25
300x300x40
300x300x50
300x300x80
350x350x25
350x350x40
350x350x50
350x350x80
350x350x100
400x400x25
400x400x40
400x400x50
400x400x80
400x400x100
[inch]
4x4x1
4x4x1½
6x6x1
6x6x1½
8x8x1
8x8x1½
8x8x2
10x10x1
10x10x1½
10x10x2
10x10x3
12x12x1
12x12x1½
12x12x2
12x12x3
14x14x1
14x14x1½
14x14x2
14x14x3
14x14x4
16x16x1
16x16x1½
16x16x2
16x16x3
16x16x4
Laying
Length
(LL1)
Overall
Length
(OL1)
Laying
Length
(LL2)
[mm]
72
89
83
101
84
101
116
83
100
115
115
84
102
117
117
81
99
114
114
114
85
103
118
118
118
[mm]
118
135
140
158
148
165
180
153
170
185
185
160
178
193
193
170
188
203
203
203
187
205
220
220
220
[mm]
225
230
252
257
276
281
295
303
308
322
323
329
334
348
349
344
349
363
369
364
369
374
388
389
389
half run
half run
branch
Note: Other sizes, or multiple size branched tees available on request.
Please contact NOV Fiber Glass Systems.
15
Maximum
Average
Working
Weight
Pressure with flange
[bar]
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
CL150
[kg]
8.0
9.7
12.2
14.5
15.5
18.2
21.4
18.6
22.0
25.6
26.3
22.3
26.1
30.2
30.9
24.3
28.4
32.7
33.4
34.2
29.1
33.8
38.5
39.2
39.9
Fabricated Reducing Tees
with Flanged Branch
Fabricated Reducing tees with integral Taper/Taper (18-40 inch) socket ends and
flanged branch.
Nominal
Laying
PipeLength
Size(LL1)
Overall
Length
(OL1)
Laying
Length
(LL2)
(runxrunxbranch)
half run
branch
[mm]
[inch]
450x450x25
18x18x1
450x450x40 18x18x1½
450x450x50
18x18x2
450x450x80
18x18x3
450x450x100 18x18x4
450x450x150 18x18x6
500x500x25
20x20x1
500x500x40 20x20x1½
500x500x50
20x20x2
500x500x80
20x20x3
500x500x100 20x20x4
500x500x150 20x20x6
600x600x25
24x24x1
600x600x40 24x24x1½
600x600x50
24x24x2
600x600x80
24x24x3
600x600x100 24x24x4
600x600x150 24x24x6
700x700x25
28x28x1
700x700x40 28x28x1½
700x700x50
28x28x2
700x700x80
28x28x3
700x700x100 28x28x4
700x700x150 28x28x6
750x750x25
30x30x1
750x750x40 30x30x1½
750x750x50
30x30x2
750x750x80
30x30x3
750x750x100 30x30x4
750x750x150 30x30x6
800x800x25
32x32x1
800x800x40 32x32x1½
800x800x50
32x32x2
800x800x80
32x32x3
800x800x100 32x32x4
800x800x150 32x32x6
900x900x25
36x36x1
900x900x40 36x36x1½
900x900x50
36x36x2
900x900x80
36x36x3
900x900x100 36x36x4
900x900x150 36x36x6
1000x1000x25 40x40x1
1000x1000x4040x40x1½
1000x1000x50 40x40x2
1000x1000x80 40x40x3
half run
[mm]
88
88
88
100
113
138
88
88
88
100
113
138
88
88
88
100
113
138
88
88
88
100
113
138
88
88
88
100
113
138
88
88
88
100
113
138
88
88
88
100
113
138
120
120
120
132
[mm]
202
202
202
214
227
252
215
215
215
227
240
265
266
266
266
278
291
316
266
266
266
278
291
316
266
266
266
278
291
316
266
266
266
278
291
316
291
291
291
303
316
341
530
530
530
542
[mm]
388
394
408
409
409
430
412
418
432
433
433
454
460
467
480
481
481
502
521
527
541
542
542
563
546
552
566
567
567
588
571
576
590
590
590
610
621
627
641
642
642
663
672
677
691
692
Note: Other sizes, or multiple size branched tees available on request.
Please contact NOV Fiber Glass Systems.
16
Maximum
Average
Working
Weight
Pressure with flange
[bar]
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
CL150
[kg]
31.7
32.0
33.0
37.0
41.2
49.9
35.8
36.0
37.0
41.4
45.9
54.8
51.9
52.0
53.0
58.2
63.4
73.7
59.3
59.3
60.5
66.5
72.6
84.5
63.2
63.4
64.4
70.8
77.1
89.8
66.9
67.2
68.1
74.9
81.6
94.9
78.3
78.6
79.6
87.0
94.4
109.2
92.3
92.6
93.7
103.0
Bushing Saddles
Filament-wound pipe saddles with stainless steel, 1/2 inch and 3/4 inch
threaded bushings.*
Nominal
Angle
Saddle
Saddle Maximum Average
Required
Pipe
Length
Thickn. Working
Weight
Adhesive
Size α
(B)
(ts) Pressure
Kits
[mm][inch] [degree]
[mm]
[mm]
[bar]
[kg]
[3 Oz] [6 Oz]
50
2
180
100
14
16
0.5
1
80
3
180
100
14
16
0.6
1
100
4
180
100
14
16
0.8
1
125
5
180
100
14
16
0.9
1
150
6
180
100
14
16
1.0
1
200
8
180
100
14
16
1.2
1
250
10
180
100
14
16
1.6
1
1
300
12
180
100
14
12
1.9
1
1
350
14
180
100
14
12
2.1
1
1
400
16
180
100
14
12
2.5
2
450
18
90
100
14
12
3.3
1
500
20
90
100
14
12
3.7
1
1
600
24
90
100
14
12
4.4
2
* Consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems for other type material, or other sized bushings.
45° Laterals
Filament-wound 45° laterals with integral Quick-Lock socking ends.
Nominal Laying
PipeLength
Size (LL1)
[mm] [inch]
[mm]
50
2
64
80
3
76
100
4
76
125
5
89
150
6
89
200
8
114
250
10
127
300
12
140
350
14
140
400
16
140
17
Overall
Length
(OL1)
[mm]
110
122
122
146
146
178
197
216
229
242
Laying
Length
(LL2)
[mm]
203
254
305
337
368
445
521
622
622
622
Overall
Length
(OL2)
[mm]
249
300
351
394
425
509
591
698
711
724
Maximum
Working
Pressure
[bar]
16
16
16
16
16
16
12
12
12
12
Average
Weight
[kg]
1.6
3.0
3.9
5.8
6.8
12.0
21.0
30.0
39.0
54.0
Concentric Reducers
Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper
18
Filament-wound concentric reducers with integral Quick-Lock (1-16 inch) or
Taper/Taper (18-40 inch) socket ends.
Nominal Laying
Pipe SizeLength
(runxrun)
(LL)
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
40x25
1½x1
32
50x25
2x1
64
50x40
2x1½
32
80x40
3x1½
76
80x50
3x2
54
100x50
4x2
76
100x80
4x3
73
125x80
5x3
74
125x100
5x4
74
150x80
6x3
97
150x100
6x4
94
150x125
6x5
110
200x100
8x4
138
200x125
8x5
126
200x150
8x6
98
250x150
10x6
117
250x200
10x8
105
300x200
12x8
149
300x250
12x10
137
350x250
14x10
184
350x300
14x12
178
400x300
16x12
165
400x350
16x14
152
450x400
18x16
103
500x400
20x16
225
500x450
20x18
123
600x400
24x16
453
600x450
24x18
353
600x500
24x20
230
700x400
28x16
765
700x450
28x18
661
700x500
28x20
542
700x600
28x24
311
750x400
30x16
876
750x450
30x18
775
750x500
30x20
653
750x600
30x24
422
750x700
30x28
111
800x400
32x16
1023
800x450
32x18
920
800x500
32x20
798
800x600
32x24
570
800x700
32x28
259
800x750
32x30
148
900x500
36x20
1029
900x600
36x24
799
900x700
36x28
487
900x750
36x30
375
1000x900
40x36
285
Overall
Length
(OL)
[mm]
91
137
110
154
146
168
165
177
177
200
197
224
248
247
219
244
239
289
283
343
343
343
343
319
454
364
733
645
535
1045
953
847
667
1156
1067
958
778
467
1303
1212
1103
926
615
504
1359
1180
868
756
898
Maximum
Working
Pressure
[bar]
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Average
Weight
[kg]
0.2
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.5
1.1
0.9
1.4
1.5
1.8
1.8
1.8
2.9
2.8
2.7
3.7
3.6
5.0
4.6
7.2
7.3
8.9
9.0
12.7
22.6
18.9
48.4
44.3
38.5
79.0
74.0
69.0
67.3
111.6
106.6
99.6
87.2
57.2
139.4
125.4
108.8
94.3
81.8
70.9
210.0
176.1
140.2
125.9
182.0
Eccentric Reducers
Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper
19
Filament-wound Eccentric Reducers with integral Quick-Lock (1-16 inch) or
Taper/Taper (18-40 inch) socket ends.
Nominal
Laying
Overall Eccentricity
Maximum
Pipe SizeLength
Length
Working
(runxrun) (LL)
(OL)
(X)
Pressure
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[bar]
40x25
1½x1
56
115
7
16
50x25
2x1
100
173
13
16
50x40
2x1½
44
122
6
16
80x40
3x1½
150
228
20
16
80x50
3x2
108
200
14
16
100x50
4x2
200
292
27
16
100x80
4x3
93
185
12
16
125x100
5x4
101
204
14
16
150x80
6x3
293
396
39
16
150x100
6x4
200
303
27
16
150x125
6x5
100
214
13
16
200x100
8x4
390
500
52
16
200x150
8x6
190
311
25
16
250x150
10x6
392
519
53
16
250x200
10x8
202
336
27
16
300x200
12x8
390
530
53
16
300x250
12x10
190
336
26
16
350x250
14x10
308
467
42
16
350x300
14x12
118
283
16
16
400x300
16x12
306
484
41
16
400x350
16x14
188
379
25
16
450x300
18x12
450
640
63
16
450x350
18x14
322
525
43
16
450x400
18x16
197
413
18
16
500x400
20x16
324
553
39
16
500x450
20x18
197
438
22
16
600x400
24x16
580
860
93
16
600x450
24x18
450
742
73
16
600x500
24x20
325
630
48
16
750x400
30x24
451
807
86
16
900x400
36x24
832
1213
161
16
Average
Weight
[kg]
0.2
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.5
1.1
0.9
1.5
1.8
1.8
1.8
2.9
2.7
3.7
3.6
5.0
4.6
7.2
7.3
8.9
9.0
15.6
14.2
12.7
23.0
18.9
48.0
44.0
39.0
87.0
176.0
Heavy-Duty Flanges
Filament-wound Heavy-Duty flanges with integral Quick-Lock (1-40 inch) socket end.
Nominal
Laying
Overall Maximum
Average weight DIN 2632 DIN 2633
PipeLength
Length Working
ANSI
ANSI
Size
(LL)
(OL) Pressure
B16.5
B16.5
CL.150
CL.300
PN10
PN16
[mm] [inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[bar]
[kg]
[kg]
[kg]
[kg]
25
1
3
29
16
0.5
0.6
0.5
0.5
40
1½
3
35
16
1.1
1.1
1.0
1.0
50
2
4
51
16
1.3
1.7
1.8
1.8
80
3
5
51
16
1.8
2.6
2.4
2.4
100
4
5
51
16
2.8
3.8
2.7
2.7
125
5
5
62
16
3.8
5.4
4.0
4.0
150
6
6
63
16
4.5
6.7
4.9
4.9
200
8
6
70
16
5.0
9.9
7.1
6.9
250
10
6
76
16
9.5
13.2
9.1
9.8
300
12
5
81
16
14.5
19.2
11.2
12.7
350
14
8
97
16
20.5
29.8
18.6
20.5
400
16
8
110
16
27.0
40.0
25.0
27.4
450
18
10
114
16
32.0
500
20
10
121
16
40.0
600
24
11
138
16
58.0
700
28
14
165
16
73.0
750
30
14
178
16
88.0
800
32
14
192
16
112.0
900
36
14
178
16
116.0
1000
40
15
245
16
162.0
Note: Other drillings may be possible. Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems.
1)
2)
3)
Hub Flanges
Full-face elastomeric gaskets may be used suitable for the service pressure, service
temperature and fluid. Shore A durometer hardness of 60 +5 is recommended (3 mm thick).
Compressed fibre gaskets (3 mm thick), compatible with pressure, temperature and medium
may also be used.
Mechanical properties should be in accordance with DIN 3754 (IT 400) or equal.
For maximum bolt torque refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature.
A torque-wrench must be used, since excessive torque may result in flange damage.
Size 18-40 inch can be bonded directly to a fitting by using a Quick-Lock to Taper/Taper
transition nipple. For bonding to pipe, a Quick Lock (straight) spigot has to be shaved on
the pipe.
Filament-wound Hubbed flanges with integral Quick-Lock (1-36 inch) socket end.
Nominal Laying Overall
Flange
Maximum
Average weight DIN 2632
DIN 2633
PipeLength Length Thickness Working
ANSI
ANSI
Size
Pressure
B16.5
B16.5
(LL)
(OL)
(E)
CL.150
CL.300
PN10
PN16
[mm] [inch] [mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[bar]
[kg]
[kg]
[kg]
[kg]
50
2
4
51
30
12
0.9
1.1
1.0
1.0
80
3
5
51
30
12
1.5
1.8
1.6
1.1
100
4
5
51
33
12
2.2
2.9
2.1
2.1
125
5
5
62
47
12
3.7
4.9
3.6
3.6
150
6
6
63
47
12
3.7
5.4
3.9
3.9
200
8
6
70
54
12
6.2
8.4
6.0
6.0
250
10
6
76
54
12
8.4
11.1
7.6
8.2
300
12
5
81
56
12
12.3
15.3
9.0
10.2
350
14
8
97
72
12
17.3
22.6
14.1
15.5
400
16
8
110
85
12
26.0
32.9
20.6
22.6
450
18
10
114
89
12
30.0
500
20
10
121
96
12
35.0
600
24
11
138
113
12
48.0
700
28
14
165
114
12
67.0
750
30
14
178
121
12
77.0
800
32
14
192
124
12
85.0
900
36
14
178
140
12
93.0
-
20
Stub-end Flanges
Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper
Filament-wound O-ring sealed stub-end flanges with integral Quick-Lock (1-16 inch) or
Taper/Taper (18-40 inch) socket ends with loose steelrings.
Nominal
Laying
Overall
Face
Ring Maximum Average
Pipe
Length
Length
Diameter
to Face
Working
Weight
Size
(LL)
(OL)
(RF)
(H)
Pressure Stub-end
[mm] [inch]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[bar]
[kg]
25
1
10
37
51
10
16
0.1
40
1½
10
42
73
10
16
0.2
50
2
10
56
92
10
16
0.2
80
3
10
56
127
10
16
0.4
100
4
10
56
157
16
16
0.6
125
5
10
67
186
16
16
1.0
150
6
10
67
216
16
16
1.2
200
8
10
74
270
16
16
1.8
250
10
10
80
324
23
16
2.5
300
12
10
86
378
23
16
3.3
350
14
10
98
413
27
16
3.8
400
16
10
112
470
27
16
5.7
450
18
20
134
532
35
16
11.1
500
20
20
147
580
39
16
13.2
600
24
20
198
674
47
16
17.2
700
28
20
198
800
51
16
21.0
750
30
20
198
850
46
16
24.4
800
32
20
198
900
48
16
21.8
900
36
20
223
1000
53
16
30.8
1000
40
20
430
1100
58
16
470
Note: Up to 12 bar flat faced stub-ends suitable for elastomeric gaskets can be used.
From 12 bar and above O-ring sealed stub-ends should be used.
Make sure that when using O-ring sealed stub-end, its counter flange is compatible, e.g. use a flat
faced stub-end (without O-ring groove) or another flat surface flange as counter flange.
Steel Ring Flange for
Stub-end
Nominal
ANSI Average
ANSI Average DIN 2632 Average DIN 2633 Average
Pipe B16.5 Weight
B16.5 WeightWeightWeight
Size
CLASS.150
CLASS.300 PN 10 PN 16
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
[mm] [inch] [mm]
[kg]
[mm]
[kg]
[mm]
[kg]
[mm]
[kg]
25
1
14.3
0.8
17.5
1.3
16
1.0
16
1.0
40
1½
17.5
1.2
20.6
2.3
16
1.7
16
1.7
50
2
19.0
1.8
22.2
2.5
18
2.2
18
2.2
80
3
23.8
3.2
28.6
4.8
20
3.0
20
3.0
100
4
23.8
4.2
31.7
7.0
20
3.1
20
3.1
125
5
23.8
4.4
34.9
9.5
22
3.6
23
3.8
150
6
25.5
5.2
36.5
12.2
22
4.9
23
5.1
200
8
28.8
8.5
41.3
18.3
25
7.1
27
7.3
250
10
35.6
13.5
47.6
26.0
28
9.3
32
11.8
300
12
40.0
23.0
50.8
38.7
29
10.7
35
15.4
350
14
41.6
32.0
54.0
56.3
36
21.3
40
26.3
400
16
47.9
42.0
58.2
70.1
40
26.6
44
33.0
450
18
50.2
39.7
63.6
86.5
42
27.2
50
40.9
500
20
52.0
50.6
66.5
104.1
45
34.7
54
59.8
600
24
63.7
86.1
78.4
182.9
52
55.3
63
72.2
700
28
69.0
100.5
95.6
213.4
57
78.8
59 101.9
750
30
71.6
117.0
99.9
229.3
800
32
76.9
153.5
106.2
289.0
62
95.3
66 105.7
900
36
85.4
197.2
117.7
424.1
66
111.8
71 125.1
1000 40
93.7
102.8
74
82
Note: Other materials and/or drillings are available.
Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems.
21
Blind Flanges
Filament-wound blind flanges.
Nominal
Flange
Pipe Thickness
Size
(D)
[mm] [inch]
[mm]
25
1
25
40
1½
25
50
2
30
80
3
30
100
4
35
125
5
35
150
6
40
200
8
45
250
10
50
300
12
60
350
14
65
400
16
70
450
18
70
500
20
70
600
24
85
700
28
85
750
30
90
800
32
95
900
36
100
Maximum
Average weight
Working ANSI B16.5 ANSI B16.5
Pressure CLASS 150 CLASS 300
[bar]
[kg]
[kg]
16
0.4
0.5
16
0.5
0.9
16
0.7
1.2
16
1.1
1.9
16
1.7
3.6
16
2.6
3.8
16
2.9
5.7
16
5.2
9.2
16
7.2
13.8
16
11.4
23.0
16
16.4
31.0
16
23.0
41.0
16
43.0
52.0
16
52.0
63.0
16
85.0
106.0
16
110.0
136.0
16
132.0
160.0
16
145.0
184.0
16
206.0
239.0
Average weight
DIN 2632 DIN 2633
PN 10
PN 16
[kg]
[kg]
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.8
1.1
1.2
1.6
1.7
2.6
2.7
3.0
3.1
4.4
4.6
7.1
7.3
10.6
11.5
16.3
17.8
23.0
25.0
31.0
33.0
40.0
43.0
48.0
54.0
79.0
91.0
104.0
106.0
129.0
116.0
155.0
125.0
191.0
192.0
Note: Other drillings are available. Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems.
Couplings
Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper
22
Filament-wound couplings with integral Quick-Lock (1-16 inch) or
Taper/Taper (18-40 inch) socket ends.
Nominal
Pipe
Size
[mm]
[inch]
25
1
40
1½
50
2
80
3
100
4
125
5
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
350
14
400
16
450
18
500
20
600
24
700
28
750
30
800
32
900
36
1000
40
Laying
Length
(LL)
[mm]
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
19
19
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
Overall
Length
(OL)
[mm]
64
74
102
102
102
124
124
138
150
162
197
223
298
324
426
426
426
426
476
890
Outside
Diameter
(OD)
[mm]
42
58
72
100
129
153
183
235
289
340
372
422
460
514
619
742
795
848
950
1057
Maximum
Working
Pressure
[bar]
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Average
Weight
[kg]
0.1
0.1
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.9
1.1
1.7
2.3
2.8
4.6
7.2
10.7
13.0
18.8
23.5
24.5
27.0
34.5
40.7
Nipples
Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper
Filament-wound nipples with integral Quick-Lock (1-16 inch) or
Taper/Taper (18-40 inch) male ends.
Nominal
Pipe
Size
[mm]
[inch]
25
1
40
1½
50
2
80
3
100
4
125
5
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
350
14
400
16
450
18
500
20
600
24
700
28
750
30
800
32
900
36
1000
40
Laying
Gap*
Length
(LL)
[mm]
[mm]
57
3
67
3
95
3
95
3
95
3
117
3
118
3
130
3
143
3
156
3
184
3
210
3
278
50
304
50
406
50
406
50
406
50
406
50
456
50
870
50
Maximum
Working
Pressure
[bar]
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Average
Weight
[kg]
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.9
1.1
3.1
4.4
5.9
7.8
12.0
21.0
22.0
24.0
36.0
51.0
* Remaining gap after bonding.
Transition Nipples
Filament-wound transition nippels with integral Taper/Taper (18-40 inch) male ends.
Nominal
Pipe
Size
[mm]
[inch]
450
18
500
20
600
24
700
28
750
30
800
32
900
36
1000
40
* Remaining gap after bonding.
23
Laying
Gap*
Length
(LL)
[mm]
[mm]
238
19
263
25
338
33
374
44
386
44
400
44
410
43
685
45
Maximum
Working
Pressure
[bar]
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Average
Weight
[kg]
6
7
9
15
22
30
40
45
Support Saddles
α
α
Filament-wound pipe saddles for wear, support and anchor.
NominalSaddle
Pipe
Angle
Sizeα
[mm] [inch] [degree]
25
1
180
40
1½
180
50
2
180
80
3
180
100
4
180
125
5
180
150
6
180
200
8
180
250
10
180
300
12
180
350
14
180
400
16
180
450
18
180
500
20
180
600
24
180
700
28
180
750
30
180
800
32
180
900
36
180
1000
40
180
Saddle
Saddle
Thickn.
Weight
tsB=100mm
[mm]
[kg]
14
0.2
14
0.3
14
0.4
14
0.5
14
0.7
14
0.8
14
0.9
14
1.1
14
1.5
14
1.8
14
2.0
14
2.4
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
-
Required Saddle
Required
Adhesive
Weight
Adhesive
Kits B=150mm
Kits
[3 and 6Oz]
[kg] [3 and 6 Oz]
1
0.3
1
1
0.5
1
1
0.6
1
1
0.8
1
1
1.1
1
1
1.2
1
1
1.4
1
1
1
1.7
1
1
1
1
2.3
2
1
1
2.7
1
2
1
1
3.0
1
2
2
3.6
3
3.2
2
3.6
2
4.3
2
5.1
3
5.5
3
5.8
3
6.5
4
8.2
4
Notes:
1) Filament-wound support saddles are intended for protection of pipe at supports and clamps,
as well as for anchoring purposes. Support and anchor saddles are standard 180°.
Saddles are supplied in standard lengths of 100 mm and 150 mm.
2) For special saddle -lengths, -thickness and/or angles consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems.
3)Wear saddles are standard 90°. Weights of 90° degree saddles are 50% of value shown.
Grounding Saddles
Filament-wound pipe saddles for grounding in conductive piping systems.
Nominal
Saddle
Required
Pipe
Angle
Size α
[mm] [inch]
[degree]
25
1
90
40
1½
90
50
2
90
80
3
90
100
4
90
125
5
90
150
6
90
200
8
45
250
10
45
300
12
45
350
14
45
400
16
45
450
18
221/2
500
20
221/2
600
24
221/2
700
28
221/2
750
30
221/2
800
32
221/2
900
36
221/2
1000
40
221/2
Saddle
Saddle
Average
Length
B
[mm]
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
Thickness
ts
[mm]
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Saddle
Weight
[kg]
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.5
Notes:
1) Bondstrand conductive adhesive should be used for mounting.
24
Adhesive
Kits
[3Oz]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
Bell Mouths
Filament-wound bell mouths with adhesive-bonded HD-flange.
Nominal
Overall
Length of
Pipe
Length
Bell Mouth
Size(OL)
(H1)
[mm] [inch]
[mm]
50
2
269
115
80
3
274
120
100
4
289
135
125
5
323
158
150
6
324
158
200
8
533
340
250
10
594
395
300
12
569
365
350
14
605
375
400
16
588
345
450
18
627
360
500
20
724
450
600
24
831
540
Internal
Diameter
(D1)
[mm]
110
220
275
400
450
750
850
850
850
850
900
1100
1300
* Weights provided are for bell mouth with CL150 flange.
25
Internal
Diameter
(D2)
[mm]
110
220
275
400
450
418
518
510
510
510
548
548
648
Average
Weight*
[kg]
3.1
5.0
8.4
12.7
14.7
26.0
39.0
51.0
60.0
67.0
90.0
119.0
171.0
Assembly of double
O-ring expansion joint
Expansion Coupling
Filament-wound Key-Lock expansion coupling with integral double O-ring Key-Lock
female end one side and double O-ring female end on other side.
Nominal
Pipe Size
[mm]
[inch]
50
2
80
3
100
4
125
5
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
350
14
400
16
450
18
500
20
600
24
700
28
Laying
Length
(LL)
[mm]
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
Overall
O-ring
Key
Length
Size
Size
(OL)
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
222
7 x 59.7
6 x 305
222
7 x 88.3
6 x 400
222
7 x 113.7
6 x 483
264
9 x 135
8 x 580
270
10 x 161.3
8 x 660
337
10 x 225.5
10 x 840
356
12.5 x 302
12 x 1270
410
12.5 x 342.3
15 x 1270
430
12.5 x 342.3
15 x 1360
450
12.5 x 393.1
18 x 1585
416
15.0 x 445.0
15x1750
433
15.0 x 490.0
15x1930
479
18.0 x 580.0
18x2240
560
20.0 x 685.0
20x2700
Key-Lock Adapter for
Expansion Coupling
Filament-wound double O-ring male Key-Lock adapter with integral Quick-Lock
(2-16 inch) or Taper/Taper (18-40 inch) socket end.
Quick-Lock
Nominal
Pipe
Size
[mm]
[inch]
50
2
80
3
100
4
125
5
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
350
14
400
16
450
18
500
20
600
24
700
28
750
30
800
32
900
36
1000
40
Taper/Taper
26
Laying
Length
(LL)
[mm]
85
85
85
102
105
138
148
175
185
195
193
201
224
265
272
307
362
355
Overal
Pressure
Length
(OL)
[mm]
[bar]
131
16
131
16
131
16
159
16
162
16
202
16
218
16
251
16
274
16
297
16
307
16
328
16
402
16
443
16
450
16
485
16
465
16
765
16
Average
Weight
[kg]
1.3
1.7
3.5
4.6
6.6
15.4
19.9
21.0
25.0
32.0
27.0
32.0
52.0
99
Weight
[kg]
0.4
0.6
0.9
1.6
1.8
5.1
11.8
14.6
10.7
15.9
19.5
23.5
25.0
29.0
34.0
42.0
50.0
64.0
Double O-ring Adapter
for Expansion Coupling
Filament-wound double O-ring male adapter with integral Quick-Lock (1-16 inch) or
Taper/Taper (18-40 inch) socket end.
Quick-Lock
Nominal
Pipe
Size
[mm]
[inch]
50
2
80
3
100
4
125
5
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
350
14
400
16
450
18
500
20
600
24
700
28
750
30
800
32
900
36
1000
40
Taper/Taper
Adhesive
Laying
Length
(LL)
[mm]
85
85
85
102
105
138
148
175
185
195
193
201
224
265
272
307
362
355
Overall
Length
(OL)
[mm]
131
131
131
159
162
202
218
251
274
297
307
328
402
443
450
485
465
765
Average
Weight
Nominal
Pipe
Size
[mm]
[inch]
[cm3]
25
1
88.7
40
1½
88.7
50
2
88.7
80
3
88.7
100
4
88.7
125
5
88.7
150
6
88.7
200
8
88.7
250
10
177.4
300
12
177.4
350
14
177.4
400
16
177.4
450
18
177.4
500
20
177.4
600
24
177.4
700
28
177.4
750
30
177.4
800
32
177.4
900
36
177.4
1000
40
177.4
Required
Adhesive Kit
Size
[Oz]
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Minimum number
of Adhesive Kits
required per joint
nr.
1/5
1/5
1/4
1/3
1/2
1
1
1
1
1½
2
2
2
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
[kg]
0.4
0.7
0.9
1.6
1.8
5.1
11.8
14.6
10.7
15.9
19.5
23.5
25.0
29.0
34.0
42.0
50.0
64.0
Number of Adhesive Kits per joint.
Notes:
1) Adhesive Kits should never be split. If remainder is not used for other joints made at the same
time, the surplus must be discarded.
2) Required adhesive for saddles is shown in the dimension table of the respective saddles.
3) For type of adhesive to be used, please refer to the Bondstrand® Corrosion Guide.
27
Engineering design &
installation
Consult de following literature for recommendations pertaining design, installation and
use of Bondstrand pipe, fittings and flanges:
Assembly Instructions for Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints
Assembly Instructions for Taper/Taper adhesive-bonded joints
Assembly Instructions for Bondstrand fiberglass flanges
Bondstrand Corrosion Guide for fiberglass pipe and tubing
Bondstrand Pipe Shaver Overview
Bondstrand Marine Design Manual
FP 170
FP 1043
FP 196
FP 132
FP 599
FP 707
Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems for the latest version of the above mentioned
literature.
Specials
Field testing
Surge pressure
Conversions
Note: Elbows with non-standard angles, non-standard drilled flanges, multi branch tees
and special spools are available on request, please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems.
Pipe system is designed for hydrostatic testing with water at 150% of rated pressure.
Maximum allowable surge pressure is max. 150% of rated pressure.
1 psi
= 6895 Pa
1 bar
= 105Pa
1 MPa
= 1 N/mm2
1 inch 1 Btu.in/ft2h°F °C
= 0.07031 kg/cm2
= 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2
= 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2
= 25.4 mm
= 0.1442 W/mK
= 5/9 (°F-32)
National Oilwell Varco has produced this brochure for general information only, and it
is not intended for design purposes. Although every effort has been made to maintain
the accuracy and reliability of its contents, National Oilwell Varco in no way assumes
responsibility for liability for any loss, damage or injury resulting from the use of information
and data herein nor is any warranty expressed or implied. Always cross-reference the
bulletin date with the most current version listed at the website noted in this literature.
North America
2425 SW 36th Street
San Antonio, TX 78237 USA
Phone: +1 210 434 5043
South America
Avenida Fernando Simoes
Recife, Brazil 51020-390
Phone: +55 31 3326 6900
Europe
P.O. Box 6, 4190 CA
Geldermalsen, The Netherlands
Phone: +31 345 587 587
Asia Pacific
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong, Singapore 639407
Phone: +65 6861 6118
Middle East
P.O. Box 17324
Dubai, UAE
Phone: +971 4881 3566
www.fgspipe.com • fgspipe@nov.com
28
© 2012, NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
® Trademark of NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
FP 918 A 02/12
Assembly instructions for Conical-Cylindrical (Quick-Lock®)
adhesive-bonded joints
1. Introduction
This document describes the method to assemble Conical-Cylindrical (Quick-Lock) adhesive bonded joints.
To ensure that the performance of the installed joint complies with the requirements used for the design, it is essential that
all personnel involved in the bonding procedure is familiar with and fully understands the techniques described in this
document.
The instructions in this document are as complete as possible. However, it is not possible to describe all circumstances
that might be encountered in the field. Therefore, our experienced supervisors may deviate from the described method in
order to achieve an optimum solution using the latest bonding techniques and processing methods.
Besides, our supervisors may be consulted for clarification of statements made in this document and for advice about
specific problems encountered in the field.
Annex A shows schemes of the complete assembly process; Annex A1 shows the spigot dimensioning process and Annex
A2 shows the adhesive bonding process.
Definition of words used in these instructions:
The word “shall” indicates a requirement
The word “should” indicates a recommendation.
2. References
These instructions are completed with the following referenced documents:
DocumentationReference number
Operating instructions M74 Pipe Shaver FP 696
Operating instructions for Bondstrand Heating Blankets
FP 730
RP60B epoxy adhesive for bonding GRE pipe & fittings
FP 458
Operating instructions for B-1 Tool pipe shaver
FP 810
3. Quality
It is advised that the bonder possesses a valid Jointer/Bonder Qualification Certificate, issued by the pipe manufacturer or
a Qualified Certifier.
After preparation of spigot- and bell end, the actual bonding and finishing of the adhesive joint shall be performed
continuously and without any interruption or delay.
4. Inspection
All pipes, fittings or components used in the pipeline/piping system shall be inspected for damages, prior to the actual
bonding activity. Rejected items shall be separated and quarantined from undamaged materials to avoid unintentional use.
Adhesive kits shall be inspected prior to use. Do not use adhesive kits or containers showing evidence of damage or
leakage.
The adhesive shall be used before the expiry date, which is shown on the adhesive kit.
Make sure that storage of adhesive kits complies with the storage requirements.
Ensure all necessary tools and materials are available. Take notice of the safety precautions stated in this document and
those in the referenced instructions.
2
Table of contents
1.
General
1
2.
References
1
3.
Quality
1
4.
Inspection
1
5.
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
Requirements for bonding surface and ambient conditions
Cleaning of a plain pipe end or an unprepared bell end
Unprepared and prepared surface
Ambient conditions and conditioning of bonding surfaces
Cleaning of a machined spigot end or a sanded bell end
Sanding of spigot and bell end
4
4
4
4
5
5
6.
6.1
6.2
Dimensioning of Conical-Cylindrical spigot end
Cutting of pipe
Shaving of pipe end
7.
7.1
7.2
7.3
Preparing for bonding
Sanding and conditioning of both bonding surfaces
Dry fit and marking
Installation of pulling equipment
8.
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
Bonding
Preparation of adhesive
Application of adhesive
Assembly of the spigot in the bell
Curing of the adhesive
10
10
10
11
12
9.
9.1
9.2
9.3
Materials, tools and consumables
Materials
Tools
Consumables
13
13
13
13
10.
Health and safety
14
6
6
7-8
9
9
9
9
Annex A Schemes assembly process Conical-Cylindrical bonded joint
Annex A1 Scheme of spigot dimensioning process
Annex A2 Scheme of adhesive bonding process
15
15
16
Annex B
Minimum cut length
17
Annex C
Annex C
Dimensions Conical-Cylindrical Spigot
Table of Dimensions Conical-Cylindrical Spigot
18
18
Annex D
Curing time Conical-Cylindrical joints
19
11.
Important notice
20
3
5. Requirements for bonding surface and ambient conditions
This section gives descriptions of specific conditions of
the pipe surfaces meant for adhesive bonding, as well as
methods to obtain the required condition of the bonding
surfaces.
5.1 Cleaning of a plain pipe end or an unprepared
bell end
Both, the outer surface of a plain cut (not machined)
pipe end and the inner surface of an unprepared (see
section 5.2) bell must be clean and dry before starting
any operation. If these unprepared surfaces of product
ends have been in contact with oil or grease, they must
be cleaned using a clean cloth, which is soaked in clean
acetone, M.E.K. (Methyl Ethyl Ketone) or M.I.B.K. (Methyl
Iso Butyl Ketone). Dry the cleaned surface with a clean, dry
and non-fluffy cloth. If there are no traces of oil or grease
contamination on these pipe ends, clean the surfaces using
a clean, dry and non-fluffy cloth (see fig. 5.1.a).
5.2 Unprepared and prepared surface
An unprepared surface is a surface on the inside of a bell
or on the outside of a pipe end, where the original resin
rich coating is still intact as it were after completion of
the manufacturing process. Any manual or mechanical
abrasion process, such as sanding or sand blasting, has
never reduced the original thickness of these resin rich
layers. A prepared surface is a surface on the inside of a
bell or on the outside of a pipe end that has been abraded
manually or mechanically. By the abrasion process,
the reinforcement of the composite may come in direct
contact with the environment and is therefore sensitive for
contamination.
5.3 Ambient conditions and conditioning of
bonding surfaces
If the bonding surfaces are visibly wet, these surfaces
must be dried and heated. If the temperature of the
bonding surfaces is less than dew point plus 3 ºC, these
surfaces must be heated in order to avoid condensate
on the bonding surface. If the relative humidity of the
environment is > 95 %, if it is foggy, or if there is any
form of precipitation (e.g. rain, snow, hail), precautionary
measures must be taken to create an environment where
the bonding process can be performed under conditioned
circumstances (e.g. a shelter). Drying of wet surfaces
is performed using a clean, dry and non-fluffy cloth and
is followed by heating of the bonding areas. Heating of
surfaces that are wet or below dew point plus 3 ºC is
performed with a heating source such as a hot air blower
or a heating blanket. The humidity of a (sheltered) bonding
environment is reduced with e.g. a hot air blower. Raise the
temperature of the bonding surfaces during the heating
process up to maximum 80 ºC or set the temperature of the
heating blanket at maximum 80 ºC.
If the environment heats the bonding surface above 40 ºC,
protect it from direct radiation by sunlight. The temperature
of the bonding surfaces of spigot and bell, during the
bonding procedure, shall be kept between 15 ºC and
40 ºC, but also at least 3 ºC above dew point. Precautionary
measures shall be taken to guarantee the compliance with
the required humidity and temperature conditions during
the complete bonding procedure.
4
Fig. 5.1.a
5.4 Cleaning of a machined spigot end or a sanded
bell end
A machined, prepared or sanded bonding surface that
has been in contact with oil or grease shall not be used
and must be cut. Machined, prepared or sanded bonding
surfaces that are contaminated by other means than oil or
grease can be cleaned by sanding (see section 5.5).
In case of doubt about the nature of the contamination
cut the concerned spigot or bell. If there are no traces of
contamination on these pipe ends, clean the surfaces using
a clean, dry and non-fluffy cloth. Do not touch the cleaned
surface, nor allow it to be contaminated.
5.5 Sanding of spigot and bell end
The sanding operation of the bonding surfaces of both,
spigot- and bell end, shall be performed within 2 hours
from the actual bonding. Bonding surfaces must be clean
and dry at the start of the sanding operation (see sections
5.1, 5.3 and 5.4). Sanding of unprepared bell ends is
performed mechanically, using an emery cup with a grid of
grade P40 to P60 (see fig. 5.5.a).
Fig. 5.5.a
Sanding of factory prepared bell ends and machined spigot
ends is performed mechanically using an emery cup, a
flapper wheel or emery cloth with a grid of grade P40 to
P60. A correctly sanded surface does not change in colour
when continuing sanding (see fig. 5.5.b). Bonding surfaces
must be sanded equally in circumferential direction.
The bonding surface must stay smooth by applying an
even pressure on the sanding equipment. Break sharp
edges of the tip of the machined spigot end.
The bonding surface is cleaned using a dry and clean dust
bristle (see fig. 5.5.c). Sanded surfaces must have a dull,
fresh finish, not a polished look. Do not touch the cleaned
surface, nor allow it to be contaminated.
Fig. 5.5.b
Fig. 5.5.c
5
6. Dimensioning of Conical-Cylindrical spigot end
In case a pipe with the correct length and (factory) shaved
spigot end is available, then continue with section 7 of
these instructions. This section 6 is relevant in case the
pipe length has to be adjusted or a cylindrical spigot end
has to be shaved. Make sure to comply with the relevant
requirements stated in section 5 before starting a next step
in the activities to complete the bonding procedure.
6.1 Cutting of pipe
a Contaminated pipe surfaces must be cleaned prior
to perform any operation on the pipe (see relevant
requirements stated in section 5).
b Ensure that the pipe is adequately supported or clamped
on a pipe vice.
Use rubber padding having a minimum thickness of
2 mm or similar to protect the pipe from damage.
Fig. 6.1.c
c Determine the required length from the product drawing or by measurement (see fig. 6.1.c).
d Scribe the pipe at the required length, using a pipe fitters’ wrap-around (see fig. 6.1.d); take notice of the minimum cut length (see Annex B).
e Cut the pipe square using a diamond or carbide coated hacksaw or an abrasive wheel.
f Ensure that the squareness of the cut end remains within
required tolerance (A) (see fig. 6.1.e and table 6.1.f).
Fig. 6.1.d
Table 6.1.f Tolerance cut end
ID (mm)
A (mm)
25 - 400
±3
Fig. 6.1.e
6
6.2 Shaving of pipe end
a Various types of shavers are available (see fig. 6.2.a).
To operate the shaver, carefully follow the applicable shaver instructions (see section 2).
b The pipe end to be shaved shall be clean (see relevant requirements in section 5) and must be adequately supported (see section 6.1.b and fig. 6.2.b).
c Start the shaving procedure (see fig. 6.2.c), using a maximum shaving feed of 2 mm.
Be careful shaving the first layer as the pipe wall might have an unequal thickness over the circumference.
Fig. 6.2.a.
Fig. 6.2.b
Fig. 6.2.c
7
d Repeat the shaving action until the required spigot dimensions (see Annex C, table C) are achieved.
Indications of the spigot dimensions are obtained by
measuring these dimensions while the shaver is mounted.
The spigot diameter (S1) is determined at about half of the spigot length (SA) (see fig. 6.2.d1).
The wall thickness of the spigot (T) is measured at a number (3 - 6) of positions at the end of the spigot, equally spaced in the circumference (see fig. 6.2.d2).
The actual spigot dimensions shall be determined after dismantling of the shaver from the pipe end.
The spigot dimensions shall comply with the requirements of Annex C, table C.
Fig. 6.2.d1
• In case of non-compliance with dimensional
requirements, following corrective action shall be taken:
In case of non-compliance with dimensional requirements, following corrective actions shall be taken:
Cut the shaved spigot end and put the left pipe section aside; this section can be used for a shorter assembly. Continue the assembly process starting from section 6.1.
Fig. 6.2.d2
8
7. Preparing for bonding
Before any actual bonding activity can start, the spigotand bell end to be jointed shall be prepared as described
below. Especially in the small diameter range, more joints
may have to be prepared, as more joints can be made with
one adhesive kit; in some cases it may be advantageous
to assemble more joints at the same time see adhesive
instructions (section 2).
7.1 Sanding and conditioning of both bonding surfaces
a Make sure to comply with the relevant requirements
stated in section 5.
Note:
The maximum number of sanding operations for each of the
bonding surfaces, either the spigot- or the bell end, is two.
In case the spigot is re-sanded the relevant spigot
dimensions shall be checked by measuring.
For dimensional requirements see Annex C, table C.
Fig. 7.2
Determine the spigot diameter (S1).
The wall thickness of the spigot (T) is measured at a
number (>= 6) of positions at the end of the spigot, equally
spaced in the circumference.
In case the number of sanding operations of the bonding
surfaces is more than two, or the spigot dimensions are not
in compliance with the requirements, the product shall not
be used or the spigot end shall be cut.
7.2 Dry fit and marking
In order to be able to check the required final position of
the spigot relative to the bell, the joint of a pipe and a fitting
is marked with an alignment mark.
Scribe a longitudinal line on the outer surface of the bell,
continuing on the outer surface of the pipe containing the
shaved spigot end (see fig. 7.2).
7.3 Installation of pulling equipment
a If possible, the Conical-Cylindrical adhesive bonded joint
is assembled without the use of mechanical pulling
equipment. However, starting from DN200 (8”) it is
allowed to mount the spigot in the bell using pulling
equipment.
b The pulling equipment is installed on both sides of the
joint; normally two winches will suffice. The position of
the winches is equally spaced over the circumference
of the parts to be jointed in order to realise centric
entrance of the spigot in the bell. Make sure there is
enough space to apply adhesive on the bonding
surfaces.
c Respect the required alignment of the parts to be jointed
as well as the support during the bonding operation.
9
8. Bonding
The actual bonding starts with the preparation of the
adhesive and finishes when the adhesive between the
jointed parts is cooled down to ambient temperature, after
completion of curing of the adhesive.
The adhesive shall be supplied by the pipe manufacturer.
Be aware that the bonding procedure shall be performed
continuously and without any interruption or delay, within
the potlife/working life of the adhesive. This means that
the period within mixing of the adhesive components until
the spigot has been pulled into the bell shall fall within the
potlife/working life.
8.1 Preparation of adhesive
a Select the proper type and kit size of adhesive, if
applicable.
Determine the number of adhesive kits required for
one joint, or the number of joints which can be made
with one kit. For detailed information about the adhesive,
reference is made to the relevant document
(see section 2).
Fig. 8.2.c
b The temperature of the adhesive shall comply with the
requirements stated in the relevant document
(see section 2).
c Apply the adhesive immediately after finishing the mix
procedure.
d Never use adhesive that has started to cure; this is the
case when the mixture gets clotted, toughens and the
temperature rises significantly.
8.2 Application of adhesive
a Use a fresh spatula or adhesive scraper for the application of adhesive on the freshly prepared bonding
surfaces. In case the spatula used for mixing is also
used for the application of the adhesive, the spatula
must be cleaned first.
b Wet the sanded surfaces of bell- and spigot end with
some force with a thin, uniform coating of adhesive
(hardly any thickness).
c Apply a thin (0.5 – 0.8 mm) and uniform layer of adhesive on the adhesive coated bonding surface of the
bell end. Apply a somewhat thicker (0.8 – 1.0 mm) and
uniform layer of adhesive on the adhesive coated
bonding surface of the spigot end.
Do not apply more adhesive than strictly necessary to
avoid an excessive resin bead on the inside of the joint,
resulting in flow restrictions.
Make sure to apply an adhesive layer on the cut end of
the spigot and on the pipe stop shoulder in the bell end
(see fig. 8.2.c and fig. 8.2.d).
d Protect the adhesive coatings on the bonding surfaces
and prevent any contamination.
10
Fig. 8.2.d
8.3 Assembly of the spigot in the bell
a Parts to be jointed shall be aligned as true as possible.
Any visual misalignment is unacceptable.
b Insert the spigot in the bell and push it home while
rotating slowly one quarter of a rotation, if possible.
Pay attention to the alignment mark on the outer surface
with regard to the orientation of the parts to be jointed.
c When using pulling equipment for joints DN >200mm
(8”), the winches are hooked, each winch is equally
loaded and the sections to be bonded are pulled
together with a smooth movement.
d Make sure that the spigot is inserted centrically into the
bell until the entrance of the spigot is stopped by the
shoulder in the bell.
Fig. 8.3.d1
Note
Continuation of activities on the pipeline/piping system may
never result in displacement of the position of the spigot
relative to the bell in whatever direction or orientation.
e Remove the excessive adhesive from the outer surface
(see fig. 8.3.d1) and if possible from the inside of the
joint. The fillet on the head of the bell should be smoothly rounded; the inside might be cleaned with a
plug (see fig. 8.3.d2).
Fig. 8.3.d2
11
8.4 Curing of the adhesive
a Until completion of the cure of the adhesive the joint
shall not be moved, vibrated or otherwise disturbed.
b Wrap the required size and voltage heating blanket
around the joint, ensuring full coverage of the bond
area and keeping the power supply cable free from the
blanket.
Tie the heating blanket down using e.g. a string or steel
wire and assuring an optimal surface contact with the
bell (see fig. 8.4.b).
c Overlapping ends of oversized blankets risk to be
over-heated. Insulate overlapping ends and position the
overlap outside the insulation.
d Insulate the heating blanket with suitable insulating
material (by preference a fire blanket or equivalent).
Close at least one open end of the jointed pipe line
sections in order to avoid cooling down by draught.
Insulating material should overlap the sides of the
blanket with at least 100 mm and should match the
pipe (see fig. 8.4.d).
Fig. 8.4.b
e Apply electric power to the heating blanket.
If applicable, adjust the temperature of the blanket such
that the surface temperature of the jointed parts
complies with the requirements stated in the relevant
adhesive instructions (see section 2).
Check the functioning of the heating blanket at least at
the start and at the end of the curing process by
measuring the surface temperature of the bell using a
(digital) thermometer.
f The curing time starts when the required surface
temperature of the jointed components is
reached. Write the starting time of the curing on the
pipe, next to the heating blanket (see fig. 8.4.d).
For the required curing time, see Annex D.
Fig. 8.4.d
g Adhesive bonded flanges shall be cured by placing the
heating blanket against the inner surface of the flange.
For an optimal heat transfer the blanket shall be pressed against the inner surface of the jointed parts,
after the excess adhesive has been removed from the
inside of the joint (see fig. 8.4.g).
h If the curing process does not comply with the requirements of the curing cycle, the complete curing
cycle shall be repeated.
i The electrical power to the heating blanket shall be
switched off after completion of the curing time and
after having checked the surface temperature for the
last time.
Indicate the end time of the curing cycle on the pipe.
It is advised to mark the joint, indicating that the adhesive is cured.
Allow the joint to cool down before loading mechanically or hydrostatically
12
Fig. 8.4.g
9. Materials, tools and consumables
9.1 Materials
• Adhesive*
9.2 Tools
• Shaver *
• Heating blanket (plus temperature controller, if
applicable) *
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Measuring tape and/or folding rule
Vernier calliper
Pi-tape
Pipe fitters’ wrap-around
Level and marker
Pipe vice or stable supports (brackets) with rubber
coated clamping device
Hacksaw, disc grinder or power jigsaw
Protractor
Small electrical or air driven grinding machine
Pairs of whinches or come-alongs (if applicable)
Pairs of band clamps with puller rings (if applicable)
Insulation material or blankets
Digital temperature gauge for surface temperature
measurement
Dew point meter
Thermometer
Relative humidity meter
Infra-red thermometer
Hot air blower (if applicable)
Tenting (subject to weather conditions)
*
To be supplied by the pipe manufacturer.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
9.3 Consumables
• Cutting disks
• Emery disks, emery cups, emery cloth, flapper wheels
(all grade P40 to P60)
• Spatula (rubber scraper plate, filling knife), marker pen,
dust (paint) brush
• Rubber gloves, working gloves, dust masks, safety
goggles
• Cleaning plug
• Overalls, safety shoes, safety helmet
• Cleaning rags, cleaning fluid such as acetone, Methyl
Ethyl Ketone (MEK) or
Methyl Iso Butyl Ketone (MIBK)
13
10. Health and safety
When working with GRE products, following safety
precautions shall be taken:
• Wear at all time suitable protective clothing.
• Use Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE), such as:
- Long sleeves
- Hard head (if required by site conditions)
- Safety shoes
- Glasses
- Gloves (for mechanical and chemical protection)
- Dust mask (during machining and sanding)
- Ear protection (during mechanical operations)
For health and safety data reference is made to the
applicable instructions (see section 2).
14
Annex A Schemes assembly process Conical-Cylindrical bonded joint
Annex A1 Scheme of spigot dimensioning process
Spigot dimensioning process
see section 5
Check pipe surface and
ambient conditions
see section 6.1
Cutting pipe
see section 6.2
Shaving pipe end
see section 6.2.d
Check spigot
dimensions:
diameter, length,
Not OK
Too small,
too big, out of
tolerance
Yes
OK
see Annex A2
Adhesive bonding
process
15
Annex A2 Scheme of adhesive bonding process
Adhesive bonding process
Check pipe surface
and ambient
conditions
see section 5
Sanding
spigot and socket
see section 5.5
Clean
spigot and socket
see section 5.4
Marking
spigot
see section 7.2
Installation
pulling equipment
16
see section 7.3
Control temperature
of spigot, socket and
adhesive
see section 7.1, 8.1
Preparation adhesive
see section 8.1
Applying
adhesive
see section 8.2
Assembly
see section 8.3
Curing
see section 8.4
ID
Annex B Minimum cut length
Lo
Fig. B1 Minimum cut length (Lo) for pipe Conical-Cylindrical bell - spigot
ID
ID
PN (bar)
(mm)
(inch)
12
16
20
25
1
1½
50
2
80
3
100
4
-
150
40
125
5
170
150
6
-
200
8
185
250
10
250
300
12
250
350
14
250
400
16
270
-
170
-
150
150
150
150
Table B1 Minimum cut length (Lo) (mm)
17
T
Annex C Dimensions Conical-Cylindrical Spigot
Fig. C Conical-Cylindrical Spigot dimensions
Table C Dimensions Conical-Cylindrical Spigot
PN
(bar)
20
16
12
* (Tnom)
* S1
* SA
18
ID
ID
Tmin*
Tmax*
S1*
S1*
SA*
SA*
min
max
min
max
(mm)
(inch)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
25
1
2.6
3.2
32.6
32.9
25.5
28.5
40
1½
2.6
3.2
47.5
47.8
33.5
36.5
50
2
3
3.6
59.2
59.6
49
52
80
3
2.8
3.4
87.6
88
49
52
100
4
3.5
4.1
112.5
112.9
49
52
125
5
3.7
4.3
139.5
139.9
58.5
61.5
150
6
3.5
4.1
166.2
166.6
59
62
200
8
3.9
4.7
217.1
217.5
65
68
250
10
3.9
4.9
271.3
271.7
71
74
300
12
3.8
5
322.2
322.6
78
81
350
14
4.2
5.6
353.8
354.2
89
92
400
16
4.6
6.2
404.1
404.5
103
106
= Nominal wall thickness of the spigot (for reference only)
= Nominal Spigot Diameter
= Nominal Spigot Length
Annex D Curing time Conical-Cylindrical joints
Conical-Cylindrical joints - Standard
(BS 2000, 4000 & 7000 series)
1-16 inch (25-400mm)
Conical-Cylindrical joints - Marine
(BS 2000M & 7000M series)
8-16 inch (200-400mm)
Conical-Cylindrical joints - Marine
(BS 2000M & 7000M series)
≤6” (≤150mm)
Pipe-to-pipe joints
60
90
Pipe-to-fitting joints
90
90
Pipe-to-flange joints
60
60
Note 1: Curing time starts when the required surface temperature (125°C) of the jointed components is reached.
Note 2: Pipe-to-flange joints are cured from the inside.
19
National Oilwell Varco has produced this brochure for general information only, and it
is not intended for design purposes. Although every effort has been made to maintain
the accuracy and reliability of its contents, National Oilwell Varco in no way assumes
responsibility for liability for any loss, damage or injury resulting from the use of information
and data herein nor is any warranty expressed or implied. Always cross-reference the
bulletin date with the most current version listed at the website noted in this literature.
North America
2425 SW 36th Street
San Antonio, TX 78237 USA
Phone: +1 210 434 5043
South America
Avenida Fernando Simoes
Recife, Brazil 51020-390
Phone: +55 31 3326 6900
Europe
P.O. Box 6, 4190 CA
Geldermalsen, The Netherlands
Phone: +31 345 587 587
Asia Pacific
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong, Singapore 639407
Phone: +65 6861 6118
Middle East
P.O. Box 17324
Dubai, UAE
Phone: +971 4881 3566
www.fgspipe.com • fgspipe@nov.com
© 2012, NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
® Trademark of NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
F6301 06/12
Assembly instructions for Taper (Taper/Taper) adhesive-bonded
joints
1. Introduction
This document describes the method to assemble taper adhesive-bonded joints. To ensure that the performance of the
installed joint complies with the requirements used for the design, it is essential that all personnel involved in the bonding
procedure is familiar with and fully understands the techniques described in this document.
The instructions in this document are as complete as possible. However, it is not possible to describe all circumstances that
might be encountered in the field. Therefore, our experienced supervisors may deviate from the described method in order
to achieve an optimum solution using the latest bonding techniques and processing methods.
Besides, our supervisors may be consulted for clarification of statements made in this document and for advice about
specific problems encountered in the field.
Annex A shows schemes of the complete assembly process; Annex A1 shows the spigot dimensioning process and Annex
A2 shows the adhesive bonding process.
“The word shall indicates a requirement. The word should indicates a recommendation”.
2. References
These instructions are completed with the following referenced documents:
Documentation
Reference number
Operating instructions M86 XL Pipe Shaver
FP 919
Operating instructions M87 Pipe Shaver
FP 454
Operating instructions M87 XL Pipe Shaver
FP 455
Operating instructions M95 Pipe Shaver
FP 925
Operational safety instructions
---
Operating instructions for Bondstrand Heating Blankets
FP 730
RP60 B epoxy adhesive for bonding GRE pipe & fittings
FP 458
3. Quality
It is advised that the bonder possesses a valid Jointer/Bonder Qualification Certificate, issued by the pipe manufacturer
or a Qualified Certifier.
After preparation of bell- and spigot end, the actual bonding and finishing of the adhesive joint shall be performed
continuously and without any interruption or delay.
4. Inspection
All pipes, fittings or components used in the pipeline system shall be inspected for damages, prior to the actual bonding
activity. Rejected items shall be separated and quarantined from undamaged materials to avoid unintentional use.
Adhesive kits shall be inspected prior to use. Do not use adhesive kits or containers showing evidence of damage or
leakage. The adhesive shall be used before the expiry date, which is shown on the adhesive kit. Make sure that storage
of adhesive kits complies with the storage requirements.
Ensure all necessary tools and materials are available. Take notice of the safety precautions stated in this document and
those in the referenced instructions.
Table of contents
1.
General
1
2.
References
1
3.
Quality
1
4.
Inspection
1
5.
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
Requirements for bonding surface and ambient conditions
Cleaning of a plain pipe end or an unprepared bell end
Unprepared and prepared surface
Ambient conditions and conditioning of bonding surfaces
Cleaning of a machined spigot end or a sanded bell end
Sanding of spigot and bell end
4
4
4
4
5
5
6.
6.1
6.2
Dimensioning of taper spigot end
Cutting of pipe
Shaving of pipe end
7.
7.1
7.2
7.3
Preparing for bonding
Sanding and conditioning of both bonding surfaces
Dry fit and marking
Installation of pulling equipment
10
10
10
11
8.
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
Bonding
Preparation of adhesive
Application of adhesive
Assembly of the spigot in the bell
Curing of the adhesive
12
12
12
13
14
9.
9.1
9.2
9.3
Materials, tools and consumables
Materials
Tools
Consumables
15
15
15
15
10.
Health and safety
16
6
6
7-9
Annex A Schemes assembly process Taper-Taper bonded joint
Annex A1 Scheme of spigot dimensioning process
Annex A2 Scheme of adhesive bonding process
17
17
18
Annex B
Minimum cut length
19
Annex C
Annex C1
Annex C2
Annex C3
Annex C4
Shaving dimensions Taper Spigot
Shaving dimensions Taper Spigot (10 bar)
Shaving dimensions Taper Spigot (16 bar)
Shaving dimensions Taper Spigot (20 bar)
Shaving dimensions Taper Spigot (25 bar)
20
20
21
22
23
Annex D
Instructions dimensional check shaving dimensions Taper Spigot
24 - 25
Annex E Determine required curing time
Annex E1 Determine required curing time pipe to pipe joints
Annex E2 Determine required curing time pipe to fitting joints
26
26
26
11.
28
Important notice
3
5. Requirements for bonding surface and ambient conditions
This section gives descriptions of specific conditions of
the pipe surfaces meant for adhesive bonding, as well as
methods to obtain the required condition of the bonding
surfaces.
Precautionary measures shall be taken to guarantee the
compliance with the required humidity and temperature
conditions during the complete bonding procedure.
5.1 Cleaning of a plain pipe end or unprepared
bell end
Both, the outer surface of a plain cut (not machined)
pipe end and the inner surface of an unprepared (see
section 5.2) bell must be clean and dry before starting
any operation. If these unprepared surfaces of product
ends have been in contact with oil or grease, they must
be cleaned using a clean cloth, which is soaked in clean
acetone, M.E.K. (Methyl Ethyl Ketone) or M.I.B.K. (Methyl
Iso Butyl Ketone). Dry the cleaned surface with a clean, dry
and non-fluffy cloth. If there are no traces of oil or grease
contamination on these pipe ends, clean the surfaces using
a clean, dry and non-fluffy cloth (see fig. 5.1.a).
5.2 Unprepared and prepared surface
An unprepared surface is a surface on the inside of a bell
or on the outside of a pipe end, where the original resin
rich coating is still intact as it were after completion of
the manufacturing process. Any manual or mechanical
abrasion process, such as sanding or sand blasting, has
never reduced the original thickness of these resin rich
layers.
A prepared surface is a surface on the inside of a bell
or on the outside of a pipe end that has been abraded
manually or mechanically. By the abrasion process,
the reinforcement of the composite may come in direct
contact with the environment and is therefore sensitive for
contamination.
5.3 Ambient conditions and conditioning of
bonding surfaces
If the bonding surfaces are visibly wet, these surfaces
must be dried and heated. If the temperature of the
bonding surfaces is less than dew point plus 3 ºC, these
surfaces must be heated in order to avoid condensate
on the bonding surface. If the relative humidity of the
environment is > 95 %, if it is foggy, or if there is any
form of precipitation (e.g. rain, snow, hail), precautionary
measures must be taken to create an environment where
the bonding process can be performed under conditioned
circumstances (e.g. a shelter). Drying of wet surfaces
is performed using a clean, dry and non-fluffy cloth and
is followed by heating of the bonding areas. Heating of
surfaces that are wet or below dew point plus 3 ºC is
performed with a heating source such as a hot air blower
or a heating blanket. The humidity of a (sheltered) bonding
environment is reduced with e.g. a hot air blower. Raise the
temperature of the bonding surfaces during the heating
process up to maximum 80 ºC or set the temperature of the
heating blanket at maximum 80 ºC.
If the environment heats the bonding surface above 40 ºC,
protect it from direct radiation by sunlight. The temperature
of the bonding surfaces of spigot and bell, during the
bonding procedure, shall be kept between 15 ºC and
40 ºC, but also at least 3 ºC above dew point.
4
Fig. 5.1.a
5.4 Cleaning of a machined spigot end or a sanded
bell end
A machined, prepared or sanded bonding surface that
has been in contact with oil or grease shall not be used
and must be cut. Machined, prepared or sanded bonding
surfaces that are contaminated by other means than oil or
grease can be cleaned by sanding (see section 5.5).
In case of doubt about the nature of the contamination,
cut the concerned spigot or bell. If there are no traces of
contamination on these pipe ends, clean the surfaces using
a clean, dry and non-fluffy cloth. Do not touch the cleaned
surface nor allow it to be contaminated.
5.5 Sanding of spigot and bell end
The sanding operation of the bonding surfaces of both,
spigot- and bell end, shall be performed within 2 hours
from the actual bonding. Bonding surfaces must be clean
and dry at the start of the sanding operation (see sections
5.1, 5.3 and 5.4). Sanding of unprepared bell ends is
performed mechanically, using an emery cup with a grid of
grade P40 to P60 (see fig. 5.5.a).
Fig. 5.5.a
Sanding of factory prepared bell ends and machined spigot
ends is performed mechanically using an emery cup, a
flapper wheel or emery cloth with a grid of grade P40 to
P60. A correctly sanded surface does not change in colour
when continuing sanding (see fig. 5.5.b). Bonding surfaces
must be sanded equally in circumferential direction.
The bonding surface must stay smooth by applying an
even pressure on the sanding equipment. Break sharp
edges of the tip of the machined spigot end.
The bonding surface is cleaned using a dry and clean dust
bristle (see fig. 5.5.c). Sanded surfaces must have a dull,
fresh finish, not a polished look. Do not touch the cleaned
surface, nor allow it to be contaminated.
Fig. 5.5.b
Fig. 5.5.c
5
6. Dimensioning of taper spigot end
In case a pipe with the correct length and (factory) shaved
spigot end is available, then continue with section 7 of
these instructions. This section 6 is relevant in case the
pipe length has to be adjusted or a tapered spigot end
has to be shaved. Make sure to comply with the relevant
requirements stated in section 5 before starting a next step
in the activities to complete the bonding procedure.
L
L
6.1 Cutting of pipe
a Contaminated pipe surfaces must be cleaned prior
to perform any operation on the pipe (see relevant
requirements stated in section 5).
b Ensure that the pipe is adequately supported or clamped
on a pipe vice.
Use rubber padding having a minimum thickness of
2 mm or similar to protect the pipe from damage.
Fig. 6.1.c
c Determine the required length from the product drawing or by measurement (see fig. 6.1.c).
d Scribe the pipe at the required length, using a pipe fitters’ wrap-around (see fig. 6.1.d); take notice of the minimum cut length (see Annex B).
e Cut the pipe square using a diamond or carbide coated hacksaw or an abrasive wheel.
f Ensure that the squareness of the cut end remains within
required tolerance (A) (see fig. 6.1.f and table 6.1.f).
Fig. 6.1.d
Table 6.1.f Tolerance cut end
ID (mm)
A (MM)
25 - 600
±3
700 - 900
±4
1000 - 1200
±6
Fig. 6.1.f
6
6.2 Shaving of pipe end
a Various types of shavers are available (see fig. 6.2.a).
To operate the shaver, carefully follow the applicable shaver instructions (see section 2).
b The pipe end to be shaved shall be clean (see relevant requirements in section 5) and must be adequately supported (see section 6.1.b and fig. 6.2.b).
c Start the shaving procedure (see fig. 6.2.c), using a maximum shaving feed of 2 mm.
Be careful shaving the first layer as the pipe wall might have an unequal thickness over the circumference.
Fig. 6.2.a.
Fig. 6.2.b
Fig. 6.2.c
7
d Repeat the shaving action until the required spigot dimension (see Annex C) is achieved.
Measurement of the nose thickness (T) at a number spots (3 - 6) in the circumference of the head of the spigot (see fig. 6.2.d) can be used to obtain an indication
of having achieved the required spigot diameter (S1).
e Use an unprepared (dummy) bell to check the correctness of the shaved spigot end dimensions by determining the actual insert depth of the spigot in the bell.
Mark the actual insert depth of the spigot in the (dummy)
bell on the section containing the spigot end
(see fig. 6.2.e). The spigot diameter (S1) is checked by comparing the actual insert depth with the allowable values of the insert depth (see Annex C).
Fig. 6.2.d
The actual insert depth shall comply with the following requirement:
The actual insert depth shall be:
- Equal to or smaller than the maximum insert depth
- Equal to or greater than the minimum insert depth.
(Minimum insert depth ≤ Actual insert depth
≤ Maximum insert depth).
If the actual insert depth of the spigot in the (dummy) bell is too long (> maximum insert depth, Annex C, table
C1), this means that the spigot diameter (S1) is too small.
Choose for one of the following corrective actions:
- Cut the shaved length to comply with the required insert depth.
- Cut the shaved spigot at about 50 % of the shaved length and repeat dimensioning starting from section 6.1
If the actual insert depth of the spigot in the (dummy) bell is too short (<minimum insert depth, see Annex C, table C1), this means that the spigot diameter (S1) is too
big. Choose for the following corrective action:
Cut the shaved spigot at about 50 % of the shaved length and repeat dimensioning starting from section
6.1.
8
Fig. 6.2.e
f The eccentricity of the shaved spigot diameter (S1)
relative to the inner diameter (ID) is determined from a
number (≥ 6) of measurements of the nose thickness (T)
in the circumference of the spigot diameter (S1).
The maximum allowable difference between the measured nose thicknesses (Tolmax) is indicated in table
C1 of Annex C.
An explanation of a check of the eccentricity of the
shaved spigot diameter is given in Annex D, Re. 2.
If the actual tolerance on the nose thickness (Tolact) is
too big (> Tolmax, see Annex C, table C1), this means
that the eccentricity of the shaved spigot diameter (S1)
relative to the inner diameter (ID) is too big.
Choose for the following corrective action:
insert depth
add. insert depth
Fig. N1
Cut the shaved spigot at about 50% of the shaved length
and repeat dimensioning starting from section 6.1.
Note:
Shaving the spigot diameter (S1) 1 mm smaller (nose
thickness 0.5 mm less) results in an additional insert depth
of the spigot in the bell depending on the taper angle
(see fig. N1):
- For a taper angle α= 1.75 º,
the additional insert depth= 16.4 mm.
- For a taper angle α= 2.50 º,
the additional insert depth= 11.5 mm.
9
7. Preparing for bonding
Before any actual bonding activity can start, the spigot
and bell end to be jointed shall be prepared as described
below. Especially in the small diameter range, more joints
may have to be prepared, as more joints can be made with
one adhesive kit; in some cases it may be advantageous to
assemble more joints at the same time.
7.1 Sanding and conditioning of both bonding surfaces
a Make sure to comply with the relevant requirements
stated in section 5.
Note:
The maximum number of sanding operations for each of
the bonding surfaces, either the bell or the spigot, is two.
In case a bonding surface is subjected to more than two
sanding operations the dimensions shall be checked by
determination of the insert depth of the spigot in the bell to
be bonded. In this situation, the check of the insert depth
shall be performed with the actual bell of the joint to be
made, instead of using a dummy bell end.
7.2 Dry fit and marking
a A joint of two pipe sections is marked with an insertion
mark. A joint of a pipe and a fitting is marked with an
insertion mark as well as an alignment mark.
b In order to be able to check the required final position of
the spigot relative to the bell a marking shall be made on
the outer surface:
- An insertion mark is made on the pipe containing the
spigot end in order to check the insert depth of the
spigot in the bell.
- An alignment mark is made on both, the bell and the
pipe containing the spigot, in order to check the
required orientation.
c For an insertion mark:
Measure distance Y (see Annex D, Table D1) back from
the head of the spigot and scribe a line in circumferential
direction on the outer surface of the pipe (see fig. 7.2.c).
Note:
Y is derived from the following equation:
Y= Minimum insert depth + X (Eq.1)
Where:
- For Minimum insert depth see Annex C, Table C1.
- X is taken as a default value of 50 mm in
Annex D, Table D1.
In case the value of X = 50 mm is not workable,
choose another practical value of X and determine Y using equation (Eq.1).
10
Fig. 7.2.c
d For an alignment mark:
Scribe a longitudinal line on the outer surface of the
bell, continuing on the outer surface of the pipe
containing the shaved spigot end (see fig. 7.2.d).
7.3 Installation of pulling equipment
a The mechanical equipment to pull the spigot centrically
in the bell is installed on both sides of the joint
(see fig. 7.3.a).
Normally two winches will suffice; if needed more
winches can be used.
The position of the winches is equally spaced over the
circumference of the parts to be jointed in order to
realise centric entrance of the spigot in the bell.
Make sure that there will be sufficient space to apply
adhesive on the bonding surfaces.
Fig. 7.2.d
b Respect the required alignment of the parts to be jointed
as well as the support during the bonding operation.
Fig. 7.3.a
11
8. Bonding
The actual bonding starts with the preparation of the
adhesive and finishes when the adhesive between the
jointed parts is cooled down to ambient temperature, after
completion of curing of the adhesive.
The adhesive shall be supplied by the pipe manufacturer.
Be aware that the bonding procedure shall be performed
continuously and without any interruption or delay, within
the potlife/working life of the adhesive. This means that
the period within mixing of the adhesive components until
the spigot has been pulled into the bell shall fall within the
potlife/working life.
8.1 Preparation of adhesive
a Select the proper type and kit size of adhesive, if
applicable.
Determine the number of adhesive kits required for
one joint, or the number of joints which can be made
with one kit. For detailed information about the adhesive,
reference is made to the relevant document
(see section 2).
Fig. 8.2.c
b The temperature of the adhesive shall comply with the
requirements stated in the relevant document
(see section 2).
c Apply the adhesive immediately after finishing the mix
procedure.
d Never use adhesive that has started to cure; this is the
case when the mixture gets clotted, toughens and the
temperature rises significantly.
8.2 Application of adhesive
a Use a fresh spatula or adhesive scraper for the application of adhesive on the freshly prepared bonding
surfaces. In case the spatula used for mixing is also
used for the application of the adhesive, the spatula
must be cleaned first.
b Wet the sanded surfaces of bell- and spigot end with
some force with a thin, uniform coating of adhesive
(hardly any thickness).
c Apply a thin (≈ 0.5 mm) and uniform layer of adhesive
on the adhesive coated bonding surface of the spigot
end. Do not apply more adhesive than strictly necessary
to avoid an excessive resin bead on the inside of the
joint, resulting in flow restrictions.
Make sure to apply an adhesive layer on the cut end of
the spigot (see fig. 8.2.c and fig. 8.2.d).
d Make sure to apply sufficient adhesive on the cylindrical
end of the spigot that will be covered by the bell
(see fig. 8.2.c and fig. 8.2.d).
e Protect the adhesive coatings on the bonding surfaces
and prevent any contamination.
12
Fig. 8.2.d
8.3 Assembly of the spigot in the bell
a Parts to be jointed shall be aligned as true as possible.
Any visual misalignment is unacceptable.
b Insert the spigot in the bell and pay attention to the
alignment mark on the outer surface with regard to the
orientation of the parts to be jointed.
c Hook the winches, apply an equal load on each winch and pull the sections to be bonded in a smooth
movement together until the spigot does not enter
anymore into the bell (see fig. 8.3.c); respect the
marking on the outer surface.
Make sure that the spigot is inserted centrically into the
bell until the joint is firmly fixed together.
d Determine the distance (Dist) measured from the head
of the bell to the insertion mark (see fig. 8.3.d); this
distance (Dist) shall comply with the requirement stated
in Annex D, Re. 1.
The distance (Dist) may depend on the type of adhesive.
Fig. 8.3.c
e It may be necessary to create some space between the
winch cables and the pipe outside to ease positioning of
the heating blanket.
The load on the pulling equipment may only be changed within the potlife/working life of the adhesive.
Note:
Continuation of activities on the pipeline system may never
influence the load on the pulling equipment in either
positive or negative sense.
Fig. 8.3.d
g Keep the tension load on the pulling equipment until the
adhesive is fully cured.
If the load on the jointed parts is released within the potlife/working life of the adhesive, the bonding
procedure shall be repeated starting from section 8.2.
If the load on the jointed parts is released after the
potlife/working life of the adhesive, but before completion of the curing cycle, then the joint is rejected
and the bonding procedure shall be repeated starting
from section 7.
h Remove the excessive adhesive from the outer surface
(see fig. 8.3.h) and if possible from the inside of the
joint. The fillet on the head of the bell should be smoothly rounded; the inside might be cleaned with a
plug (see fig. 8.3.h.1).
Fig. 8.3.h
Fig. 8.3.h.1
13
8.4 Curing of the adhesive
a The tension on the pulling equipment shall not be
changed until completion of the cure of the adhesive.
Until completion of the cure of the adhesive the joint
shall not be moved, vibrated or otherwise disturbed.
b Wrap the required size and voltage heating blanket
around the joint, ensuring full coverage of the bond
area and keeping the power supply cable free from the
blanket. Tie the heating blanket down using e.g. a
string or steel wire and assuring an optimal surface
contact with the bell (see fig. 8.4.b). More details can
be found in the heating blanket instruction
(see section 2).
c Overlapping ends of oversized blankets risk to be
over-heated. Insulate overlapping ends and position
the overlap outside the insulation.
Fig. 8.4.b
d Insulate the heating blanket with suitable insulating
material (by preference a fire blanket or equivalent).
Close at least one open end of the jointed pipe line
sections in order to avoid cooling down by draught.
Insulating material should overlap the sides of the
blanket with at least 100 mm and should match the
pipe (see fig. 8.4.d).
e Apply electric power to the heating blanket.
If applicable, adjust the temperature of the blanket such
that the surface temperature of the jointed parts complies with the requirements stated in the relevant
adhesive instructions (see section 2).
Check the functioning of the heating blanket at least at
the start and at the end of the curing process by
measuring the surface temperature of the bell using a
(digital) thermometer.
f The curing time starts when the required surface
temperature of the jointed components is reached.
Write the starting time of the curing on the pipe, next
to the heating blanket. For the required curing time
see Annex E.
g Adhesive bonded flanges shall be cured by placing the
heating blanket against the inner surface of the flange.
For an optimal heat transfer the blanket shall be pressed against the inner surface of the jointed parts,
after the excess adhesive has been removed from the
inside of the joint (see fig. 8.4.g).
Fig. 8.4.d
h If the curing time or the curing temperature does not
comply with the requirements of the curing cycle, the
complete curing cycle shall be repeated.
i The electrical power to the heating blanket shall be
switched off after completion of the curing time and
after having checked the surface temperature for the
last time. Indicate the end time of the curing cycle on
the pipe. It is advised to mark the joint, indicating that
the adhesive is cured. Allow the joint to cool down
before loading mechanically or hydrostatically.
Fig. 8.4.g
14
9. Materials, tools and consumables
9.1 Materials
• Adhesive*
9.2 Tools
• Shaver*
• Heating blanket*
(plus temperature controller, if applicable)
• Dummy of bell end*
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Measuring tape and/or folding rule
Vernier calliper
Pipe fitters’ wrap-around
Level and marker
Pipe vice or stable supports (brackets) with rubber
coated clamping device
Hacksaw, disc grinder or power jigsaw
Small electrical or air driven grinding machine
Pairs of winches or come-alongs
Pairs of band clamps with puller rings
Insulation material or blankets
Digital temperature gauge for surface temperature
measurement
Dew point meter
Temperature meter
Relative humidity meter
Digital thermometer for measurement of surface
temperature during curing process
Hot air blower
Tenting (subject to weather conditions)
* To be supplied by the pipe manufacturer.
9.3 Consumables
• Cutting disks
• Emery disks, emery cups, emery cloth, flapper wheels
(all grade P40 to P60)
• Spatula (rubber scraper plate, filling knife), marker pen,
dust (paint) brush
• Rubber gloves, working gloves, dust masks, safety
goggles
• Cleaning plug
• Overalls, safety shoes, safety helmet
• Cleaning rags, cleaning fluid such as acetone, Methyl
Ethyl Ketone (MEK) or Methyl Iso Butyl Ketone (MIBK)
15
10. Health and safety
When working with GRE products, following safety
precautions shall be taken:
• Wear at all time suitable protective clothing.
• Use Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE), such as:
- Long sleeves
- Hard head (if required by site conditions)
- Safety shoes
- Glasses
- Gloves (for mechanical and chemical protection)
- Dust mask (during machining and sanding)
- Ear protection (during mechanical operations)
For health and safety data reference is made to the
applicable instructions (see section 2).
16
Annex A Schemes assembly process Taper bonded joint
Annex A1 Scheme of spigot dimensioning process
Spigot dimensioning process
see section 5
Check pipe surface
and ambient
conditions
see section 6 .1
Cutting Pipe
see section 6.2
Shaving Pipe
Cut to length or
make new spigot
Yes
see section 6.2.e
Check insert
depth
Not OK
Too long
No
OK
see section 6.2.f
Check
tolerance nose
thickness
Not OK
Too big
Yes
OK
see Annex A2
Adhesive bonding
process
17
Annex A2 Scheme of adhesive bonding process
Adhesive bonding process
Check pipe surface
and ambient
conditions
see section 5
Sanding
spigot and socket
see section 5.5
Clean
spigot and socket
see section 5.4
Marking
spigot
see section 7.2
Installation
pulling equipment
18
see section 7.3
Control temperature
of spigot, socket and
adhesive
see section 7.1, 8.1
Preparation adhesive
see section 8.1
Applying
adhesive
see section 8.2
Assembly
see section 8.3
Curing
see section 8.4
Annex B Minimum cut length
Fig. B1 Minimum cut length (Lo) for pipe Taper bell - Taper spigot
ID
PN (bar)
Inch
mm
10
16
20
25
2
50
500
500
500
500
3
80
500
500
500
500
4
100
500
500
500
500
6
150
500
500
500
500
8
200
580
580
580
640
10
250
580
610
610
670
12
300
580
640
640
700
14
350
580
640
640
700
16
400
610
670
670
730
18
450
610
670
670
730
20
500
610
700
720
860
24
600
610
730
730
860
28
700
870
1150
30
750
870
1150
32
800
870
1150
36
900
900
1060
Table B1 Minimum cut length (Lo) (mm)
19
Annex C Shaving dimensions Taper spigot (10 bar)
Fig. C1 Dimensions Taper spigot
General pipe info
Nominal
Pipe size
10 bar
Shave
angle
α (°)
Eccentric
Tolerance
DRY FIT
insert
depth
Ds
Nose
thickness
(reference)
(Tnom)
Spigot
diameter
(reference)
(S1)
Spigot
Length
(reference)
(SA)
mm
inch
+/- 10’
mm
+/- 5mm
mm
mm
mm
50
2
1.75
0.6
50
1.0
55.0
26.2
80
3
1.75
0.6
50
1.0
83.8
26.2
100
4
1.75
0.6
50
1.0
107.2
26.2
150
6
2.5
0.6
50
1.0
161.0
22.9
200
8
2.5
0.6
80
1.0
210.8
36.6
250
10
2.5
0.8
80
1.0
264.9
45.8
300
12
2.5
0.9
80
1.0
315.7
55.0
350
14
2.5
1.1
80
1.5
347.4
48.1
400
16
2.5
1.2
110
1.5
396.7
55.0
450
18
2.5
1.4
110
1.5
436.8
59.5
500
20
2.5
1.5
110
2.0
486.1
66.4
600
24
2.5
1.8
110
2.0
582.6
80.2
700
28
1.75
2.1
140
4.0
708.0
81.8
750
30
1.75
2.3
140
4.0
758.0
88.4
800
32
1.75
2.4
170
4.0
808.0
94.9
900
36
1.75
2.7
200
4.0
908.0
111.3
1000
40
1.75
3.0
200
4.5
1007.5
117.8
Table C1 Shaving dimensions 10 bar
Note:
For pipeline installation: a dummy or the actual bell can be used for dry fit
For spoolbuilding: the actual bell shall be used for dry fit
Dry fit insertion depth = according table
Using unfilled adhesive type (RP44. RP48, RP55): bonded insertion = dry fit insertion -0 / +10mm
Using filled adhesive type (RP60B, RP34C): bonded insertion = dry fit insertion -10 / +10mm
Eccentric tolerance (= max nose thickness - min nose thickness) = 0,6 OR 0,003 * ID which is highest
20
Annex C Shaving dimensions Taper spigot (16 bar)
Fig. C2 Dimensions Taper spigot
General pipe info
Nominal
Pipe size
16 bar
Shave
angle
α (°)
Eccentric
Tolerance
DRY FIT
insert
depth
Ds
Nose
thickness
(reference)
(Tnom)
Spigot
diameter
(reference)
(S1)
Spigot
Length
(reference)
(SA)
mm
inch
+/- 10’
mm
+/- 5mm
mm
mm
mm
50
2
1.75
0.6
50
1.0
55.0
26.2
80
3
1.75
0.6
50
1.0
83.8
26.2
100
4
1.75
0.6
50
1.0
107.2
32.7
150
6
2.5
0.6
50
1.0
161.0
34.4
200
8
2.5
0.6
80
1.0
210.8
45.8
250
10
2.5
0.8
110
1.0
264.9
64.1
300
12
2.5
0.9
140
1.0
315.7
80.2
350
14
2.5
1.1
140
1.5
347.4
77.9
400
16
2.5
1.2
170
1.5
396.7
93.9
450
18
2.5
1.4
170
1.5
436.8
107.6
500
20
2.5
1.5
200
2.0
486.1
112.2
600
24
2.5
1.8
230
2.5
583.6
130.6
700
28
1.75
2.1
230
5.5
711.0
147.3
750
30
1.75
2.3
260
6.0
762.0
153.8
800
32
1.75
2.4
290
5.5
811.0
193.1
900
36
1.75
2.7
260
6.0
912.0
222.6
1000
40
1.75
3.0
230
8.0
1014.5
202.9
Table C2 Shaving dimensions 16 bar
Note:
For pipeline installation: a dummy or the actual bell can be used for dry fit
For spoolbuilding: the actual bell shall be used for dry fit
Dry fit insertion depth = according table
Using unfilled adhesive type (RP44. RP48, RP55): bonded insertion = dry fit insertion -0 / +10mm
Using filled adhesive type (RP60B, RP34C): bonded insertion = dry fit insertion -10 / +10mm
Eccentric tolerance (= max nose thickness - min nose thickness) = 0,6 OR 0,003 * ID which is highest
21
Annex C Shaving dimensions Taper spigot (20 bar)
Fig. C3 Dimensions Taper spigot
General pipe info
20 bar
Nominal
Pipe size
Shave
angle
α (°)
Eccentric
Tolerance
DRY FIT
insert
depth
Ds
Nose
thickness
(reference)
(Tnom)
Spigot
diameter
(reference)
(S1)
Spigot
Length
(reference)
(SA)
mm
inch
+/- 10’
mm
+/- 5mm
mm
mm
mm
50
2
1.75
0.6
50
1.0
55.0
26.2
80
3
1.75
0.6
50
1.0
83.8
26.2
100
4
1.75
0.6
50
1.0
107.2
32.7
150
6
2.5
0.6
80
1.0
161.0
43.5
200
8
2.5
0.6
80
1.0
210.8
57.3
250
10
2.5
0.8
110
1.0
264.9
75.6
300
12
2.5
0.9
140
1.0
315.7
96.2
350
14
2.5
1.1
140
1.5
347.4
93.9
400
16
2.5
1.2
170
1.5
396.7
114.5
450
18
2.5
1.4
170
1.5
436.8
128.3
500
20
2.5
1.5
200
2.0
486.1
132.8
600
24
2.5
1.8
230
2.5
583.6
162.6
700
28
1.75
2.1
290
5.5
711.0
193.1
750
30
1.75
2.3
230
6.0
762.0
202.9
800
32
1.75
2.4
320
6.5
813.0
216.0
900
36
1.75
2.7
260
7.5
915.0
232.4
Table C3 Shaving dimensions 20 bar
Note:
For pipeline installation: a dummy or the actual bell can be used for dry fit
For spoolbuilding: the actual bell shall be used for dry fit
Dry fit insertion depth = according table
Using unfilled adhesive type (RP44. RP48, RP55): bonded insertion = dry fit insertion -0 / +10mm
Using filled adhesive type (RP60B, RP34C): bonded insertion = dry fit insertion -10 / +10mm
Eccentric tolerance (= max nose thickness - min nose thickness) = 0,6 OR 0,003 * ID which is highest
22
Annex C Shaving dimensions Taper spigot (25 bar)
Fig. C4 Dimensions Taper spigot
General pipe info
25 bar
Nominal
Pipe size
Shave
angle
α (°)
Eccentric
Tolerance
DRY FIT
insert
depth
Ds
Nose
thickness
(reference)
(Tnom)
Spigot
diameter
(reference)
(S1)
Spigot
Length
(reference)
(SA)
mm
inch
+/- 10’
mm
+/- 5mm
mm
mm
mm
50
2
1.75
0.6
50
1.0
55.0
26.2
80
3
1.75
0.6
80
1.0
83.8
29.5
100
4
1.75
0.6
80
1.0
107.2
45.8
150
6
2.5
0.6
110
1.0
161.0
55.0
200
8
2.5
0.6
140
1.0
210.8
80.2
250
10
2.5
0.8
170
1.5
265.9
91.6
300
12
2.5
0.9
200
1.5
316.7
116.8
350
14
2.5
1.1
170
2.0
348.4
123.7
400
16
2.5
1.2
230
2.5
398.7
135.1
450
18
2.5
1.4
200
2.5
438.8
153.5
500
20
2.5
1.5
230
3.0
488.1
164.9
600
24
2.5
1.8
260
3.5
585.6
201.6
700
28
1.75
2.1
260
7.0
714.0
238.9
750
30
1.75
2.3
290
8.0
766.0
242.2
800
32
1.75
2.4
290
8.5
817.0
258.6
Table C4 Shaving dimensions 25 bar
Note:
For pipeline installation: a dummy or the actual bell can be used for dry fit
For spoolbuilding: the actual bell shall be used for dry fit
Dry fit insertion depth = according table
Using unfilled adhesive type (RP44. RP48, RP55): bonded insertion = dry fit insertion -0 / +10mm
Using filled adhesive type (RP60B, RP34C): bonded insertion = dry fit insertion -10 / +10mm
Eccentric tolerance (= max nose thickness - min nose thickness) = 0,6 OR 0,003 * ID which is highest
23
Annex D Instructions dimensional check shaving dimensions Taper
spigot
The correctness of the shaving dimensions of the taper
spigot end is checked by measurement of:
1. The insert depth of the spigot in the bell
2. The actual tolerance on the nose thickness
Note:
The nominal Spigot Length (SA) is given in Annex C, Table
C1, for reference only. The Spigot Length (SA) shall not be
used as quality criterion.
Re. 1 The insert depth of the spigot in the bell
A check of the required minimum insert depth of the
spigot in the bell, after assembly of the spigot in the bell, is
performed by measurement of the distance (Dist) from the
head of the bell to the insertion mark (see section 8.3.d).
Fig. D1
A correct insertion depth shall comply with the following
requirement:
Filled adhesive (e.g. RP 60 B / RP 34)
(X-10) ≤ Dist ≤ X
(Eq. D1)
Unfilled adhesive (e.g. RP 48 / RP 44, RP 55)
(X-10) ≤ Dist ≤ (X+10) (Eq. D2)
Example for position of insertion mark
(see section 7.2.c, fig. D1 and fig. D2):
In case for X= 50 mm is chosen, the insertion mark shall
be scribed at a distance Y (mm), measured from the head
of the spigot; for Y see following table D1.
Fig. D2
Nominal pipe size
24
PN (bar)
Inch
mm
10
16
20
25
2
50
95
95
95
95
3
80
95
95
95
125
4
100
95
95
95
125
6
150
95
95
125
155
8
200
125
125
125
185
10
250
125
155
155
215
12
300
125
185
185
245
14
350
125
185
185
215
16
400
155
215
215
275
18
450
155
215
215
245
20
500
155
245
245
275
24
600
155
275
275
305
28
700
185
275
335
305
30
750
185
305
275
335
32
800
215
335
365
335
36
900
245
305
305
40
1000
245
275
Re. 2 Eccentricity of spigot end
A check of the deviation on the nose thickness (Tdev) is
an indirect method to check the eccentricity of the spigot
diameter (S1) relative to the inner diameter (ID).
The deviation of the nose thickness (Tdev) is obtained
from measurements of the nose thickness (T) in the
circumference of the spigot diameter (S1), (see fig. D3).
The minimum value of the deviation on the nose thickness
(Tdevmin)= 0; in this case the spigot diameter (S1) is centric
relative to the inner diameter (ID).
The maximum allowable deviation on the nose thickness
(Tdevmax) indicates the maximum allowable eccentricity of
the spigot diameter (S1) relative to the inner diameter (ID).
The deviation on the nose thickness (Tdev) is determined
from measurements of the actual nose thickness (T) and is
compared with the maximum allowable tolerance (Tolmax),
which is listed in Annex C, table C1.
Fig. D3
The deviation on the nose thickness (Tdev) is derived from
following equation:
Tdev = Tmax - Tmin (Eq. D2)
Tmax and Tmin are respectively the maximum and minimum
value of the measured nose thickness (T).
The nose thickness (T) is measured at least 6 times, equally
spaced over the circumference of the spigot diameter (S1),
(see fig. D3).
The eccentricity of the spigot diameter (S1) relative to the
inner diameter (ID) is correct if the deviation (Tdev) complies
with the following requirement:
Tdev ≤ Tolmax
(Eq. D3)
Table D1 Position insertion mark at distance Y (mm) from head of the spigot, for X=50mm
25
Annex E1 Determine required curing time pipe to pipe joints
Curing time (hours) pipe to pipe joints
Nominal pipe size
PN (bar)
Inch
mm
10
16
20
25
2
50
1
1
1
1
3
80
1
1
1
1
4
100
1
1
1
1
6
150
1
1
1
1
8
200
1
1
1
1
10
250
1
1
1
1
12
300
1
1
1
1.5
14
350
1
1
1
1.5
16
400
1
1
1.5
2
18
450
1
1.5
1.5
2
20
500
1
1.5
2
3
24
600
1
2
2
4
28
700
1
3
30
750
1.5
3
32
800
1.5
3
36
900
1.5
4
40
1000
2
4
Table E1 Curing time pipe - pipe
Annex E2 Determine required curing time pipe to fittings joints
Curing time (hours) pipe to fittings joints
Nominal pipe size
Inch
mm
10
16
20
25
2
50
1
1
1
1
3
80
1
1
1
1
4
100
1
1
1
1
6
150
1
1
1
1
8
200
1
1
1
1.5
10
250
1
1.5
1.5
2
12
300
1
1.5
2
3
14
350
1
1.5
2
3
16
400
1
2
3
4
18
450
1.5
2
3
4
20
500
1.5
3
4
4
24
600
1.5
4
4
28
700
2
4
30
750
2
4
32
800
2
4
36
900
3
40
1000
4
Table E2 Curing time pipe - fitting
26
PN (bar)
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
National Oilwell Varco has produced this brochure for general information only, and it
is not intended for design purposes. Although every effort has been made to maintain
the accuracy and reliability of its contents, National Oilwell Varco in no way assumes
responsibility for liability for any loss, damage or injury resulting from the use of information
and data herein nor is any warranty expressed or implied. Always cross-reference the
bulletin date with the most current version listed at the website noted in this literature.
North America
2425 SW 36th Street
San Antonio, TX 78237 USA
Phone: +1 210 434 5043
South America
Avenida Fernando Simoes
Recife, Brazil 51020-390
Phone: +55 31 3326 6900
Europe
P.O. Box 6, 4190 CA
Geldermalsen, The Netherlands
Phone: +31 345 587 587
Asia Pacific
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong, Singapore 639407
Phone: +65 6861 6118
Middle East
P.O. Box 17324
Dubai, UAE
Phone: +971 4881 3566
www.fgspipe.com • fgspipe@nov.com
© 2012, NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
® Trademark of NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
FP 1043 B 04/12
Assembly Instructions for Bondstrand® fiberglass flanges
Scope
These instructions present NOV Fiber Glass Systems recommendations for the proper use of Bondstrand fiberglass
flanges. The mounting of flanges on the pipe is addressed by the assembly instructions for the particular joint type and
adhesive used.
Bondstrand fiberglass
Bondstrand flanges are Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) filament-wound epoxy pipe flanges in diameters 25 through
1000 mm (1-40 inch) designed to be used in combination with Bondstrand pipes. Flanges are used in Bondstrand pipe
systems to connect appendages and equipment, or to make connection with other lines of similar or other material.
It also gives the ability to divide a pipeline into several (prefabricated) sections making it easier to install. Three type of
flanges are available. Depending on the application and pressure one of the below described flanges can be used.
Bondstrand flange types
Hubbed type flange
Applicable for low pressure up to a maximum of 12 bar (174 psi),
and only in combination with flat face counter flanges.
Never use this type of flange against raised face flanges or
in combination with wafer type valves. Hubbed type flanges are
available in sizes 2-16 inch (50-400 mm) with
Quick-Lock® adhesive bonded joints.
Photo 1 - Hubbed flange
Heavy Duty (HD) type flange
The Heavy Duty type flanges are used for pressures up to
50 bar (725 psi). HD type flanges are available with a Quick-Lock
sizes 1-16 inch (25-400 mm) or Taper/Taper sizes 2-40 inch
(50-1000 mm) adhesive bonded joint. Heavy duty tupe flanges can
be used when connecting to raised faced metal flanges and wafer
type valves.
Photo 2 - HD flange
Photo 3 - Stub-end flange
Stub-end (lap joint) type flange
Stub-end type flanges are suitable for high pressures upto
100 bar (1450 psi) . Stub end flanges can be supplied with an
o-ring groove or a flat face in combination with suitable gasket.
Stub-end type flanges are available with a Quick-Lock sizes
1-16 inch (25-400 mm) or Taper/Taper sizes 2-40 inch (50-1000)
adhesive bonded joint. Stub-end type flanges can be used when connecting to raised faced metal flange and wafer type valves.
Stub-end (lap joint) type flanges consist of 2 parts; A Bondstrand GRE stub with a steel backing ring flange.
Always use a flat faced (stub end) flange against an o-ring sealed stub end flange, when using stub-ends as flange
pairs.
Tooling
Check the presence and quality of joint material (bolt, nut, washer, gasket) and tooling (Photo 4). The tooling and joint material listed below are,
as a minimum, required to make a flanged joint. A torque wrench and a
ring spanner are required for proper assembly of Bondstrand fiberglass
flanges.





1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Level
Torque wrench
Ring spanner
Flange square
Winches
Band clamp
Steel cross


Gaskets
•
•
•
•
•
For hubbed flanges use a full-face gasket of a reinforced elastomer;
For heavy duty flanges use a full-face or raised face gasket of a reinforced elastomer or
compressed fiber;
For o-ring sealed stub end flanges use an o-ring. For flat faced stub end flanges use a
raised face gasket of a reinforced elastomer or compressed fiber;
Gasket material must be suitable for the service pressure, temperature and fluids in the
system. Gaskets should be 3 mm (⅛ inch) thick.
The hardness should be 60-75 Shore A;
When connecting to rubber lined valves, use either flat faced stub end flanges or insert a
spacer ring between valve and flange.
See table 1 for pressure rating of the different gasket types.
Size Range
Reinforced
Compressed
Steel
O-Ring
Elastomer
Fiber
Reinforced
(stub end)
Rubber
(inch)
(mm)
(bar)
(psi)
(bar)
(psi)
(bar)
(psi)
(bar)
(psi)
1-12
25-300
16
232
20
290
50
725
100
1450
14-24
350-600
16
232
16
232
40
580
75
1088
26-40
650-1000
16
232
16
232
25
363
50
725
Alignment
Flange joints shall be installed aligned and stress free. Never pull flanges together by
tightening the bolts. See table below for maximum misalignment allowance.
Table 2: Maximum misalignment allowance
Flange Size Range
A
B
(inch)
(mm)
(bar)
(mm)
(bar)
(mm)
1-16
25-400
5/128
1
5/64
2
18-40
450-1000
5/64
2
5/32
4
Leakage problems due to misalignment could be solved by using o-ring type gaskets (e.g.
Kroll & Ziller G-ST-P/S or Elastomet OR).
Bolt length
Note that Bondstrand flanges are thicker than metal flanges and require washers.
This should be taken into account when calculating the bolt length.
For flange thickness see the appropriate product datasheet, dimension data.
2
Connecting to other pipe systems
When Bondstrand pipe is connected to metal pipe systems, the interface should be anchored
to prevent movement or loads being transmitted to the Bondstrand pipe system.
Assembly of Quick-Lock flanges
Prepare the cut pipe end by shaving the appropriate spigot. Apply adhesive to the pipe spigot
and flange socket. Refer to the Bondstrand Quick-Lock assembly instructions for detailed
instruction on joint preparation and assembly.
Photo 5 - Apply adhesive
Without delay, slowly push the Quick-Lock flange onto the Quick-Lock spigot in a straight
forward motion. Do not rotate or jiggle the flange.
Photo 6 - Push flange onto
spigot
After joint assembly, check the alignment of the bolt holes.
Carefully turn the flange to position the bolt holes.
Photo 7 - Check bolt holes
alignment
Final seating of the spigot can be accomplished by carefully tapping on a wooden block
placed on the flange face. The spigot end should be seated against the bell stop of the
socket.
For sizes ≥ 6 inch (≥ 150 mm) a steel cross (see photo 15) can be used to get final seating.
Photo 8 - Final seating
Check the alignment of the flange face using a flange square.
Photo 9 - Check alignment of
flange face
Once again check the alignment of the bolt holes.
Remove excessive adhesive.
Photo 10 - Remove excessive
adhesive
Support the flange from underneath while curing to maintain proper alignment.
Cure the adhesive joint using an NOV Fiber Glass Systems approved heating blanket.
Check the position of the thermostat. It should be facing inwards (6 o’clock position) and
must be covered by the blanket. For the smaller sizes 1-3 inch (25-80 mm) special inner
blankets are available.
Photo 11 - Cure adhesive joint
3
Assembly of Taper/Taper flanges
Prepare the cut pipe end by shaving the appropriate spigot. Apply adhesive to the
pipe spigot and flange socket. Refer to the Bondstrand Taper/Taper assembly instructions for
detailed instruction on joint preparation and assembly.
Photo 12 - Apply adhesive
Without delay, slowly push the Taper/Taper flange onto the
Taper/Taper spigot in a straight forward motion. Do not rotate or jiggle the flange.
Photo 13 - Push flange onto
spigot
After joint assembly, check the alignment of the bolt holes.
Carefully turn the flange to position the bolt holes.
Photo 14 - Check boltholes
alignment
Pull the joint together using the winches. Check the insertion depth.
Photo 15 - Check insertion
depth
Check the alignment of the flange face using a flange square, or by using a level and a
measuring tape.
Photo 16 - Check alignment of
flange face
Once again check the alignment of the bolt holes. Remove excessive adhesive.
Photo 17 - Check alignment of
bolt holes
Cure the adhesive joint using an NOV Fiber GLass Systems approved heating blanket.
Check the position of the thermostat. It should be facing inwards (6 o’clock position) and
must be covered by the blanket. For the smaller sizes 1-3 inch (25-80 mm) special inner
blankets are available. Do not remove the winches while curing the joint.
Photo 18 - Cure the adhesive
joint
4
Flange jointing
Place the gasket between the two flange faces.
Photo 19 - Place gasket
Insert the bolts and finger-tighten all nuts. Bolt threads must be clean and lubricated to
attain proper torque. Use lubricated washers under both nuts and bolt heads to protect
flange back face.
Photo 20 - Insert bolts
Tighten all nuts following the sequences shown under “tightening sequence”.
Do not exceed the torque increments given in “Recommended Bolt Torques.”
After all bolts have been tightened to the recommended torque, re-check the torque on
each bolt in the same sequence, since previously tightened bolts may have relaxed.
Photo 21 - Tighten bolts
Caution: Excess torque can damage the flange and prevent sealing.
Note! Always use washers on the back-facing of glassfiber hubbed and heavy duty
flanges. For stub end flange assembly with metal flange rings washers are optional.
Tightening sequence
3
5
1
7
7
3
4
10
8
6
2
12
2
16
1
13
4
14
3
10
9
20
11
14
16
28
1
17
8
9
29
32
18
10
5
12
20
2
23
15
24
1
13
21
16
3
4
11
22
25
5
17
9
21
3
10
7
19
11
28
15
18
27
6
7
26
21
20
12
2
8
19
6
7
14
13
22
15
6
5
4
3
18
17
12
17
9
7
15
5
16
4
2
13
8
6
8
24
9
1
12
20
1
5
10
24
16
12
9
6
4
8
5
3
4
8
2
1
11
1
14
13
2
23
11
19
D
4
25
3
26
14
19
11
22
C
B
A
Symbol
Date
Revision
This document contains information proprietary to Ameron.
It shall not be reproduced,
used ot disclosed to anyone
without the prior written permission of Ameron.
AMERON
Title:
6
31
30
7
10
18
2
27
15
23
ALL DIM. IN mm
Drawn
DRAWING SIZE : A3
DWG. Scale
Checked
1:4
Appv´d
By
Appv'd
Fiberglass-Composite Pipe Group
Ameron B.V.
De Panoven 20, P.O. Box 6
4190 CA Geldermalsen, The Netherlands
Phone : (+31) 345 587 587
Fax : (+31) 345 587 561
TIGHTENING SEQUENCE
By
Date
S.P.
30-10-7
ECN No.
Sheet1 of1
DWG No.
2-CD2684
Rev
-
5
Recommended bolt torques
Table 3: Hubbed Flanges
Flange Size
Initial Torque
Torque
Full Pressure Seal
(inch)
(mm)
(N·m)
(ft·lb)
(N.m)
(ft·lb)
2-4
50-100
10
7
30
22
6-12
150-300
20
15
40
30
14-16
350-400
30
22
70
52
Table 4: Heavy Duty Flanges and blind
Flange Size
Initial Torque
Torque
Full Pressure Seal
(inch)
(mm)
(N·м)
(ft·lb)
(N·м)
(ft·lb)
1-1.5
25-40
10
7
30
22
2-4
50-100
20
15
60
44
6-8
150-200
30
22
80
59
10-14
250-350
50
37
150
111
16
400
100
74
250
184
18-20
450-500
200
148
400
295
22-40
550-1000
250
184
500
369
Table 5: Stub end Flanges
Flange Size
Initial Torque
Torque
Full Pressure Seal
6
(inch)
(mm)
(N·м)
(ft·lb)
(N.м)
(ft·lb)
1-4
25-100
20
15
90
66
6-12
150-300
50
37
150
111
14-16
350-400
100
74
300
221
18-24
450-600
200
148
600
443
26-40
650-1000
300
221
800
590
Troubleshooting
If the assembled flange joint leaks, loosen and remove all bolts, nuts, washers and gasket.
Check for alignment of assembly. Rebuild to correct alignment as required.
Check the gasket for damage. If damaged, discard and replace it with a new, undamaged
gasket. Check flanges for seal ring damage. In particular, check the condition of the inner
seal rings. Flanges with damaged inner seal rings must be
removed and new, undamaged flanges installed. If leaks occur as a result of
deficiencies in non-fiberglass components of the piping system, consult the
manufacturer of the defective components for recommended corrective procedures. Clean
and re-lubricate old threads and washers before rejoining. Repeat the joining procedure outlined above. After corrective action has been taken, retest the joint.
Safety
Wear suitable protective clothing, gloves and eye protection at all times.
Photo 22 - Safety gear
7
National Oilwell Varco has produced this brochure for general information only, and it
is not intended for design purposes. Although every effort has been made to maintain
the accuracy and reliability of its contents, National Oilwell Varco in no way assumes
responsibility for liability for any loss, damage or injury resulting from the use of information
and data herein nor is any warranty expressed or implied. Always cross-reference the
bulletin date with the most current version listed at the website noted in this literature.
North America
2425 SW 36th Street
San Antonio, TX 78237 USA
Phone: +1 210 434 5043
South America
Avenida Fernando Simoes
Recife, Brazil 51020-390
Phone: +55 31 3326 6900
Europe
P.O. Box 6, 4190 CA
Geldermalsen, The Netherlands
Phone: +31 345 587 587
Asia Pacific
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong, Singapore 639407
Phone: +65 6861 6118
Middle East
P.O. Box 17324
Dubai, UAE
Phone: +971 4881 3566
www.fgspipe.com • fgspipe@nov.com
© 2012, NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
® Trademark of NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
FP196 D 04/12
Assembly Instructions for Bondstrand® Fiberglass Saddles
Scope
These instructions describe the proper procedures for mounting Bondstrand filament-wound epoxy saddles on epoxy
pipe. This procedure is suitable for all saddle types.
Bondstrand fiberglass saddles
Bondstrand saddles are Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) filament-wound epoxy pipe saddles in diameters
25 through 1000 mm (1-40 inch) designed to be used in combination with Bondstrand pipes. Reducing saddles are
used in Bondstrand pipe systems to connect appendages, e.g. pressure gauges. Several types of saddles are available.
Depending on the application one of the below described saddles can be used.
Tooling
Check the presence and quality of the material (saddle), adhesive and tooling. The tooling listed below is, as a
minimum, required to mount the saddle.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Level;
Band clamp;
Hole saw;
Flapper wheel sander grid 40/60.
1
4
3
2
Tooling
1
Bondstrand
saddle types
Reducing saddle with flanged branch
These saddles are available in pressure classes up to 16 bar depending on the
size. Flanged reducing saddles are available in size 2”- 40” with either Quick-Lock
or Taper adhesive bonded flanges. Refer to the product datasheets for available
branch sizes. Flanged reducing saddles are generally used to connect vents and
drains or temperature and pressure gauges. To connect branch lines reducing tees
are recommended.
Reducing saddle with flanged branch
Reducing saddle with socket outlet
The socket reducing saddles are, depending on size, suitable up to 16 bar.
This type of reducing saddle is available in size 3”-40” with either a Quick-Lock
or Taper adhesive bonded bell end. Refer to the product datasheets for available
branch sizes. In general socket reducing saddles are used to connect short branch
lines (e.g. drain or vent lines). Reducing tees are recommended to connect to
branch lines.
Reducing saddle with socket outlet
Reducing saddle with bushing
Bushing saddle can be used for pressures up to 16 bar (depending on size) and
are available in sizes 2”-40”. The outlet can be NPT or BSP threaded. Thread sizes
up to 1” are available. Bushing saddles are used to connect pressure and
temperature gauges.
Reducing saddle with bushing
2
Deluge saddle
Deluge saddles are available up to 16 bar (depending on size). Deluge saddles are
manufactured using titanium reversed taper bushings that are bonded in the
saddle. The outlet can be NPT or BSP threaded. Thread sizes up to 1” are
available. Deluge saddles are used in deluge piping to connect deluge nozzles.
Deluge saddle
Support saddle
Available in sizes 1” up to and including 40”. Support saddle can be used at sliding
supports (wear saddle) or at anchor supports to restrict movement of the pipe.
Support saddle
Grounding saddle
Grounding saddles are used to ground conductive pipe. They are available in
size 1” – 40” and are bonded to the pipe using RP-60 conductive adhesive.
Grounding saddle
3
Asssembly of saddles
Mark the outline of the saddle on the surface of the pipe.
Mark outline saddle
Sand the area with a flapper wheel, using a grid 40 or 60 abrasive.
Sand the bonding area until the resin rich outer layer is completely
removed. After sanding, the surface should show a dull, fresh finish
(not a polished look).
Sand area with flapper wheel
If a hole in the pipe is required, mark and drill the hole opening. Do not use
oil or other lubricants for drilling. Make the hole just slightly larger than the
outer diameter of the protuted part of the branch at the inner radius of the
saddle. A hole saw with a pilot drill and a carbide cutting works best for
¾-inch and larger holes, while a standard drill bit for steel will usually
suffice for smaller holes.
Examine the inside surface of the pipe around the newly cut hole for
cracks in the liner. Chipped or cracked liner material must be sanded off
and a thin layer of adhesive added to the affected areas.
When required mark and drill the hole
opening
Sand the inside surface of the saddle using a flapper sander. Lightly
re-sand the pipe surface and the edge of the hole, especially if the surface
may have been contaminated while drilling the hole.
All mating surfaces, plus the edge of the hole, must be clean and dry and
must be sanded within two hours of assembly.
After sanding, surfaces to be bonded should show a dull, fresh finish
(not a polished look).
Sand the inside surface of the saddle
Thoroughly wipe the sanded saddle and pipe surfaces with a clean, dry
paper cloth or use a duster brush to remove dust particles.
If surfaces become wet, warm with Bondstrand heating blanket until dry,
then re-sand. Protect the mating surfaces from moisture during wet
weather by tenting over the working area. Do not touch the prepared
surfaces with bare hands or any article that would leave an oily film.
Never use solvents for cleaning bonding surfaces.
4
Wipe the sanded saddle and pipe surfaces
clean
Unless the project specifications or the Bondstrand Chemical Resistance
Chart recommend a special adhesive for your particular service, one
should use Bondstrand RP-34 Epoxy Adhesive. If a different Bondstrand
adhesive is required, substitute for the RP-34 an equal quantity of the
desired adhesive.
Instructions for mixing and using the adhesive are found in the package.
Grounding saddles are bonded using RP60 conductive adhesive.
Use required Bondstrand Epoxy adhesive kit
Apply enough adhesive to completely cover the mating surfaces of both
pipe and saddle and a thin layer to the hole edge in the pipe with the
spatula supplied in the adhesive kit. Then add a liberal amount of
adhesive in the central area of the pipe mating surface so that excess
adhesive will be forced to flow from the central area to the saddle edges
when the saddle and pipe are banded. If saddle is to be mounted over a
hole, avoid excess flow towards the hole by placing the excess adhesive
around the hole, about halfway between the hole and the edge of the
saddle.
Apply enough adhesive
Push the saddle into place and check the alignment of the outlet using a
level.
Push saddle into place and check the
alignment
Draw the saddle against the pipe using two band clamps at each end of
the saddle.
Do not over tight as this will squeeze out all the adhesive. Put just enough
tension on the band clamps until adhesive is shown at all edges.
Remove excess adhesive for a nice finish. Once again check the
alignment.
Use band clamps
Cure the adhesive bonded saddle at ambient temperature for at least 8
hours, leaving the bandclamps in place.
Remove the bandclamps and heat cure the adhesive using NOV FGS
heating blankets. Use two blankets for reducing saddles, one at each side
of the outlet. The required curing time is two hours.
Use NOV FGS heating blanket for heat cure
5
Safety
Wear suitable protective clothing, gloves and eye protection at all times.
Personal protective equipment (PPE)
National Oilwell Varco has produced this brochure for general information only, and it
is not intended for design purposes. Although every effort has been made to maintain
the accuracy and reliability of its contents, National Oilwell Varco in no way assumes
responsibility for liability for any loss, damage or injury resulting from the use of information
and data herein nor is any warranty expressed or implied. Always cross-reference the
bulletin date with the most current version listed at the website noted in this literature.
North America
2425 SW 36th Street
San Antonio, TX 78237 USA
Phone: +1 210 434 5043
South America
Avenida Fernando Simoes
Recife, Brazil 51020-390
Phone: +55 31 3326 6900
Europe
P.O. Box 6, 4190 CA
Geldermalsen, The Netherlands
Phone: +31 345 587 587
Asia Pacific
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong, Singapore 639407
Phone: +65 6861 6118
Middle East
P.O. Box 17324
Dubai, UAE
Phone: +971 4881 3566
www.fgspipe.com • fgspipe@nov.com
6
© 2012, NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
® Trademark of NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
FP 1010 04/12
Installation guide for GRE pipe systems
1. Introduction
1.1. Scope
This manual gives general information about various
aspects that are relevant for the installation of Glassfiber
Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe systems. Respect for the
requirements, methods and recommendations given in
this guide will contribute to a successful operating pipeline
system.
Authorized, trained and certified personnel can only
contribute to a reliable pipeline system. Note that the
remarks about the various joints in this document are for
guidance only.
More specific and detailed information about underground
and aboveground installations, as well as various joining
methods, is given in manufacturers’ referenced documents.
Fig. 1.1. Offshore unit
Table of contents
1.
1.1.
1.2.
1.3.
Introduction
Scope
References
Notification
1
1
4
5
2.
2.1.
2.2.
2.3.
2.3.1.
2.3.2.
2.4.
Product introduction
Systems
Pipe fabrication process
Advantages and disadvantages of GRE compared with steel
Advantages
Disadvantages
Product identifcation
6
6
6
6
6
7
7
3.
3.1.
3.1.1.
3.1.2.
3.2.
Material handling, storage and transportation
Handling
Loading
Unloading
Storage
7
7
7
8
9
4.
4.1.
4.2.
4.3.
4.4.
4.5.
4.6.
4.7.
Joining systems and preparation methods
Conical-Cylindrical bonded joint
Taper-Taper bonded joint
Laminate Joint
Flange Joint
Mechanical O-Ring Lock Joint
Mechanical O-Ring Joint
Mechanical Coupler
10
10
10
11
11
12
12
12
5.
5.1.
5.1.1.
5.1.1.2.
5.1.1.3.
5.1.1.4.
5.1.2.
5.2.
5.2.1.
5.2.2.
5.2.3.
5.3.
5.3.1.
5.3.2.
Tools and materials
Tools
Non-consumables
Heating blanket
Pullers and band clamps
Others
Consumables
Materials
Adhesive
O-ring
Locking key
Check of incoming material
Quality check
Quantity check
13
13
13
13
14
14
14
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
6.
6.1.
6.2.
6.2.1.
6.2.2.
6.3.
6.3.1.
6.3.2.
6.3.3.
6.4.
6.4.1.
6.4.1.1.
6.4.1.2.
6.4.1.3.
6.4.1.4.
6.4.2.
6.5.
6.6.
6.7.
Installation of underground pipe systems
Trench construction
System assembly
Positioning components in the plant
Joining of components
Backfilling
Procedure and requirements
Backfill material specification
Other backfilling methods
Special underground installations
Road crossing
Jacket pipe
Relief plates
Burial depth
Pipe stifness
Channel crossing
Alignment
Settlement
Pipe cast in concrete
16
16
16
16
17
17
17
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
19
19
19
19
2
7.
7.1.
7.1.1.
7.1.2.
7.2.
7.3.
7.4.
7.5.
7.5.1.
7.5.2.
7.5.3.
7.5.4.
7.5.5.
7.6.
7.7.
Installation of aboveground pipe systems
Supports
General
Fixed support points
Pipe clamps
Valves
Bellows
Pipe connections through walls
GRE pipe with sealing puddle flange
Sand coated GRE pipe
Link seal
Special sealing shape
Plain wall passing
Joining with other materials
UV-resistance
20
20
20
20
21
21
22
22
22
22
22
23
23
23
23
8.
8.1.
8.2.
8.3.
Quality Control/Quality Assurance
General
Joint traceability
Possible installation defects
24
24
24
24
9.
9.1.
9.2.
9.3.
9.3.1.
9.3.2.
9.3.3.
Field Test Procedure
General
Preparation
Filling, stabilizing, testing and depressurizing
Filling and stabilizing
Testing
Depressurising
10.
Repair
27
11.
Tolerances
28
12.
12.1.
12.2.
12.3.
Safety precautions
Resin, hardener, adhesive and lamination sets
Cutting, shaving and sanding
Environment
29
29
29
29
25
25
26
26
26
26 - 27
27
3
1.2. References
Following documentation gives additional and detailed information about various subjects, which are described in this
manual
Chapter
Subject
Reference number
2.4
Product Identification
---
3.1
Packing and handling instructions
FP 167
4.1
Assembly instructions for Quick-Lock adhesive bonded joints
FP 170
4.2
Assembly instructions for Taper-Taper adhesive bonded joints
FP 564
4.3
Jointing Instructions Laminate
---
4.4
Assembly instructions for Flanges
FP 196
4.5 - 4.6
Assembly instructions for Key-Lock mechanical joints
FP 161
5.1.1
Operating instructions M74 Pipe Shaver
FP 696
5.1.1
Operating instructions M86 Pipe Shaver
FP 453
5.1.1
Operating instructions M86 XL Pipe Shaver
FP 919
5.1.1
Operating instructions M87 Pipe Shaver
FP 454
5.1.1
Operating instructions M87 XL Pipe Shaver
FP 455
5.1.1
Operating instructions M88 Pipe Shaver
FP 1022
5.1.1
Operating instructions M95 Pipe Shaver
FP 925
5.1.1
Operating instructions B1-Tool
FP 810
5.1.1.3
Operating instructions for NOV FGS Heating Blankets
FP 730
It is the user’s responsibility to ensure that he has the latest revision of the listed documents.
Documents can be obtained via fg-nld-customerservice@nov.com
4
1.3. Notification
This manual provides the following information:
•
A general overview on tooling and materials for
pipe system installation
•
A description of joining methods and systems
•
Handling, storage and transporting materials
•
Installation systems and procedures
•
System control and safety measures
Please note that the instructions in this manual are for
guidance only. Specifications written for a particular project
will be normative.
We cannot describe all possible circumstances met in the
field. For this reason, our experienced supervisors may
deviate from given descriptions in order to achieve the
optimum solution for the particular situation, using the latest
techniques and methods.
Fig. 1.2. Water injection
Fig. 1.3. Mine application
5
2. Product introduction
2.1. Systems
GRE pipeline systems are made from glass fibers, which
are impregnated with an aromatic- or cyclo-aliphatic amine
cured epoxy resin.
This thermoset resin system offers superior corrosion
resistance together with excellent mechanical, physical and
thermal properties.
The glass fiber reinforced epoxy pipeline is resistant to the
corrosive effects of mixtures with a low concentration of
acids, neutral or nearly neutral salts, solvents and caustic
substances, both under internal and external pressure.
A reinforced resin liner can protect the helical wound
continuous glass fibers of the reinforced wall of the pipes
and the structural reinforcement of the fittings internally.
2.2. Pipe fabrication process
GRE pipes are manufactured using the filament winding
method. In this mechanical process, continuous glass fiber
rovings are impregnated with epoxy resin.
The production of GRE starts with the preparation of a steel
mandrel, which may be completed with a socket mould.
The dimensions of these tools determine the inner
dimensions of the pipe, fitting and joint system.
Glass fibers are guided through a resin bath, which is filled
with epoxy resin and are wound under constant tension in a
specific pattern around the polished mandrel.
This process continues until the required wall thickness
is reached. Generally, the higher the pressure class, the
greater the wall thickness of the product will be.
The winding process ends with curing the epoxy resin in an
oven, extraction of the mandrel/ mould from the product,
finishing the product by cutting to length and machining the
ends. The products are subjected to visual and dimensional
controls as well as a hydro test.
Fig. 2.1. Filament winding process
THETHE
WALL
STRUCTURE
WALL STRUCTURE
RESIN
0,3mm EPOXY COATING
E-GLASS WALL
6
..........
0,5mm RESIN RICH LINER
...
GLASS
100%
0%
30%
70%
E-GLASS
70%
30%
C-GLASS
W
AXIAL
Fig.2.2. GRE pipe wall build-up
2.3. Advantages and disadvantages of GRE compared with steel
2.3.1. Advantages
Glass Reinforced Epoxy pipe systems have a number of
advantages over conventional pipe systems, of which the
most important are:
•
Durable/corrosion resistant
GRE piping is resistant, both internally and externally, to the corrosive effects of water, oil and many chemicals.
Cathodic protection or coating is not required.
•
Low weight/easy to install
The specific weight of GRE is only 25 % of steel; due to the low weight, GRE pipeline components are
easier to handle without the need of heavy (lifting) equipment.
•
No initial painting or conservation
The epoxy topcoat on the outer surface of GRE pipe
components is resistant to the influences of
the installation environment and an additional external
conservation is initially not required.
......
Fig.2.3. Spool manufacturing
2.3.2. Disadvantages
Attention should be paid to the following disadvantages of
GRE when comparing with conventional pipe systems, such
as:
•
Impact resistance
The pipe system is more susceptible to impact damage due to the brittle nature of the thermoset resin
system.
•
Handling
GRE installations require more and careful preparation
due to other joining methods, handling- and transportation requirements and installation techniques.
•
Flexibility
The flexible GRE piping system requires specific support design.
Fig. 3.1. Vacuum lifting device
2.4. Product identification
Products are marked with labels, which contain relevant
product information.
For specific and detailed information, reference is made to
manufacturers’ documentation.
3. Material handling, storage
and transportation
3.1. Handling
GRE products must be handled carefully to avoid any
damage. Handling and transportation of GRE is not
restricted by temperature. This section lists the most
important requirements for handling materials before and
after shipment and for storage.
3.1.1. Loading
Mind following requirements:
• Pipes, fittings and prefabricated parts (spools) must be
transported by suitable trucks having flat bed floors
• Forklifts may be used for handling provided that the
forks are padded with a protective material such as
rubber or plastic
• Check for and remove any projections, nails or other
sharp edges from the supporting floor before each load
• Any contact of the truck or steel container with the
GRE products shall be separated by wood or rubber
• Avoid direct contact between individual GRE products
during transportation
• Pipes and spools shall be lifted at least at two points
by using nylon or canvas sling belts with a minimum
width of 100 mm. Use the largest spool diameter to balance the load during the lift
• Secure materials by wooden wedges and supports
having a minimum width of 100 mm
• Pipe supports shall be spaced at ≈3 m intervals,
minimal 1 m from the ends; the support distance of
nested pipes shall not exceed ≈2 m
• Tie the products in place by using either nylon or
canvas sling belts
• Chains and steel cables may never be used for lifting
or fixation
Fig. 3.2. Spool handling
Fig. 3.3. Pipe handling (unloading)
Fig. 3.4. Pipe handling (loading)
7
• Avoid support on sharp edges
• Fittings can be properly transported in crates or on
pallets
• Flanges must be secured against sliding when stored
on the sealing face
• Pipe ends and machined surfaces must be protected
(e.g. with PE-foil)
3.1.2. Unloading
The client is responsible for unloading ordered material,
unless agreed otherwise.
Mind following:
•
Use nylon or canvas sling belts with a minimum width
of 100 mm
•
Standard pipe lengths shall be lifted at minimal two
supporting points
•
Fix at least one sling belt around the section with the
greatest diameter
•
Unload one (packed) item at a time
Fig. 3.5. Crate handling
Fig. 3.6. Crate handling
Fig. 3.7. Spool handling
Fig. 3.8. Stacked pipe in stock
8
3.2. Storage
In order to avoid damage to GRE products, the following
recommendations shall be respected:
•
Provide a flat and horizontal supporting surface
•
Do not store the pipes directly on the ground, onto
rails or concrete floors
•
Ensure suitable supports such as clean, nail free
wooden beams
•
Machined ends must be protected (e.g. with PE-foil)
•
Bell and/or spigot ends may not touch each other
•
Pipes can be stacked economically by alternating the
orientation of spigot- and socket end
•
Avoid pipe bending by locating supports between the
layers of stacked pipe vertically above each other
•
Supports must be spaced at a maximum interval of
3 m and ≈1 m from each pipe end
•
The allowable stacking height is 1.5 m or 2 layers,
whichever is higher
•
Product diameters may flatten when stacked too high
and/or too long, specially at elevated temperature
•
Long term storage is recommended under tarpaulins
or PE-sheets
•
Pipe stacks must have side supports (e.g. wooden
wedges) to prevent rolling or slipping
•
Unprotected flange sealing faces shall not be placed
directly on the ground or on supporting floors
•
Spools shall not be stacked
•
No other materials shall be loaded on top of GRE
products
•
Do not drop, walk, or stand on GRE products
•
Avoid point loading due to careless stacking
Fig. 3.9. Pipe stacking
Fig. 3.10. Wooden wedge
Raw materials such as O-rings, gaskets, locking keys,
adhesive kits, resin, hardener, woven roving and lubricants
shall be stored in the original packaging, in a dry
environment, at recommended temperatures.
The shelf life of adhesives and resins must be respected.
If any damage is observed due to transportation or during
installation (e.g. excessive scratches, cracks) contact the
supplier.
Never use damaged materials.
Fig. 3.11. Storage of fittings
9
4. Joining systems and preparation methods
For the joining of GRE pipe components, various types of
joints can be used. This section details the characteristics of
each of these joints.
4.1. Conical-Cylindrical bonded joint
This type of adhesive bonded joint consists of a slightly
conical socket and a cylindrical spigot. This joint allows for
an accurate assembly length with narrow tolerance and may
be used for above- and underground pipe systems.
For this adhesive joint the following tools and materials are
required:
•
Gloves, dust mask, safety glasses
•
Measuring tape, marker, bench, pipe fitters wrap-a
round
•
Angle cutter, hand saw or jig saw
•
Shaver, grinding tools
•
Rubber scraper, pulling equipment, adhesive kit
•
Heating blanket or air gun, insulation blanket,
digital temperature gauge
•
Cleaning brush, non-fluffy cleaning rags, cleaning
fluids
Summarized, the bonding procedure consists of cutting,
cleaning, machining, and application of adhesive, joining
and curing. The installation time depends on proper
preparation, diameter and personnel.
For specific and detailed information, reference is made to
manufacturers’ documentation.
Fig. 4.1. Conical-Cylindrical bonded joint
4.2. Taper/Taper bonded joint
This adhesive bonded joint consists of a conical socket and
conical spigot.
When comparing with the conical-cylindrical adhesive
bonded joint this type of joint is also available in
higher-pressure classes.
For specific dimensions, specific instructions are required.
The tools, materials, joining procedure and installation time
for the taper-taper bonded joint are similar to those of the
conical-cylindrical adhesive bonded joint.
Fig. 4.2. Taper/Taper bonded joint
10
4.3. Laminate Joint
The laminate joint is used to join plain-ended pipe sections.
After preparation of the pipe surfaces, a specific thickness
of resin impregnated glass reinforcement is wrapped over a
certain length around the pipes to be joined; the thickness
and the length of the laminate are related to diameter and
pressure.
This joint requires following tools/materials:
•
Gloves, dust mask and safety glasses
•
Measuring tape, marker and pipe fitters wrap around
•
Angle cutter, jig saw or hand saw
•
Grinding tools and flexible support disc
•
Rubber scraper, scissors, brushes, resin, hardener and
glass reinforcement
•
Air gun, gas burner or field oven with insulation
blanket and digital temperature gauge
•
Cleaning brush, non-fluffy cleaning rags and cleaning
fluids
Fig. 4.3. Scheme laminate joint
The successive activities for a laminate joint are cutting,
sanding, cleaning, mixing, fitting, laminating and curing.
For specific and detailed information, reference is made to
manufacturers’ documentation.
4.4. Flange Joint
The flange joint connects appendages and equipment
as well as other lines of different materials. Based on the
application and pressure, several types are available.
For a flange joint following tools and materials are required:
•
Ring spanner, torque wrench
•
Bolts, nuts and washers
•
Gasket
Fig. 4.4. Laminate joint
It is of major importance that GRE flanges are aligned with
the counter flange. Excessive misalignment may cause high
stresses, which lead to premature material failure.
Generally, flange joints facilitate connections with steel
piping and allow easy assembly and disassembly of piping
systems.
For specific and detailed information, reference is made to
manufacturers’ documentation.
Fig. 4.5. Flanged joint
Fig. 4.6. Flange detail
11
4.5. Mechanical O-Ring Lock Joint
The mechanical O-ring lock joint is a tensile resistant
type of joint. This restrained type of joint can be used in
unrestrained environments, e.g. aboveground.
The following tools and materials are required to make
such a joint:
•
Pipe clamps and pulling equipment
•
Lubricant, O-ring, locking key(s) and plastic or wooden
mallet to drive the locking key in position
•
Non-fluffy cleaning rags and cleaning fluids
The assembly procedure starts with cleaning and lubricating
surfaces, then mounting clamps, aligning, pulling the spigot
in the socket and mounting the locking key(s). The joint can
be disassembled, but is not designed as such.
For specific and detailed information, reference is made to
manufacturers’ documentation.
Fig. 4.7. Mechanical O-Ring lock joint (2-key)
4.6. Mechanical O-Ring Joint
The mechanical O-ring joint is a non-tensile resistant type
of joint. This unrestrained type of joint can be used in a
restrained environment, e.g. underground.
This type of joint is made with the following tools and
materials:
•
Pipe clamps and pulling equipment
•
Lubricant, O-ring
•
Non-fluffy cleaning rags and cleaning fluids
Joining starts with cleaning and lubricating surfaces; then
mounting clamps, aligning and pulling of the spigot in the
socket. For specific and detailed information, reference is
made to manufacturers’ documentation.
Fig. 4.8. Mechanical O-Ring lock joint (1-key)
4.7. Mechanical Coupler
Generally, mechanical couplers are used for joining plainended GRE pipes to pipes made from other materials. A
step coupler can join pipes with different outer diameters.
This type of joint is unrestrained. These couplers can also
be used for preliminary repairs.
Specific information can be obtained from the supplier of
the coupler.
Fig. 4.9. Scheme mechanical coupler
Fig. 4.10. Various mechanical couplers
12
5. Tools and material
For details on tooling and materials, reference is made to
manufacturers’ detailed documentation.
5.1. Tools
Tools are divided in two main categories:
non-consumables and consumables.
5.1.1. Non-consumables
Non-consumable tools can be used multiple times.
5.1.1.1. Shaver
A GRE pipe shaver is a custom designed tool, which is
used to prepare a spigot end for an adhesive bonded joint
on a pipe. Pipes are standard supplied with the appropriate
end figuration, but an adjustment to length at site requires
shaving of a spigot in the field.
Fig. 5.1. M95 shaver type
The shaver is mounted on an arbor. The arbor is mounted
and centred in the pipe and fixed against the inner surface
of the pipe by expanding the diameter.
The shaver arm rotates around the central shaft of the arbor;
the machining tool shapes the spigot end.
5.1.1.2. Heating blanket
Heating blankets are designed to cure adhesive bonded
and laminate joints.
Blankets are made from a coiled resistance wire, which is
sandwiched between two layers of silicon rubber.
Fig. 5.2. Mounted shaver (M87 type)
To control the temperature, each blanket is furnished with a
thermostat.
It is important to store the heating blanket properly in order
to keep this tool in an optimal condition.
Heating blankets shall never be folded; these blankets may
only be stored flat or rolled.
Fig. 5.3. Arbor
Fig. 5.4. Heating blanket
13
5.1.1.3. Pullers and band clamps
Pullers and band clamps are used to make Taper-Taper
adhesive bonded joints, large diameter Conical-Cylindrical
bonded joints and mechanical O-ring (lock) joints.
Band-clamps with pulling lugs must be applied at both pipe
ends to be joined. The positions of the pulling lugs shall
face each other.
The Taper-Taper joint must be kept under tension until
curing of the adhesive is completed to avoid joint
detachment.
Rubber protection pads are placed underneath the ratchets
before tightening the band clamps. Put a wooden wedge
between the pipe and the pulling lug to create a gap for
mounting of the heating blanket.
For bonding of large diameters 3 to 4 pullers are required.
Check the pullers on defects on a regular base.
Fig. 5.5. Pulled adhesive joint
5.1.1.4 Others
Other non-consumables may be required such as:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Air gun, gas burner or field oven
Angle cutter, hand saw or jig saw
Pipe fitters wrap-a-round
Pi Tape
Grinding tool
Insulation blankets
Digital temperature gauge
Generator
Fig. 5.6. Pull mechanism
5.1.2. Consumables
Consumable tools can only be used once.
Following tools are supposed to be consumable:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Measuring tape
Pair of scissors
Marker
Sand paper/grinding discs P40 – P60
Brushes
Rubber scrappers, bucket
Cleaning fluids, joint lubricant
Dust masks, gloves and safety glasses
 Powerpull (2x)
 Joint lubricant
 Band clamps (2x)
 Pulling rings (4x)
 O-ring
 Bucket with water
 Screw driver
 Hammer
 Key
Fig. 5.7. Wedge between pipe and pulling lug






Fig. 5.8. Tools for joint assembly
14

 

5.2. Materials
5.2.1. Adhesive
Different types of adhesive are available depending on the
application. Adhesive can be conductive or non-conductive.
An adhesive kit contains resin, hardener, mixing spatula and
bonding instructions.
Adhesive kits contain chemicals that are sensitive to
temperature and moisture.
It is important to check the expiry date of the adhesive,
which is printed on the package.
Do not use adhesive or resin after indicated expiry date.
5.2.2. O-ring
A rubber O-Ring provides sealing of the mechanical O-ring
(lock) joint. Standard O-rings are made of Nitryl Butadiene
Rubber (NBR).
Fig. 5.9. Adhesive kit
Depending on the medium and/or temperature, other types
of rubber can be supplied.
O-rings must be stored properly and flat, in a dry, cool and
dark environment, free from dust and chemicals, which may
attack the material.
Direct sunlight must be avoided.
5.2.3. Locking key
Locking keys block the longitudinal displacement of the
spigot in the socket of a mechanical O-ring lock joint.
Locking keys must be stored in a dry and cool location
without direct exposure of sunlight. Improper storage may
affect the mechanical properties negatively. For further
details, reference is made to manufacturers’ detailed
documentation.
Fig. 5.10. O-rings
5.3. Check of incoming material
5.3.1. Quality check
The condition of containers, crates, boxes and pallets must
be checked on possible damage upon arrival. If damage
has occurred to any material package, the contents might
be damaged too. Check pipes and fittings on impact
damage. Materials and tooling must be dry at arrival.
The damaged state of materials and/or products when
delivered must be reported and documented (e.g. clarified
with pictures). Damaged materials shall be separated
and quarantined from undamaged materials to avoid
unintentional use.
Fig. 5.11. Locking keys
5.3.2. Quantity check
Check the delivered quantities and the reported quantities
on the packaging list. The recipient is advised to check the
contents of the deliveries.
Quantity, size and configuration of materials and products
should be physically checked against the data on the
packing list.
15
6. Installation of underground pipe systems
GRE pipes are used for various applications in various soils
conditions. Underground pipeline systems require accurate
trench structuring, product assembly and installation.
For detailed information about underground installation,
reference is made to manufacturers’ documentation.
6.1. Trench construction
The trench construction highly depends on the soil
parameters, such as type, density and moisture content.
The construction of the trench should comply with following
requirements and recommendations:
• The trench shape is determined by the classification of
the soil, which can be unstable or stable
• Top sides of the trench must be cleared from rocks or
any other sharp/heavy materials
• The trench foundation shall consist of a compacted
sand layer without stones or sharp objects
• Loosen a hard and uneven trench foundation in order to
prevent point loading
• Keep the trench dry during installation; if necessary use
of a pumping system and drainage
• The minimum width (W) at the bottom of the trench for a
single pipe shall be: W = 1.25 * OD + 300 mm
• The space between the pipe and the trench wall must
be 150 mm wider than the used compaction equipment
• Respecting pipe stiffness, operating conditions, soil
characteristics and wheel load the minimum burial depth
is 0.8 m
• The crown of the pipe must be installed below frost level
6.2. System assembly
The assembly procedure of a piping system may vary per
project. Generally, this procedure deals with positioning and
joining of components in the plant.
6.2.1. Positioning components in the plant
After positioning of the pipe system elements next to the
trench, these components have to be handled into final
position in the trench:
• Small diameter pipe sections can be lowered manually
using ropes, slings or light lifting devices
• Large diameter piping requires heavier equipment
during final positioning
• To avoid damage the minimum bending radius of a pipe
shall be respected
• Avoid unwanted objects falling into the trench during
lowering pipe sections
• Use nylon sling belts or special designed equipment
during product handling
Fig. 6.1. Trench in unstable soil
Fig. 6.2. Trench in stable soil
Fig. 6.3. General scheme of trench construction
Fig. 6.4. Assembly in process
16
6.2.2. Joining of components
Respect next requirements and recommendations for
joining of underground pipe systems:
• Inspect all products before installation
• Components with mechanical O-ring joints shall be
assembled in the trench
• Adhesive bonded and laminated joints can be
assembled either inside or outside the trench
• Never move or disturb a joint during the curing process
• Standard pipe lengths may be doubled in order to
reduce the installation time
• Ensure sufficient space around joints for proper align
ment and joining
• Keep the system centred in the trench
• Respect the allowable joint angular deflection and pipe
bending radius
• Bending of a joint shall be avoided unless allowable by
system design
• Changes in directions in non-restrained pipeline
systems must be anchored
• Ensure stretching of the O-ring lock joints; this prevents
axial displacement of the pipeline and overloading of
fittings when pressurising the system
• The pipeline can be stretched by pressurizing at 0.8 *
operating pressure. Mechanical stretching is
recommended. Precautions shall be taken to avoid
overloading of fittings
• Branches shall be left free or are installed after
stretching of the header completely
Fig. 6.5. Main assembly inside the trench
Fig. 6.6. Scheme trench construction stable soil
6.3. Backfilling
Backfilling shall be performed according standard
procedures. Trench filling, proper compaction and
stabilizing of the system shall be performed in accordance
with the requirements.
6.3.1. Procedure and requirements
The procedure and the requirements comprise:
• Temporary installation devices must be removed prior to
backfilling
• The maximum particle size for pipe zone embedment is
related to the pipe diameter and is described in the
backfill material specification
• Dumping large quantities of backfill material at one spot
on top of the pipe may cause damage; spread the
applied backfill material
• Backfill material shall be compacted in layers of 150
mm. The pipe may not be displaced due to backfilling
• When reaching a compaction height of 0.3 * ID below
the crown of the pipe, compaction may be continued in layers of 300 mm
• Each layer of backfill shall have a compaction grade of
at least 85 % Standard Proctor Density (SPD)
• Compaction is performed on both sides of the pipe,
never across the pipe. A vibrating plate with an impact force of 3000 N is used
• Do not use heavy pneumatic hammers or vibrating
equipment until having reached a backfill level of
500 mm over the crown of the pipe.
• Avoid any contact between compaction tools and
GRE-product
Fig. 6.7. Scheme trench construction unstable soil
Fig. 6.8. Pipe assembly in process in prepared trench
17
6.3.2. Backfill material specification
For classification of various backfill materials and types of
embedment, reference is made to AWWA Manual M45 or
ASTM D 3839.
Note that highly plastic and organic soil materials are not
suitable for backfilling and must be excluded from the pipe
zone embedment.
6.3.3. Other backfilling methods
Use of the saturation method does not give any better result
than the above-described method.
The grade of compaction is lost if compaction by saturation
is performed after mechanical compaction. When saturating
the trench, avoid floating of the pipeline as well as erosion
of the side support. Do not backfill if the ground is already
saturated.
The saturation method may only be used for free draining
soils, when the drainage pumps are kept in operation and
the pipe system is completely filled with liquid.
6.4. Special underground installations
Road crossings and channel crossings demand particular
attention and requirements.
6.4.1. Road crossing
Precautions shall be taken to protect pipes, which cross
underneath roads against the possible consequences of
traffic loads.
Possible alternatives are:
• Jacket pipe
• Relief plate
• Burial depth
• Pipe stiffness
Fig. 6.9. Compaction of backfill material
6.4.1.1. Jacket pipe
The GRE pipe is nested in a jacket pipe. In order to avoid
direct contact between both pipes, spacers centre the
GRE pipe. These spacers also support the GRE pipe at a
maximum distance of 3 m. The jacket pipe should be longer
than the width of the road.
6.4.1.2. Relief plates
Relief plates are used if pipes are installed at shallow depth
in well compacted sandy soils or in case the soil- and traffic
load cause an excessive loading or deformation of the GRE.
The plate is specially designed and dimensioned to
minimise the transfer of wheel load on the pipe.
Fig. 6.10. Jacket pipe at road crossing
6.4.1.3. Burial depth
Generally, the influence of the wheel load of traffic passing a
buried pipe reduces with increasing burial depth.
However, with increasing burial depth the soil load on the
buried pipe increases.
Our engineers may assist to determine an optimal solution.
6.4.1.4. Pipe stiffness
Pipes with higher stiffness are better resistant to external
loads due to traffic loads. Stiffness of pipe can be increased
by increasing the wall thickness.
18
Fig. 6.11. Relief plate
6.4.2. Channel crossing
The common method to install underwater mains is to
assemble the pipe on the bank of the canal or river. The
pipe can be lowered using a floating crane or other lifting
equipment; care should be taken to ensure sufficient pipe
supports.
The process starts by sealing the ends of the pipe and
pulling the system into the water; the pipe keeps floating.
Then, the pipe is filled and carefully sunk into its final
position.
Flexible joints can be used for underwater piping if the
installation is performed using a cofferdam construction;
this makes the installation similar to an onshore assembly.
Fig. 6.12. Lowering underwater main
Note that underwater pipes should be covered sufficiently to
prevent floating and damage (e.g. by anchors).
6.5. Alignment
Undulating land levels with minor difference in height can
be followed by the flexibility of the system.
Joints or pipe bending, if assessed by system design,
ensures no lateral displacement while allowing angular
deflection.
6.6. Settlement
Flexible joints have to be installed in pairs; one joint is
placed at the beginning of the deviation while the other is
located at the end of this area, in order to create a rocker
pipe. The rocker pipe will act as a hinge.
The longer the rocker pipe, the higher the loads on the
joints. This can be avoided by adding more joints that are
flexible. Based on the soil parameters, the number of joints
is determined.
Fig. 6.13. Pipe alignment
Note that the length of the sections shall be limited in order
to avoid excessive bending which may result in failure of
pipe or joint.
The section length = ID + minimal 0.5 m. Mechanical
O-ring joints shall be installed at both ends to
accommodate further settlements.
6.7. Pipe cast in concrete
In some cases, pipe systems may be cast in concrete. Such
applications require following:
Fig. 6.14. Settlement
• Do not pour concrete directly onto pipe
• The vibrating poker must be kept at least 300 mm away
from the pipe
• The pipe system must be pressure tested prior to
casting
• Cradles are provided with steel clamps and rubber lining
in order to prevent floating
• Buckling of the pipe during casting can be prevented by
pressurizing the system
Note that concrete shrinks when setting; this may result
in extra loading of the GRE pipe system. Ensure that the
allowable pressure is not exceeded by using pressure relief
valves.
Fig. 6.15. Pipe cast in concrete
19
7. Installation of aboveground pipe systems
Aboveground pipe systems may be subjected to various
loadings resulting from operation of the system.
Next to the information in this section, reference is made to
specific manufacturer’s documentation.
7.1. Supports
Supports not only provide system fixation, loading relief and
clinching but also protection. Prior to installation, supports
are checked for location, type and span as detailed in
drawings and specifications of the project. Supports can
be differentiated as fixed, guided sliding and free sliding
supports.
7.1.1. General
Functional pipe supporting can be obtained with the aid of
system design analysis.
Following aspects need to be respected:
• Pipes resting on sleepers are supplied with 180°
saddles, which are bonded to the pipe at the support location to protect the pipe against wear damage from possible pipe movements
• The length of the wear saddle must be 50 mm longer
than the calculated pipe displacement plus the support width
• Allow pipe expansion within a clamp
• In vertical pipe assemblies, the sockets of O-ring joints
shall point downwards, so water cannot be trapped in
the socket. Entrapped water in the socket may cause
joint damage when freezing
• For clamp dimensions, reference is made to
manufacturers’ detailed documentation
• Mechanical O-ring joints require minimal one support
per pipe length
The distance of the support to the joint is maximal 20 %
of the pipe length
Fig. 7.1. Aboveground pipe system
Fig. 7.2. Pipe supports
7.1.2. Fixed support points
Fixed points may never be realized by tightening the bolts
of the pipe clamps. This may lead to pipe deformations and
excessive wall stresses.
Mind the following requirements for fixed points:
• Fixation saddles shall be positioned on both sides,
at the shoe side of the clamp
• Laminated fixation saddles shall be applied on both
sides of the clamp
• When using non-restrained jointing systems each pipe
shall be fixed
• Each change of direction in a non-restrained pipeline
shall be anchored to prevent pipe joints coming apart
• Check whether the positions of pipe supports are still in
accordance with the installation requirements after
testing. The supporting elements might be dislocated due to test pressure
Fig. 7.3. Sliding support
Note that the mechanical O-ring lock joints must be
fully stretched to avoid movement of pipe sections and
consequently possible overloading. For further details
on this type of joint, reference is made to manufacturers’
documentation.
Fig. 7.4. Support with fixed point
20
7.2. Pipe clamps
Various types of pipe supports are available.
Following considerations must be respected:
• Avoid point loads by using clamps made of flat strips
instead of U-bolts. The width of the strip is related to the
pipe diameter. For large diameter pipe double clamps may be applied
• The inside of the clamp is furnished with a rubber or
cork liner to compensate the uneven pipe outer surface
and to minimise abrasion due to pipe movement and vibration
• Longitudinal movement in the clamps is not advised.
Generally, movement between the clamp shoe and the support structure shall realize sliding of supports
For detailed information on clamps, reference is made to
manufacturers’ documentation.
7.3. Valves
To avoid overstressing of pipes by the weight of valves
or other heavy equipment it is advised to support pipe
accessories on the flange bolts.
The load on the pipeline by operating the valve shall be
carried by the support of the pipe structure. In case of a
GRE flange mounted against a steel flange, the support is
preferably fixed to the steel flange.
Fig. 7.6. Fixed point with bonded saddles
Fig. 7.8. Valve
Fig. 7.5. Collars on both sides of the pipe clamp
Fig. 7.7. Pipe clamp
21
7.4. Bellows
GRE products can absorb low amplitude vibrations due to
the flexible properties of the composite material.
To eliminate high amplitude vibrations caused by e.g.
pumps and to compensate soil settlement or expansion of
e.g. tanks joined with pipes, bellows can be applied.
Bellows facilitate dismantling of pipe sections, valves, orifice
flanges and gaskets. This equipment also absorbs pipe
movements due to cyclic pressure and/or temperature in
pipe systems that are joined with relatively stiff adhesive
bonded joints.
In many cases, bellows are directly joined to the vibrating
item by means of flanges. Note that the pipe section next to
the bellow shall be supported separately to absorb the pipe
loads.
Fig. 7.9. Bellow
7.5. Pipe connections through walls
Several alternatives are available for passing pipes through
walls. In case of anticipated settlement of the wall or
pipeline, flexible couplings must be installed on both sides
of the wall.
The joints shall be positioned as close as possible outside
the wall.
7.5.1. GRE pipe with sealing puddle flange
The factory made puddle flange consists of a GRE ring,
which is laminated on the pipe.
7.5.2. Sand coated GRE pipe
A sand coating on a GRE pipe offers an excellent adhesion
between concrete and GRE.
Fig. 7.10. Puddle flange
7.5.3. Link seal
This type of wall penetration consists of several linked
rubber parts, which fit in the circular space between the
outer surface of a GRE pipe and the diameter of a hole in a
wall. A sufficiently smooth inner surface of the wall can be
obtained by:
• Mounting a steel pipe section with water seal before
pouring mortar
• Drilling a hole with a crown drill having diamond inlays
• Fixing a removable plastic casing pipe section before
pouring mortar
The rubber parts are linked together with bolts and form
a rubber chain. The rubber sections are compressed by
tightening the bolts.
All components of the link seal can be made of various
material qualities.
Fig. 7.11. Sand coated GRE pipe casted in concrete
Link seals allow for some angular deflection and lateral
movement. After having mounted the GRE pipe in the
link seal the rubber elements are compressed by tightening
the bolts evenly. The expanded rubber sections seal the
room between GRE and concrete.
Fig. 7.12. Sketch link seal
22
7.5.4. Special sealing shape
This wall penetration consists of a steel pipe, which is
provided with flanges. One of the flanges is profiled to
fit a sealing element. By tightening the nuts, the seal is
compressed in the annular space between the flange and
the pipe and provides an excellent seal.
7.5.5. Plain wall passing
When passing a pipe through a wall, the outer surface of
the pipe must be protected with a flexible material, e.g. a 5
mm thick rubber layer, protruding 100 mm at both sides of
the wall.
Fig. 7.13. Link seal
7.6. Joining with other materials
The most appropriate method to join objects of different
materials is by using a flange. A mechanical coupler might
be an alternative. For details about these joints, reference is
made to manufacturers’ documentation.
Flanges can be drilled according most of the relevant
standards. When a flanged GRE pipe section is joined with
a metal pipe section, the metal section must be anchored to
avoid transmission of loads and displacements to the GRE
pipe sections.
Instrument connections can be made using a saddle and a
bushing.
7.7. UV-resistance
The topcoat of GRE pipes and fittings consist of a resin rich
layer. This layer offers sufficient protection against
UV-radiation.
When exposed to weather conditions the epoxy topcoat
may be attacked on the long term; this may result in a
chalked outer surface.
After several years of operation, the chalked layer may
be removed and replaced by a resistant, protective
polyurethane paint coating. Contact the manufacturer for
advice.
Fig. 7.15. Plain wall passing
Fig. 7.16. Joining to other materials
23
8. Quality Control / Quality Assurance
8.1. General
To assure good workmanship, only qualified and certified personnel shall be allowed to work on the installation of GRE
pipeline systems.
Always strictly follow the installation manuals next to the necessary instruction guidelines. When making joints, it is
necessary to execute the required steps in the correct sequence.
Never compromise on work quality and follow the instructions assigned from handling and storing through joining and
installing GRE materials.
8.2. Joint traceability
As part of the quality control and on behalf of the traceability of adhesive bonded joint data, the following information
should be registered during installation for each joint:
1. Name or registration info of the pipe-fitter
2. Joint identification (number)
3. Start/end of the curing process
4. Heat blanket identification (number)
5. Identification (number) of adhesive batch
6. Temperature of heating blanket (optional)
8.3. Possible installation defects
Following table lists a number of defect types along with acceptance criteria and recommended corrective actions:
Defect
Inspection
method
Cause
Acceptance criterion
Corrective action
Incorrect spool
dimensions
Visual
Incorrect prefabrication
Can difference be compensated
elsewhere in the system?
Can system not be
compensated?
Accept
Can difference be compensated
elsewhere in the system?
Can system not be
compensated?
Accept
Movement during
cure. Incorrect shave
dimensions
Not permitted
Reject
Diameter restriction Visual
Application of too much
adhesive
Maximum height (h) of adhesive
seam is 0.05 * ID or 10 mm,
whichever is smaller
If accessible, remove
by grinding
Impact, wear, or
abrasive damage
Incorrect transport or
handling
According to ISO 14692, Annex
A, Table A1
Major defect: replace
Misaligned spools
Misaligned joint
Visual
Visual
Visual
Misaligned components
e.g. flanges
Reject
Reject
Minor defect: repair
Leaking joint
Hydro test
Joining not properly
performed
Table 8.1. Defect, acceptance criterion, corrective action
24
Not permitted
Reject
9. Field Test Procedure
9.1. General
Before the installed pipeline system is operational, the
system has to be hydro tested to ensure the integrity and
leak tightness. Hydro testing of the pipeline system will be
performed in two steps:
1. Integrity test
The test pressure shall be increased over an agreed duration at an agreed pressure level in order to prove the maximum pressure resistance of the system.
2. Leak tightness test
The test pressure shall be increased to an agreed pressure level at which the joints can be inspected
visually
Pressure level and test duration can be stated in an
Inspection and Test section of the Site Quality Plan.
All safety precautions must be applied. It is important to test
the integrity of the system first, to avoid the risk of injury
during visual inspection. All pressure gauges and pumps
must be suitable and calibrated. Ensure that the pipeline
can be vented and drained.
The pressure gauge must be mounted between a valve and
the pipeline system in order to indicate the test pressure
in the GRE system after having closed the valve, which
is mounted after the pump. Due to the head of water, the
pressure gauge should be located at the lowest point in the
system. The pressure gauge should have a maximum scale
reading of approximately twice the test pressure.
If the system is not designed to withstand any negative
pressure, which might occur during testing, then the system
needs to be protected by an air release valve. Trapped air
should be released by using vent(s).
The application of GRE pipeline systems may vary from
long, (buried) line pipe applications to small skid piping
systems.
Joint types might vary from laminate joints to mechanical
joints with O-ring seal, with or without locking strip.
Each system requires its specific testing method. For each
system, the test procedure has to be described in the
Inspection and Testing Section of the Site Quality Plan. This
Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) must be established before
the project starts.
The advices for testing mentioned in the following
paragraphs are for guidance only and are not mandatory.
25
9.2. Preparation
Prior to hydro testing, the following issues shall be checked:
• All material that should not be on the inside of the
pipeline system shall be removed
• All joining procedures shall be completed
• Trenches should be partially backfilled and compacted;
the joints should be left exposed
• All supports, guides, and (temporary) anchors shall be
in place and functional before pressurizing the system
• All temporary supports and installation aids shall be
removed
• Unless stated otherwise, all valves should be throughbody tested
• All check valves shall be removed to enable monitoring
of the full line
• Flange bolts shall be made up to the correct torque
• Buried pipe systems must be backfilled sufficiently to
restrain the system
Fig. 9.1. Various pipe pigs
9.3. Filling, stabilizing, testing and depressurizing
9.3.1. Filling and stabilizing
Fill the pipeline at the lowest point with water using a small
diameter branch connection and vent the trapped air at the
highest point(s) of the system. Long straight sections may
be vented using an inflatable ball or foam pig to expel any
air and impurities.
After filling, the line is pressurized gradually up to 0.8 *
Design Pressure; the pressure shall be maintained for 24
hours in order to allow the system to set and the pressure
to stabilise. For small above ground systems, it is allowed to
reduce the stabilising time.
9.3.2. Testing
Once the pressure is stabilised, the integrity of the pipe
system is tested first in accordance with agreements.
Depending on the system a pressure drop might occur. In
all cases, leakage of joints, pipes or fittings is not allowed.
For safety reasons, an inspection of the system because
of a possible leakage is not permitted when the pipeline
is loaded at integrity test pressure level. This has to be
mentioned in the ITP.
When the integrity test has been completed successfully,
depressurise the system to leak tightness test pressure
level. Duration of the leak tightness test normally depends
on the time needed to inspect all joints, pipes and fittings
visually.
It is preferable to test the line in sections, for example the
length of one-day installation. The line is temporarily closed
using, e.g. a test plug and a flange at the end. The blind
flange should be provided with an air release valve.
After testing of the installed section the test plug, needs to
be pushed back about 2 meters by pressuring air via the air
release valve. The excess water is released by opening the
valve at the begin of the line. After securing of the test plug,
e.g. by inflation, the temporary flange connection can be
removed and the assembly may proceed.
26
Fig. 9.2. Field test unit
The advantage of this method is that the test medium stays
in the tested section and does not need to be re-filled for
hydro testing of the next section.
Any leak caused by incorrect assembly of the joint can be
detected easily. Extreme movements can be prevented by
partially filling and compacting of the trench.
Note that temperature changes over a 24 hours period will
affect the pressure in a closed system.
A drop in pressure during the night does not always indicate
that there is a leak in the system. When testing a system the
ambient temperature should be measured.
GRE material behaves different from steel due to the low
weight, the flexibility of the joint and elasticity of the material.
In case of a failure during hydro testing, the line will move
due to the sudden release of stored energy; there might be
a risk of injury to personnel.
Note that testing with air or gas is extremely dangerous and
should be avoided. Systems shall never be tested with an
inflammable fluid or gas.
The manufacturer of GRE pipe systems does not take any
responsibility for any damage resulting from the use of
these methods.
The following causes may affect pressure drop and
consequently result in hydro test failures:
•
•
•
•
Fig. 9.3. Test pressure recording
Leakage of pipeline accessories
Leakage of gaskets
Leaking joints
Leakage of pipes
The system shall be considered to have passed the hydro
test if there is no leaking of water from the piping at any
location and there is no significant pressure loss that can be
accounted for by usual engineering considerations.
9.3.3. Depressurising
Depressurisation of the system must be carried out carefully
to avoid a negative pressure.
In the unlikely event, GRE pipes, joints and/or fittings may
have to be repaired. Repair on the pipeline system shall be
performed according described instructions.
10. Repair
The repair procedure shall be prepared and qualified by
the contractor in accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s
recommendations. It shall be demonstrated that the repair
method restores the specified properties.
Leaks in pipe, fittings and joints are repaired by replacing
the defective part. In some cases, especially for buried
systems, insufficient space and/or difficult accessibility to
pipes and fittings may occur.
Each application of a GRE pipe system and each type
of product or design requires a different repair and/or
replacement procedure.
For further details, reference is made to manufacturer’s
documentation.
27
11. Tolerances
It is recommended to consider and use the dimensional tolerances illustrated and figured below.
Tolerances to dimensional reference
A
B
C
D
E
F
25 - 200
±5 mm
±3 mm
±0,5°
±3 mm
±1 mm
±0,5°
250 - 300
±5 mm
±3 mm
±0,3°
±3 mm
±1 mm
±0,5°
350 - 400
±5 mm
±3 mm
±0,3°
±3 mm
±2 mm
±0,5°
450 - 600
±10 mm
±5 mm
±0,3°
±3 mm
±2 mm
±0,5°
Internal diameter
mm
700 - 900
±10 mm
±5 mm
±0,2°
±4 mm
±3 mm
±0,5°
1000 - 1200
±10 mm
±5 mm
±0,15°
±6 mm
±3 mm
±0,5°
Dimension A
a) Face to face dimensions
A
F
b) Center to face dimensions
c) Location of attachments
F
d) Center to center dimensions
F
Dimension B
Lateral translation of branches or
connections
Dimension C
Rotation of flanges, from the indicated position
C
B
A
D
A
F
A
A
A
E
A
A
28
Dimension D
End preparations
Dimension E
Cut of alignment of flanges from the
indicated position, measured across
the full gasket face
Dimension F
Angular deflection
12. Safety precautions
The following safety precautions should be respected
when using GRE products. The required rescue and safety
measures when using resin and hardener for adhesive
or lamination sets are shown under the R- and S- code
numbers which are listed in manufacturer’s documentation.
12.1. Resin, hardener, adhesive and lamination sets
In order to avoid irritation of the respiratory system,
satisfactory ventilation should be provided. If a system is
hydro tested, adequate safety precautions must be taken,
as a “safe test pressure” does not exist. Any pressure in
itself is dangerous.
Experienced personnel must operate the test equipment.
Persons not involved in the test or inspection are not
allowed in the immediate area of the tested system.
Only one person should be in charge and everyone else
must follow his/her instructions.
Do not change anything on the pipe system when it is under
pressure. Leaking joints may only be repaired after the
pressure has been fully released.
The test equipment must be installed at a safe distance
from the connection to the pipe system.
If welding needs to take place, the GRE material must be
protected from hot works.
12.2. Cutting, shaving and sanding
When cutting or grinding GRE materials the following
personal protection is necessary to protect eyes and skin:
• A dust mask covering nose and mouth
• A pair of safety goggles
• Gloves and overall
• Close overall sleeves with adhesive tape to keep the
dust out
• Wear protective clothing to protect the body
• Machining should be carried in a well-ventilated room or
in open air
12.3. Environment
Always clean up the work area. GRE and cured adhesive
are chemically inert and do not have to be treated as
chemical waste. Waste shall always be disposed in an
environment friendly manner.
This literature should only be used by personnel having
This literature should only be used by personnel having
29
30
31
National Oilwell Varco has produced this brochure for general information only, and it
is not intended for design purposes. Although every effort has been made to maintain
the accuracy and reliability of its contents, National Oilwell Varco in no way assumes
responsibility for liability for any loss, damage or injury resulting from the use of information
and data herein nor is any warranty expressed or implied. Always cross-reference the
bulletin date with the most current version listed at the website noted in this literature.
North America
2425 SW 36th Street
San Antonio, TX 78237 USA
Phone: +1 210 434 5043
South America
Avenida Fernando Simoes
Recife, Brazil 51020-390
Phone: +55 31 3326 6900
Europe
P.O. Box 6, 4190 CA
Geldermalsen, The Netherlands
Phone: +31 345 587 587
Asia Pacific
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong, Singapore 639407
Phone: +65 6861 6118
Middle East
P.O. Box 17324
Dubai, UAE
Phone: +971 4881 3566
www.fgspipe.com • fgspipe@nov.com
© 2012, NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
® Trademark of NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
FP 1040 A 04/12
Bondstrand® Pipe Shavers
Bondstrand pipe shavers are designed to prepare a spigot on the cut end of a Bondstrand pipe as described in the
individual assembly instructions. Pipe is shipped from the factory with spigots, but when the pipe is cut to length on the
job site, a spigot must be shaved for assembly to the bell end of another section of pipe, or to a fitting or coupling. Each
shaver is centered and fixed on the end of the pipe by an expanding arbor. Arbors are available for each pipe size. The
arbor slips in to the pipe and expands to grip the inside of the pipe when the tensioning bolt(s) is/are tightened. As the
frame is rotated around the stationary center shaft, the cutting tool advances automaticially.
Assembly technique
For the best possible joint reliability, NOV Fiber Glass Systems draws on broad experience to provide complete
assembly instructions. These well-defined and repeatable assembly techniques help the user avoid field-joining
problems and assure succesful installation. Training programs and audio-visual aids are available and are especially
helpful for first-time users of Bondstrand Pipe Shavers.
The following series of pipe shavers are available :
Shaver Type
Bonding system
Size
B-1
Quick-Lock®
1- 4
M74
Quick-Lock
2-16
M86
Taper/Taper
M86 XL
Taper/Taper and Quick-Lock
2-10
M87
Taper/Taper and Quick-Lock
6-16
M87 XL
Taper/Taper and Quick-Lock
16-24
2-6
M88
Taper/Taper and Quick-Lock
26-40
M95
Taper/Taper
24-40
B-1 Pipe End Preparation Tool
The B-1 pipe tool is used to prepare the straight spigot end on Bondstrand
fiberglass pipe employing the Quick-Lock adhesive bonded joint. The tool is
available for all Bondstrand pipe sizes from 1 through 4 inch (25-100 mm) in
diameter and has been designed so that all critical dimensions such as spigot
length and spigot outside diameter are preset and require no adjustment by the
operator.
M74 Pipe Shaver
The Bondstrand M74 Pipe Shaver is designed to prepare a cylindrical surface
(spigot) on the cut end of a Bondstrand pipe in sizes 2 through 16 inch (50-400
mm) in diameter as described in the Bondstrand Assembly Instructions. When
adjusted and used as described in the instructions, the shaver prepares an
excellent bonding surface with a controlled tolerance on diameter. This unit can be
rotated by hand or with a portable power drive (supplied separately). A key in the
portable power drive engages a keyway in the power drive seat to rotate the unit.
M86 Pipe Shaver
The Bondstrand M86 Pipe Shaver has been designed to prepare a tapered
spigot on the cut end of a Bondstrand pipe in sizes 2 through 6 inch (50-150 mm)
diameter to fit a Bondstrand fitting with a matching tapered socket.The shaver is
normally driven by a portable power drive adapter.
M86XL Pipe Shaver
The Bondstrand M86XL pipe shaver is designed to prepare a tapered or straight
spigot on the cut-end of a Bondstrand pipe in the sizes 2 through 10 inch (50-250
mm) diameter to fit a Bondstrand fitting with a matching tapered socket or QuickLock socket, as well as preparing ends for mechanical coupling e.g. Helden,
Straub®, Viking JohnsonTM, etc.
M87 Pipe Shaver
The Bondstrand M87 pipe shaver is designed to prepare a tapered or straight
spigot on the cut end of a Bondstrand pipe in the sizes 6 through 16 inch
(150-400 mm) diameter to fit a Bondstrand fitting with a matching tapered socket or
Quick-Lock socket, as well as preparing ends for mechanical coupling e.g. Helden,
Straub®, Viking JohnsonTM, etc. The shaver is driven by a portable power drive.
M87XL Pipe Shaver
The Bondstrand M87XL pipe shaver is designed to prepare a tapered or straight
spigot on the cut end of a Bondstrand pipe in the sizes 16 through 24 inch
(400-600 mm) diameter to fit a Bondstrand fitting with a matching tapered socket or
Quick-Lock socket, as well preparing ends for mechanical coupling e.g. Helden,
Straub®, Viking JohnsonTM, etc. The shaver is driven by a portable power drive.
M88 Pipe Shaver
Bondstrand M88 Pipe Shaver is designed to prepare a tapered or straight spigot on
the cut end of a Bondstrand pipe in the size 26 inch (650 mm) to 40 inch
(1000 mm) to fit a Bondstrand fitting with a matching tapered socket or Quick-Lock
socket, as well as preparing ends for mechanical coupling e.g. Helden; Straub®;
Viking JohnsonTM; etc.
M95 Pipe Shaver
The Bondstrand M95 pipe shaver is designed to prepare a tapered or straight
spigot on the cut-end of a Bondstrand pipe in the sizes 24 through 40 inch
(600-1000 mm) diameter to fit a Bondstrand fitting with a matching tapered socket,
as well as preparing ends for mechanical coupling e.g. Helden, Straub®, Viking
JohnsonTM, etc. The shaver is driven by two fixed electric motors.
National Oilwell Varco has produced this brochure for general information only, and it
is not intended for design purposes. Although every effort has been made to maintain
the accuracy and reliability of its contents, National Oilwell Varco in no way assumes
responsibility for liability for any loss, damage or injury resulting from the use of information
and data herein nor is any warranty expressed or implied. Always cross-reference the
bulletin date with the most current version listed at the website noted in this literature.
North America
2425 SW 36th Street
San Antonio, TX 78237 USA
Phone: +1 210 434 5043
South America
Avenida Fernando Simoes
Recife, Brazil 51020-390
Phone: +55 31 3326 6900
Europe
P.O. Box 6, 4190 CA
Geldermalsen, The Netherlands
Phone: +31 345 587 587
Asia Pacific
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong, Singapore 639407
Phone: +65 6861 6118
Middle East
P.O. Box 17324
Dubai, UAE
Phone: +971 4881 3566
www.fgspipe.com • fgspipe@nov.com
© 2012, NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
® Trademark of NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
FP599 E 06/12
Electric Heating Blankets
Heat source for forced curing adhesive-bonded joints in Bondstrand GRE
Introduction
Bondstrand heating blankets are specially designed to heat cure adhesive-bonded joints in pipe and fittings. Requiring either
120 Volts or 230 Volts alternating current, the blankets are quickly and easily applied. They provide thermostatically controlled
heat, ensuring maximum joint strength and reliability.
NOV Fiber Glass Systems supplies heating blankets for pipe sizes varying from 1 to 40 inch (25 -1000 mm) controlled by either
one or two thermostats.There are two types of blankets, Type A and Type B.
Type A: Inner joint heating blanket for pipe sizes 1-3 inch (25-75 mm)
This type of blanket is specially designed for curing bonded flange joints by inserting the
pre-formed shape in to the pipe.
Type A
Type B: Single-zone heating blankets for pipe sizes 1-40 inch (25-1000 mm)
This type of blanket is placed around or inside the bonded joint (with exception of
1“ through 3“ flange joints).
Type B blankets are divided in the following diameter ranges:

1-2 inch (25-50 mm)
 18-20 inch (450-500 mm)

3-4 inch (75-100 mm)
 22-24 inch (550-600 mm)

6-8 inch (150-200 mm)
 28-32 inch (700-800 mm)

10-12 inch (250-300 mm)
 34-40 inch (850-1000 mm)

14-16 inch (350-400 mm)
Type B
Note:
For sizes 28-32 inch (700-800 mm) and 34-40 inch (850-1000 mm) operating at 120 Volts two zone blankets are used.
Instructions
Type A:
1.
Insert the blanket flush with the end of pipe after removal of excess adhesive from the joint and leave the power cord
exposed from the joint;
2.
Ensure that the pre-formed blanket remains snugly against the inside joint surface by “locking” beginning and end with
each other;
3.
At removal after the recommended curing time beware not to pull the blanket by power cord when fixed by excess
adhesive;
4.
Release first before removal in order to avoid damage to the thermostat.
Type B:
1.
Place the thermostat end against the assembled joint with the thermostat facing out from the joint;
2.
Wrap the remainder of the blanket around the joint so that any overlap will cover the thermostat;
3.
Tie the blanket in place with heat-resistant wire (copper, or soft iron). Flange mounting requires a special wrap.
Instructions
SPECIAL WRAP FOR FLANGE MOUNTING
SPECIAL WRAP FOR FLANGE MOUNTING
STANDARD WRAP FOR PIPE AND FITTING JOINTS
Lay the blanket with the thermostat down and, starting with the thermostat end, roll up the blanket. Insert the rolled blanket in
to the pipe end for the depth of the joint be cured, leaving the power cord and part of the blanket exposed as shown. Keep the
blanket snugly against the inside joint surface by a flexible non metallic rod.
Handling precautions
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Do not lift or hold the blanket by the power cord;
Do not apply alternating current (A.C.) when standing in water, or on wet surfaces;
Apply alternating current only at the voltage marked on the heating blanket;
Do not step on the blanket or create sharp folds in it;
Inspect the blanket and power cord for loose wire connections and bare wires prior to applying
alternating current;
Make sure the blanket is operating, in fact heats up (at all heating zones when applicable);
For required curing times and detailed assembly instructions, please refer to the applicable joint
Assembly Instructions;
Use the blanket only for pipe sizes as indicated on the blanket.
For further information regarding the use of the blankets, please refer to the respective BondstrandAssembly Instructions.
National Oilwell Varco has produced this brochure for general information only, and it
is not intended for design purposes. Although every effort has been made to maintain
the accuracy and reliability of its contents, National Oilwell Varco in no way assumes
responsibility for liability for any loss, damage or injury resulting from the use of information
and data herein nor is any warranty expressed or implied. Always cross-reference the
bulletin date with the most current version listed at the website noted in this literature.
North America
2425 SW 36th Street
San Antonio, TX 78237 USA
Phone: +1 210 434 5043
South America
Avenida Fernando Simoes
Recife, Brazil 51020-390
Phone: +55 31 3326 6900
Europe
P.O. Box 6, 4190 CA
Geldermalsen, The Netherlands
Phone: +31 345 587 587
Asia Pacific
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong, Singapore 639407
Phone: +65 6861 6118
Middle East
P.O. Box 17324
Dubai, UAE
Phone: +971 4881 3566
www.fgspipe.com • fgspipe@nov.com
© 2012, NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
® Trademark of NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
FP 730 B 06/12
QUICK GUIDE INTO ISO 14692
1. Introduction
The ISO (International Standards Organization) 14692 standard is an international
standard dealing with the qualification, manufacturing, design and installation of
GRE piping systems. This document gives a brief summary of the ISO 14692 standard only
and is not intended to replace the ISO 14692 standard.
To ensure a trouble free GRE piping system, three major
important conditions must be met:
1. Use qualified products
2. Proper system design
3. Install according to manufacturers standards and
guidelines
Qualification
The above mentioned three points are addressed in the
ISO 14692 Standard in Part 2, Part 3 and Part 4, respectively.
Troublefree pipe
system
System design
Installation
Figure 1. The key to success
Content
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Introduction
What is ISO 14692?
Part 1: Vocabulary, symbols, applications and materials
Part 2: Qualification of components
Part 3: System design
Part 4: Fabrication, installation and operation
Conclusion
ISO in brief
References
Deviations list to the ISO quality program
1
2
3
3
5
7
9
9
9
10
1
2. What is ISO 14692?
ISO 14692, is an international standard dealing with the
qualification of fittings, joints and pipes for certain applications.
It describes how to qualify and manufacture GRP/GRE pipe
and fittings, how to conduct system design and finally it gives
guidelines for fabrication, installation and operation.
The ISO 14692 consists of 4 parts:
Part 1: Vocabulary, symbols, applications and materials
Part 2: Qualification and manufacture
Part 3: System design
Part 4: Fabrication, installation and operation
ISO 14692-2, ISO 14692-3, ISO 14692-4, follow each
individual phase in the life cycle of a GRP/GRE piping system,
i.e. from design through manufacture to operation. Each part is
therefore aimed at the relevant parties involved in that
particular case. It is primarily intended for offshore applications
on both fixed and floating topsides facilities, but may also be
used as guidance for the specification, manufacture, testing
and installation of GRP/GRE piping systems in other similar
applications found onshore.
NOV Fiber Glass Systems has obtained a Design Examination
Statement from DNV. This examination statement consists of
a combination of two specifications namely: ISO 14692 and
AWWA M45. ISO 14692 covers the design of suspended pipe
systems and the qualification of GRP/GRE products, AWWA
M45 covers the design and installation of buried pipe systems.
Together these specifications cover all design and installation
aspects. In cases where the specifications conflict, the ISO
14692 supersedes the AWWA. Therefore, on the basis of this
design examination statement, the scope can include both
applications of GRP/GRE piping systems onshore (buried and
suspended).
Photo 1. Platform under construction
Main users of the ISO 14692 document are: governments,
end users, engineering companies, inspection companies,
manufacturers, installers.
The advantages of the ISO 14692 standard are:
- Standardizing principles, norms, working methods
- Allows everybody to have the same understanding
- Main engineering and installation of GRP/GRE issues are
handled
- Accepted by all engineering companies, third party
inspection companies and governments
- Accepted in Europe by convention of Vienna and equal to
CEN-standards
- Everybody speaks the same language
The disadvantages of the ISO 14692 standard are:
- Needs thorough studying, the standard is certainly difficult
- For qualification, expensive tests are required
- Expensive quality control requirements
2
3. Part 1: Vocabulary, symbols, applications and materials
The first part of the ISO 14692 gives the terms, definitions and
symbols used.
A few examples of common used abbreviations are given:
• Composite pipe = pipe manufactured using fiber reinforced
thermoset plastics
• GRP = Glass Reinforced Plastics
• GRE = Glass Reinforced Epoxy
• Lower confidence limit, LCL = 97.5% confidence limit of the
long-term hydrostatic pressure or stress based on a 20-year
lifetime.
• Jet fire = turbulent diffusion flame resulting from the
combustion of a fuel continuously released with significant
momentum in a particular range of directions
• Impregnate = saturate the reinforcement with a resin
• LTHP = extrapolated long-term mean static failure pressure
of a component with free ends based on a 20-year lifetime
• Part factor f1 = ratio of the 97,5% confidence limit of the
LTHP to the mean value of LTHP
• Part factor f2 = derating factor related to confidence in the
pipe work system, the nature of the application and the
consequence of failure
• Part factor f3 = factor that takes account of
non-pressure-related axial loads, e.g. bending
Furthermore, some general applications for GRP/GRE piping
are given.
4. Part 2: Qualification of components
Part 2 of the standard gives requirements for the qualification
and manufacture of GRP/GRE piping and fittings.
design factors can significantly increase the required wall
thickness.
4.1 Wall thickness limitations
4.2 Qualification program
The structural calculations given in this part of ISO 14692 are
only valid for thickness-to-diameter ratios that are in accordance with Equation (1).
( tr / D ) ≤ 0,1
where tr is the average reinforced thickness of the wall, in
millimetres, i.e. excluding liner and added
thickness for fire protection;
D is the mean diameter, in millimetres, of the
structural portion of the wall.
An extensive qualification program is required to determine
the performance of the GRP/GRE components with respect to
pressure, temperature, chemical resistance, fire performance,
electrostatic performance, impact etc.
What has to be done to qualify a GRP/GRE piping system?
For each product family (component type), a full regression
line according ASTM D-2992 must be determined (witnessed
by third party for example: DNV, Bureau Veritas). The test
In order to provide sufficient robustness during handling and
installation, the minimum total wall thickness, tmin, of all
components shall be defined as:
For Di ≥ 100 mm: tmin ≥ 3 mm
For Di < 100 mm: ( tmin / Di ) ≥ 0,025 mm
where Di is the internal diameter of the reinforced wall of the
componet, in millimetres.
For more onerous apllications, for example offshore,
consideration should be given to increasing the minmum wall
thickness to 5 mm.
The minimum wall thickness of the pipe at the joint, i.e. at the
location of the O-ring or locking-strip groove, shall be at least
the minmum thickness used for the qualified pipe body.
Depending on location, the system design pressure and other
Figure 2. Regression curve
3
consists of at least 18 samples. The test pieces are plain end.
The test setup is a closed end pressure vessel. Samples are
subject to different pressures and held at pressure until failure.
The test medium is water at 65 degrees C. The required failure
mode is weeping.
The failures shall be in different decades of the log-log plot of
time vs. stress. Figure 2 gives an example of a regression line.
Each product family (pipe, elbow, reducer, tee, flange) is
divided into product sectors. Two representative samples,
usually the largest diameter and highest pressure class,
from each product sector are taken and fully tested according
ASTM 1598 (1000 hrs at 65 C). The test medium is water. The
representative samples are called the product sector
representatives.
Table 1. Overview of product sectors
For calculation of the test pressure, the regression line of the
pipe or the fitting is used. In absence of a regression line, a
default value can be obtained from a table given. For details on
the calculation see the ISO document. In general the 1000 hr
test is performed at about 2.5 to 3 times the design pressure.
So a 20 bar system is tested around 50 to 60 bar.
Diameter (mm) Pressure range (bar)
0 - 50
50 - 100
100 -150
25 - 250
A
H
N
250 - 400
B
I
O
400 - 600
C
J
P
600 - 800
D
K
Q
800 - 1200
E
L
R
>
_ 150
S
T
A product sector contains all the items within its diameter and
pressure range, the so called component variants. Component
variants are qualified by either two 1000 hr tests or through the
scaling method.
For quality control, short term tests could be performed, if
required and agreed with the principle. These are done to
establish a baseline value for quality control.
Other aspects to be considered are: the glass transition
temperature, the glass resin ratio and component dimensions.
These have to be determined from the replicate samples and
used by quality control during production as base line values.
4.3 Fire performance
If required, fire testing shall be conducted on each piping
material system. The performance of the piping system shall
be qualified in accordance with the ISO procedure and a
classification code shall be assigned.
4.4 Electrical conductivity
Photo 2. Spool for 1000 hrs testing
If required, testing shall be carried out on each piping material
system. The performance of the piping system shall be
qualified in accordance with the ISO procedure and a
classification code shall be assigned.
4.5 Quality program for manufacture
The piping manufacturer shall have a suitable and accredited
quality assurance and quality control system.
Pipe and fittings furnished to ISO 14692 shall be tested
according to the ISO standard.
See chapter 10 for the list of deviations to the quality program.
Photo 3. Overview of elbows needed for qualification up to 8 inch
4
Table 2. Overview of qualification tests needed
Product sector A
Component variant 2 inch
Component variant 3 inch
Component variant 4 inch
Component variant 6 inch
Product sector
representative 8 inch
Family representative
QC baseline
Test standard
ASTM D-1598
ASTM D-1598
ASTM D-1598
ASTM D-1598
ASTM D-2992
ASTM D-2992
ASTM D-1598
2
2
2
2
Pipe
or scaling
or scaling
or scaling
or scaling
2
18
5
2
2
2
2
Elbows
or scaling
or scaling
or scaling
or scaling
2
2
2
2
2
18
5
Tees
or scaling
or scaling
or scaling
or scaling
2
2
2
2
Flanges
or scaling
or scaling
or scaling
or scaling
2
18
5
2
18
5
5. Part 3: System design
5.1 Introduction/abstract
5.4 Hydraulic design
The design guidelines are handled in part 3 of ISO 14692. The
designer shall evaluate system layout requirements such as:
• Space requirement (fitting dimensions)
• Piping system support
• Vulnerability
• The effect of fire (incl. blast) on the layout requirements
should be considered
• Control of electrostatic discharge (depending on service
and location)
The aim of hydraulic design is to ensure that GRP/GRE piping
systems are capable of transporting the specified fluid at the
specified rate, pressure and temperature throughout their
intended service life.
5.2 Layout requirements
In general the same types of fittings available in steel are also
available. Note that the dimensions of some GRP/GRE fittings
can be larger compared to steel fittings.
5.3 Support distance
Recommendations for system support:
• Supports spaced to limit sag (< 12.5 mm)
• Valves and heavy equipment to be supported
independently
• In general, connections to metallic piping systems shall be
anchored
• Do not use GRP/GRE piping to support other piping
• Use the flexibility of the material to accommodate axial
expansion, provided the system is well anchored and
guided
Factors that limit the velocity are:
• Unacceptable pressure losses
• Prevention of water hammer
• Prevent cavitation
• Reduction of erosion
• Reduction of noise
• Pipe diameter and geometry (inertia loading)
Fluid velocity, fluid density, interior surface roughness of pipe
and fittings, pipe length, inside diameter as well as resistance
from valves and fittings shall be taken into account when
estimating pressure losses. The smooth surface of the
GRP/GRE pipe may result in lower pressure losses compared
to metal pipe.
A full hydraulic surge analysis shall be carried out if pressure
transients are expected. The analysis shall cover all anticipated
operating conditions including priming, actuated valves, pump
testing, wash-down hoses, etc.
5
5.5 Structural design
5.6 Stress analysis
The aim of structural design is to ensure that GRP/GRE piping
systems shall sustain all stresses and deformations during
construction/installation and throughout the service life.
Manual or computer methods can be used for structural
analysis of piping systems.
Piping system design shall represent the most severe
conditions experienced during installation and service life.
Designers shall consider loads given in table 1 in the
ISO document.
Sustained loads:
• Pressure (internal, external, vacuum, hydro-test)
• Mass (self-mass, medium, insulation, etc)
• Thermal induced loads
• Soil loads and soil subsidence
Occasional loads:
• Earthquake
• Wind
• Water hammer
Caesar II (by Coade) is commonly used to perform stress and
flexibility analysis. The piping system can be evaluated for
several load-cases. Load-cases can be setup from
combinations of pressure, temperature, weight, wind load,
displacement, earthquake etc. With the calculation output,
the stresses in the piping system, the displacement, the loads
on the support, the load on equipment nozzles etc., can be
checked.
The sum of all hoop stresses and the sum of all axial stresses
in any component in the piping system shall lie within the
long-term design envelope.
5.5.1 Determination of the failure envelope and
the long-term design envelope
In the ISO14692 document, an algorithm is given how to
determine the failure envelope and how the long term
design envelope is developed.
• Determine the short term failure envelope (1 or 2)
• The idealized long term failure envelope (3) is
geometrically similar to the short term envelope with all
data points being scaled. This scaling factor (fscale) is
derived using the long term regression line
• The non factored long term design envelope (4) is based
on the idealized long term envelope multiplied by the part
factor f2
• The factored long term design envelope (5) is derived
by multiplication with A1, A2 and A3, where A1 is the
de-rating factor for temperature, A2 is the de-rating factor
for chemical resistance and A3 is the de-rating factor for
cyclic service
Figure 3. Allowable stress curve
Photo 4. Installation of 54 km 18 inch pipe, pressure rating 20 bar
5.7 Fire performance
The fire performance requirements of the piping system shall
be determined.
Fire performance is characterized in two properties:
• Fire endurance (ability to continue to perform during fire)
• Fire reaction (ignition time, flame spread, smoke and heat
release, toxicity)
If piping cannot satisfy the required fire properties, the
following shall be considered:
• Rerouting of piping
• Use alternative materials
• Apply suitable fire-protective coating
5.8 Static electricity
The use of a conductive piping system might be considered in
case the GRP/GRE piping system is running in a hazardous
area or if the pipe is carrying fluids capable of generating
electrostatic charges.
6
6. Part 4: Fabrication, installation and operation
6.1 Introduction
Part 4 of ISO 14692 gives requirements and recommendations
for fabrication, installation and operation of GRP/GRE pipe
systems.
Past experience with GRP/GRE projects shows that a great
deal of the problems that occur are associated with bad
fabrication and installation.
A highly recommended approach to a successful installation is
to order the piping system as a set of pre-fabricated spools, to
the maximum extent possible. This will reduce the possibility of
poor fabrications or repairs at a very late and potentially costly
stage of the project.
• Pipe spools. Take care that impact damage is prevented
by proper packaging and use of protection material. In all
cases pipe spools should not be stacked
• Adhesives. Check recommended storage temperatures
• O-rings, gaskets etc. shall be stored in a cool place, free
from UV radiation, chemicals etc
6.2.2 Installer requirements
When site fabrication is needed, all GRP/GRE components shall
be installed by qualified GRP/GRE pipe fitters and thereafter
approved by a qualified GRP/GRE piping inspector.
Definitions:
Pipe fitter
Person working for a contractor who is responsible for the
construction of the GRP/GRE pipe system. He must be able to
make the relevant joint types according NOV Fiber Glass
Systems procedures. This certificate can be compared to a
welder’s certificate.
Supervisor
Person who is responsible for the quality of the installation and
is able to check the quality of the work done by the pipe fitters.
This person is normally employed by the responsible
contractor, for example as a foreman. This certificate is a
personal certificate.
QA/QC Inspector
Person who is able to check and judge the work of contractor
and is able to globally verify the soundness of the installation.
This includes lay-out related matters such as support
construction and location, flange connections etc. Can be
employed by client, contractor, third party (BV, DNV, Lloyds).
This certificate is a personal certificate.
Photo 5. Hydro-test of spool
6.2 Fabrication and installation
What further can be done to prevent site problems?
6.2.1 Inspection
It starts with checking the incoming goods
• Check supplied quantity
• Check nominal dimensions of supplied material
• Check supplied pressures class
• Perform a visual control of supplied material (transport
damage, impact)
• Check if storage is correct
• Check availability of documentation (packing lists,
certification)
Handling and storage of the incoming goods
• Use the NOV Fiber Glass Systems lifting, loading and
unloading procedure
• Storage. Pay attention to the stacking of the pipe; support
width and stacking height, end protection of pipe and fittings
• Preferably, pipe should be transported in containers or
crates
Photo 6. Typical work of a GRE pipe fitter
Training of pipe fitter
• The quality of the joints is mainly dependent on
craftsmanship of the pipe fitter. Therefore, ISO 14692 demands
that the qualification organization is independent of the
organization that carries out the training. In the case of NOV
Fiber Glass Systems, the independent organization is DNV.
The training consists of a theoretical and a practical part
• The theoretical part will end with a written exam for which a
70% pass mark is required. The practical part will end with
making a joint that will be hydro-tested according the
requirements of the ISO 14692. These tests are witnessed
7
by a third party. When passing both exams the pipe fitter
will receive a pipe fitter certificate issued by DNV
• The purpose of the entire training is to teach the pipe fitter
those things he or she can have influence on
Training of Supervisor - QA/QC inspector
• NOV Fiber Glass Systems and DNV are developing an
individual certification for Supervisor - QA/QC inspector based
on ISO 14692 requirements. The objective is to train
Supervisor - QA/QC inspectors on aspects like storage,
inspection of pipes and fittings, supporting, jointing, hydro
testing etc. etc. in such a way that they can act as Supervisor QA/QC inspector on a GRE pre-fabrication and installation job.
An important factor is that they also learn what can go wrong.
The educating company will be NOV Fiber Glass Systems, as
they have in contrast to most institutes a large knowledge,
obtained over decades, in this particular area. The examination committee will be DNV. The certificate that can be
obtained will be a personal certificate
E.g.:
• Impact > replace (major defect) or repair (minor defect)
• Misaligned joints > replace components (major defect)
remake joint (minor defect)
Photo 7. Spool fabrication shop
6.2.3 Installation methods
Installation method shall be according manufacturers approved
installation manual.
Supporting
• Follow the installation guides from the Manufacturer
• Other guidelines not different from the NOV Fiber Glass
Systems procedures are given in the ISO 14692
Installation
General requirements are given in ISO 14692 for the
installation of GRP/GRE components such as bending,
bolt-torquing, tolerances, earthing of conductive piping, joint
selection, quality control, etc.
The most important point is that all piping shall be installed so
that they are stress-free.
Quality program for installation
The contractor shall maintain a high level of inspection to ensure
compliance with all requirements. The contractor shall designate 6.3 Maintenance and repair
one individual to be responsible for quality control throughout
the installation.
GRP/GRE pipes are generally maintenance free, but the
Record of following items shall be made:
following points shall be given attention during inspection and
starting and end time of the curing process; pipe fitter nr.; batch are addressed in the ISO document:
number of the adhesive and heating blanket; measured tempera• Removal of scale and blockages
ture of the heating blanket; ambient temperature, date, joint num• Electrical conductivity
ber, relative humidity.
• Surface and mechanical damage
• Chalking, ageing and erosion
• Flange cracks and leaks
6.2.4 System testing
All GRP/GRE piping systems shall be hydrostatically pressure
Repair shall be in accordance with manufacturers procedures.
tested after installation. Water shall be used as a test medium.
6.2.5 Visual inspection
Visual inspection shall be carried out on all joints and surfaces.
Possible defects, along with acceptance criteria and corrective
actions, are given in the ISO document.
8
7. Conclusion
ISO 14692 is a worldwide accepted standard for the
manufacturing, qualification, design and installation of
GRP/GRE piping systems.
When the guidelines laid down in the ISO 14692 standard are
followed, it will result in a trouble-free pipe system.
8. ISO in brief
ISO is a global network that identifies what international
standards are required by business, government and society,
develops them in partnership with the sectors that will put them
in use, adopts them by transparent procedures based on
national input and delivers them to be implemented worldwide.
ISO is a non-governmental organization. It is a federation of
national standards bodies from over 149 countries, one per
country, from all regions of the world.
ISO standards distill an international consensus from the
broadest possible base of stakeholder groups. Expert input
comes from those closest to the need for the standards and
also those responsible for implementing them. In this way,
although voluntary, ISO standards are widely respected and
accepted by public and private sectors internationally.
9. References
• ISO 14692-1 Petroleum and natural gas industries
Glass-reinforced plastics (GRP) piping Part 1:
Vocabulary, symbols, applications and materials;
• ISO 14692-2 Petroleum and natural gas industries
Glass-reinforced plastics (GRP) piping Part 2:
Qualification and manufacture;
• ISO 14692-3 Petroleum and natural gas industries
Glass-reinforced plastics (GRP) piping Part 3:
System design;
• ISO 14692-4 Petroleum and natural gas industries
Glass-reinforced plastics (GRP) piping Part 4:
Fabrication, installation and operation.
–
–
–
–
9
10. Deviations list to the ISO quality program
8.0
8.2
ISO 14692-2:2002(E)
Quality programme for manufacture
Calibration Quality Control equipment:
Pressure gauges:
• Accurate +/- 0,5%
• Calibration every two months
NOV Fiber Glass Systems
Standard
• Accurate +/- 0.8%
8.3.2.2 Mill hydrostatic test
5% of continuous production (c.p.)
=< 600mm 0,89 times qualified pressure
> 600mm 0,75 times qualified pressure
if pressure class > 32 bar = 100%
5% of total production.
1,5x Design Pressure
8.3.2.3 Spools frequency = 100% (if practicable)
5% (if practicable)
8.3.2.4 Retesting: by failures of one of both retested
components, the whole lot to the latest successful
hydrotest shall be rejected.
Only the failed components will be rejected. In case of
rejected components, 100% will be conducted until the
affected range has been determined
8.3.3
According to API 15LR.
Degree of cure: DSC according to ISO 11357-2
Determination of a QC baseline on base-resin or
component.
Frequency of 1% on c.p.
Min. acc. = 130 / 140 dgr.C
Once per shift
8.3.4
Short-term burst test: Agreed with principal
Once per three months
8.3.5
Ongoing pressure tests: yearly 6x 1000hr. test from
at least two product sectors
None
8.3.6
Glass content in accordance with ISO 1172 at a
frequency of 1% of c.p.
Acceptance: 70-82% for filament wound pipe
65-75% filament wound fittings
50-65% hand-lay-up fittings
In accordance with ASTM-D-2584 at a frequency of
once a week random two types.
Acceptance: 65-77% for filament wound pipe
55-65% for filament wound fittings
8.3.7.2 Visual Inspection: Table 12 and Table A1 of annexure
A van ISO 14692-4:2002
ASTM-D-2563 (visual)
8.3.7.3 The principal shall be notified of all repairs
No notification
8.3.8.2 The following dimensions shall be determined in
accordance with ASTM D-3567 for 1% of pipe and each
&
8.3.8.3 fitting:
a) Internal diameter
b) Outside diameter
c) Mass
d) Minimum total wall thickness
e) Reinforced wall thickness
f) Laying length
NOV Fiber Glass Systems conducts 100% inspection on
outside diameter of pipe. Reinforced wall thickness is
automatically determined by using fixed inside diameter.
All dimensions and tolerances are in accordance with
NOV Fiber Glass Systems product drawings.
10
8.3.8.4 The following dimensions shall be determined in
accordance with ASTM D3567 for 1% of pipe and
each fitting:
a) Internal diameter
b) Maximum outside diameter
c) Reinforced wall thickness
d) Relevant dimensions as described figure 1
e) Mass
NOV Fiber Glass Systemsn conducts only 100%
inspection on laying lengths and directions/ positions
8.3.9
Thread dimensions
N/A
8.3.10
Conductivity 105 Ω (100V)
Conductivity 106 Ω (500V)
8.3.11
Retest: by failures of one of both retested
components, the whole batch to the latest successful
test shall be rejected.
Only the failed components will be rejected.
To avoid rejecting good products, NOV Fiber Glass
Systems will test all products to trace all affected products.
8.4.3
Records to be maintained by manufacturer:
• Hydrotest reports
• Dim.+Vis.+ cond. Reports
• Tg
• Glass content
• Short term burst test report
• Long term test report
Documentation available in QC/Engineering file
9.1
Markings shall be applied on the pipe and fittings
within 1 m of the end.
Pipes 3 locations,
Fitting one location
9.2
All pipe and fittings shall be permanently marked with
details as in Para 9.2:
a) Manufacturer’s name
b) Product line designation
c) Qualified pressure
d) Temperature at which qualified pressure is
determined (default is 65°C).
e) System design pressure
f) System design temperature
g) Nominal diameter
h) Manufacturer’s identification code
i) Limitations or referenced to installation
requirements: permissible bolt torque, portable
water (yes/no), electrical conductivity and fire
performance classification.
Pipe and fittings will be marked with:
a) Manufacturer’s name
b) Not
c) Qualified pressure
d) Not
e) System design pressure
f) System design temperature
g) Nominal diameter
h) Manufacturer’s identification code
i) Not
11.4.2
Manufacturing procedure shall be provided if
requested by the principal
Not allowed by NOV Fiber Glass Systems
11.4.4
Production quality control reports in acc. 8.4 shall be
provided within five working days or other agreed
period
Special Manufacturing Record Book
11
National Oilwell Varco has produced this brochure for general information only, and it
is not intended for design purposes. Although every effort has been made to maintain
the accuracy and reliability of its contents, National Oilwell Varco in no way assumes
responsibility for liability for any loss, damage or injury resulting from the use of information
and data herein nor is any warranty expressed or implied. Always cross-reference the
bulletin date with the most current version listed at the website noted in this literature.
North America
2425 SW 36th Street
San Antonio, TX 78237 USA
Phone: +1 210 434 5043
South America
Avenida Fernando Simoes
Recife, Brazil 51020-390
Phone: +55 31 3326 6900
Europe
P.O. Box 6, 4190 CA
Geldermalsen, The Netherlands
Phone: +31 345 587 587
Asia Pacific
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong, Singapore 639407
Phone: +65 6861 6118
Middle East
P.O. Box 17324
Dubai, UAE
Phone: +971 4881 3566
www.fgspipe.com • fgspipe@nov.com
© 2012, NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
® Trademark of NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
F
EB-1A
06/12
INTERNATIONAL MARITIME
ORGANISATION
A.18/Res. 753
22 November 1993
Original : ENGLISH
ASSEMBLY - 18th session
Agenda item 11
RESOLUTION A.753(18)
adopted on 4 November 1993
GUIDELINES FOR THE APPLICATION OF PLASTIC PIPES ON SHIPS
THE ASSEMBLY,
RECALLING Article 15(j) of the Convention on the International Maritime Organization
concerning the functions of the Assembly in relation to regulations and guidelines
concerning maritime safety and the prevention and control of marine pollution from ships,
NOTING that there is increasing interest within the marine industry in the use of
materials other than steel for pipes and that there are no specific requirements for plastic
and reinforced plastic pipes and piping systems in existing regulations,
RECOGNIZING that guidelines, covering acceptance criteria for plastic materials in
piping systems, appropriate design and installation requirements and fire test performance
criteria for assuring ship safety, are needed to assist maritime Administrations to determine,
in a rational and uniform manner, the permitted applications for such materials,
RECOGNIZING ALSO that the framework of the guidelines should provide the
freedom to permit the development of international and national standards and allow the
natural development of emerging technology,
HAVING CONSIDERED the recommendation made by the Maritime Safety Committee
at its sixty—first session,
1.
ADOPTS the Guidelines for the Application of Plastic Pipes on Ships, set out in the
Annex to the present resolution;
2.
INVITES Governments:
(a) to apply the Guidelines when considering the use of plastic piping on board
ships flying the flag of their State: and
(b) to inform the Organisation on the development of national standards
and emerging technology on plastic piping;
3.
REQUESTS the Maritime Safety Committee to keep the Guidelines under review
and amend them as necessary.
W/0322a
For reasons of economy, this document is printed in a limited number. Delegates are
kindly asked to bring their copies to meetings and not to request additions copies
A 18/Res.753
ANNEX
GUIDELINES FOR THE APPLICATION OF PLASTIC PIPES ON SHIPS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 Purpose
1.2 Scope
1.3 Philosophy and contents
1.4 Definitions
2. MATERIAL DESIGN PROPERTIES AND PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
2.1 REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO ALL PIPING SYSTEMS
.1 General
.2 Internal pressure
.3 External pressure
.4 Axial strength
.5 Temperature
.6 Impact resistance
.7 Ageing
.8 Fatigue
.9 Erosion resistance
.10 Fluid absorption
.11 Material compatibility
2.2 REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO PIPING SYSTEMS DEPENDING ON SERVICE AND/OR LOCATIONS
.1 Fire endurance
.2 Flame spread
.3 Smoke generation
.4 Toxicity
.5 Electrical conductivity
.6 Fire protection coatings
3. MATERIAL APPROVAL AND QUALITY CONTROL DURING MANUFACTURE
4. INSTALLATION
4.1 Supports
4.2 External loads
4.3 Strength of connections
4.4 Control during installation
4.5 Testing after installation on board
4.6 Penetrations of fire divisions
4.7 Penetrations of watertight bulkheads and decks
4.8 Methods of repair
APPENDICES
Appendix 1 - Test method for fire endurance testing of plastic piping in the dry condition
Appendix 2
- Test method for fire endurance testing of water-filled plastic piping
Appendix 3
- Test method for flame spread of plastic piping
Appendix 4
- Fire endurance requirements matrix.
W/0322a
2
A 18/Res.753
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 Purpose
1.1.1 The International Maritime Organization recognizes
that there is increasing interest within the marine industry
to use materials other than steel for pipes and that there
are no specific requirements for plastic pipes in existing
regulations.
1.1.2 These guidelines provide acceptance criteria for
plastic materials in piping systems to assist maritime
Administrations to determine, in a rational and uniform way,
the permitted applications for such materials. These
guidelines give appropriate design and installation
requirements and, for each application, fire testing
performance criteria necessary to ensure that vessel safety
is adequately addressed.
1.1.3 Within the framework of these guidelines, there is
freedom to permit development of international and
national standards, and allow the natural development of
emerging technology.
1.2 Scope
1.2.1 The status of these guidelines is advisory. They
are intended to cover the design and installation of plastic
pipes, both with and without reinforcement, in either
essential or non-essential systems, inboard of the shipside
valves.
1.3.5 Shipboard piping should be properly installed and
tested to ensure the degree of safety necessary. Section
4 addresses these concerns, and incorporates MSC/Circ.
449 “Guidance on installation of fibre glass reinforced pipe
and fittings”.
1.3.6 The fire test methods and the fire endurance
requirements matrix, referenced in section 2.2, are given
in appendices I to IV.
1.4 Definitions
1.4.1 Plastic(s) as used in these guidelines refers to both
thermoplastic and thermosetting plastic materials, with or
without reinforcement, such as uPVC and fibre reinforced
plastics - FRP.
1.4.2 Piping/Piping systems - The terms piping and piping
systems include the pipe, fittings, system joints, method
of joining and any internal or external liners, coverings and
coatings required to comply with the performance criteria.
For example, if the basic material needs a fire protective
coating to comply with the fire endurance requirements,
then the piping should be manufactured and tested with
both the basic material and coating attached and submitted
to the Administration for approval as a material system.
1.4.3 Joint - The term joint refers to the permanent
method of joining pipes by adhesive bonding, laminating,
welding, etc.
1.2.2 These guidelines are intended to comply with
existing SOLAS regulations, MSC circulars, or other equivalent international criteria.
1.4.4 Fittings - The term fittings refers to bends, elbows,
fabricated branch pieces, etc., of plastic material.
1.2.3 These guidelines are applicable to rigid pipes only.
The use of flexible pipes and hoses and mechanical
couplings which are accepted for use in metallic piping
systems is not addressed.
2. MATERIAL DESIGN PROPERTIES AND
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
2.1 Requirements applicable to all piping systems
2.1.1 General
2.1.1.1 The requirements of this section apply to all piping
and piping systems independent of service or location.
1.3 Philosophy and contents
1.3.1 The International Convention for the Safety of Life
at Sea (SOLAS 74), as amended, specifies steel should
be used in some cases, but in other instances it is clear
that materials other than steel are anticipated, subject to
the Administration’s acceptance. Guidelines to enable
Administrations to make decisions on the use of plastic
piping, and the possibility of extending its application, are
therefore needed.
1.3.2 Certain material design properties and performance
criteria are common to all piping systems, regardless of
system or location, and these are addressed in section
2.1.
1.3.3 Section 2.2 addresses fire safety aspects and
provides specific requirements applicable to piping
systems depending on service and/or locations.
1.3.4 Section 3 addresses material approval and
prescribes certain controls during manufacture of piping
that should be considered in order to ensure the proper
mechanical and physical characteristics.
W/0322a
2.1.1.2 The specification of the piping should be to a
recognized standard acceptable to the Administration and
should meet the additional performance guidelines that
follow.
2.1.1.3 The piping should have sufficient strength to take
account of the most severe coincident conditions of
pressure, temperature, the weight of the piping itself and
any static and dynamic loads imposed by the design or
environment.
2.1.1.4 For the purpose of assuring adequate robustness
for all piping including open ended piping (e.g. overflows,
vents and open-ended drains), all pipes should have a
minimum wall thickness to ensure adequate strength for
use on board ships, also to withstand loads due to
transportation, handling, personnel traffic, etc. This may
require the pipe to have additional thickness than otherwise
required by service considerations.
3
A 18/Res.753
2.1.1.5 The performance requirements for any component
of a piping system such as fittings, joints, and method of
joining are the same as those requirements for the piping
system they are installed in.
2.1.2 Internal pressure
2.1.2.1 A piping system should be designed for an internal
pressure not less than the maximum working pressure to
be expected under operating conditions or the highest set
pressure of any safety valve or pressure relief device on
the system, if fitted.
2.1.2.2 The nominal internal pressure for a pipe should
be determined by dividing the short-term hydrostatic test
failure pressure by a safety factor of 4 or the long-term
hydrostatic (>100.000 h) test failure pressure by a safety
factor of 2.5, whichever is the lesser. The hydrostatic test
failure pressure should be verified experimentally or by a
combination of testing and calculation methods to the
satisfaction of the Administration.
2.1.3 External pressure
2.1.3.1External pressure should be taken into account in
the design of piping for any installation which may be subject to vacuum conditions inside the pipe or a head of liquid
acting on the outside of the pipe.
2.1.3.2Piping should be designed for an external pressure
not less than the sum of the maximum potential head of
liquid outside the pipe, plus full vacuum (1 bar). The
nominal external pressure for a pipe should be determined
by dividing the collapse test pressure by a safety factor of
3. The collapse test pressure should be verified
experimentally or by a combination of testing and
calculation methods to the satisfaction of the
Administration.
2.1.4 Axial strength
2.1.4.1The sum of the longitudinal stresses due to
pressure, weight and other dynamic and sustained loads
should not exceed the allowable stress in the longitudinal
direction. Forces due to thermal expansion, contraction
and external loads, where applicable, should be considered
when determining longitudinal stresses in the system.
2.1.4.2In the case of fibre reinforced plastic pipes, the sum
of the longitudinal stresses should not exceed half of the
nominal circumferentional stress derived from the nominal
internal pressure determined according to paragraph
2.1.2.2, unless the minimum allowable longitudinal stress
is verified experimentally or by a combination of testing
and calculation methods to the satisfaction of the
Administration.
2.1.5 Temperature
2.1.5.1Piping should meet the design requirements of
these guidelines over the range of service temperatures it
will experience.
2.1.5.2High temperature limits and pressure reductions
relative to nominal pressures should be according to the
recognized standard, but in each case, the maximum
W/0322a
working temperature should be at least 20°C lower than
the minimum heat distortion temperature (determined
according to ISO 75 method A, or equivalent) of the resin
or plastic material. The minimum heat distortion
temperature should not be less than 80°C.
2.1.5.3 Where low temperature services are considered,
special attention should be paid to material properties.
2.1.6 Impact resistance
2.1.6.1Piping should have a minimum resistance to impact to the satisfaction of the Administration.
2.1.7 Ageing
2.1.7.1Before selection of a piping material, the
manufacturer should confirm that the environmental effects
including but not limited to ultraviolet rays, saltwater
exposure, oil and grease exposure, temperature, and
humidity, will not degrade the mechanical and physical
properties of the piping material below the values
necessary to meet these guidelines. The manufacturer
should establish material ageing characteristics by
subjecting samples of piping to an ageing test acceptable
to the Administration and then confirming its physical and
mechanical properties by the performance criteria in these
guidelines.
2.1.8 Fatigue
2.1.8.1In cases where design loadings incorporate a significant cyclic or fluctuating component, fatigue should be
considered in the material selection process and taken
into account in the installation design.
2.1.8.2In addressing material fatigue, the designer may
rely on experience with similar materials in similar service
or on laboratory evaluation of mechanical test specimens.
However, the designer is cautioned that small changes in
the material composition may significantly affect fatigue
behaviour.
2.1.9 Erosion resistance
2.1.9.1In the cases where fluid in the system has high
flow velocities, abrasive characteristics or where there are
flow path discontinuities producing excessive turbulence
the possible effect of erosion should be considered. If
erosion cannot be avoided then adequate measures should
be taken such as increased wall thickness, special liners,
change of materials, etc.
2.1.10 Fluid absorption
2.1.10.1
Absorption of fluid by the piping material
should not cause a reduction of mechanical and physical
properties of the material below that required by these
guidelines.
2.1.10.2
The fluid being carried or in which the pipe
is immersed should not permeate through the wall of the
pipe. Testing for fluid absorption characteristics of the pipe
material should be to a recognized standard.
2.1.11 Material compatibility
2.1.11.1
The piping material should be compatible
4
A 18/Res.753
with the fluid being carried or in which it is immersed such
that its design strength does not degenerate below that
recognized by these guidelines. Where the reaction between the pipe material and the fluid is unknown, the
compatibility should be demonstrated to the satisfaction
of the Administration.
2.2 Requirements applicable to piping systems
depending on service and/or locations
2.2.1 Fire endurance
2.2.1.1General
Pipes and their associated fittings whose functions
or integrity are essential to the safety of ships are required
to meet the minimum fire endurance requirements given
below.
2.2.1.2Fire endurance requirements
The fire endurance of a piping system is the
capability to maintain its strength and integrity (i.e. capable
of performing its intended function) for some predetermined
period of time, while exposed to fire that reflects anticipated
conditions. Three different levels of fire endurance for plastic are given. These levels consider the different severity
of consequences resulting from the loss of system integrity
for the various applications and locations. The highest fire
endurance standard (level 1) will ensure the integrity of
the system during a full scale hydrocarbon fire and is
particularly applicable to systems where loss of integrity
may cause outflow of flammable liquids and worsen the
fire situation. The intermediate fire endurance standard
(level 2) intends to ensure the availability of systems
essential to the safe operation of the ship, after a fire of
short duration, allowing the system to be restored after
the fire has been extinguished. The lowest level (level 3) is
considered to provide the fire endurance necessary for a
water filled piping system to survive a local fire of short
duration. The system’s functions should be capable of
being restored, after the fire has been extinguished.
2.2.1.2.1
Level 1 - piping systems essential to the
safety of the ship and those systems outside machinery
spaces where the loss of integrity may cause outflow of
flammable fluid and worsen the fire situation should be
designed to endure a fully developed hydrocarbon fire for
a long duration without loss of integrity under dry
conditions. Piping having passed the fire endurance test
method specified in appendix 1 for a duration of a minimum of one hour without loss of integrity in the dry condition
is considered to meet level 1 fire endurance standard.
2.2.1.2.2
Level 2 - piping systems essential to the safe
operation of the ship should be designed to endure a fire
without loss of the capability to restore the system function
after the fire has been extinguished. Piping having passed
the fire endurance test specified in appendix 1 for a duration
of a minimum of 30 min in the dry condition is considered
to meet level 2 fire endurance standard.
2.2.1.2.3
Level 3 - piping systems essential to the safe
operating of the ship should be designed to endure a fire
without loss of the capability to restore the system function
W/0322a
after the fire has been extinguished. Piping having passed
the fire endurance test specified in appendix 2 for a duration
of a minimum of 30 minutes in the wet condition is
considered to meet level 3 fire endurance standard.
2.2.1.3 System/location matrix
2.2.1.3.1
The matrix in appendix 4 establishes fire
endurance requirements, which are system and location
dependent, that pipe materials installed in a specific system
and location should possess to meet accepted minimum
levels of safety.
2.2.1.3.2
Where, according to the matrix, remotely
closed valves are required when permitting the use of plastic piping, the remote operation system should be designed
such that its function will not be inhibited after being
exposed to an equivalent level 1 fire endurance test.
Remote operation is defined as an accessible, safe location
outside the space in which the valves are installed. In the
case of valves on the main deck of a tanker, remote
operation should be from outside the cargo block.
2.2.1.3.3
Where the matrix stipulates endurance level L2, pipes of endurance level L1 may also be used.
Similarly, where the matrix stipulates endurance level L3,
pipes of endurance level L2 and L1 may be used.
2.2.2 Flame spread
2.2.2.1All pipes, except those fitted on open decks and
within tanks, cofferdams, void spaces, pipe tunnels and
ducts should have low flame spread characteristics as
determined by the test procedures given in resolution
A.653(16) as modified for pipes.
2.2.2.2In resolution A.653(16) the test sample
configuration only considers flat surfaces. Procedure
modifications to A.653(16) are necessary due to the
curvilinear pipe surfaces. These procedure modifications
are listed in appendix 3.
2.2.2.3Piping materials giving average values for all of the
surface flammability criteria not exceeding the values listed
in IMO resolution A.653(16), (Surface flammability criteria, bulkhead, wall and ceiling linings) are considered to
meet the requirements for low flame spread in
accommodation, service and control spaces. In other areas
or where the quantity of pipes is small, the Administration
may allow equivalent acceptance criteria.
2.2.3 Smoke generation
2.2.3.1Criteria for smoke production need only be applied
to pipes within the accommodation, service, and control
spaces. SOLAS regulations II-2/34.7 and 49.2 are
applicable to exposed interior surfaces which are
interpreted as including the surface finish of piping
systems.
2.2.3.2A fire test procedure is being developed and when
finalized and appropriate smoke obscuration criteria have
been recommended, this test will be incorporated into
these guidelines. In the meantime, an absence of this test
5
A 18/Res.753
need not preclude the use of plastics. However,
Administrations should consider this hazard when
approving piping materials.
2.2.4 Toxicity
2.2.4.1Toxicity testing is still being investigated and criteria developed. Before meaningful conclusions can be
made, further experimentation and testing is needed. In
the absence of a toxicity test, the use of plastics need not
be precluded. However, Administrations should consider
this hazard when approving piping materials.
2.2.5 Electrical conductivity
2.2.5.1Electrostatic charges can be generated on the
inside and outside of plastic pipes. The resulting sparks
can create punctures through pipe walls leading to leakage
of pipe contents, or can ignite surrounding explosive
atmospheres. Administrations should consider these
hazards when approving plastic piping systems carrying
fluids capable of generating electrostatic charges (static
accumulators) inside the pipe, and when approving plastic piping systems in hazardous areas (i.e. areas that could,
either in normal or fault conditions, contain an explosive
atmosphere), for the possibility of electrostatic charges
outside the pipe.
2.2.5.2.
In practice, fluids with conductivity less than
1,000 pico siemens per metre (pS/m) are considered to
be non-conductive and therefore capable of generating
electrostatic charges. Refined products and distillates fall
into this category and piping used to convey these liquids
should therefore be electrically conductive. Fluids with
conductivity greater than 1,000 pS/m are considered to
be static non-accumulators and can therefore be conveyed
through pipes not having special conductive properties
when located in non hazardous areas.
2.2.5.3Regardless of the fluid being conveyed, plastic
piping should be electrically conductive if the piping passes through a hazardous area.
2.2.5.4Where conductive piping is required, the resistance
per unit length of the pipe, bends, elbows, fabricated branch
pieces, etc., shout not exceed 1 x 105Ohm/m and the
resistance to earth from any point in the piping system
should not exceed 1 x 106Ohm. It is preferred that pipes
and fittings be homogeneously conductive. Pipes and
fittings having conductive layers may be accepted subject
to the arrangements for minimizing the possibility of spark
damage to the pipe wall being satisfactory. Satisfactory
earthing should be provided.
2.2.5.5After completion of the installation, the resistance
to earth should be verified. Earthing wires should be
accessible for inspection.
2.2.6 Fire protection coatings
2.2.6.1Where a fire protective coating of pipes and fittings
is necessary for achieving the fire endurance standards
required, the following requirements apply:
2.2.6.1.1
W/0322a
manufacturer with the protective coating on in which case
on-site application of protection would be limited to what
is necessary for installation purposes (e.g. joints).
Alternatively pipes may be coated on site in accordance
with the approved procedure for each combination, using
the approved materials of both pipes and insulations.
2.2.6.1.2
The liquid absorption properties of the
coating and piping should be considered. The fire
protection properties of the coating should not be
diminished when exposed to saltwater, oil or bilge slops.
The Administration should be satisfied that the coating is
resistant to products likely to come in contact with the
piping.
2.2.6.1.3
Fire protection coatings should not degrade
due to environmental effects over time, such as ultraviolet
rays, saltwater exposure, temperature and humidity. Other
areas to consider are thermal expansion, resistance
against vibrations, and elasticity. Ageing of the fire
protection coatings should be demonstrated to the
satisfaction of the Administration in a manner consistent
with the ageing test specified above.
2.2.6.1.4
The adhesion qualities of the coating should
be such that the coating does not flake, chip, or powder,
when subjected to an adhesion test acceptable to the
Administration.
2.2.6.1.5
The fire protection coating should have a
minimum resistance to impact to the satisfaction of the
Administration.
2.2.6.1.6
Pipes should be an appropriate distance
from hot surfaces in order to be adequately insulated.
2.2.6.2Special testing may be required as part of the
approval procedure.
3. MATERIAL APPROVAL AND QUALITY CONTROL
DURING MANUFACTURE
3.1
The Administration may require piping, as defined
in chapter I, 4.0, to be prototype tested to ensure that the
piping meets the performance requirements of these
guidelines.
3.2. The manufacturer should have a quality system that
meets ISO 9001, “Quality systems - Model for quality
assurance in design/development, production, installation
and servicing”, or equivalent. The quality system should
consist of elements necessary to ensure that pipe and
fittings are produced with consistent and uniform
mechanical and physical properties in accordance with
recognized standards. Control during manufacture should
be certified by the manufacturer to the satisfaction of the
Administration.
3.3. Dimensions and tolerances for pipes should conform to a recognized standard.
Pipes should be delivered from the
6
A 18/Res.753
3.4
Piping and fittings should be permanently marked
with identification in accordance with a recognized
standard. Identification should include pressure ratings,
the design standard that the pipe or fitting is manufactured
in accordance with, and the material system with which
the pipe or fitting is made.
3.5
Each length of pipe should be tested at the
manufacturers production facility to a hydrostatic pressure
not less than 1.5 times the rated pressure of the pipe. Other
test criteria may be accepted by the Administration.
3.6
Samples of pipe should be tested to determine the
short-term and/or long-term hydrostatic design strength.
These samples should be selected randomly from the
production facilities at a frequency to the satisfaction of
the Administration.
3.7
For piping required to be electrically conductive,
representative samples of pipe should be tested to
determine the electrical resistance per unit length. The
test method and frequency of testing should be acceptable
to the Administration.
3.8
Random samples of pipe should be tested to
determine the adhesion qualities of the coating to the pipe.
The test method and frequency of testing should be
acceptable to the Administration.
4. INSTALLATION
4.1. Supports
4.1.1 Selection and spacing of pipe supports in shipboard
systems should be determined as a function of allowable
stresses and maximum deflection criteria. Support spacing
should be not greater than the pipe manufacturer’s
recommended spacing. The selection and spacing of pipe
supports should take into account pipe dimensions,
mechanical and physical properties of the pipe material,
mass of pipe and contained fluid, external pressure,
operating temperature, thermal expansion effects, loads
due to external forces, thrust forces, water hammer,
vibration, maximum accelerations to which the system may
be subjected, and the type of support. The support spans
should also be checked for combinations of loads.
4.1.2 Each support should evenly distribute the load of
the pipe and its contents over the full width of the support
and be designed to minimize wear and abrasion.
4.1.3 Heavy components in the piping system such as
valves and expansion joints should be independently
supported.
4.1.4 Suitable provision should be made in each pipeline
to allow for relative movement between pipes made of plastics and the steel structure, having due regard to:
.1 the difference in the coefficients of thermal
expansion;
.2 deformations of the ship’s hull and its structure.
W/0322a
4.1.5 When calculating the thermal expansions, account
should be taken of the system working temperature and
the temperature at which assembling is performed.
4.2 External loads
4.2.1 Where applicable, allowance should be made for
temporary point loads. Such allowances should include at
least the force exerted by a load (person) of 100 kg at midspan on any pipe of more than 100 mm nominal outside
diameter.
4.2.2 Pipes should be protected from mechanical
damage where necessary.
4.3 Strength of connections
4.3.1 The requirements for connections are the same as
those requirements for the piping system in which they
are installed, as stated in paragraph 2.1.1.5.
4.3.2 Pipes may be assembled using adhesive-bonded,
flanged or mechanically coupled joints.
4.3.3 Adhesives, when used for joint assembly, should
be suitable for providing a permanent seal between the
pipes and fittings throughout the temperature and pressure
range of the intended application.
4.3.4 Tightening of flanged or mechanically coupled joints
should be performed in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions.
4.4 Control during installation
4.4.1 Joining techniques should be in accordance with
MSC/Circ.449. This circular requires the fabrication to be
in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation
guidelines, that personnel performing these tasks be
qualified to the satisfaction of the Administration, and that
each bonding procedure be qualified before shipboard
piping installation commences.
4.4.2 To qualify joint bonding procedures, the tests and
examinations specified herein should be successfully
completed. The procedure for making bonds should
include: all materials and supplies, tools and fixtures,
environmental requirements, joint preparation, dimensional
requirements and tolerances, cure time, cure temperature,
protection of work, tests and examinations and acceptance
criteria for the completed test assembly.
4.4.3 Any change in the bonding procedure which will
affect the physical and mechanical properties of the joint
should require the procedure to be requalified.
4.4.4 The employer should maintain a self-certification
record available to the Administration of the following:
- the procedure used, and
- the bonders and bonding operators employed by
him, showing the bonding performance
qualifications, dates and results of the qualification testing.
4.4.5 Procedure qualification testing should conform to
7
A 18/Res.753
the following:
A test assembly shall be fabricated in accordance with the
bonding procedure to be qualified and shall consist of at
least one pipe-to-pipe joint and one pipe-to-fitting joint.
When the test assembly has been cured, it shall be
subjected to a hydrostatic test pressure at a factor of safety
acceptable to the Administration times the design pressure
of the test assembly, for not less than one hour with no
leakage or separation of joints. The test shall be conducted
so that the joint is loaded in both the circumferential and
longitudinal directions similar to that to be experienced in
service. The size of the pipe used for the test assembly
shall be as follows:
4.8 Methods of repair
4.8.1 At sea, the pipe material should be capable of
temporary repair by the crew, and the necessary materials
and tools kept on board.
4.8.2 Permanent repairs to the piping material should be
capable of exhibiting the same mechanical and physical
properties as the original base material. Repairs carried
out and tested to the satisfaction of the Administration may
be considered permanent provided the strength is ade-
(1)
When the largest size to be joined is 200 mm
nominal outside diameter, or smaller, the test
assembly shall be the largest piping size to be joined.
(2)
When the largest size to be joined is greater than
200 mm nominal outside diameter, the size
of the test assembly shall be either 200 mm or 25% of the
largest piping size to be joined, whichever is greater.
4.4.6 When conducting performance qualifications, each
bonder and bonding operator should make up a test
assembly consisting of one pipe-to-pipe joint and one pipeto-fitting joint in accordance with the qualified bonding procedure. The size of the pipe used for the test assembly
should be the same as required in 4.5. The joint should
successfully pass the hydrostatic test described in 4.5.
4.5 Testing after installation on board
4.5.1 Piping systems for essential services should be
subjected to a test pressure not less than 1.5 times the
design pressure of the system.
4.5.2 Piping systems for non-essential services should
be checked for leakage under operational conditions.
4.5.3 For piping required to be electrically conductive,
the resistance to earth should be checked. Earthing wires
should be accessible for inspection.
4.6 Penetrations of fire divisions
4.6.1 Where “A” or “B” class divisions are penetrated for
the passage of plastic pipes, arrangements should be
made to ensure that the fire resistance is not impaired.
These arrangements should be tested in accordance with
Recommendations for fire test procedures for “A” “B” and
“F” bulkheads (resolution A.517(13), as amended.
4.7 Penetrations of watertight bulkheads and decks
4.7.1 Where plastic pipes pass through watertight
bulkheads or decks, the watertight integrity and strength
integrity of the bulkhead or deck should be maintained.
4.7.2 If the bulkhead or deck is also a fire division and
destruction by fire of the plastic pipes may cause the inflow
of liquids from tanks, a metallic shut-off valve operable
from above the freeboard deck should be fitted at the
bulkhead or deck.
W/0322a
8
A 18/Res.753
quate for the intended service.
APPENDIX 1
TEST METHOD FOR FIRE ENDURANCE TESTING
OF PLASTIC PIPING IN THE DRY CONDITION
Test method
1
A furnace test with fast temperature increase likely
to occur in a fully developed liquid hydrocarbon fire. The
time/temperature of the furnace should be as follows:
at the end of 5 min.
945 ° C
at the end of 10 min.
1,033 ° C
at the end of 15 min.
1,071 ° C
at the end of 30 min.
1,098 ° C
at the end of 60 min.
1,100 ° C
Notes:
1 The accuracy of the furnace control should be as follows:
1.1
During the first 10 min. of the test the area under
the curve of mean furnace temperature should not
vary by more than + 15% of the area under the standard
curve.
1.2
During the first half hour of the test the area under
the curve of mean furnace temperature should not vary by
more than + 10% of the area under the standard curve.
1.3
For any period after the first half hour of the test
the area under the curve of mean furnace temperature
should not vary by more than + 5% of the area under the
standard curve.
1.4
At any time after the first 10 min of the test the
mean furnace temperature should not differ from the
standard curve by more than + 100°C.
2 The locations where the temperatures are measured,
the number of temperature measurements and the
measurement techniques are to be agreed by the
Administration taking into account the furnace control
specification as set out in paragraph 3.1.3 of the Annex of
Assembly resolution A.517(13).
Test specimen
2
The test specimen should be prepared with the
joints and fittings intended for use in the proposed
application. The number of specimens should be sufficient
to test typical joints and fittings including joints between
non-metal and metal pipes and fitting to be used. The ends
of the specimen should be closed. One of the ends should
allow presssurized nitrogen to be connected. The pipe ends
and closures may be outside the furnace. The general
orientation of the specimen should be horizontal and it
should be supported by one fixed support with the
remaining supports allowing free movement. The free
length between supports should not be less than 8 times
the pipe diameter.
Test conditions
3
If the insulation contains, or is liable to absorb,
moisture the specimen should not be tested until the
insulation has reached an air-dry condition. This condition
is defined as equilibrium with an ambient atmosphere of
50% relative humidity at 20 + 5° C. Accelerated
conditioning is permissible provided the method does not
alter the properties of component material. Special
samples should be used for moisture content determination
and conditioned with the test specimen. These samples
should be so constructed as to represent the loss of water
vapour from the specimen by having similar thickness and
exposed faces.
4
A nitrogen pressure inside the test specimen should
be maintained automatically at 0.7 bar + 0.1 bar during
the test. Means should be provided to record the pressure
inside the pipe and the nitrogen flow into and out of the
specimen in order to indicate leakage.
Acceptance criteria
5
During the test, no nitrogen leakage from the
sample should occur.
6
After termination of the furnace test, the test specimen together with fire protection coating, if any, should be
allowed to cool in still air to ambient temperature and then
tested to the rated pressure of the pipes as defined in
paragraphs II-1/2.2 and II-1/3.2 of these guidelines. The
pressure should be held for a minimum of 15 min. without
leakage. Where practicable, the hydrostatic test should
be conducted on bare pipe, that is pipe which has had all
of its coverings including fire protection insulation removed,
so that leakage will be readily apparent.
7
Alternative test methods and/or test procedures
considered to be at least equivalent including open pit
testing method, may be accepted in cases where the pipes
are too large for the test furnace.
Notes: 1
Most materials other than steel used for
pipes will require a thermal insulation to be able to
pass this test. The test procedure should include the
insulation and its covering.
2.
The number and size of test specimens
required for the approval test should be specified by
the Administration.
W/0322a
9
A 18/Res.753
APPENDIX 2
TEST METHOD FOR FIRE ENDURANCE TESTING
OF WATER-FILLED PLASTIC PIPING
1
Test method
A propane multiple burner test with a fast
temperature increase should be used.
For piping up to 152 mm in diameter, the fire source
should consist of two rows of 5 burners as shown in Figure
1. A constant heat flux averaging 113.6 kW/m2 (+10%)
should be maintained 12.5 + 1 cm above the centreline
of the burner array. This flux corresponds to a pre-mix
flame of propane with a fuel flow rate of 5 kg/h for a total
heat release rate of 65 kW. The gas consumption should
be measured with an accuracy of at least +3% in order to
maintain a constant heat flux. Propane with a minimum
purity of 95% should be used.
For piping greater than 152 mm in diameter, one
additional row of burners should be included for each 31
mm increase in pipe diameter. A constant heat flux
averaging 113.6 kW/m2 (+10%) should still be maintained
at the 12.5 + 1 cm height above the centreline of the burner
array. The fuel flow should be increased as required to
maintain the designated heat flux.
The burners should be type “Sievert No. 2942” or
equivalent which produces an air mixed flame. The inner
diameter of the burner heads should be 29 mm (see figure
1). The burner heads should be mounted in the same plane
and supplied with gas from a manifold. If necessary, each
burner should be equipped with a valve in order to adjust
the flame height.
The height of the burner stand should also be
adjustable. It should be mounted centrally below the test
pipe with the rows of burners parallel to the pipe’s axis.
The distance between the burner heads and the pipe
should be maintained at 12.5 + 1 cm during the test. The
free length of the pipe between its supports should be .8
+0.05 m.
The pipe samples should rest freely in a horizontal
position on two V-shaped supports. The friction between
pipe and supports should be minimized. The supports may
consist of two stands, as shown in figure 2.
A relief valve should be connected to one of the
end closures of each specimen.
3
Test conditions
The test should be carried out in a sheltered test
site in order to prevent any draught influencing the test.
Each pipe specimen should be completely
filled with deaerated water to exclude air bubbles.
The water temperature should not be less than
15°C at the start and should be measured continuously
during the test.
The water inside the sample should be stagnant
and the pressure maintained at 3 + 0.5 bar during the test.
4
Acceptance criteria
During the test, no leakage from the sample(s)
should occur except that slight weeping through the pipe
wall may be accepted.
After termination of the burner regulation test, the
test sample, together with fire protection coating, if any,
should be allowed to cool to ambient temperature and then
tested to the rated pressure of the pipes as defined in
paragraphs II-1/2.2 and II-1/3.2 of these guidelines. The
pressure should be held for a minimum of 15 minutes without significant leakages, i.e. not exceeding 0.2 1/min.
Where practicable, the hydrostatic test should be
conducted on bare pipe, that is pipe which has had all of
its coverings including fire protection insulation removed,
so that leakage will be readily apparent.
2
Test specimen
Each pipe should have a length of approximately
1.5 m. The test pipe should be prepared with permanent
joints and fittings intended to be used. Only valves and
straight joints versus elbows and bends should be tested
as the adhesive in the joint is the primary point of failure.
The number of pipe specimens should be sufficient to test
all typical joints and fittings. The ends of each pie specimen should be closed. One of the ends should allow
pressurized water to be connected.
If the insulation contains, or is liable to absorb,
moisture the specimen should not be tested until the
insulation has reached an air-dry condition. This condition
is defined as equilibrium with an ambient atmosphere of
50% relative humidity at 20 + 5 ° C. Accelerated
conditioning is permissible provided the method does not
alter the properties of the material
Special samples should be used for moisture content
determination and conditioned with the test specimen.
These samples should be so constructed as to represent
the loss of water vapour from the specimen by having
similar thickness and exposed faces.
W/0322a
10
A 18/Res.753
W/0322a
11
A 18/Res.753
APPENDIX 3
TEST METHOD FOR FLAME SPREAD OF PLASTIC PIPING
Flame spread of plastic piping should be determined by
IMO resolution A.653(16) entitled “Recommendation on
Improved Fire Test Procedures for Surface Flammability
of Bulkhead, Ceiling, and Deck Finish Materials” with the
following modifications.
1
size.
Tests should be made for each pipe material and
2
Test sample should be fabricated by cutting pipes
lengthwise into individual sections and then assembling
the sections into a test sample as representative as
possible of a flat surface. A test sample should consist of
at least two sections. The test sample should be 800 + 5
mm long. All cuts should be made normal to the pipe wall.
3
The number of sections that must be assembled
together to form a test sample should be that which
corresponds to the nearest integral number of sections
which should make a test sample with an equivalent
linearized surface width between 155 and 180 mm. The
surface width is defined as the measured sum of the outer
circumference of the assembled pipe sections that are
exposed to the flux from the radiant panel.
4
The assembled test sample should have no gaps
between individual sections.
5
The assembled test sample should be constructed
in such a way that the edges of two adjacent sections
should coincide with the centreline of the test holder.
6
The individual test sections should be attached to
the backing calcium silicate board using wire (No. 18
recommended) inserted at 50 mm intervals through the
board and tightened by twisting at the back.
7
The individual pipe sections should be mounted
so that the highest point of the exposed surface is in the
same plane as the exposed flat surface of a normal surface.
8
The space between the concave unexposed
surface of the test sample and the surface of the calcium
silicate backing board should be left void.
9
The void space between the top of the exposed
test surface and the bottom edge of the sample holder
frame should be filled with a high temperature insulating
wool if the width of the pipe segments extend under the
side edges of the sample holding frame.
W/0322a
12
APPENDIX 4
A18/Res.753
FIRE ENDURANCE REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
A B C D E F G H
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
CARGO (Flammable cargoes f.p.< 60°C)
Cargo lines
Crude oil washing lines
Vent lines
INERT GAS
Water seal effluent line
Scrubber effluent line
Main line
Distribution lines
FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS(f.p. > 60°C)
Cargo lines
Fuel oil
Lubricating
Hydraulic oil
SEAWATER (1)
Bilge main and branches
Fire main and water spray
Foam system
Sprinker system
Ballast
Cooling water, essential services
Tank cleaning services fixed machines
Non essential systems
FRESH WATER
Cooling water, essential services
Condensate return
Non essential systems
SANITARY/DRAINS/SCRUPPERS
Deck drains (internal)
Sanitary drains (internal)
Scuppers and dischargers (overboard)
SOUNDING/AIR
Water tanks/ dry spaces
Oil tanks (f.p.> 60°C)
MISCELLANEOUS
Control air
Service air (non essential)
Brine
Auxiliary low pressure steam < 7 bar)
W/0322a
I
J K
9
9
9
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
3
3
9
Location
A. Machinery spaces of Category A.
B. Other machinery spaces and
pump rooms
C. Cargo pump rooms
D. Ro-ro cargo holds
E. Other dry cargo holds
F. Cargo tanks
G. Fuel oil tanks
H. Ballast water tanks
I. Cofferdams void spaces pipe
tunnel and ducts
J. Accommodation service and
control spaces
K. Open decks
Not Applicable
Bondstrand approved systems
Not allowed
9
2
4
4
4
1-7 1-7 1-7 1-7 1-7
1-7
9
3
5
5
9
5
5
5
5
5
8
8
8
8
8
13
A 18/Res.753
A)
B)
C)
D)
E)
F)
G)
H)
I)
J)
K)
Machinery spaces of category A
Other machinery spaces and pump rooms
Cargo pump rooms
Ro-ro cargo holds
Other dry cargo holds
Cargo tanks
Fuel oil tanks
Ballast water tanks
Cofferdams void spaces pipe tunnel and ducts
Accommodation service and control spaces
Open decks
ABBREVIATIONS:
L1
Fire endurance test (appendix 1) in dry conditions,
60 min.
L2
Fire endurance test (appendix 1) in dry conditions,
30 min.
L3
Fire endurance test (appendix 2) in wet conditions,
30 min.
O
No fire endurance test required
NA
Not applicable
X
Metallic materials having a melting point greater
than 925°C.
FOOTNOTES:
1/
Where non-metallic piping is used, remotely
controlled valves to be proved at ship’s side (valve is to be
controlled from outside space).
2/
Remote closing valves to be provided at the cargo
tanks.
3/
When cargo tanks contain flammable liquids with
f.p. >60°C. “O” may replace “NA” or “X”.
4/
For drains serving only the space concerned, “O”
may replace “L1”.
5/
When controlling functions are not required by
statutory requirements or guidelines, “O” may replace “L1”.
6/
For pipe between machinery space and deck water seal, “O” may replace “L1”.
7/
For passenger vessels, “X” is to replace “L1”.
8/
Scuppers serving open decks in positions 1 and 2,
as defined in regulation 13 of the International Convention
on Load Lines, 1966, should be “X” throughout unless
fitted at the upper end with the means of closing capable
of being operated from a position above the freeboard deck
in order to prevent downflooding.
9/
For essential services, such as fuel oil tank heating
and ship’s whistle, “X” is to replace “O”.
10/
For tankers where compliance with paragraph 3(f)
of regulation 13F of Annex I of MARPOL 73/78 is required,
“NA” is to replace “O”.
LOCATION DEFINITIONS
A -
Location
Machinery spaces of category A
B -
Other machinery spaces and pump rooms
C -
Cargo pump rooms
D -
Ro-ro cargo holds
E -
Other dry cargo holds
F G-
Cargo tanks
Fuel oil tanks
H -
Ballast water tanks
I-
Cofferdams, voids, etc.
J-
Accommodation, service,
K -
Open decks
Definition
Machinery spaces of category A as defined in SOLAS*
regulation II-2/3.19.
Spaces, other than category A machinery spaces and
cargo pump rooms, containing propulsion machinery,
boilers,
steam
and
internal
combustion
engines,
generators and major electrical machinery, pumps, oil
filling stations, refrigerating, stabilizing, ventilation and airconditioning machinery, and similar spaces, and trunks to
such spaces.
Spaces containing cargo pumps and entrances and trunks
to such spaces.
Ro-ro cargo holds are ro-ro cargo spaces and special
category spaces as defined in SOLAS* regulation II-2/3.14
and 3.18.
All spaces other than ro-ro cargo holds used for non-liquid
cargo and trunks to such spaces.
All spaces used for liquid cargo and trunks to such spaces.
All spaces used for fuel oil (excluding cargo tanks) and
trunks to such spaces.
All spaces used for ballast water and trunks to such
spaces.
Cofferdams and voids are those empty spaces between
two bulkheads separating two adjacent compartments.
Accommodation spaces, service spaces and control
stations as defined in SOLAS* regulation II-2/3.10, 3.12,
3.22
Open deck spaces as defined in SOLAS* regulation II2/26.2.2(5).
* SOLAS 74 as amended by the 1978 SOLAS Protocol and the 1981 and 1983 amendments (consolidated text).
W/0322a
14
Offshore Installations Reference List
General
These case histories are intended to serve as documentation of installations of Bondstrand® Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy
(GRE) Pipe products in the services shown. The names of shipyards, owners, vessels, platforms companies are
included for the sake of completeness. Their inclusion does not imply an endorsement of NOV Fiber Glass Systems products
by those parties. More extensive information is also available from NOV Fiber Glass Systems, or via: www.fgspipe.com.
Description
Abbreviations used:
Unitname: Name of the unit, or project
Country:
Country where unit was built
Service/Application
1
Firewater
10
Column piping
2
Deluge
11
Caissons
3
Seawater Cooling
12
Brine
4
Engine Room Cooling
13
Drilling mud
5
Seawater
14
Fresh water
6
Ballast
15
Potable water
7
Drains
16
Sanitary/sewage
8
Vent lines
17
Submersible pump
9
Chlorination
18
Water injection
4
Owner
Operator
Unit Name
Service
Diameter (inch)
Pressure Shipyard
(bar)
Unit
Country (yard)
Serie
Africa
Year
Chevron Kokomgio Field
1
Marathon Oil
Steelhead
20
12
1
Platform
Alaska
2000M
1986
Cea Cfem
BMD3
1
2, 3, 4, 6
10
Barge
Angola
2000M
1988
Chevron
Takula WIP Expansion
Phase II
5
2, 3, 4, 8, 10, 18, 24
16
Platform
Angola
2000M
1997
Chevron (UK) Limited
Takula WIP - Expansion
18
6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 24
11
Platform
Angola
2000M
1995
Chevron Bouygues
Offshore
Takula WIP
5
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 24
11
Platform
Angola
2000
1989
Elf
Buffalo
1
6
10
Platform
Angola
2000M
1987
Sneap Bouygues Offshore
Buf 1
1
2, 3, 4, 6
10
Platform
Angola
2000M
1987
Trans ocean Sedco Forex
Sedco Express *(FP 833)
14
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
5
Semi-sub
Angola
2000M
1999
Reading and Bates
W.T. Adams
9
2
2
Jack-up
Argentina
5000M
1984
Reading and Bates
R.W. Mowell
9
2
2
Jack-up
Argentina
5000M
1985
10
FPSO
Australia
7000M
1995
Woodside Offshore
Petroleum Pty
BP
Cossack Pioneer
*(FP 689)
3, 14, 20
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,
16, 18, 20, 24
British Gas/Clough
ONGC
DCN
2005
Panna
7
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6
Platform
Australia
7000M
2005
Wandoo Alliance
CGS PP - Platform / LQ
11
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24
28, 30
Platform
Australia
2000M
1995
Wandoo Alliance
Wandoo Field, Dampier
*(FP 348)
7, 6, 11, 20
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,
16, 18, 20, 24, 28, 30
Platform
Australia
2000M, 5000,
7000M
1996
Wandoo Alliance
CGS PP - Platform / LQ
6, 1, 11
16, 3, 30
Platform
Australia
2000M
1996
Wandoo Alliance
CGS PP - Platform / LQ
5
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18
Platform
Australia
7000M
1996
North Rankin A
9
1, 2, 3, 4, 6
Platform
Australia
5000
1996
North Rankin A
15
1, 3
Platform
Australia
2000
1993
AIOC
5
2, 16
20
Platform
Azerbaijan
2000
1999
ACG Full Field
Development Project
*(FP 905 A)
5, 1, 3, 16,
7, 8
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24
28, 30
16
Platform
Azerbaijan
7000, 3416
K-5
1
4, 6, 8
12
Platform
Belgium
6000
Woodside
Woodside Offshore
Petroleum Pty
BP
Azerbaijan International
Operating Company AIOC
Azerbaijan International
Operating Company AIOC
Elf Petroland
BP
12
2004 2008
1993
Owner
Operator
Unit Name
Service
Diameter (inch)
Pressure Shipyard
(bar)
Unit
Country (yard)
Serie
Year
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24
28, 30, 32, 36, 40
16, 20
FPSO
Brazil
7000M, 2425C,
5000M
2004
Petrobras
P-43 Baracuda,
P-48 Caratinga
*(FP 942)
ARCO
Process Platform
3, 7, 15
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18
10
Platform
Brunei
2000
1983
Champion 7 (CPCB-7)
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
16
Platform
Brunei
6016
1993
Hudbay
WHP
3
2, 3, 4, 6
10
Platform
Brunei
2000
1987
Huffco
Process Platform
16
10
Platform
Brunei
2000
1983
MAXUS
Process Platform
3, 20
8, 10, 12, 14, 16
10
Platform
Brunei
2000
1984
McDermott Engineering
WHP
1, 20
2, 3, 4, 6
Platform
Brunei
2000M
1985
ONGC
“BPA”
3
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24
28, 30, 32, 36
Platform
Brunei
2000M
1986
P.T. Avlau
WHP
Platform
Brunei
2000M
1985
Shell Offshore
AMWP-7
5
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
13
Platform
Brunei
2000M
1980
Shell Offshore
Champion 7
6
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
14, 16
10
Platform
Brunei
2000
1981
Shell Offshore
Champion Phase I
5
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
13
Platform
Brunei
2000M
1981
Shell Offshore
Champion 7
5
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
14, 16
13
Platform
Brunei
2000M
1981
Shell Offshore
AMPA-9
18
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
15
Platform
Brunei
2000M
1982
Shell Offshore
Champion 7
18
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
15
Platform
Brunei
2000M
1982
Shell Offshore
AMPA-9
1
6
10
Platform
Brunei
2000M
1986
Shell Offshore
AMPA 9
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6
10
Platform
Brunei
2000M
1992
Shell Offshore
AMPA 9
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6
16
Platform
Brunei
2000M
1992
Shell Offshore
Champion 7 (CPCB 7)
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
16
Platform
Brunei
6016
1993
Shell Offshore
Champion 7 ( CPWA -7)
7
4, 6, 8, 10, 12
16
Platform
Brunei
2000M
1996
Shell Offshore
Fairley Living Quarter
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6
Platform
Brunei
2000M, 2420
2002
Shell Offshore
Champion 7 (CPWA -7)
5
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
Platform
Brunei
2000M
2002
Platform
Brunei
2416-FM
2006
Platform
Brunei
2000M
Brunei Shell Petroleum
Shell
16
2, 3, 4, 6
Shell Offshore
BSP
Champion 7
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
Shell Offshore
Shell
Diana
7
4, 6, 8, 10, 12
10
Hull P-43
(Jurong Shipyard,
Singapore),
P-43 and P-48 and
integration of P-43
(Maua Jurong
Shipyards, Brazil)
Topsides , Hull
P-48 and integration of
P-48 (Keppel FELS
Brasil, Brazil)
1995 1996
5
6
Owner
Operator
Unit Name
Service
Diameter (inch)
Pressure Shipyard
(bar)
Unit
Country (yard)
Serie
Year
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
16
Platform
Brunei
2000M
1983
2, 3, 4, 6
10
Platform
Brunei
2000
1984
2, 3
10
Platform
Brunei
2000M
1985
TOTAL
Process Platform
Unocal
WHP
Unocal
WHP
Foramer
Alligator
14
2
7
Barge
Cameroon
2000M
1983
Forex Neptune
Pentagone 81
8
8, 10, 12
7
Platform
Cameroon
2000M
1982
SBPI / Elf Serepca
BAP
1
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
12
Platform
Cameroon
2000M
1996
SBPI / Elf Serepca
Ekoundou
1
2, 3, 4, 6, 8
16
Platform
Cameroon
2000M
2000 2001
Total CG Doris
Victoria
7
2, 3, 4
1
Platform
Cameroon
2000M
1982
CNOOC
FPSO
4, 3, 20, 1
3, 20
Dalian New
Shipyard
FPSO
China
7000M
2001
CNOOC/BOC
Belanak
6
12, 20
Dalian New
Shipyard
FPSO
China
7000M
2003
CNOOC-CNNHW
1007
6
12, 2
Waigaoqiao
FPSO
China
7000M
2002
CONOCO
FPSO
6, 4, 8
4, 36
Dalian New
Shipyard
FPSO
China
7000M, 2416C
2002
Conoco
Belanak *(FP 924)
3, 6, 7, 1, 20
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24
28, 30, 32, 36
P.T. McDermott
FPSO
China
various
2003
ConocoPhillips China
Bohai II
1, 2, 7, 9, 16
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
FPSO
China
2420C
2006
4
2, 8
Shanhaiguang
FPSO
China
2000M, 7000M
2002
Shanhaiguang
Phillips/CNOOC
7
May Flower Energy UK
TIV-1
6
3, 28
Jack-up
China
7000M
2002
CNOOC / OOEC
QK17-2
1, 3, 5
3, 4, 6, 8, 10
Platform
China
2000M
1999
CNOOC / OOEC
QHD32-6 WHP
1, 5
2, 3, 4, 6, 8
Platform
China
2000M
2000
CNOOC / OOEC
SZ36-1
1, 5
2, 4, 6, 8
Platform
China
2000M
2002
CNOOC/ OOEC
SZ36-1 WHP
1, 5
2, 3, 4, 6
Platform
China
2000M
2000
CNOOC/ OOEC
WC13-1/2 WHP
5
2, 3, 4, 6
Platform
China
2000M
2000
CNOOC/ OOEC
PL19-3 PH-I
1, 2
2, 4, 6, 8, 10
Platform
China
PSX-JFC
2002
Conoco Phillips - COOEC
PL19-3 PH-2
1, 5
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
Platform
China
2420, 2420-FP
2005
COOEC
DF1-1
1, 5
2, 3, 4, 6, 8
Platform
China
2000M,
2000M-FP
2002
COOEC
LuDa
5
2, 4, 6, 8
Platform
China
2000M,
2000M-FP
2004
COOEC
Panyu 30-1
1, 5
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
Platform
China
2000M,
2000M-FP
2005
COOEC / BP
Yacheng 13-1 TCLQ
1, 5
2, 6, 8
Platform
China
2000M
2002
CSSC
SZ36-1
1
2, 3, 4, 6
Platform
China
2000M
1999
Xinhe Shipyard
Owner
Operator
Unit Name
Service
Diameter (inch)
Jutal
PL19-3 P1
1, 5
2, 4, 6
Philips Petroleum
Xijiang 24 - 30/ 30 -2
3, 5, 20
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
Sembawang Engineering
CNOOC - WEI 114
1, 3, 7
SOME / CNOOC
Panyu 4-2 & 5-1
1
UOCC
DF1-1
UOCC
Pressure Shipyard
(bar)
Unit
Country (yard)
Serie
Year
Platform
China
7000M,
PSX-JFC
2004
Platform
China
2000M
1993
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
Platform
China
2000M
1992
2, 3, 6, 8, 10
Platform
China
2420-FP
2002
1, 5
2, 4, 6, 8, 10
Platform
China
2000M,
2000M-FP
2002
WZ11-4
5
2, 4, 6, 8, 10
Platform
China
7000M
2003
UOCC
DF1-1
1, 5
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
Platform
China
2000M,
2000M-FP
2004
UOCC
Weizhou
5
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
Platform
China
2000M
2005
UOCC
Yachen
5
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
Platform
China
2000M,
2000M-FP
2005
Zhaodong
Apache ODA & ODM
1, 5
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
Platform
China
2000M,
2000M-FP
2002
Foramer
Barge IDS
5
2
7
Barge
Congo
2000M
1983
Elf Congo
Cobo / Cob P1
1
2, 4
16
Platform
Congo
2000M
1994
Elf Congo
N’Kossa *(FP 671)
1
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,
16, 18
16
Platform
Congo
2020
1997
Elf Recherche, France
Emeraude
7
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
1
Platform
Congo
2000M
1972
Elf Recherche, France
AM6
7
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
1
Platform
Congo
2000M
1974
Elf Recherche, France
Am15
7
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
1
Platform
Congo
2000M
1974
Ponticelli
Tchibelli
1
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
16
Platform
Congo
2000M
1999
Sneap Elf Congo
Emeraude
5, 7
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
10
Platform
Congo
2000
1972
Maersk Oil & Gas
Dan Fe
5
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
14, 16
16
Platform
Denmark
2000M
1992
Daewoo S H M
7
Maersk Oil & Gas
Tyra West field
10
8
25
Maersk Oil & Gas
Halfdan Degassers
Overboad piping *(FP 958)
11
6, 10, 20, 24
1
Esbjerg Oiltool
Platform
Denmark
3425
1993
Platform
Denmark
3400
2005
Maersk Oil og Gas
Tyra East
3
6, 8
1
Esbjerg Oiltool
Platform
Denmark
3416, 2000M
1998
Mearsk Oil & Gas
Gorm “F”
5
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
12
Fred Olsen Production ASA
Knock Allen
1, 5, 4, 7
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,
16, 18, 20, 24, 28
20
Grootint
Platform
Denmark
-
1991
FPSO
Dubai
2400
2008
Dubai Petroleum
WF-3
18
30
15
ARO
560146500 / 5501464
5
16
1
Aker Rauma
Platform
Dubai
2000M
1986
Platform
Finland
2000M
2000
Chevron
SPA ROC - 33
11
20
1
Exxon
Cooling water pump
Caisson
11
6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16
16
Aker Rauma
Platform
Finland
2000M MCI
1997
Aker Rauma
Platform
Finland
2000M
1996
8
Owner
Operator
Unit Name
Service
Diameter (inch)
Pressure Shipyard
(bar)
Unit
Country (yard)
Serie
Year
Cea Dam
BMD3
20
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
10
Barge
France
2000M
1991
CEA DAM
Barge BFM, Eau chaude
Sanitaire, Mururoa
-
1, 1½, 2
Barge
France
2000
1994
Marine Offshore Industries
France
Manutere
20
2, 3
1
Barge
France
2000M
1989
Transocean Sedco Forex
Sedco Express, Sedco
Energy
6, 8, 12, 13,
20
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
16
Jack-up
France
2000M, 7000M
1999
Cea Cfem
Tila
1
2, 3, 4, 6
7
Platform
France
2000
1980
Cea Dam
Platform Tila
5
2, 3, 4, 6
1
Platform
France
2000
1990
S.B.P.I.
Platform “North Sea”
18
1, 1½, 2, 3
12
Platform
France
2000M
1991
Shell Expro Co., U.K.
Thistle
7
3, 4
1
Platform
France
2000M
1975
Foramer
Barge IDM
5
2
7
Barge
Gabon
2000M
1982
Sneap Elf Congo
ANE, AM6, (AM15 )
18
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
10
Platform
Gabon
2000
1974
Clough Engineering
Hazira
1
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
ONGC
NQP, NLM, SHG
ONGC
SHG
ONGC
DCN
Niko Resources
Platform
India
2420-FP
2003
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
16
Hindustan
Shipyard Ltd
Platform
India
2000M
1998
18, 21
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
16
Gesco
Platform
India
2000M
2003
SHG
21
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
20
Gesco
Platform
India
2020, 2432
2003
ONGC
MNW
7
1, 4
16
Larsen & Tubero
Platform
India
2000M
2003
ONGC
NQO
21
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
16
Larsen & Tubero
Platform
India
2000M
2003
ONGC
ICP, SA, SCA, BHN,
NQO
21
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
Hindustan
Shipyard Ltd
Platform
India
2414, 2432
2004
ONGC
B173
1, 5
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4
Carlton
Engineering
Platform
India
2000M
2008
ONGC
NQRC
1, 5
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
Larsen & Tubero
Platform
India
2000M
2008
ONGC
MHSRP II
1, 5
Larsen & Tubero
Platform
India
2000M
2008
ONGC
SHP
21
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
16
Veco
Engineering
Platform
India
2000M
2000
ONGC
NQP, NLM, SHG
21
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
16
Hindustan
Shipyard Ltd
Platform
India
2000M
2000
ONGC
BHN
21
10, 12, 16
16
Mazagon Dock
Limited
Platform
India
2000M
2000
ONGC
NH4
1
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
Larsen & Tubero
Platform
India
7000M,
PSX-JFC
2006
ONGC
BCP-B2
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
Larsen & Tubero
Platform
India
7000M,
PSX-JFC
2006
ONGC / BHEL
ICS and WIN
9, 18
1, 3
Platform
India
2000M
2000
16
Owner
Operator
Unit Name
Service
Diameter (inch)
Pressure Shipyard
(bar)
ONGC / BHEL
WIS, WIN
18
1, 2, 3
Qatar Petroleum
Bunduq GIP
1
2, 4, 6
Qatar Petroleum
Bunduq GIP
1
2, 4, 6
Arco
Barge
20
10
1
Unocal
West Seno FPSO
5
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24,
28, 30
16
Amosea Anoa
Process Platform
6, 10, 12
Arco
Platform
10
8
Arco
Platform
5
4
7
ARCO
BQ / HZEB / ETB
1, 3
1, 2, 4, 6
16
P.T. Gema
Sembrown
ARCO
BTSA / BZZA
3, 5, 16
1, 2, 4, 6
10
ARCO
Bali North
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
16
ARCO
Mike-Mike
1
1, 3, 4, 6
16
ARCO
MMC ‘C & D’
7
1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 8
10
Arli
N.G.L. Platform
5
10, 12, 14, 16, 18
7
Conoco Phillips
Conoco Belida
3
1, 3, 5, 6, 8, 10
16
Conoco Phillips
Belanak WHP
1, 3, 5, 7
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
Conoco Phillips
Rang Dong
1, 5
1, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 20
Conoco Phillips
Kerisi CPP
1, 5, 7
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
Conoco Phillips
North Belut CPP
1, 5, 7
Conoco Phillips- PT
Nisconi
North Belut WHP C&D
Cuu Long/Mcdermott
Unit
Country (yard)
Serie
Year
Platform
India
2000M
2002
Larsen & Tubero
Platform
India
2416
2005
Larsen & Tubero
Platform
India
PSX-JF
2005
Barge
Indonesia
2000M
1984
FPSO
Indonesia
2000M
2002
10
Platform
Indonesia
2000
1989
4-17
Platform
Indonesia
2000M
1983
Platform
Indonesia
2000M
1986
Platform
Indonesia
2000M
1992
P.T. Komaritim
Platform
Indonesia
2000
1992
P.T. Petrosea
Platform
Indonesia
-
1992
Platform
Indonesia
2000M
1995
Platform
Indonesia
3000A,
2000M-FP
1997
HHI
PT Pal
Platform
Indonesia
2000M
1986
McDermott
Platform
Indonesia
2000M
1992
McDermott
Platform
Indonesia
2000M
2002
McDermott
Platform
Indonesia
2020C
2002
PT Technip
Platform
Indonesia
7000M,
7000M-FP
2006
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
PT Technip
Platform
Indonesia
7000M,
7000M-FP
2007
1, 5, 7
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
PT Nisconi
Platform
Indonesia
7000M,
7000M-FP
2007
Su Tu Vang
1, 5, 7, 21
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
14, 16, 18
McDermott
Platform
Indonesia
2000M
2007
Kakap Gas
Kakap Gas
1
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
16
P.T. Petrosea
Platform
Indonesia
2000M
2000
Liapco
Platform
16
2, 3, 4, 6
2
Platform
Indonesia
2000M
1984
Liapco
Platform
10
12
4-17
Platform
Indonesia
2000M
1984
Mobil
NSO ‘A’
5
3, 4
16
PT McDermott
Platform
Indonesia
2000M
1997
Petro China
WHP
1, 7
1, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 20
PT Sempec
Platform
Indonesia
7000M
2004
20
9
10
Owner
Operator
Unit Name
Service
Diameter (inch)
Pressure Shipyard
(bar)
Unit
Country (yard)
Serie
Year
Pogo
Pogo
Pogo Tantawan `C’
7
1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 8
16
Nippon Steel
Batam
Platform
Indonesia
2000M
1996
Premier Oil
Anoa Gas Project
1, 3, 7
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
Nippon Steel
Batam
Platform
Indonesia
2000M,
2000M-FP
2000
Pt Adiguna
Adiguna Bravo
14
6
10
Platform
Indonesia
2000M
1987
Shell Sarawak Bhd
D35
7
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4
10
Platform
Indonesia
2000
1992
Shell Sarawak Bhd
Shell
D35
5
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6
10
Platform
Indonesia
2000
1993
Shell Sarawak Bhd
Shell
D35
7
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6
10
Platform
Indonesia
2000
1993
Shell Sarawak Bhd
Shell
M3 DR-A
7
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6
10
Telok Ramunia
Platform
Indonesia
2000
1993
Shell Sarawak Bhd
Shell
MI / DR-A
7
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6
10
Penang
Platform
Indonesia
2000
1994
Shell Sarawak Bhd
Shell
M3 PQ-A
7
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
10
Platform
Indonesia
2000
1995
Shell Sarawak Bhd
Shell
MI / M3 LQ
7
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
10
Platform
Indonesia
2000
1994 1995
Shell Sarawak Bhd
Shell
MI PQ-A
7
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
10
Platform
Indonesia
2000
1994
1995
Total
Bekepai
16
10
2
Platform
Indonesia
2000M
1984
Total
Total Tunu Platform
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4
16
P T Gunanusa
Platform
Indonesia
2000M
1997
Total
Total Tunu Platform
1
6, 8, 12, 16, 20
20
P T Gunanusa
Platform
Indonesia
2420
1997
Total
Tunu 11 EPSC 5
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
14, 16
PT Punj Lloyd
Platform
Indonesia
2000M, 2432,
2425
2008
Total
Tunu 11 EPSC 1 & 2
4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16
PT Gunanusa
Platform
Indonesia
2000M, 2432,
2425
2008
Total
Tunu 11 EPSC 3 & 13
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
14, 16
PT Meindo
Platform
Indonesia
2000M, 2432,
2425
2008
Total
Tunu 11 EPSC 11 & 12
4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14
PT SMOE
Platform
Indonesia
2000M, 2432,
2425
2008
Total/Bekapai
Platform
1
10
10
Platform
Indonesia
2000M
1985
Union Oil
Platform
16
2, 3, 4, 6
2
Platform
Indonesia
2000M
1984
Unocal
Yakin-P
5
4
7
Platform
Indonesia
2000M
1985
Unocal
Yakin West
2, 3, 5, 6, 8
16
Platform
Indonesia
2000M
1999
Unocal
North Pailin Process
Platform
1, 5, 7, 16
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
16
McDermott
Platform
Indonesia
2000M
2001
Unocal
West Seno TLP
1, 5, 16
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
16
HHI
TLP
Indonesia
2000M-FP
2002
Total
South Pars
20
1, 6, 8
16
Platform
Iran
3420
2000
Chevron
Chevron Sanhe
6
10, 14, 20
FPSO
Japan
7000M
2003
Reading and Bates
Rig Zane Barnes
5
12
Semi-sub
Japan
2000M
1986
Stena Offshore
1650
6
22, 12, 6
Drillship
Korea
7000M
2006
HHI
13
SHI
Owner
Operator
Unit Name
Service
Diameter (inch)
Chevron
Sanha
1, 3, 5, 7
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
14, 16, 18, 20, 24
Husky Oil
White Rose
6
Modec
Sutuden FPSO
6
Petrobras
P-33
3, 5
Petrobras
P-35
Total
Girassol *(FP 889)
footage available
6, 3, 18, 1,
5, 15
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,
16, 18, 20, 24, 28, 30
Total
Girassol
3, 6, 8, 1, 20
Total
Dalia
Total
Pressure Shipyard
(bar)
Unit
Country (yard)
Serie
Year
DSME
FPSO
Korea
2000M,
2000M-FP
2002
4, 8, 12, 20
SHI
FPSO
Korea
7000M
2002
10, 14, 20
SHI
FPSO
Korea
7000M
2002
HHI
11
FPSO
Korea
1997
FPSO
Korea
1998
HHI
FPSO
Korea
2000M, 7000M,
2000M-FP
2001
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
14, 16, 18, 20, 24
HHI
FPSO
Korea
various
2004
3, 6, 8, 1, 20
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
14, 16, 18, 20, 24
HHI
FPSO
Korea
various
2005
Mohobilondo
3, 6, 8, 1, 20
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30,
32, 36
HHI
FPSO
Korea
various
2006
Total
Akpo
3, 6, 8, 1, 20
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30,
32, 36, 40, 48
HHI
FPSO
Korea
various
2008
AGIP
Sabratha NC 41
1, 3, 5, 15
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,
16, 18
HHI
Platform
Korea
2000M, 2416,
2420, 2425
2004
Arco
Yacheng 13-1
1, 5, 7
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
HHI
Platform
Korea
2000M-FP,
2000M with
Pitchar
1994
BP
Lan Tay Platform
1, 5
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
20
HHI
Platform
Korea
2020
2002
Chevron
South Nemba
1, 3, 7, 15
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
14, 16, 18, 20, 24
16
DSME
Platform
Korea
2000M
1997
Chevron
North Nemba
1, 3, 7, 15
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30
16
DSME
Platform
Korea
2000M
1998
Chevron
KWIP
1, 3, 7
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30
16
DSME
Platform
Korea
2000M
1999
Chevron
North Nemba 2
3, 15
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30
16
DSME
Platform
Korea
2000M
2000
Chevron
Benguela-Belize-LobitoTomboco (BBLT)
1
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30,
32, 36
Platform
Korea
2000M
2005
Chevron
Escravos
1
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
Platform
Korea
2000M,
2000M-FP,
7000M,
7000M-FP
2006
Chevron
Tombua Ladana
1
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30,
32, 36
Platform
Korea
2000M
2007
16
DSME
12
Owner
Operator
Unit Name
Service
Diameter (inch)
Chevron
Takula Gas Processing
Platform
1
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14
CTOC
Cakerawala CKP
1, 5, 7, 9
KNOC
Dong Hae
Pressure Shipyard
(bar)
Unit
Country (yard)
Serie
Year
SHI
Platform
Korea
2000M,
2000M-FP
2007
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
14, 16
SHI
Platform
Korea
2410, 5000,
PSX-JF
2001
5
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
16
HHI
Platform
Korea
2000M
2003
KNOC
Rong Doi & Rong Doi Tay 1
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
14, 16, 18, 20, 24
HHI
Platform
Korea
2420, 2420-FP
2006
KNOC
Dong Hae II
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
HDEC
Platform
Korea
2000M
2008
Lundin
PM-3 CAA - BRA-CPP
1
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
HHI
Platform
Korea
PSX-JFC
2002
Maersk Qatar
Al Shaheen Block 5
3, 7
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,
16, 18, 20
16
HHI
Platform
Korea
7000M
2002
ONGC
BLQ/BPA
5
36
7
Platform
Korea
2000M
1987
ONGC
MSP
1, 2
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
HHI
Platform
Korea
2000M PSX-JF,
PSX-L3
2004
ONGC
Vasai East
5
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
SHI
Platform
Korea
2000M
2007
Pogo
Benchamas
7
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
10
HHI
Platform
Korea
2000M
1998
Texaco
Platform
16
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
14, 16
2
HHI
Platform
Korea
2000M
1984
Total
Yadana MCP
1
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
HHI
Platform
Korea
2432
2007
Umm Shaif
Umm Shaif Gas Injection
Facilities
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30,
32, 36
HHI
Platform
Korea
2020C
2008
Unocal
SZ36-1
1, 3, 7
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
HHI
Platform
Korea
2000M
2000
Unocal
West Seno
3, 2
HHI
Platform
Korea
-
2002
Amerada Hess
Oveng/Okume TLP
1
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
14, 16, 18, 20, 24
TLP
Korea
2000M
2005
ExxonMobil
Kizomba “A” TLP SWHP
1, 3, 7
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
10
DSME
TLP
Korea
2000M
2002
ExxonMobil
Kizomba “B” TLP WHP
3, 7
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
10
DSME
TLP
Korea
2000M
2004
Modec
Marco Polo Field
1, 3, 11
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,
16, 18, 20
16
SHI
TLP
Korea
2000M
2002
Samsung Heavy Industries
Conoco Magnolia
5
2, 3, 4, 6
SHI
TLP
Korea
2000M 2420
2003
SBM
Kikeh
20
various
Malaysia
FPSO
Malaysia
2425C
2006
Carigali
ANDR-A
1, 5, 7, 15
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,
16, 18
MSE
Platform
Malaysia
7000M,
PSX-JF, 2020
2000
Carigali
ANDP-B
1, 5, 15
1, 2, 3, 4, 6
Brooke
Dockyard
Platform
Malaysia
2000, 2020,
PSX-JF
2001
Owner
Operator
Unit Name
Service
Diameter (inch)
Carigali
Resak
1, 5, 20
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
Carigali / SSE
ANPG-A
9
1, 2, 3, 4, 6
Carigali / SSE
ANPG-A
7
Carigali / SSE
ANPG-A
Carigali / SSE
ANPG-A
ESSO Malaysia
Pressure Shipyard
(bar)
Unit
Country (yard)
Serie
Year
Penang
Shipbuild
Corporation
Platform
Malaysia
2000, 2000M
2001
SSE
Platform
Malaysia
5000
2001
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
16
Platform
Malaysia
7000M
2001
1
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
16
Platform
Malaysia
PSX-JF
2001
1, 5, 15
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24,
28, 30
Platform
Malaysia
2020
2001
Tapis B
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,
16, 18
Platform
Malaysia
2000M
1987
ESSO Malaysia
Tapis B
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,
16, 18
Platform
Malaysia
2000M
1988
ExxonMobil
Yoho
1
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14
SSE
Platform
Malaysia
2000M,
2000M-FP
2004
Petronas
Bardegg
3, 7, 9, 15,
16
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
Penang
Shipbuilding
Platform
Malaysia
2000
1991
Petronas
Duyong
15
2
Platform
Malaysia
2000M
1994
13
Petronas
Dulang
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16
MSE
Platform
Malaysia
2000M
1995
Petronas
Carigali Dulang Water
Injection
9
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
16, 18
MSE
Platform
Malaysia
5000
1995
Petronas
M1 PQ-A
1, 7, 15, 16
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
SHI
Platform
Malaysia
2000
1995
Petronas
SSB M1 / M3 LQ
1, 7, 15, 16
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
SSE
Platform
Malaysia
2000
1995
Petronas
SSB M3 PQ-A
1, 7, 15, 16
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
SSE
Platform
Malaysia
2000
1995
Petronas
Fab-Resak
1, 5, 7
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
MSE
Platform
Malaysia
2000M
1999
Petronas
Resak RDP/RCPP/LQ
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
SSE
Platform
Malaysia
2000M
1999
Petronas
Resak RDPA, RCPP &
RCPP LQ
7
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
SSE
Platform
Malaysia
2000
1999
Shell Sarawak Berhad
D 35, Drilling Platfom
7
1, 2, 3, 4
Platform
Malaysia
2000
1992
Shell Sarawak Berhad
D 35 LQ & Riser
5, 7, 15
1, 2, 3, 4, 6
Platform
Malaysia
2000
1993
Shell Sarawak Berhad
D 35, PG-A, MSF
5, 7
1, 2, 3, 4, 6
Platform
Malaysia
2000
1993
Shell Sarawak Berhad
D 35, PG-A, MSF
5
1, 2, 3, 4, 6
Platform
Malaysia
2000
1993
Shell Sarawak Berhad
M3 DR-A, SSE
7, 16
1, 2, 3, 4, 6
Teluk Ramunia
Platform
Malaysia
2000
1993
Shell Sarawak Berhad
B11 DR-A and B11 PA
1, 5, 20
2, 3, 4, 6, 8
SSE
Platform
Malaysia
2000M
2002
Shell Sarawak Berhad
B11 DR-A and B11 PA
1
3, 4, 6, 8
SSE
Platform
Malaysia
PSX-JF
2002
SSB
SSB M1 DR-A
7, 16
1, 2, 3, 4, 6
Penang
Shipyard
Platform
Malaysia
2000
1994
14
Owner
Operator
Unit Name
Service
Diameter (inch)
SSB
SSB M1 DR-A
16
1, 2, 3, 4, 6
SSB
SFJT-C Jacket
1, 5, 20
Technip
Cakerawala Gas Field
Total
Amenam II
Total
Pressure Shipyard
(bar)
Unit
Country (yard)
Serie
Year
Penang
Shipyard
Platform
Malaysia
2000
1994
2, 3, 4, 6, 8
Brooke
Dockyard
Platform
Malaysia
2020
2000
1, 5, 7
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
CTOC
Platform
Malaysia
2000M
2001
5
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24,
28, 30
SSE Saibos
Platform
Malaysia
2000M, 2432,
2425
2005
Amenam II
5
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24,
28, 30
SSE Saibos
Platform
Malaysia
2000M, 2425
2005
Woodside
Otway
7
1, 1½, 2, 3
Platform
Malaysia
7000M
2005
Murphy Oil
Kikeh Spar
1, 10
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14
Spar
Malaysia
7000M,
PSX-JFC
2006
CPOC/Kencana HL
MDLQ
Malaysia
2416C
2008
MMHE
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
CPOC/Oil Fab
MDA & MDB
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
Maersk Oil Qatar
Al Shaheen Block 5
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,
16, 18, 20, 24
Malaysia
2416C
2008
Malaysia
7000M, 2425C
2008
Maersk Oil Qatar/GPS
Al Shaheen Block 5
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24,
28, 30
Malaysia
7000M
2008
Maersk Oil Qatar/PCM
Al Shaheen Block 5
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
Malaysia
2425C
2008
Petronas
J4
Petronas Carigali
Sumandak
SDE
Malaysia
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18
SDE
Malaysia
2008
2425, 2425-WD
2007
2007
Petronas Carigali
SCDR-A
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
MMHE
Malaysia
7000M
Smedvig
T-9
3, 4
-
MSE
Malaysia
-
7
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
MMHE
Woodside
Angel B
Woodside/KBR
Pluto LNG Project Riser
Platform
F6
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6
SSB/MMHE
Pemex
Cayo de Arcas
(Estabilizado)
1
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
Pemex/Mirna
Contreras
Sanchez
Platform
Pemex
EPC 38
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
Pemex/Cimisa
Pemex
EPC 38
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
Pemex/Cimisa
-
Malaysia
2410C
2007
Malaysia
2410C
2008
Malaysia
2000M
Mexico
PSX
Platform
Mexico
2000M
2003
Platform
Mexico
2000M
2003
2007
1998 2001
Owner
Operator
Unit Name
Service
Diameter (inch)
Pemex
EPC 37
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
Pemex
Abkatum Alfa
1
Pemex
Abkatum Delta
Pemex
Pressure Shipyard
(bar)
Unit
Country (yard)
Serie
Year
Pemex/Cimisa
Platform
Mexico
2000M
2003
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
Pemex/Mirna
Contreras
Sanchez
Platform
Mexico
PSX
2004
1
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
Pemex/Mirna
Contreras
Sanchez
Platform
Mexico
2000M, PSX
2004,
2005
Citam-A-Mison
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
Pemex/Celasa
Platform
Mexico
2000M
2005
Pemex
HA-KU-H
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
Pemex/Servicios
Maritimos de
Campeche
Platform
Mexico
PSX
2005
Pemex
Akal C
1
2, 3, 4, 6
Pemex/
Turbomex
Platform
Mexico
PSX
2005
Pemex
Sinan C
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
Pemex/Commsa
Platform
Mexico
2000M
2005
Pemex
Sinan D
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
Pemex/Commsa
Platform
Mexico
2000M
2005
Pemex
Abkatum Alfa
7
1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
Pemex/Mirna
Contreras
Sanchez
Platform
Mexico
2000M
2005
Pemex
Akal
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
Pemex/Commsa
Platform
Mexico
2000M
2006
Pemex
Akal
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
Pemex/Commsa
Platform
Mexico
2000M
2006
Pemex
Akal
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
Pemex/Commsa
Platform
Mexico
2000M
2006
Pemex
Akal
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
Pemex/Commsa
Platform
Mexico
2000M
2006
Pemex
Akal W
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
Pemex/Commsa
Platform
Mexico
2000M
2006
Pemex
Akal Q
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
Pemex/Commsa
Platform
Mexico
2000M
2006
Pemex
Sihil A
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
Pemex/Commsa
Platform
Mexico
2000M
2006
Pemex
Sinan D
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
Pemex/Commsa
Platform
Mexico
2000M
2006
Pemex
Pemex Altamira
Mexico
Centron 4SPH
2006
15
16
Owner
Operator
Unit Name
Service
Diameter (inch)
Pressure Shipyard
(bar)
Pemex Cayos Arcos
Accommodation module
1, 7, 16
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
2-16
Bluewater Hoofddorp
Bleo Holm *(FP 851)
3, 1, 20, 5
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20,
24, 28
38
footage available
Unit
Country (yard)
Serie
Year
Mexico
2000M
2007,
2008
FPSO
The Netherlands
7000, 3410,
3416, 3420,
3440
1998
Emtunga Finland
Sevan Marine
Petrobras
Perinema
20
12
Keppel
FPSO
The Netherlands
7000M
2007
Sevan Marine
Woodgroup
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14
Keppel Verolme
FPSO
The Netherlands
7000M
2007
Keppel Verolme
FPSO
The Netherlands
7000M
2007
Hummingbird
6, 1, 20
Sevan Marine
Voyageur
6, 1, 20
Amerplastics
Grootint - Amoco
5
2, 3, 4, 6, 8
16
Platform
The Netherlands
2000G,
2000M-FP
1997
Amoco
P-15
1
2, 3, 4, 6, 8
12
Platform
The Netherlands
6000-FM
1992
Chevron
Ninian Central Platform
7
4
1
Platform
The Netherlands
2000M
1987
Conoco
Kotterfield
9
2
2
Platform
The Netherlands
5000M
1984
Conoco
Loggerfield
9
2
2
Platform
The Netherlands
5000M
1984
Marmex
Diana
8
4, 6, 8, 10
16
Platform
The Netherlands
2000M
1999
NAM
L-2
3
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,
16, 18, 20
12
Platform
The Netherlands
2000
Conductive
1991
NAM
F-3
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18, 20
12
Platform
The Netherlands
6000
1991
NAM
L-15
1
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
12
Platform
The Netherlands
6000
1992
NAM
L-9
5
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
14, 16
16
Platform
The Netherlands
3416
1997
Nam
Wood Comprison
20
2, 3, 4, 6, 8
20
Platform
The Netherlands
3420
2002
Nam
NAM /Tyco Deluge
Container
20
4, 6, 8, 10
20
Platform
The Netherlands
3420
2002
NAM/Heerema
L-5
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
16
Platform
The Netherlands
6000C
1992
Penzoil, Netherlands
K-10-B
20
2
7
Platform
The Netherlands
2000M
1982
Petro-Canada
De Ruyter Platform
*(FP 961)
1, 3, 16, 7,
20
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
10,16, 20
Platform
The Netherlands
2420C
2006
Shell Expro Co., U.K.
Andoc/Dunlin A
5
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
13
Platform
The Netherlands
2000M
1975
TotalFinaElf
TotalFinaElf/ Jacobs New
Platform Q8
20
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
16
Platform
The Netherlands
3416
2002
Union Oil, Netherlands
Helm
10
6
4-17
Platform
The Netherlands
2000M
1982
Union Oil, Netherlands
Helder
10
6
4-17
Platform
The Netherlands
2000M
1982
Union Oil, Netherlands
Helm
14
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4
10
Platform
The Netherlands
2000M
1983
Union Oil, Netherlands
Helder
14
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4
10
Platform
The Netherlands
2000M
1983
Union Oil, Netherlands
Hoorn
14
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4
10
Platform
The Netherlands
2000M
1983
Union Oil, Netherlands
Helm
20
3, 4
4
Platform
The Netherlands
2000M
1983
Owner
Unit Name
Service
Diameter (inch)
Pressure Shipyard
(bar)
Unit
Country (yard)
Serie
Year
Union Oil, Netherlands
Helder
20
6, 8, 10
4
Platform
The Netherlands
2000M
1983
Union Oil, Netherlands
Hoorn
20
6, 8, 10
4
Platform
The Netherlands
2000M
1983
Union Oil, Netherlands
Helm
20
1½, 2, 3, 4, 6
7
Platform
The Netherlands
2000M
1983
Union Oil, Netherlands
Helder
20
1½, 2, 3, 4, 6
7
Platform
The Netherlands
2000M
1983
Union Oil, Netherlands
Hoorn
20
1½, 2, 3, 4, 6
7
Platform
The Netherlands
2000M
1983
Unocall
Sea Fox
1
3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
12
Platform
The Netherlands
6000
1993
Unocall
P-9
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
12
Platform
The Netherlands
2000
1993
Shell Expro Co., U.K.
Brent B
10
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
4-17
Spar
The Netherlands
2000M
1975
Shell Expro Co., U.K.
Condeep/Brent B
10
12
4-17
Spar
The Netherlands
2000M
1975
Shell Expro Co., U.K.
Andoc/Brent A
10
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
4-17
Spar
The Netherlands
2000M
1975
Shell Expro Co., U.K.
Andoc Brent/B
10
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
4-17
Spar
STOS - MPA
WHP
SBPI / Bouygues Offshore
Oso II / Y2 Mobil
1
4, 6, 8, 10
12
SBPI / ETPM McDermott
Operator
Chevron
The Netherlands
2000M
1975
New Zealand
6000
1996
Platform
Nigeria
2000M
1998
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6
Ewan
1
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
15
Platform
Nigeria
2000M
1997
SBPI / Ponticelli
Elf Nigeria Obite
1
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
16
Platform
Nigeria
3416
1998
SBPI / Sedco Forex
Energy
14
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
5
Semi-sub
Glf Oil, France
Robertkiri Production
7
6, 8
1
Nigeria
2000M
1999
Nigeria
2000M
1982
17
Medoil
HED 840438
5
4, 6, 8
16
Nigeria
3400
1998
Aker Engineering/Statoil
Statfjord “A”
5
2, 14
4
Platform
Norway
2000
1991
Amoco
Val Hal
5
6
7
Platform
Norway
2000M
1987
Amoco
D.P. Drain Collection
7
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
14, 16
12
Platform
Norway
2000
1992
Amoco
PCP
7
8, 10, 12, 14, 16
16
Platform
Norway
2000M
1993
Amoco Norway Oil
Company
Valhall platform pilot
project
1
2, 3, 4, 6, 8
13
Platform
Norway
2000M
1991
Amoco Norway Oil
Company
Valhall produced water
treatment
5
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
6
Platform
Norway
2000M
1992
B.P.
B.P. Ula Platform
15
1, 1½, 2
10
Platform
Norway
2000
1989
B.P.
B.P. Ula Platform
18
10, 12, 14
16
Platform
Norway
2000, 6000
1990
B.P. Development Ltd.
B.P. Ula Platform
5
1½, 3
12
Platform
Norway
2000
1989
B.P. Exploration
B.P. Ula Quarters
5
10, 12
10
Platform
Norway
2000
1991
B.P. Norway Ltd.
B.P. Ula Platform
15
1, 1½, 2, 3
6
Platform
Norway
2000
1990
Dolphin A/S
D/R Dolphin Borgsten
20
6
1
Platform
Norway
2000M
1987
Elf Aquitaine
Condeep
5
3, 4, 6, 8
13
Platform
Norway
2000M
1984
Elf Aquitaine Norge
Heimdal field
development
5
2, 16
0
Platform
Norway
7000
1990
18
Owner
Operator
Unit Name
Service
Diameter (inch)
Glassfiber Produkter
Column Pipe from Safe
supply
10
Hitec - Dreco A/S
Troll Drilling Modules
5
1½, 2, 3, 4, 6
Kramp Wassertechnik
Elf Frigg Field
10
8
Kvaerner Eng.
Draugen field
development
20
Kvaerner Eng.
Draugen field
development
Kvaerner Eng.
Pressure Shipyard
(bar)
Unit
Country (yard)
Serie
Year
Platform
Norway
3420
2000
16
Platform
Norway
2000M
1993
20
Platform
Norway
3420
1992
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,
16, 18, 20
0 to 2
Platform
Norway
2000
1990
4
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,
16, 18, 20
10 to 20
Platform
Norway
2000
1990
Draugen field
development
5
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,
16, 18, 20
10 to 20
Platform
Norway
2000
1990
Kvaerner Installation
Gullfaks “A”
5
10, 12
11
Platform
Norway
2000M
1991
Kvaerner Installation
Statfjord “A”
5
2, 12, 14
10
Platform
Norway
2000M
1992
Kvaerner Installation /
Statoil
Gullfaks “A” Phase II
5
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24
16
Platform
Norway
2000
1991
Kvaerner Installation A.S.
Gullfaks “B”
5
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
14, 16
12
Platform
Norway
2000
1991
Norske Fabricom
Lille Frigg Platform Tie-in
5
4, 10, 16
16
Platform
Norway
2000M
1992
Norske Fabricom
Gullfaks “B”&”C”
5
2, 6, 8
16
Platform
Norway
2000M
1993
Philips Oil Co.
Ekofisk Tank Platform
5, 9
4
13
Platform
Norway
2000M, 5000M
1975
Philips Petroleum
Ekofisk
20
3
1
Platform
Norway
2000M
1987
Phillips Petroleum Co.
Submersible pump
column pipe
10
8
20
Platform
Norway
3420
1989
Phillips Petroleum Co.
Submersible pump
column pipe
10
6
20
Platform
Norway
3420
1990
Phillips Petroleum
Company Norway
Ekofish complex ST-1130990
1
20, 24
25
Platform
Norway
3425
1992
Shell Expro Co., U.K.
Seatank Platform
5
12
13
Platform
Norway
2000M
1978
Shell Oil Co, U.K.
Condeep/Strafjord
8
12
7
Platform
Norway
2000M
1975
Statoil
Statfjord “A”
5
2, 14
20
Platform
Norway
7000, 3420
1989
Statoil
Gullfaks “A”
4
1, 2
11
Platform
Norway
2000
1990
Statoil
Statfjord “C”
20
14, 24
19
Platform
Norway
2000
1990
Statoil
Gullfaks “A”
18
8
14
Platform
Norway
2000, 6000
1990
Statoil
Gullfaks “A”
5
4, 6, 8
10
Platform
Norway
2000M
1992
Statoil
Vesslefrikk
10
10
N/A
Platform
Norway
3440
1993
Statoil
Vesslefrikk
18
6, 8
16
Platform
Norway
2000M
1993
Statoil
Tordis/Gullfaks “C” Tie-in
5
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
18, 24
16
Platform
Norway
2000M
1994
Statoil Norway
Statfjord “C”
6
16
10
Platform
Norway
2000M
1992
Owner
Operator
Unit Name
Service
Diameter (inch)
Pressure Shipyard
(bar)
Unit
Country (yard)
Serie
Year
Offshore & Marine Mech.
Treasure saga semi sub
12
4
10
Semi-sub
Norway
2000
1990
Shell Expro Co., U.K.
Condeep/Brent B
5
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
13
Spar
Norway
2000M
1975
Shell Expro Co., U.K.
Condeep/Brent C
5
10, 12
13
Spar
Norway
2000M
1978
Shell Oil Co, U.K.
Condeep/Brent
8
12
7
Spar
Norway
2000M
1975
19
Statoil
Vesslefrikk B
3
6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 18, 20
14
Norway
2000
1988
CEA/Forex
Tyla
1
2, 3, 4, 6
10
Platform
Pacific
2000M
1980
Lasmo Oil Pakistan Limited
Kadanwari Gas Field
development
5
2, 4
16
Platform
Pakistan
2000M
1998
Total ABK, France
Phase VIB
14
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
10
Platform
Persian Gulf
2000M
1984
SBPI / Technip
Qatar Gas
5
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18, 20,24
16
Platform
Qatar
3420
1997
SBPI / Technip
Qatar Gas
5
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24
28, 30
16
Platform
Qatar
3420
1998
TRAGS
Qxy Deluge System
1
1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
12
Platform
Qatar
PSX-JF
1998
Petrom
Offshore Firewater
system
1
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
16
Platform
Romania
2000M
2000
Petrom
Offshore fire water
system
1
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
12
Platform
Romania
2000M
2000
Petrom
Platform PFCP A & PFS
4
1
8, 12
12
Platform
Romania
2000M
2003
Global Process Systems
Maleo
3, 4, 6, 20
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
Singapore
7000M
2006
Bergesen Offshore BW
Sendje Berge
1, 3, 4, 5, 20
Jurong
FPSO
Singapore
Watsila Power
Seaboard Power Barge
4
Jurong
Barge
Singapore
-
Nan Hai Xi Wan
3
Keppel
FPSO
Singapore
1986
-
Philip Xijiang
Keppel
FPSO
Singapore
1995
-
Baobab
20
Jurong
FPSO
Singapore
2004
-
Mutineer
1
Jurong
FPSO
Singapore
2004
-
BW Enterprise/ Yuum
Kaknaam
1
Sembawang
FPSO
Singapore
2006
-
Aoka Mizu
20
Sembawang
FPSO
Singapore
2007
-
Stybarrow
4
Jurong
FPSO
Singapore
2006
-
Rarao
3
Jurong
FPSO
Singapore
Aker Contracting FP
Akersmart I
3, 4, 8
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
Jurong
FPSO
Singapore
7000M
2007
Bergesen Offshore BW
Berge Ceiba
4, 3, 7, 20
-
Jurong
FPSO
Singapore
2416C
2000
Bergesen Offshore BW
BW Enterprise/ Yuum
Kaknaam
3, 4
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,
16, 18, 20, 24 28, 30
Sembawang
FPSO
Singapore
7000M
2006
Global Process
Systems Pte.Ltd.
2000
2000M
2000
2007
20
Owner
Operator
Unit Name
Service
Diameter (inch)
ConocoPhillips China
Bohai II WHPs and RUP
1
ConocoPhillips China
Bohai II FPSO Topside
*(FP 974)
ConocoPhillips China
Pressure Shipyard
(bar)
Unit
Country (yard)
Serie
Year
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24
FPSO
Singapore
2420C,
2420C-FP
2006
2
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24
FPSO
Singapore
2420C-FP
2006
Bohai II FPSO Topside
15
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24
FPSO
Singapore
2420C
2006
ConocoPhillips China
Bohai II FPSO Topside
7, 9
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4
Maersk Contractors
Vincent
3, 4, 20
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24
Mearsk
Vincent
4
Modec
Stybarrow
3, 6, 4, 20
Petrobras
P-37
Petrobras
Petrobras
FPSO
Singapore
5000C
2006
Keppel
FPSO
Singapore
7000M
2007
Keppel
FPSO
Singapore
Jurong
FPSO
Singapore
1, 3, 4, 5, 20
Jurong
FPSO
Singapore
1998
P-38
1, 3, 4, 5, 20
Jurong
FPSO
Singapore
1999
P-50
1, 3, 4, 20
Jurong
FPSO
Singapore
2003
Petrobras
Espardarte Sul
21, 2
Prosafe
Ruby Princess
20
Prosafe
Polvo
SBM
Exxon
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18
2007
7000M, 5000C
2006
Jurong
FPSO
Singapore
24
at Sea
FPSO
Singapore
7000M
2005
2002
10, 14, 16
Keppel
FPSO
Singapore
7000M
2006
Falcon
3, 6, 4, 8, 20
20
Keppel
FPSO
Singapore
2425C
2001
SBM
Serpentina
20
various
Jurong
FPSO
Singapore
2425C
2002
SBM
Xicomba
20
various
Jurong
FPSO
Singapore
2425C
2002
SBM
Marlim Sul
20
various
Jurong
FPSO
Singapore
2425C
2004
SBM
Capixaba
20
various
Jurong
FPSO
Singapore
2425C
2006
SBM
Mondo
20
various
Jurong
FPSO
Singapore
2425C
2007
SBM
Saxi Batuque
20
various
Jurong
FPSO
Singapore
2425C
2007
SBM
Espardante
20
Keppel
FPSO
Singapore
2000
SBM
Eagle
5, 2
Keppel
FPSO
Singapore
2002
SBM
Falcon
5, 2
Keppel
FPSO
Singapore
2002
SBM
Serpentina
5, 2
Keppel
FPSO
Singapore
2003
SBM
Martin Sul
5, 2
Keppel
FPSO
Singapore
Tanker Pacific
Rarao
4, 20
Jurong
FPSO
Singapore
Total
Total Bongkot
1
Sembawang
FPSO
Singapore
Acergy
Sapura3000
3, 1, 20, 8, 4
1, 1½, 2, 3
Sembawang
Heavy lift/
pipelayer
Singapore
2000M
2006
Awilco Offshore ASA
2012 (Awilco JU TBN 5)
3, 4, 6, 20
3, 6, 8, 10
PPL
Jack-up
Singapore
2000M
2006
Awilco Offshore ASA
2016 (Awilco 4)
3, 4, 6, 20
3, 6, 8, 10
PPL
Jack-up
Singapore
2000M
2006
1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24,
28
2003
7000M, 5000C
2007
1993
Owner
Operator
Unit Name
Service
Diameter (inch)
Awilco Offshore ASA
2012 Awilco
20
3, 6, 8, 10
Awilco Offshore ASA
2016 (Awilco 4)
15
3, 6, 8, 10
Chiles Offshore
P2013
20
Maersk Contractors
B274
5, 6, 20
Maersk Contractors
1083 (PetroJack III)
Maersk Contractors
Maersk Contractors
Pressure Shipyard
(bar)
Unit
Country (yard)
Serie
Year
PPL
Jack-up
Singapore
2000M
2007
PPL
Jack-up
Singapore
2000M
2007
3, 4, 6, 12
Sembawang
Jack-up
Singapore
2000M
2006
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
Keppel Fels
Jack-up
Singapore
7000M
2006
3, 4, 6, 20
3, 8, 10
Jurong
Jack-up
Singapore
2000M
2006
B273 (Maersk Resilient)
7
various
Keppel Fels
Jack-up
Singapore
2000M
2006
B275
3, 6, 4, 20
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
Keppel Fels
Jack-up
Singapore
7000M
2007
Maersk Contractors
B276
3, 6, 4, 20
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
Keppel Fels
Jack-up
Singapore
7000M
2007
PetroJack ASA
1082 (PetroJack II)
3, 4, 6, 20
3, 8, 10
Jurong
Jack-up
Singapore
2000M
2006
PetroJack ASA
PetroJack IV
6, 3, 4
3, 8, 16
Jurong
Jack-up
Singapore
2000M
2007
ProdJack AS
B300
3, 6, 4, 20
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
Keppel Fels
Jack-up
Singapore
2000M, 7000M
2007
Sea Drill
2011(West Triton)
3, 4, 6, 20
3, 6, 8, 10
PPL
Jack-up
Singapore
2000M
2006
Sinvest
2015
3, 4, 6, 20
3, 6, 8, 10
PPL
Jack-up
Singapore
2000M
2006
Sinvest
2015
15
3, 6, 8, 10
PPL
Jack-up
Singapore
2000M
2007
Petobras
P-53
3, 4, 6, 20
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24
Keppel
Other
Singapore
2000M, 7000M,
5000C
2006
Fluor Ocean Keppel
Platform
9
2
Platform
Singapore
5000M
1983
Halliburton
Malampaya
1, 7
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24,
28, 30
Platform
Singapore
2000M, 7000M
2001
JEL / BSP
Champion 7
9
1, 1½, 2
16
Platform
Singapore
2000M
2002
Mobil Offshore
Tamdao I
9
2
2
Platform
Singapore
5000M
1987
Premier Oil
Yategun
1, 7
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
Platform
Singapore
PSX-L3,
PSX-JF, 2000M
1999
Reading and Bates Keppel
Platform
9
2
Platform
Singapore
5000M
1983
Sembawang Engineering
ARCO Yacheng 13-1
7
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24,
28, 30, 32, 36
Sembawang
Platform
Singapore
2000M
1994
Sembawang Engineering
ARCO Yacheng 13-1
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24,
28, 30, 32, 36
Sembawang
Platform
Singapore
2000M with
Pittchar coating
at yard.
1994
Shell Sarawak
Accommodation module
8
2, 3, 4, 6
7
Platform
Singapore
2000M
1981
Technip Offshore
White Tiger
7
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
10
Platform
Singapore
2000M
2001
Technip Offshore
Al Shaheen ‘A’ Block 5
7
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18, 20
Platform
Singapore
7000M
2002
2
Sembawang
2
21
22
Owner
Operator
Unit Name
Service
Diameter (inch)
Total
Yadana Platform
9
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
Total
Yadana Platform
1, 5, 7, 4, 15
Total
Yadana Platform
Total ABK/Dubigeon
Nantes
Platform
Total Thailand
PP Bongkot Field
Total Thailand
PP Bongkot Field
Total Thailand
Unit
Country (yard)
Serie
Year
McDermott SEA
Pte Ltd
Platform
Singapore
5000M
1997
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
McDermott SEA
Pte Ltd
Platform
Singapore
2000M, 2425,
2432
1997
11
3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,
16, 18
McDermott SEA
Pte Ltd
Platform
Singapore
2000M
1997
20
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
1
Platform
Singapore
2000M
1984
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
20
McDermott
Platform
Singapore
2420
1992
15
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
10
McDermott
Platform
Singapore
2000M
1992
PP Bongkot Field
16
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
20
McDermott
Platform
Singapore
2420
1992
Total/ABK/Dubigeon
Nantes
Platform
1
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
10
Platform
Singapore
2000M
1984
VietsoPetro
White Tiger
1, 7
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
10
Sembawang
Platform
Singapore
2000M
2001
Maersk Contractors
B280
3, 6, 4, 20
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
Keppel Fels
Semi-sub
Singapore
7000M
2006
Maersk Contractors
B281
3, 6, 4, 20
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
Keppel Fels
Semi-sub
Singapore
7000M
2006
Maersk Contractors
B295
3, 6, 4, 5, 20
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
Keppel FELS
Semi-sub
Singapore
7000M
2008
Petrobras
P-27
20
Keppel FELS
Semi-sub
Singapore
1996,
1997
Petrobras
P-40
1, 5, 7, 9, 20
Jurong
Semi-sub
Singapore
1999
Petromena
1087 (Petrorig I)
6, 8
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
Jurong
Semi-sub
Singapore
2000M
2007
Petromena
1088 (Petrorig II)
6, 8
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
Jurong
Semi-sub
Singapore
2000M
2007
Sea Drill
1085 (Sea Drill 8)
(West Sirius)
3, 6, 4, 20
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
Jurong
Semi-sub
Singapore
2000M
2006
Sea Drill
1086 (Sea Drill 9)
(West Tarus)
6
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
Jurong
Semi-sub
Singapore
2000M
2006
Transocean
B288 Dev. Driller III
3, 6, 4, 20
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
Keppel Fels
Semi-sub
Singapore
7000M
2006
Keppel Fels
Semi-sub
R298
3, 4, 6, 20
4, 6, 8
Baker Hughes
White Tiger
20
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4
Conoco
Conoco Belida LQ
5, 7
2, 3, 4, 6
Pressure Shipyard
(bar)
Sembawang
Singapore
2000M
2006
Singapore
2000M
2001
Singapore
2000M
1993
Owner
Operator
Unit Name
Coogee/GPS
Montara
CPOC/SMOE
Muda B17 MDPP
Service
Diameter (inch)
Pressure Shipyard
(bar)
Unit
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24,
28, 30, 32, 36, 40
Denora / Carigali
Dulang
Ensco
B248
9
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6
GSI/VietsoPetro
White Tiger
Kvaerner / Carigali
Dulang
Maersk Oil Qatar/Oakwell
Al Shaheen Block 5
McDermott
Pogo Tantawan ‘A/B’
7
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
16
McDermott
Pogo Tantawan ‘A/B’
5
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
16
PTTEP/McDermott
Arthit APP
1, 2
PTTEP/TNS
Arthit AQP
Santa Fe
Trident 9
Country (yard)
Serie
Year
Singapore
2000M
2008
Singapore
2410C, 2416C,
PSX-JFC
2007
Singapore
5000
1995
Singapore
2000M
2000
Singapore
2000M
2001
3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,
16, 18
Singapore
2000M
1995
8, 10, 12
Singapore
7000M
2008
McDermott SEA
Pte Ltd
Singapore
2000M
1996
McDermott SEA
Pte Ltd
Singapore
2000M
1996
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24,
28, 30, 32, 36
Singapore
2410C, 2416C,
PSX-JFC
2006
1, 2
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24,
28, 30, 32, 36
Singapore
2410C, 2416C,
PSX-JFC
2006
6
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
Singapore
2000M
2001
Keppel Fels
20
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
10
Jurong
Shell Maritime
Petrolier Leda
20
2
2
Singapore
7000
1978
Shell Maritime
Petrolier Lucina
20
10, 12
12
Singapore
7000
1979
Total
TOTAL Thailand - Riser
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
20
McDermott
Singapore
2420
1995
Total
TOTAL Thailand - Riser
15
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
10
McDermott
Singapore
2000M
1995
Total
TOTAL Thailand - Riser
16
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
20
McDermott
Singapore
2420
1995
Malampaya LQ
7
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6
Sembawang
Singapore
2000M
2000
Petrobras
Chevron Thailand
Malampaya LQ
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6
Sembawang
Singapore
2000M
2000
PTT Bongkot Ph 3
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18
Sembawang
Singapore
2000M, 2420,
2425, 2432
2003
P-47 *(FP 854)
19, 20, 6, 9
1, 1½, 2, 3, 6, 8, 12,
16, 18, 24, 32
FSO
Spain
2000M, 7000M
1998
7
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
Platform
Thailand
7000M, 2000M
2002
3
Astilleros de
Cadiz SRL
23
24
Owner
Operator
Unit Name
Chevron Thailand
Service
Diameter (inch)
5
Pressure Shipyard
(bar)
Unit
Country (yard)
Serie
Year
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
Platform
Thailand
7000M, 2000M
2002
CUEL / UNOCAL
PLOCCP Platform 2
7
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
Platform
Thailand
2000M, 2020,
PSX-JF
2004
CUEL / UNOCAL
PLOCCP Platform 2
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
Platform
Thailand
2000M, 2020,
PSX-JF
2004
UCU/ UNOCAL
PLOCCP 1 Platform
5, 7
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
10
Platform
Thailand
2000M
2001
UCU/ UNOCAL
PLOCCP 1 Platform
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
20
Platform
Thailand
PSX-JF, 2020
2001
UCU/ UNOCAL
PLOCCP 1 Platform
5
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
10
Platform
Thailand
2000M
2001
UCU/ UNOCAL
PLOCCP 1 Platform
9
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
10
Platform
Thailand
5000
2001
10
3
4-17
Platform
Thailand
2000M
1983
2, 3
10
Platform
Thailand
2000M
1990
Platform
Thailand
2000M,
2000M-FP
2005
Union Oil
Unocal
Unocal Thailand
Erawan Mercury
1
2, 3, 4, 6, 8
BG/Lambrell/CUEL
Tapti
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
Thailand
PSX-L3
2006
Chevron / TNS
MFPII
7
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
Thailand
2000M
2003
Chevron / TNS
MFPII
5
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
Thailand
2000M
2003
CTOC
Bumi, Bulan & Suriya
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
Thailand
2425, 2425-FP
2006
Pearl Energy/CUEL
Pearl Jasmine B
7
Pearl Energy/CUEL
Pearl Jasmine C
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
Thailand
2412
2006
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
Thailand
2412
2006
Pearl Energy/CUEL
Pearl Jasmine D
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
Thailand
2412
2007
Premier Oil
TNS Yetagun Ph 3
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20,
24, 26
Thailand
PSX-JF,
PSX-L3, 2416
2003
PTTEP/TNS
Bongkot Phase 3e
7
2, 3, 4, 6, 8
Thailand
2000M
2006
7
PTTEP/TNS
Bongkot Phase 3f
2, 3, 4, 6, 8
Thailand
2000M
2007
PTTEP/TNS
Arthit North 1B Wellheads
2, 3, 4, 6, 8
Thailand
2000M
2007
PTTEP/TNS
Bongkot Phase 3G
2, 3, 4, 6, 8
Thailand
2000M
2008
Thailand
2000M-FP
2004
Trinidad
5000M
1974
Thai Nippon Steel
Yadana Revamps
1
1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
Trinmar Ltd
Platform 9
9
8, 10, 12
2
Platform
S.B.P.I.
Serept Ashtart
20
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
12
Tunesia
2000M
1994
SBM
Cossack Pioneer
5
1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
16
FPSO
U.A.E.
7000M, 2000M
1999
Total ABK
Platform Phase III
1
12
14
Platform
U.A.E.
2000M
1983
Total ABK
Platform Phase IV
1
2, 3, 4, 6, 8
17
Platform
U.A.E.
2000M
1984
Owner
Unit Name
Service
Diameter (inch)
Pressure Shipyard
(bar)
Unit
Country (yard)
Serie
Year
Total ABK ETPM
Platform Phase II
1
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
15
Platform
U.A.E.
2000
1979
Total ABK, France
Platform
1
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
10
Platform
U.A.E.
2000M
1979
Total ABK, France
Platform
14
2, 3, 4
10
Platform
U.A.E.
2000M
1979
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
16
FPSO
United Kingdom
2000M, 7000M
1997
formerly: J.V. Maersk
Operator
McCulloch
Field Development for
Conoco
North Sea Producer
Odebrecht SLP
Teeside, U.K.
Amec Development
Dunlin Alpha
3
6
19
Platform
United Kingdom
3432
1995
Anglian Oil and Gas Serv.
Ltd.
Tyra West Bridge Module
5
14
10
Platform
United Kingdom
7000M
1995
B.N.O.C.
Beatrice A
14
2
10
Platform
United Kingdom
2000M
1982
B.P. Petroleum Ltd
Magnus Helideck
7
8
1
Platform
United Kingdom
2000M
1987
BHP Petroleum Ltd.
Hamilton Oil “Pioneer” *(FP 663)
11
-
-
Platform
United Kingdom
3400, 2020
1994
Britoil, U.K.
Thistle A
7
2
1
Platform
United Kingdom
2000M
1982
Britoil, U.K.
Thistle & Beatrice
14
2, 3, 4, 6, 8
10
Platform
United Kingdom
2000M
1982
Britoil, U.K.
Platform
10
2, 3, 4, 6, 8
4-17
Platform
United Kingdom
2000M
1982
Britoil, U.K.
Beatrice A
5
8
7
Platform
United Kingdom
2000M
1983
Britoil, U.K.
Beatrice
18
8
15
Platform
United Kingdom
2000M
1983
Britoil, U.K.
Thistle
20
4, 6, 8
1
Platform
United Kingdom
2000M
1984
Brown & Root Highland
Fabricators
Davy & Bessemer
11
3, 6, 18
5
Platform
United Kingdom
3425
1994
Brown & Root Highland
Fabricators
Davy & Bessemer
7
2, 3, 4, 6
16
Platform
United Kingdom
2000M
1994
Chevron Offshore
Platform
7
2
1
Platform
United Kingdom
2000M
1982
Chevron U.K.
Takula W.I.P.
20
4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16,
18, 20, 24
7
Platform
United Kingdom
2000M
1994
Conoco
Installation No. 1
20
4
1
Platform
United Kingdom
2000M
1983
Conoco
Installation No. 2
20
4
1
Platform
United Kingdom
2000M
1984
Conoco
Installation No. 3
20
4
1
Platform
United Kingdom
2000M
1984
Conoco
Murchison platform
20
4
4
Platform
United Kingdom
2000M
1987
Conoco Oil Ltd.
Murchison platform
Hutton TLP
20
3, 8
7
Platform
United Kingdom
2000
1990
ETA Process Plant Ltd.
Elf Angola
20
2, 3, 4, 6
16
Platform
United Kingdom
2000M
1994
Hamilton Bros Oil & Gas
Ltd
Esmond Platform
20
3
1
Platform
United Kingdom
2000M
1987
Hamilton Oil
Hamilton Field
20
4
10
Platform
United Kingdom
2000M
1984
25
26
Owner
Operator
Unit Name
Service
Diameter (inch)
Pressure Shipyard
(bar)
Unit
Country (yard)
Serie
Year
Jebsens
Ali Baba
20
4
1
Platform
United Kingdom
2000M
1984
Mobil Oil
Beryl Bravo
18
4, 6, 8, 10, 12
7
Platform
United Kingdom
2000M
1994
N.A.PC
Primos Delta
21
2, 3, 4, 6, 8
4
Platform
United Kingdom
2000M
1984
Phillips Petroleum Co.
Judy & Joanne
20
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24
20
Platform
United Kingdom
2020
1993
Serck Baker Ltd.
White Tiger II
18
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
10
Platform
United Kingdom
2000M
1994
Serck Baker Ltd.
Bunduo Platform
5
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14
10
Platform
United Kingdom
2000M
1995
Shell Expro Co., U.K.
Platforms A, B, C
1
4, 6
10
Platform
United Kingdom
2000M
1968
Shell Oil Company, U.K.
Shell Expro Platform
20
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
7
Platform
United Kingdom
2000M
1975
Taylor Woodrow
B.P. Forth Field
Development
20
6
3
Platform
United Kingdom
2000M
1994
Total Oil Marine
Allwyn Site
20
4, 8
12
Platform
United Kingdom
7000M
1994
Shell Expro Co., U.K.
Condeep/Brent C
5
10, 12
13
Spar
United Kingdom
2000M
1978
Shell Oil Company, U.K.
Condeep/Brent D
20
7
Spar
United Kingdom
2000M
1975
Amec Offshore
Development
Scott Field Development
20
2, 6
16
United Kingdom
2000M
1993
Amec Process & Energy
Mobil Beryl alpha
5
4, 6, 10, 24
4
United Kingdom
2000M
1995
Amec Process & Energy
Shearwater
5
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14
16
United Kingdom
3400, 2000G
1998
Amoco
N.W.Hutton replacement
casing
7
18
10
United Kingdom
3420
1990
Baker Hughes
Mc Cullogg Field Project
5
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
16
United Kingdom
2000M
1996
Baker Hughes
Draugen - Coars Filter
18
1, 1½, 2, 3
20
United Kingdom
2020
1996
Baker Hughes
C099/00976
5
1, 2, 4, 12
10
United Kingdom
2000M
1996
Baker Hughes
W108/01408 Coarse
Filter
5
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
10
United Kingdom
2000M
1996
Baker Hughes
W108 / MR 300
5
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
10
United Kingdom
2000M
1996
Baker Hughes Process
Systems
West Omikron
5
3, 8, 10, 24
9
United Kingdom
2000M
1995
Brown & Root Highland
Fabricators
Mobil Galahad
11
6
15
United Kingdom
3425
1995
Brown & Root Vickers
Ravenspurn North
Development
1
4
12
U.K.
2000
1989
ETA Process Plant
Maersk Dan F
5
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4
16
U.K.
2000M
1996
ETA Process Plant
Maersk Dan F
5
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6
16
U.K.
2000M
1996
Eta Process Plant Limited
WO R-66
18
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4
16
U.K.
2000M
1996
(reference letter)
Owner
Operator
Unit Name
Service
Diameter (inch)
Pressure Shipyard
(bar)
Hamilton Bros
Ravenspurn North
Development
20
6
Kvaerner Oil & Gas, Kerr
McGee
Janice “A” *(FP 878)
5
Ledwood Construction Ltd
Heerema Offshore no:
1804
McDermott Engineering
Country (yard)
Serie
Year
10
U.K.
2000
1990
3, 4, 8, 10, 18
11
U.K.
3416, 2000M
2001
5
1, 2
10
U.K.
2000M, 2000
1996
Salman Offshore
Complex
20
4, 6, 12, 16
5
U.K.
2000
1993
McDermott Offshore
LB 200
20
2, 3
12
U.K.
2000
1989
Q.G.P.C.
Halul Island Offshore
20
4
10
U.K.
2000
1991
Serck Baker
Kitina Congo Ref. 1480
5
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
9
U.K.
2000M
1997
Serck Baker Limited
White Tiger II
5
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6
10
U.K.
2000M
1996
Serck Baker Ltd
Soekor E-BT Water
Injection System
18
1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
10
U.K.
2000M
1996
Serck Baker Ltd.
Uisge Gorm Project
5
2, 3, 4, 6, 8
10
U.K.
2000M
1995
Serck Baker Ltd.
White Tiger
18
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
7
U.K.
2000M
1995
Serck Baker Ltd.
Gorm “F” Media Filter
Package
5
1, 2, 4, 10
16
U.K.
2000M
1995
Serck Baker Ltd.
B.P. Etap Sulphate
reduction Package
5
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
12
U.K.
2000M
1996
Shell Expro Co., U.K.
Andoc/Dunlin A
10
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
4-17
U.K.
2000M
1975
Shell Oil Company, U.K.
Andoc/Dunlin B, C
20
7
U.K.
2000M
1975
SLP
Mc Cullogg Field Project
5
1, 4
12
U.K.
7000M
1996
South Humbeside Eng.
Texaco Captain
5
1, 1
4
U.K.
2000M
1995
Bollinger
Sea-going barge
3
Barge
U.S.A.
2000M
2007
US Shipbuilders
Sea-going barge
3
Barge
U.S.A.
7000M
2006
Sieneman Oenlai FPSO
skid
20
FPSO
U.S.A.
Santa Fe Intern. Corp.
Galaxy II *(FP 358)
3, 15, 20
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,
16, 18
Jack-up
U.S.A.
2000M
1997
Chevron
Hermosa
5
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
7
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1984
Chevron
Platform
5
12
7
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1986
Chevron
Hidalgo
5
12
7
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1986
Chevron Offshore
Santa Barbara Platform
Conoco
Philips
Keppel Fels
Singapore
Unit
2006
5
6, 8, 10
13
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1980
Chevron Oil Company
5
6, 8, 10, 12
15
Platform
U.S.A.
3000
1963
Chevron Oil Company
7
8, 10, 12
1
Platform
U.S.A.
2000
1967
10
4
4-17
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1984
Exxon
Installation No. 3
27
28
Owner
Unit Name
Service
Diameter (inch)
Pressure Shipyard
(bar)
Unit
Country (yard)
Serie
Year
Exxon
Installation No. 1
10
10
4-17
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1984
Exxon Offshore
Flourite
7
4, 6, 8
1
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1984
Exxon Offshore
South Pass 89B
7
4, 6, 8
1
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1984
Exxon Offshore
South Pass 89B
14
2
10
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1984
Exxon Offshore
Platform Citrine
7
6
1
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1985
Gulf Oil
Installation No. 3
10
10
4-17
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1983
Platform
U.S.A.
PSX-L3,
PSX-JF, 2000M
2003
KBR
Operator
Chevron
1, 2, 3
Venezuela
Keyes Offshore
Installation No. 1
10
8
4-17
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1983
Keyes Offshore
Installation No. 2
10
8
4-17
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1983
Marathon
Installation No. 1
10
3
4-17
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1983
Marathon
Installation No. 2
10
3
4-17
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1983
Marathon
Installation No. 3
10
10
4-17
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1983
Marathon
Installation No. 4
10
3
4-17
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1983
Marathon
Installation No. 5
10
10
4-17
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1983
Dolly Varden Platform
5
4, 6, 8, 10, 12
7
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1975
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M/M-FP
2004
Marathon Oil Company
McJunkin Corp.
Chevron
Texaco
Cabinda
2, 3, 4, 6, 8
McMoran Offshore
Installation No. 5
10
4
4-17
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1983
McMoran Offshore
Installation No. 6
10
4
4-17
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1983
McMoran Offshore
Installation No. 4
10
4
4-17
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1984
Mesa Petroleum
Installation No. 4
10
3
4-17
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1983
Mobil Offshore
Platform
5
2, 3, 4
7
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1984
Mobil Oil
Installation No. 1
10
12
4-17
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1984
Mobil Oil
Installation No. 2
10
12
4-17
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1984
Mobil Oil
Installation No. 3
10
3
4-17
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1984
Pan American Petroleum
Baker
20
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
7
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1969
Philips Petroleum Co.
Santa Barbara
7
10
1
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1974
Placid Oil Co.
Installation No. 1
10
8
4-17
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1983
Placid Oil Co.
Installation No. 2
10
8
4-17
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1984
Sedco
Installation No. 1
10
8
4-17
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1984
Shell
SP-27J
7
4
1
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1985
Shell
EI-1586
7
6
1
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1985
Shell
SMI-27A
7
4
1
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1985
Shell
EC-240
7
4
1
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1985
Shell
VE-22 A, B, C, D
1
4
10
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1986
Owner
Operator
Unit Name
Service
Diameter (inch)
Pressure Shipyard
(bar)
Unit
Country (yard)
Serie
Year
Shell Oil Company
“A”
5
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
10
Platform
U.S.A.
2000
1968
Shell Oil Company
“C”
5
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
10
Platform
U.S.A.
2000
1969
Shell Oil Company
Platform A,B,C
5
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
7
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1989
Sonat
Installation No. 1
10
6
4-17
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1984
Superior Oil
Installation No. 1
10
6
4-17
Platform
U.S.A.
2000M
1984
Transocean Sedco Forex
Cajun Express *(FP 883)
5, 8, 20
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16
16
Semi-sub
U.S.A.
2000M, 7000M
1999
Exxon
Installation No. 1
10
6
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1981
Exxon
Installation No. 2
10
6
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1981
Exxon
Exxon EI-182
20
14
1
U.S.A.
2000M
1983
Exxon Offshore
South Pass 89B
5
6, 8
7
U.S.A.
2000M
1984
Gulf Oil
Installation No. 1
10
10
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1981
Gulf Oil
Installation No. 2
10
8
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1982
McMoran Offshore
Installation No. 1
10
6
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1980
McMoran Offshore
Installation No. 2
10
6
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1980
McMoran Offshore
Installation No. 3
10
3
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1982
Mesa Petroleum
Installation No. 1
10
6
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1981
Mesa Petroleum
Installation No. 2
10
6
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1982
Mesa Petroleum
Installation No. 3
10
6
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1982
Odeco
Installation No. 1
10
3
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1981
Odeco
Installation No. 2
10
3
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1981
Offshore Projects
Installation No. 1
10
6
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1981
Offshore Projects
Installation No. 2
10
3
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1981
Offshore Projects
Installation No. 3
10
3
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1981
Offshore Projects
Installation No. 4
10
6
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1981
Offshore Projects
Installation No. 5
10
3
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1981
Shell Offshore
Installation No. 1
10
6
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1982
Shell Offshore
Installation No. 2
10
6
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1982
Shell Offshore
Installation No. 3
10
6
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1982
Shell Oil Co.
Installation No. 1
10
8
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1979
Shell Oil Co.
Installation No. 2
10
6
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1979
Shell Oil Co.
Installation No. 3
10
3
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1980
Shell Oil Co.
Installation No. 4
10
6
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1980
Shell Oil Co.
Installation No. 5
10
6
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1980
Hess Eton Satelites
1, 3
U.S.A.
2007
29
30
Owner
Operator
Unit Name
Service
Diameter (inch)
Pressure Shipyard
(bar)
Unit
Country (yard)
Serie
Year
Shell Oil Co.
Installation No. 6
10
6
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1980
Shell Oil Co.
Installation No. 7
10
6
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1980
Shell Oil Co.
Installation No. 8
10
6
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1981
Shell Oil Co.
Installation No. 9
10
6
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1981
Shell Oil Co.
Installation No. 10
10
6
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1981
Shell Oil Co.
Installation No. 11
10
6
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1981
Shell Oil Co.
Installation No. 12
10
6
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1981
Shell Oil Co.
Installation No. 13
10
6
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1981
Shell Oil Co.
Installation No. 14
10
6
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1981
Shell Oil Co.
Installation No. 15
10
6
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1981
Shell Oil Co.
Installation No. 16
10
8
4-17
U.S.A.
2000M
1982
Texaco
Texaco Harvest
5
4, 6, 8
7
U.S.A.
2000M
1983
BP
BP Marlin
1, 2, 3
U.S.A.
PSX-L3,
PSX-JF, 2000M
2001
BP
BP Cassia A and B
1, 3
U.S.A.
PSX-L3,
2000M
2003
Chevron
Venezuela
Firefilter skid
3
U.S.A.
2000M
2003
BP
BP Holstein
3
BP
BP Mad Dog
BP
Chevron
U.S.A.
2004
3
U.S.A.
2004
BP Thunderhorse
3
U.S.A.
Wilson Supply
1, 3
U.S.A.
Conoco
Philips
Magnolia
1, 3
U.S.A.
2005
Chevron
Angola Dynamic
3, 1
U.S.A.
2005
Chevron
South Nemba Lube Oil
Pack
3
U.S.A.
2005
Chevron
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,
16, 18, 20, 24, 28, 30,
32, 36
2004
2000M
Takula Field - Area A
2
U.S.A.
SBM Atlantia
3
U.S.A.
2007
BHP Angus
1, 3
U.S.A.
2007
Chevron GSL
1, 2
U.S.A.
2007
BP/PTSC
Lan Tay Platform
7, 1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
PTSC / JVPC
Rang Dong CLPP
1
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
Platform
2000M-FP
2008
2005
Vietnam
7000M
2006
Vietnam
2020C
2004
Owner
Operator
Unit Name
Service
Diameter (inch)
Pressure Shipyard
(bar)
PTSC / JVPC
Rang Dong CLPP
5
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
20
Talisman - PTSC
Bunga Orkid B,C & D
Wellkeads
1, 5, 7
1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
10, 12
Gulf oil Nigeria, UIE / ECM
Platform Robert Kiri
Field, Fos sur mer
7
6, 8
-
Deep Sea Pioneer
(Dai Hung)
9
EOG
1, 3, 2
1
Far East
Livingstone
Unit
Country (yard)
Serie
Year
Vietnam
2020C
2004
Vietnam
2416, 2420,
2420-FP
2007
Platform
-
2000M
1982
Semi-sub
-
1994
2000M-FP
2006
Chevron VR-38’E’
1
-
2007
BP Sevonette Field
1, 15
-
2007
PG poinseth
1, 3, 15
-
2007
31
National Oilwell Varco has produced this brochure for general information only, and it
is not intended for design purposes. Although every effort has been made to maintain
the accuracy and reliability of its contents, National Oilwell Varco in no way assumes
responsibility for liability for any loss, damage or injury resulting from the use of information
and data herein nor is any warranty expressed or implied. Always cross-reference the
bulletin date with the most current version listed at the website noted in this literature.
North America
2425 SW 36th Street
San Antonio, TX 78237 USA
Phone: +1 210 434 5043
South America
Avenida Fernando Simoes
Recife, Brazil 51020-390
Phone: +55 31 3326 6900
Europe
P.O. Box 6, 4190 CA
Geldermalsen, The Netherlands
Phone: +31 345 587 587
Asia Pacific
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong, Singapore 639407
Phone: +65 6861 6118
Middle East
P.O. Box 17324
Dubai, UAE
Phone: +971 4881 3566
www.fgspipe.com • fgspipe@nov.com
© 2012, NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
® Trademark of NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
FP162 D 06/12
Quick-Lock® adhesive-bonded Joint
Dulang B Compressed Gas Capacity Enhancement
Project using Bondstrand® 2000M GRE pipe
The Dulang B Field is located 135KM off East Coast Peninsular
Malaysia at Block PM-305. The original field development in 2008
consists of a Fixed Platform Facility at water depth of 77.3M.
Project
The Compressed Gas Enhancement Platform is awarded to Kencana
HL Fabricators Sdn Bhd in 2009. The platform will re-purpose the
collected natural gas associated with the production well, and re-inject
the gas, ensuring that the reservoir pressure level is maintained as well
as enhancing the recovery of oil.
Shipyard
Dulang B Compressed Gas Capacity
Enhancement Project
Kencana HL Fabricators SDN BHD
Owners
Petronas Carigali SDN BHD
NOV Fiber Glass Systems, a leading global Glassfiber Reinforced
Pipe system
Epoxy (GRE) manufacturer, is contracted by Kencana HL for the supply Bondstrand 2000M 1-24 inch with Quick-Lock
of GRE pipings and training of qualified GRE Bonders for installation.
adhesive-bonded joints
Fire Water System (FW), Service Water System
Our premium Bondstrand 2000M and 2000M-FPFV product (ranging
(SW) Portable Water System (PW), Seawater
from 1-24 inch), has been specified for application on critical the
Cooling System (CW)
Firewater System, Seawater Cooling System, Service water System
and Portable water System, ensuring a reliable, non-corrosive, light
weight piping system. Of these systems, the Firewater Dry System
Operating Conditions
is the most critical and stringent, which calls for the Jet Fire safety
17121X
requirement.
Design pressure
: 16 bar
In Dulang B project, project management and planned execution is the
key factor of success and this differentiates NOV Fiber Glass Systems
among from the rest.
Max hydrotest pressure : 1.5 x design pressure
Design temperature
: up to 65 ºC
17122X
Design pressure
Max hydrotest pressure
Design temperature
Fire Requirement
condition
:
:
:
:
16 bar
1.5 x design pressure
up to 65 ºC
5 minutes jet fire in dry
Installation date
Date of completion April 2010
www.fgspipe.com • fgspipe@nov.com
© 2012, NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
® Trademark of NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
FP1039 06/12
Quick-Lock® adhesive-bonded Joint
Exxon mobile bay using Bondstrand® 2000M GRE pipe for
Deck Drain service
Exxon selected the use of our 2000M Bondstrand GRE materials for its
light weight, corrosion resistance properties. Deck drains are a minor
part of an offshore structure, but take years of abuse from internal
corrosive fluids and the demands from external environmental
conditions.
Carbon steel piping materials are less expensive, but will only last
5-7 years. Bondstrand 2000M will give at minimum, 20-years of
maintenance-free operation and over the lifespan of the facility will
save money and time for the operator.
Scope of supply
•
•
•
•
Prefabricated pipe spool assemblies to the yard
On site fabrication at the for installation on the underside of
the deck
Installation of pipe supports guides and anchors
Operational test
Project
Exxon Mobile Bay Alabama USA
Client
Exxon Company USA
Pipe system
Bondstrand 2000M with Quick-Lock
adhesive-bonded joints
Application:
Fluid:
Diameter:
Quantity:
Deck drain
Water
4 inch up to 8 inch (100 - 200 mm)
100 m approximately
Operating
conditions
Advantages
•
•
•
•
•
Reduction in installation costs and time
Long service life 20 years
Corrosion resistant
Maintenance free
Light weight material
Operating pressure:
Design pressure:
Test pressure:
Operating temperature:
Design temperature:
Atmospheric
Atmospheric
225-PSI Hydrotest
Ambient
Ambient
Installation date
2009
www.fgspipe.com • fgspipe@nov.com
© 2012, NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
® Trademark of NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
FP1037 06/12
Quick-Lock® adhesive-bonded Joint
Bondstrand® GRE for Chevron platforms
(formerly Unocal 76)
In the early 1980’s, Unocal, located in The Netherlands, built three
oil production platforms to be placed on the Dutch Continental Shelf:
‘Helm’, ‘Helder’ and ‘Hoorn’. For all these platforms, built at the
Heerema yard in Zwijndrecht, Bondstrand® piping was specified for
a series of seawater services. The trend to use Glassfiber Reinforced
Epoxy (GRE) piping was set a number of years before by Shell Expro
and the Nederlandse Aardolie Maatschappij (NAM), but at that time,
most piping systems were executed in conventional steel such as
CS-steel, Cunifer, Duplex, 6MO, etc.
Project
Scope
Pipe system
A study in 2002 proved that on Helder, Helm & Hoorn during 20 years
of operations, pumps, vessels, equipment but also parts of the living
quarters and kitchen blocks were replaced, repaired or renewed. The
Bondstrand piping however, was still in operation and will probably
survive the lifetime of these platforms.
Platform
Sewer
Open &
closed
drains
Cooling
water
Oil water
skimmers
Riser pipe
Potable
water
Helder
Œ
Œ
Œ
Œ
Œ
Œ
Œ
Œ
Œ
Œ
Œ
Œ
Œ
Œ
Œ
Œ
Œ
Œ
Œ
Helm
Hoorn
A&B-blocks
Helder, Helm, Hoorn Horizon, Haven, Halfweg
Sand A&B-blocks platforms at the Dutch
Continental Shelf in the North Sea
Client
Amerplastics Europa B.V. for Heerema, Zwijndrecht
– The Netherlands
Bondstrand 2000M in 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 and
10 inch (25-250 mm) diameter with Quick-Lock
adhesive-bonded joints
Operating Conditions
Operating pressure:
Operating temp:
Design pressure:
Design temp:
Test pressure:
2-10 bar
Various
16 bar
121°C
24 bar
Installation date
1980 - 2007
Cooling water
www.fgspipe.com • fgspipe@nov.com
© 2012, NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
® Trademark of NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
FP1017 06/12
Advantages
Unocal’s decision to specify Bondstrand® was taken for a number of reasons:
• Light-weight compared to steel, resulting in cheaper secondary structures
• Absolute chemical and corrosion resistance against hydrocarbons and seawater
• Reliable and long-time performance of the material
• Lower installation costs because of the light weight
• Avoiding of welding and ‘hot work’ procedures for extensions or modifications
offshore (Amerplastics even executed so called ‘hot-tap’ procedures on GRE)
• Lower initial building costs, together with remarkably lower ‘cost of ownership’.
Weight saving aspect
For the Bondstrand piping on the AB-Block platform (load-out Spring 2007),
Amerplastics submitted a weight analysis showing a significant difference in weight
between Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) and equivalent steel concept where
Bondstrand compared to CS steel schedule 40 as 1:4.
The difference in weight concerns the difference in piping, excluding a lighter
concept for steel supports and secondary structures. Total profit weight will be even
higher. (Detailed comparison calculations are available from Amerplastics on request).
Taper/Taper adhesive-bonded Joint
Gas Injection platforms (USGIF) using Bondstrand® GRE
pipe systems
The Umm Shaif Field is located in Abu Dhabi Sector of the Arabian Gulf.
Umm Shaif processing facilities are located at one main offshore gathering
centre, designated the Umm Shaif Super Complex (USSC).
The USGIF project, one of the world’s largest offshore developments,
involves the supply and installation of three platforms, subsea pipelines,
and modifications to wellhead towers. It also incorporates a compression
platform to be located 2 km from the existing Umm Shaif super complex
(USSC) and connected to an accommodation platform. The third platform,
containing an oil separation unit, will be connected to the existing USSC.
Hyundai Heavy Industries (HHI) was awarded the project by ADMA-OPCO.
This is the first phase of a major re-development of the Umm Shaif Field.
The USGIF facilities comprise three new build platforms; a Compression
Platform (CP-1), a Collector Separator Platform (CSP-1) and an Umm Shaif
Accommodation Platform (UAP). CSP-1 is linked by bridge to the existing
Umm Shaif Super Complex.
Project Management and planned execution is key and differentiates NOV
Fiber Glass Systems from other suppliers. NOV Fiber Glass System’s
on-time delivery systematic spool production enabled HHI to meet the fast
track 10-month construction duration of this project.
Abu Dhabi Marine Operating Company (ADMA- OPCO) engages in
offshore oil and gas exploration, development and drilling. It was assigned
by its majority shareholder, the Abu Dhabi National Oil Company,
(ADNOC), the responsibility for all offshore drilling and the required
logistical support within its concession area of 30,370 km2 and elsewhere.
The remaining shareholders are BP, Total and the Japan Oil Development
Company. ADMA-OPCO’s concession includes two major fields, Umm
Shaif and Zakum, one of the largest oil fields in the world. They are
the company’s two main sources of offshore oil drilling. The crude is
transferred from these fields to Das Island, the company’s main processing
and storage plant, and the first stop in the delivery cycle. Das contains
the oil and gas processing, storage and export facilities, utilities, power
generation and accommodation sites.
Project
ADMA-OPCO Umm Shaif Gas Injection facilities
USGIF located in the Abu Dhabi sector of the Arabian
Gulf
Shipyard
Hyundai Heavy Industries (HHI) – Korea
Client
ADMA-OPCO (Abu Dhabi Marine Operating
Company) – United Arab Emirates
Pipe system
Bondstrand 2020 C and 2020 C-FP.
Diameter: 1-36 inch (25-900 m) with Taper/Taper
adhesive bonded joints for:
• Firewater (wet)
• Firewater (dry)
• Seawater
• Cooling water
• Hydrocarbon open drain • Non-hydrocarbon drain
• Washdown water
• Vent gas
• Sewage
Operating
Conditions
Operating pressure:
Operating temperature:
Design pressure:
Design temperature:
Test pressure:
up to 20 bar
10 - 93 °C
20 bar
10 - 93 °C
30 bar
(up to 290 psi)
(50 - 200°F)
(290 psi)
(50 - 200°F)
(435 psi)
Installation date
Mid 2009
www.fgspipe.com • fgspipe@nov.com
© 2012, NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
® Trademark of NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
FP1011 06/12
Taper/taper adhesive-bonded Joint
Fire mains, cooling water, sewers, drains and sump
lines for “De Ruyter” Platform
Petro-Canada is one of Canada’s largest oil and gas companies,
operating in both the upstream and downstream sectors of
the industry in Canada an internationally. Petro-Canada in The
Netherlands operates the F2a Hanze field (45%), the P11b De
Ruyter field (54,7%) and has interests in a number of exploration and
production licenses in The Netherlands.
The main fabrication and installation contracts for the De Ruyter
Project were awarded in December 2005. The GBS tanks were build
by Dubai Drydocks in the United Arab Emirates and finally towed to
De Ruyter field in April 2006 for installation on the sea bed. The IPD
was built by Heerema Offshore Zwijndrecht, The Netherlands. The
contruction of the IPD was completed in May 2006 and installed in
June 2006 by Heerema’s Heavy Lifting Vessel, The Thialf. The hookup and commissioning began immediately after.
Scope of Supply
Amerplastics Europa BV, NOV Fiber Glass System’s distributor in
the Benelux received the purchase order for delivery of materials
and prefabrication. Amerplastics also assisted the construction yard
Heerema Offshore with installation and hydrotesting of Bondstrand
piping systems.
Pipex Ltd, NOV Fiber Glass System’s distributor in the United
Kingdom, was responsible for specification work with AMEC, London.
Project
“De Ruyter Platform” built for Petro-Canada, The
Netherlands
Client
Petro-Canada, The Hague, The Netherlands
Pipe system
Bondstrand 2420 C (conductive) Glassfiber
Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe systems with
Taper/Taper adhesive-bonded joints for fire mains,
cooling water, sewers, drains and sump lines.
Diameter: 1-16 inch (25-400 mm)
Operating Conditions
Operating pressure:
Design pressure:
Design temperature:
Test pressure:
10, 16 and 20 bar
10, 16 and 20 bar
100 °C
16, 24 and 30 bar
Installation date
2006
www.fgspipe.com • fgspipe@nov.com
© 2012, NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
® Trademark of NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
FP961 06/12
AIOC:
A
significant
commitment
to
GRE
pipe
Bondstrand Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy pipe systems
installed at the ACG Full Field Development
project Baku,
Azerbaijan 2001-2008
CONTENTS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
PAGE
Introduction
Project description
History
Location of the ACG full field development project
Project scope of work
Pipe systems
Joining systems
Training and supervision
Spool manufacturing
Fire protection
Traceability
Advantages of Bondstrand fiberglass pipes
Conclusion
3
4
4
5
6
7
9
10
10
11
11
11
11
Photo 1.
Installation of Bondstrand seawater line
AIOC Projects details
Location: Baku, Azerbaijan
Client: Azerbaijan International Operating Company (AIOC) operated by BP.
Pipe systems: Bondstrand series 7000 and 3416 conductive pipe and fittings with
Quick-Lock and Taper/Taper adhesive bonded joints
Diameters: 1-30 inch (25-750 mm)
Total length: 25.000 meters pipe (approx. 4.000 meters per platform)
Installation: 2002-2008
Operating Conditions
2
System
Diameter
Working pressure
Test pressure
Design temperature
(inch)
(bar)
(bar)
(C)
Firewater
2-10
15
24
40
Seawater
1-12
16
24
40
Coolingwater
2-30
4-8
24
65
Sewage
1-8
Atmospheric
Leak test
40
Non-hazardous open drains
1-8
Atmospheric
Leak test
40
Atmospheric vent
6-8
Atmospheric
Leak test
40
Photo 2.
CA and CWP platform installed at the Azeri oil field
1. Introduction
In 2001, NOV Fiber Glass Systems secured an order
for the supply of Bondstrand GRE (Glassfiber
Reinforced Epoxy) pipes and fittings for several
platforms for the ACG (Azeri, Chirag, Guneshli full
field development project in the Caspian Sea,
Azerbaijan. The order was negotiated and finalised
with BP (British Petroleum) acting on behalf of AIOC
(Azerbaijan International Operating Company).
KBR (Kellogg, Brown and Root, London (UK)) was
responsable for the technical evaluation of the
bidding process, after which NOV Fiber Glass
Systems was awarded the contract.
The ACG full field development project comprised
three phases during which a total of six platforms
were built between 2002 and 2007. Furthermore,
NOV Fiber Glass Systems also received the order for
the supply of the 3 km., 24-inch water disposal line
at the Sangachal oil terminal.
The total NOV Fiber Glass Systems order value
exceeded €10 million, making it one of the larger
offshore projects ever carried out by NOV Fiber
Glass Systems.
Photo 3.
Overview of the Azeri oil field
3
2. Project description
In September 1994, a PSA (Production Sharing
Agreement) was signed in Azerbaijan between the
State Oil Company of the Azerbaijan Republic
(SOCAR) and the Azerbaijan International Operating
Company (AIOC). This PSA grants the consortium
the rights to develop and manage the hydrocarbon
reserves found in the ACG field termed the "Contract
Area" for a period of 30 years. In July 1999, British
Petroleum (BP) was appointed operator for the PSA
on behalf of the AIOC member companies.
Part of the objective was to produce the recoverable
reserves in the central part of the Azeri Field. The
project would require offshore drilling and production
facilities, a means of transferring the produced
hydrocarbons to shore. It has estimated oil reserves
of 4.6 million barrels of oil and 3.5 trillion cubic feet
of natural gas.
The contract to provide design and procurement for
the Full Field Development of the ACG offshore
fields was awarded to Kellogg Brown & Root (KBR).
J. Ray McDermott won the contract for fabrication,
assembly, hook-up and commissioning of the CA,
WA, EA and DUQ platforms. The ATA consortium
(Azfen/Tekfen/Amec) was awarded C&WP and
PCWU topsides fabrication within the ACG FFD
program.
3. History
Azerbaijan, the oldest known oil producing region in
the world, experienced an oil boom at the beginning
of the 20th century and later served as a major
refining center in the former Soviet Union.
Oil production peaked at about 500,000 barrels per
day during World War II, and then fell significantly
after the 1950s as the Soviet Union redirected
exploration resources elsewhere.
Azerbaijan has 1.2 billion barrels of proven oil
reserves, as well as enormous potential reserves in
the (yet) undeveloped offshore fields in the Caspian
Sea.
Photo 4. The old on-shore oil field in Baku
4
Photo 5. State of the art CA platform ready for transport
Photo 6. WA platform in production at SPS yard
Photo 7. Bondstrand dry deluge pipe system
4. Location of the ACG full field
development project
The platform manufacturing project was carried out
in two manufacturing sites located at the coast of the
Caspian Sea, near Baku, capital of Azerbaijan. One
yard, 15 km from Baku was operated by the ATA
(Amec-Tekfen-Azfen) joint venture (ATA-site). The
other site situated 30 km from Baku was operated by
McDermott (SPS-site).
Two platforms were manufactured on the ATA site:
one for C&WP and the other for PCWU (respectively:
compression, water injection & power, and, process
compression & and water utilities).
At the SPS yard four platforms were manufactured
(for production, drilling and quarters) to be
Photo 8. C&WP platform in production at ATA yard
positioned in the four locations: Central Azeri (CA),
West Azeri (WA), East Azeri (EA) and Deep Water
Guneshli (DWG). After completion, the platforms were
shipped about 120 km from the Azeri coast to their
final destinations. Once in production, oil would be
conveyed to Sangachal oil terminal, just outside Baku.
From there, the oil would be transported to Europe via
the 1760 km long Baku-Tbilisi-Ceyhan pipeline. This
pipeline would have a capacity of one million barrels a
day and could hold 10 million barrels of oil at a time.
In July 2006 the first Caspian oil arrived at Ceyhan at
the Black Sea.
Photo 9. 24” Bondstrand cooling water line
5
Photo 10. Spools packed for shipment to Baku
Photo 11. NOV Fiber Glass Systems’ field service engineer supervises
field joint
5. Project scope of work
NOV Fiber Glass Systems tendered and won the
project and acted as overall Project Managers with
regards to the GRE scope of supply. NOV Fiber
Glass Systems reviewed the specification and
technical documents and reviewed the stress
analysis. Furthermore, NOV Fiber Glass Systems
manufactured the Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy
(GRE) pipe and fittings and free supplied the pipe
and fittings for pre-fabrication.
NOV Fiber Glass Systems additionally provided:
• Component dimensions in computerized form
suitable for direct input into the 3D PDMS model;
• Qualified personnel at the fabrication site to train
and supervise spool installation, personnel
training, testing and storage. Two NOV Fiber Glass
Systems’ field service engineers were permanently
based in Baku to supervise spool fabrication and
spool installation;
• Qualified design personnel to check design
calculations and isometrics;
• Appropriate qualification test data for all
components to be supplied;
• Fabrication of spools for CA platform
(sub-contracted to Amerplastics).
6
PIPEX (NOV Fiber Glass Systems’ distributor for the
United Kingdom):
• Supported NOV Fiber Glass Systems in securing
the project;
• Wrote the project specification, now being the
KBR GRE project standard;
• Reviewed the isometrics for fabrication, testing
and fire protection;
• Tracked the isometrics drawings from KBR to
MCCI and following the Pipex review, final
isometrics were issued to NOV Fiber Glass
Systems (then forwarded to Amerplastics).
AMERPLASTICS (NOV Fiber Glass Systems’
distributor for the Benelux):
• Received material from NOV Fiber Glass Systems
to prefabricate spools for the CA platform;
• Produced spool shop drawings and prefabricated
the spools;
• Hydrotested and conductivity tested the spools;
• Applied Favuseal to the spools (fire protection);
• Prepared the spools for shipment.
Photo 12. Drain lines underneath the cellar deck
Photo 13. Bondstrand cooling water lines in service
6. Pipe systems
The pipework scope of supply for the Azeri project
platforms included:
• Seawater;
• Firewater;
• Coolingwater;
• Sewage;
• Non-hazardous open drains;
• Atmospheric vent.
Photo 14. Seawater supply lines
Two Bondstrand pipe series were used:
• Bondstrand series 7000 (Quick-Lock joint) for
lines up to 4” (100mm); this product can be used
for pressure ratings up to 16 bar.
• Bondstrand series 3416C (Taper joint) for lines
from 6” to 30” (150mm - 750mm) also with a
pressure rating of 16 bar.
Figure 1. Stress analysis
Photo 15. 12” Bondstrand firewater ring line
7
Photo 16. Several pipe systems on a pipe rack
Both pipe series are electrically conductive, and limit
build up of static electricity by connecting it to
ground (earth). In explosive danger areas, such as
platforms, this is an important issue.
All pipe work was designed to the ISO 14692
specification. The firewater piping is L3 fire rated
(wet piping). The dry deluge pipe work in the
process area containing gas is L3 plus 5 minutes
dry, Jet Fire rated.
To fulfil the demand of the dry deluge piping, a fire
protective layer was applied to the Bondstrand
pipes. This layer was made using ‘Favuseal’
material, described in chapter 10.
Photo 17. Crossing of several
pipe systems
8
For each platform an extensive test program was
executed to prove the quality of the Bondstrand
products. Numerous pipe and fitting were pressure
tested according ASTM D-1599. All tests were
witnessed by a notified body (Bureau Veritas).
The total project comprises over 30,000 meters of
Bondstrand pipe with diameters 2”-30” (50-750mm)
and approximately 32,000 fittings were used. Over
40,000 joints were bonded and more than 4,000
spools were prefabricated.
Photo 18. Pipe shaver to shave pipe spigot
Photo 19. Lap joint flanges to connect to steel piping
7. Joining systems
Quick-Lock adhesive bonded joints
Quick-Lock adhesive bonded joints are used for
pressure ratings up to 16 bar. Available pipe
diameters are 1”-16” (25-400mm). Spigots (male
end) are cylindrical; bell ends (female end) are
slightly conical with a pipe stop inside.
For the ACG project the Quick-Lock joint was used
for pipe sizes 2-4 inch (50-100mm). For larger
diameters the Taper joint was preferred.
Figure 2. Quick-Lock joint
Taper/Taper adhesive bonded joints
Taper/Taper adhesive bonded joints are used for
pressure ratings up to 75 bar (depending on wall
thickness and pipe size). Available pipe sizes are
2-40 inch (50mm-1000mm). Both the spigots and
the bell ends are tapered. For the ACG project the
Taper/Taper joint was used for pipe sizes 6-30 inch
(150-750mm).
Flanged Joints
Flanged joints are used to connect pipelines to
pumps, valves, tanks and other equipment.
Flanges are available in both Quick-Lock and
Taper/Taper configuration. For the ACG project only
Lap joint (stub-end) flanges were used. These
flanges have the advantage of a loose steel flange
ring enabling easy installation.
Figure 3. Taper joint
Figure 4. Flanged joint
9
Photo 20. Spool testing at SPS yard
Photo 21. Field joint of pipe spools
8. Site conditions
Besides some hot weeks in summer and cold weeks
in winter, the environmental conditions had minor
influence on the installation:
• During hot summer days, the pipe fitters were
trained to pay attention to the relative short pot-life
of the adhesive;
• During wet and cold winter days the pipe fitters
were trained to preheat the bonding surfaces
before starting bonding.
The workshop for pipe prefabrication of spools was
an enclosed, conditioned area, so no temperature or
moisture influence affected the bonding of joints.
The adhesive resin and hardener were stored in a
conditioned room with a temperature varying
between 18 and 24 °C.
Because of the total size of the project, it proved to
be economical to set up an on-site workshop,
specially organized for the prefabrication of
Bondstrand spools. NOV Fiber Glass Systems was
highly involved with the design of the workshop.
The workshop consisted of:
• A separate area for cutting and shaving, so noise
and dust were kept away from the main area.
• The main area for bonding and applying Favuseal
to the spools.
• An area for testing spools.
• A conditioned room to store, adhesive, resin,
hardener, keys and O-rings.
• An office to keep drawings and administration.
9. Spool manufacturing
The GRE piping systems for the first platform
(Central Azeri) were completely prefabricated in the
Netherlands by Amerplastics BV in Terneuzen.
These pipe spools were transported to site in big
wooden crates: the first Bondstrand spools arrived
in Baku in 2003.
The spools for the following five platforms were
prefabricated in a workshop (pre-fabrication shop)
set up locally in Baku.
Main advantages of setting up spool prefabrication
on site were related to the ability to modify spools to
site requirements and (late) design changes, and
lowering the relatively high transportation costs of
the spools. The overall flexibility of work and
planning improved.
Photo 22. Spool building
10
Photo 23. Installation of spool
Photo 24. Over-wrapping of fire protected spool with boat tape
Photo 25. Cutting fire protection sheets
10. Fire protection
a
b
c
a: 1 layer Combimat
b: 2 layers Favuseal
c: 1 layer impregnated glass
As mentioned before, the firewater piping spools
were over-wrapped by a fire protective layer,
enabling the Bondstrand piping to withstand the
required 5 minutes dry Jet Fire conditions.
The spools were pressure tested before being
over-wrapped by the protective layer in order to
detect any leaking joints.
The Fire protection was applied in a few steps,
see also figure:
• 1 layer of Combimat (glass);
• 2 layers of Favuseal sheet;
• 1 layer of boat tape (glass);
• The top layer is impregnated with a cold curing,
two component epoxy resin.
11. Traceability
Attention was paid to the traceability of pipe fitters,
joints and materials. All pipe fitters had a traceability
form to record the following:
• Pipe fitters: the badge number of the pipe fitter
who made the joint was recorded on the
traceability form.
• Joint numbers: the joints on the spool drawings
were numbered and the number of the joint was
recorded on the traceability form.
• Adhesive: the batch number of the adhesive was
noted on the traceability form.
• Pipe and fittings: all NOV Fiber Glass Systems
pipe and fittings have a unique ID-code. These
codes were noted on the spool drawings and the
traceability form.
12. Advantages of Bondstrand
fiberglass pipes
The following design aspects had to be considered,
during material selection of the pipe systems:
• The platforms are designed for a minimal lifetime
of 25 years;
• The air in the Caspian area is relative salty;
• No build-up of static electricity is allowed inside
the pipe systems, as explosive gasses could be
present.
Bondstrand Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe
systems were selected because of the following
advantages:
• easy to handle, resulting in low installation costs;
• designed for a minimal lifetime of 25 years service;
• non-corrosive;
• maintenance-free;
• conductive, no static electricity is built up.
13. Conclusion
After the successful completion of the ACG-AIOC
project, all parties agreed that the good cooperation
between KBR and NOV Fiber Glass Systems and the
continuous involvement of NOV Fiber Glass Systems’
Engineers has resulted in an extraordinary low failure
rate and low installation cost of the Bondstrand piping
systems.
Special Thanks
NOV Fiber Glass Systems would like to thank everyone
who worked with them on this project.
11
FP 905 B 06/12
Quick-Lock® adhesive-bonded Joint
Taper/Taper adhesive-bonded Joint
SW Cooling, Wet Fire Water System for FPSO “OSX-1”
using Bondstrand 2416C & 7000M conductive pipes and fittings
Keppel Shipyard, Singapore was awarded by OSX 1 Leasing B.V.,
a subsidiary of OSX Brasil S/A. to support the modification works of
OSX-1 floating production, storage and offloading vessel (FPSO).
The work scope covers the engineering, procurement and
modification works of the topside process modules for the FPSO.
Modification and construction works on the topside modules
commenced in the last quarter 2010 and the vessel will be deployed
in the Campos Basin, offshore Brazil on a 20-year lease to OGX
Petróleo e Gás.
Vessel
FPSO OSX-1
Shipyard
Keppel Shipyard Singapore
Owner
Keppel Shipyard worked with BW Offshore, which provides project
management, engineering services and technical guidance services
to OSX 1 Leasing B.V.
OSX 1 Leasing B.V, An EBX Group Company
OSX Brasil S/A – part of EBX group is a Brazil-based publicly traded
company listed on the Brazilian Stock Exchange, which operates in
the areas of shipbuilding, chartering of exploration and production
units (E&P), as well as operations and maintenance services (O&M).
Size: 2”- 12”, 18” SW Cooling System, 2416C
Size: 2”, 3”, 16” Wet Fire Water System, 7000M
NOV Fiber Glass Systems Pte Ltd supplies GRE materials for the
modification works.
for Sea water
Design pressure:
Operating pressures:
Test pressure:
Design temperature:
Operating temperature:
10 bar
4.8 bar
1.5 x design pressure
up to 50°C
27.5°C
for Fire water
Design pressure:
Operating pressures:
Test pressure:
Design temperature:
Operating temperature:
16 bar
13 bar
1.5 x design pressure
up to 50°C
27.5°C
The project was successfully completed within the requested time
frame without adverse impact on the project schedule.
Project management, planned execution and customer service is the
key factor of success that differentiates NOV Fiber Glass Systems
from the rest.
Advantages
•
•
•
•
•
•
Reduction In installations of cost & time
Minimum long term service life of 20 years
Corrosion resistance
Reduced marine growth
Maintenance free
Light-weight material
Pipe system
Operating conditions
Installation date
2010 - 2011
www.fgspipe.com • fgspipe@nov.com
© 2012, NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
® Trademark of NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
FP1064 06/12
Quick-Lock® adhesive-bonded Joint
Taper/Taper adhesive-bonded Joint
Fine filtration package for FPSO Pazflor using
Bondstrand® GRE pipe
The Pazflor project is located in deepwater, offshore Angola, approx.
40 km. east of the DALIA FPSO and 150 km. from shore. The project
is owned by TOTAL E&P Angola (40%), Esso (20%), BP (16.67%)
and Statoil Hydro (23.33%). The project will target development of
hydrocarbons in two independent reservoir structures.
Project
Technical requirements
Operator
Headers were built in accordance with Total Spec. GS EP PVV 178 and
GS EP PVV 148 and suitable for for an offshore marine environment in
West Africa.
Each header set included a 10” x 3” x 2” Top Header, 8” x 2” Mid
Header, 10” x 2” Bottom header and 3” x 1” Air Scour Header. In total
14. Header sets were fabricated.
GRE Headers for Seawater Fine Filtration Units
Client
VWS Westgarth Ltd, East Kilbride, Scotland
(Head Office)
Total E&P Angola
EDC contractor
Deawoo Shipbuilding and Marine Engineering
Location
Deepwater Offshore Angola, Block 17
Pipe system
The order included the design and
manufacture of a jig to ensure the
best possible fit between vessels
and headers. The jig, representing
a filter unit, was built and approved
by client to carry out a four-point
dimension check of each header
set.
Bondstrand 2400 lined pipe and fittings with taper
adhesive bonded joints
Joint type
Quick Lock adhesive bonded joints
Taper/Taper adhesive bonded joints
Diameter
2 inch
3 - 10 inch
Operating Conditions
Fluid:
Sea water
Operating pressure: 16.6 barg minimum rating
Installation date
2009
Section of Filter Unit showing
Header orientation
Alignment Jig to simulate the filter units
www.fgspipe.com • fgspipe@nov.com
© 2012, NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
® Trademark of NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
FP1016 06/12
The headers were also manufactured on a jig, labelled
and shipped in matching sets. Each jig was QA
checked and approved by the client before fabrication
commenced. Allowable tolerances for the flange
positions was ± 3mm and flange plates were used
to ensure each inlet and outlet flange was two-hole
square.
Headers assembled in the jig, with the branches bonded and ready to
wheel into the oven.
A purpose-built drilling rig complete with non-contact
laser distance measuring equipment was constructed
to drill the tapered holes into the header pipe. The laser
ensured pinpoint accuracy and repeatability of the
branch spacing.
Purpose built drilling Rig with non contact
laser distance measuring equipment
Drilling accuracy using
Industrial laser
100 bar Weep Test Requirements
The project requirement was for prototype burst tests to
be carried out in accordance with customer requirements
and specifications (Total GS EP PVV 148 Sect 5.2.1.2.2,
ASTM 1599 Sect 9.2 Procedure B). Five test spools were
fabricated in order to test the various joint combinations
to 100 bar as per the procedure.
Joint combinations tested were 10”x3”, 10”x2”, 8”x2”,
3”x2” & 3”x1”. The tests were witnessed by the client.
Lloyd’s Approval
A representative from Lloyd’s Register EMEA, witnessed
the tests and approval has been given for the spigot to
body joints mentioned above.
100 Bar Weep Test, Witnessed by Lloyd’s
Test output using calibrated
digital temp/pressure
recorders
Taper/Taper adhesive-bonded Joint
FPSO BP Plutonio using Bondstrand® GRE for Ballast, Vent
and Drain lines
In 1999, BP drilled the Platina and Plutonio wells using the deepwater
drillship Pride Angola, and followed these in 2000 with four more: Galio,
Paladio, Cromio and Cobalto. These are all located within 20km of each
other and form the Greater Plutonio development offshore Angola. Later
discoveries included the Cesio and Chumbo fields, slightly further to the
south and west. If developed, Cesio could potentially be tied back to
Greater Plutonio although Chumbo might be developed separately. The
Greater Plutonio development was approved in early 2004. BP Angola and
Shell Exploration and Production Angola BV hold the Block 18 exploration
permit under a production-sharing contract with Angola’s state-owned oil
company, Sociedade Nacional de Combustveis de Angola (Sonangol).
Project
Greater Plutonio, Block 18, Angola
Shipyard
Hyundai Heavy Industries, Korea
Client
British Petroleum (BP) Angola
Scope of Supply
•
•
•
•
Ballast in Tanks and Machinery Spaces
Cargo Tank Purge Lines
Inert Gas
Header Drains
Vendor
NOV Fiber Glass Systems, Manufacturer of
Bondstrand pipe systems
Contractor
HHI, Fabrication FPSO hull and topside equipment
Consultant
KBR Halliburton, Kellogg Brown & Root overseeing
engineering, procurement, contract and management
Specification
Pipex Ltd., UK based materials specification and
technical engineering support regarding supply of
Bondstrand pipe systems
Classification Bureau Veritas
Standards
IMO A.753(18) and ISO 14692
Pipe system
Bondstrand 7000M pipes with 2416C fittings
and Taper/Taper adhesive-bonded joints.
Various diameters ranging from 2-24 inch
(50-600 mm).
Total quantity: 2400 meter.
Operating Conditions
Operating pressure:
Operating temperature:
Design pressure:
Design temperature:
Test pressure:
Full vacuum to 7.5 bar
Ambient to 70°C
16 bar
93°C
24 bar
Installation date
2007
www.fgspipe.com • fgspipe@nov.com
© 2012, NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
® Trademark of NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
FP1008 06/12
Quick-Lock® adhesive-bonded Joint
Taper/Taper adhesive-bonded Joint
AKPO FPSO using Bondstrand® GRE pipe
A consortium led by Technip, that also includes Hyundai Heavy Industries,
was awarded this contract for engineering, procurement, supply,
construction and offshore commissioning of the Floating Production
Storage and Offloading unit (FPSO) of the AKPO field development,
offshore Nigeria. The AKPO field is located on the Oil Mining License
(OML) 130 offshore Nigeria, in water depths ranging from 1,100-1,700m.
Technip’s engineering center in Paris (France) was in charge of the
overall project management and performed the engineering phase. The
FPSO’s hull and topsides construction and integration were executed by
Hyundai Heavy Industries in Korea. Engineering and fabrication of various
components and structures of the FPSO topsides was realized and center
in Nigeria.
Project
The AKPO FPSO hull has a storage capacity of two million barrels of oil
and a large deck space to accommodate more than 17 topsides modules.
AKPO FPSO, which will be anchored in 1,325 meters of water, will produce
225,000 barrels of oil equivalent per day. It includes two processing trains
to separate out gas and water. This floater is 310 m. long and 61 m. wide
and includes a 240 bed accommodation unit.
Pipe system
This fast-track project was completed in 40 months from contract award.
First oil from AKPO field is expected early 2009.
Scope of supply
2420C Water injection, Produced water, Seawater, Fire water (wet system) in
modules
5000M Chlorination Water
7000M Seawater, Ballast system (in the hull), Fresh Water
Design
NOV FGS Manufacturer of Bondstrand pipe systems
Contractor
HHI
Fabrication FPSO hull and topside equipment
Consultant
Technip
Project management and engineering
Classification Bureau
Society
Veritas
All Bondstrand Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy
(GRE) pipework was witnessed by Bureau
Veritas during the entire process of
manufacturing and installation
Approval
According IMO A.753(18) L3 standard
IMO
Floating Production Storage and Offloading vessel
AKPO (FPSO)
Shipyard
Hyundai Samho Shipyard, Mokpo and Hyundai
Heavy Industries, Ulsan – South Korea
Client
HHI Hyundai Heavy Industries for Total Upstream
Nigeria Ltd
A total of 11.000 m. of Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy
(GRE) pipe was supplied for this most complex and
sophisticated FPSO, delivered in over 3700 pipe
spool pieces.
Series:
Bondstrand 7000M, 2420C, 5000M and Bondstrand LD
Diameter:
1 to 48 inch (25-1200 mm)
Total quantity: 11.000 meter
Total value:
approx. 15 million US$
Operating conditions
Operating pressure:
Design pressure:
Design temperature:
Test pressure:
7000M
9.5
16.0
60.0
24.0
2420C
13.5
18.0
60.0
27.0
5000M
10.0
10.0
Ambient
15.0
Installation
date
2007-2008
www.fgspipe.com • fgspipe@nov.com
© 2012, NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
® Trademark of NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
FP1007 06/12
Bondstrand® Design Manual
for Marine Piping Systems
FP707A (4/01) Supersedes FP707
Table of Contents
1 Introduction
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Products Range and Series . . .
Standards and Specifications . .
Classification Society Approvals
Uses and Applications . . . . . . .
Joining Systems . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fittings and Flange Drillings . . .
Corrosion Resistance . . . . . . . .
Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.1
.1
.2
.2
.2
.3
.3
.3
.3
2 Design for Expansion and Contraction
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
Length Change due to Thermal Expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Length Change due to Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Length Change due to Dynamic Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Flexible Joints, Pipe Loops, Z & L Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Design with Flexible Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Design with Pipe Loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
Design using Z Loops and L Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
3 Design for Thrust (Restrained Systems)
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
General Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thrust in an Anchored System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thrust due to Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thrust due to Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Formulas for Calculating Thrusts in
Restrained Pipe Lines (With Examples) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6 Longitudinal Stress in Pipe & Shear Stress in Adhesive
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.19
.19
.19
.19
. . . . . .20
. . . . . .21
4 Support Location and Spacing
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Abrasion Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spans Allowing Axial Movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Span Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Suspended System Restrained from Movement . . .
Euler and Roark Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Support of Pipe Runs Containing Expansion Joints
Support for Vertical Runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Case Study: Vertical Riser in Ballast Tank . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . .27
. . .27
. . .28
. . .28
. . .30
. . .31
. . .33
. . .38
. . .38
5 Anchors and Support Details
5.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
5.2 Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
6 Internal and External Pressure Design
6.1 Internal Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
6.2 External Collapse Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
7 Hydraulics
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Head Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Formulas for Calculating Head Loss in Pipe
Head Loss in Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo Discharge Time & Energy Savings . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . . . .59
. . . . . .59
. . . . . .59
. . . . . .61
. . . . . .66
Appendices
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Using Metallic Pipe Couplings to Join Bondstrand . . . . . . . . .A.1
Grounding of Series 7000M Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B.1
Sizing of Shipboard Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C.1
Miscellaneous Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D.1
Piping Support for Non-Restrained Mechanical Joints . . . . . . .E.1
1.0 Introduction
1.1
GENERAL
Historically, offshore exploration, production platforms and ship owners have had to face the grim reality
of replacing most metal piping two or three times during the average life of a vessel or platform. This has
meant, of course, that piping systems end up costing several times that of the original investment since
replacement is more expensive than new installation. When you add the labor costs, the downtime and
the inconvenience of keeping conventional steel or alloy piping systems in safe operating condition, the
long-term advantages of fiberglass piping become very obvious.
1.2
PRODUCT RANGE AND SERIES
Bondstrand® provides four distinct series of filament-wound pipe and fittings using continuous glass
filaments and thermosetting resins for marine and naval applications:
Series 2000M
A lined epoxy pipe and fittings system for applications which include ballast lines, fresh and saltwater
piping, sanitary sewage, raw water loop systems and fire protection mains where corrosion resistance and light weight are of paramount importance.
Series 2000M-FP
A lined epoxy system covered with a reinforced intumescent coating suitable for dry service in a jet fire.
Series 2000USN
An epoxy system meeting the requirements of MIL-P-24608B (SH) for nonvital piping systems on
combatant and non-combatant vessels. Available in sizes from 1 to 12 inches (25 to 300mm).
Series 5000M
A lined vinylester pipe and fittings system in 2 inch diameter (50mm) for seawater chlorination.
Series 7000M
An epoxy pipe and fittings system with anti-static capabilities designed for white petroleum products
and applications passing through hazardous areas. Properly grounded Series 7000M prevents the
accumulation on the exterior of the pipe of dangerous levels of static electricity produced by flow of
fluids inside the pipe or by air flow over the exterior of the pipe. This is accomplished by NOV FGS
patented method of incorporating electrically conductive elements into the wall structure of pipe and
fittings during manufacture.
PSX™•L3
A polysiloxane-modified phenolic system for use in normally wet fire protection mains - also suitable
for confined spaces and living quarters due to low smoke and toxicity properties. Also available in a
conductive version.
PSX™•JF
A polysiloxane-modified phenolic system for use in deluge piping (normally dry). PSX™•JF has an
exterior jacket which allows the pipe to function even after 5 minutes dry exposure to a jet fire (follow
by 15 minutes with flowing water). Also available in a conductive version.
1
1.3
STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS
Bondstrand® marine pipe and fittings are designed and manufactured in accordance with the following standards and specifications:
MIL-P-24608A (SH)
U.S. Navy standards for fiberglass piping systems onboard combatant and noncombatant ships.
ASTM (F1173)
U.S. standards for fiberglass piping systems onboard merchant vessels, offshore production and
explorations units.
1.4
CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY APPROVALS
NOV FGS works closely with agencies worldwide to widen the scope of approved shipboard applications for fiberglass pipe systems. Certificates of approval and letters of guidance from the following
agency concerning the use of Bondstrand piping on shipboard systems are currently available from
NOV FGS. Others are pending.
American Bureau of Shipping
Biro Klasifikasi Indonesia
Bureau Veritas
Canadian Coast Guard, Ship Safety Branch
Det Norske Veritas
Dutch Scheepvaartinspectie
DDR-Schiffs-Revision UND-Klassifikation
Germanisher Lloyd
Korean Register of Shipping
1.5
Lloyd’s Register of Shipping
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
Polski Rejestr Statkow
Registro Italiano Navale
Register of Shipping
The Marine Board of Queensland
United States Coast Guard
USSR Register of Shipping
USES AND APPLICATIONS
Series 2000M
Approved for use in air cooling circulating water; auxiliary equipment cooling; ballast/segregated ballast; brine; drainage/sanitary service/sewage; educator systems; electrical conduit; exhaust piping;
fire protection mains (IMO L3) fresh water/service (nonvital); inert gas effluent; main engine cooling;
potable water; steam condensate; sounding tubes/vent lines; and tank cleaning (saltwater system);
submersible pump column piping; raw water loop systems and drilling mud pumping systems.
Series 2000M-FP
Designed for use where pipe is vulnerable to mechanical abuse or impact or for dry deluge service.
Series 5000M
Approved for use in seawater chlorination.
Series 7000M
Approved for use in ballast (adjacent to tanks); C.O.W. (crude oil washing); deck hot air drying (cargo
tanks); petroleum cargo lines; portable discharge lines; sounding tubes/vent cargo piping; stripping
lines and all services listed for Series 2000M in hazardous locations.
2
PSX™•L3
Designed and approved for use in fire protection ring mains and for services in confined spaces of
living quarters where flame spread, smoke density and toxicity are critical.
PSX™•JF
Designed and approved for dry deluge service where pipe may be subject to a directly impinging jet fire.
1.6
JOINING SYSTEMS
Bondstrand® marine and naval pipe systems offer the user a variety of joining methods for both new
construction and for total or partial replacement of existing metallic pipe.
All Series:
1-to 16-inch ....................Quick-Lock® straight/taper adhesive joint;
2-to 24-inch (2000M) ......Van stone type flanges with movable flange rings for easy bolt alignment.
1-to 36-inch ....................One-piece flanges in standard hubbed or hubless heavy-duty configuration.
2-to 36-inch ....................Viking-Johnson or Dresser-type mechanical couplings.
1.7
FITTINGS AND FLANGE DRILLINGS
NOV FGS offers filament-wound fittings, adaptable for field assembly using adhesive, flanged, or rubber-gasketed mechanical joints. Tees, elbows, reducers and other fittings provide the needed complete piping capability.
Bondstrand marine and naval flanges are produced with the drillings listed below for easy connection
to shipboard pipe systems currently in common use. Other drillings, as well as undrilled flanges, are
available.
ANSI B16.5 Class 150 & 300;
ISO 2084 NP-10 & NP-16;
JIS B2211 5kg/cm2;
JIS B2212 10kg/cm2;
JIS B2213 16kg/cm2;
U.S. Navy MIL-F-20042
1.8
CORROSION RESISTANCE
Bondstrand pipe and fittings are manufactured by a filament-winding process using highly corrosionresistant resins. The pipe walls are strengthened and reinforced throughout with tough fiberglass and
carbon fibers (Series 7000 only) creating a lightweight, strong, corrosion-resistant pipe that meets
U.S. Coast Guard Class II and U.S. Navy MIL-P-24608A (SH) standards for offshore and most shipboard systems.
1.9
ECONOMY
Bondstrand offshore piping and Bondstrand marine and naval pipe systems have corrosion resistance
surpassing copper-nickel and more exotic alloys, but with an installed cost less than carbon steel.
Numerous shipyards have recorded their Bondstrand installation costs on new construction projects and
report savings from 30 to 40 percent compared to traditional steel pipe.
3
4
2.0 Design for Expansion & Contraction
2.1
LENGTH CHANGE DUE TO THERMAL EXPANSION
Like other types of piping material, in an unrestrainted condition, Bondstrand fiberglass reinforced
pipe changes its length with temperature. Tests show that the amount of expansion varies linearly
with temperature, in other words, the coefficient of thermal expansion in Bondstrand pipe is constant, it equals to 0.00001 inch per inch per degree Fahrenheit (0.000018 millimeter- per millimeter
per degree centigrade).
The amount of expansion can be calculated by the formula:
L =
where
L T
L = change in length (in. or mm),
= coefficient of thermal expansion (in./in./°F or mm/mm/°C),
L = length of pipeline (in. or mm), and
T = change in temperature (°F or °C).
Example: Find the amount of expansion in 100 feet (30.48 meter) of Series 2000M pipe due to a
change of 90°F (50°C) in temperature:
a. English Units:
L =
where
L T
= 10 x 10-6 in./in./°F
T
L
L
L
=
=
=
=
90°F
100 ft. = 1200 in.
(1200 in.) (10 x 10-6 in./in./°F) (90°F)
1.08 in.
b. Metric Units:
L =
where
L T
= 18 x 10-6 mm/mm/°C
T
L
L
L
=
=
=
=
50°C
30.48 m = 30480 mm
(30480 mm) (18 x 10-6 mm/mm/°C) (50°C)
27.4 mm
Note that 27.4 mm is equal to 1.08 in. which is the calculated thermal expansion for the same length
of pipe due to the same amount of temperature change.
In normal operating temperature range, the length change - temperature relationship can be represented by a straight line as illustrated in Figure 2-1 on the next page.
5
LENGTH CHANGE
MM / 100 M OF PIPE
Fig. 2-1
TEMPERATURE CHANGE (DEG F)
TEMPERATURE CHANGE (DEG C)
2.2
LENGTH CHANGE DUE TO PRESSURE
2.2.1
Unrestrained System
Subjected to an internal pressure, a free Bondstrand pipeline will expand its length due to thrust
force applied to the end of the pipeline. The amount of this change in the pipe length depends on the
pipe wall thickness, diameter, Poisson’s ratio and the effective modulus of elasticity in both axial and
circumferential directions at operating temperature.
L = L
p ID2
4t Dm El
lc
—
p ID2
2t Dm Ec
The first term inside the bracket is the strain caused by pressure end thrust while the second term,
lc
p ID2
2t Dm Ec
is the axial contraction due to an expansion in the circumferential direction, the Poisson’s effect. The
result is a net increase in length which can be calculated by the simplified formula:
L = L
where
p ID2
4t El Dm
1
—
2lc
El
Ec
L = length of pipe (in. or cm.),
p = internal pressure (psi or kg./cm2),
lc
= Poisson’s ratio for contraction in the longitudinal direction due to the
strain in the circumferential direction.
Ec = circumferential modulus of elasticity (psi or kg./cm2),
6
El = longitudinal modulus of elasticity (psi or kg./cm2),
Dm = mean diameter of pipe wall = ID + t,
ID = inside diameter of the pipe (in. or cm.), and
t = thickness of pipe wall (in. or cm.)
Example: Find the length change in 10 meters of Bondstrand Series 2000M, 8-inch pipe which is
subjected to an internal pressure of 145 psi (10 bars) at 75° F (24°C).
Fig. 2-2
a.English Units:
The physical properties of the pipe can be found from BONDSTRAND SERIES 2000M
PRODUCT DATA (FP194):
lc
= 0.56
Ec = 3,600,000 psi
El = 1,600,000 psi
ID = 8.22 in.
t = 0.241 in.
Dm = 8.46 in.
p = 145 psi
L = 394 in.
Note: Physical properties vary with temperature. See Bondstrand Series 2000M Product Data (FP194).
7
145 psi (8.22 in.)2
4 (.241 in.) (8.46 in. ) 1,600,000 psi
L = (394 in.)
1 - 2 (.56)
1,600,000 psi
3,600,000 psi
1 - 2 (.56)
113490 kg/cm2
253105 kg/cm2
L = 0.147 in.
b.
Metric Units:
lc
= 0.56
El = 113490 kg/cm2
Dm = 21.5 cm
ID = 20.9 cm
t = 0.612 cm
p = 10 bars = 10.02 kg/cm2
L = 1000 cm
L = (1000 cm)
10.02 kg/cm2 (20.9 cm)2
4 (.612 cm) (21.5 cm ) (113490 kg/cm2)
L = 0.373 cm
Table 2-I provides the calculated length increase for 100 feet (30.48 meters) of Bondstrand Series 2000M
Pipe caused by 100 psi (7 kg/cm2) internal pressure. The Table is valid through the temperature range of
application. (The effect of temperature on length change due to pressure is small.)
Table 2-I
Size
(in.) (mm.)
2
50
3
80
4
100
6
150
36
900
Length Increase
(in.)
(mm)
0.2
5.0
0.3
7.8
0.3
7.6
0.4
10.2
0.4
10.2
Obtain length increase for other pressure by using a direct pressure ratio correction. For example, to
find the length change caused by 150 psi pressure in a 6-inch pipe, multiply 0.4 inch by the pressure
ratio 150/100 to obtain an amount of 0.6 inch length increase.
8
2.2.2 Restrained Systems
MECHANICAL COUPLING
(Dresser Type)
W.T. BHD.
Fig. 2-3
In the piping system, shown in Figure 2-3, all longitudinal thrusts are eliminated by the use of fixed
supports; therefore, the pipe is subjected only to load in the circumferential direction. Without the
end thrust present, the first term in the equation is dropped and the length change becomes:
L = L
where
-lc
p ID2
2t Ec Dm
L = length of pipe (in. or cm),
p = internal pressure (psi or kg/cm2),
lc
= Poisson’s ratio
Ec
=
circumferential modulus of elasticity, (psi or kg/cm2)
ID = inside diameter of the pipe (in. or cm),
t = thickness of pipe wall (in. or cm),
Dm = mean diameter of pipe wall = ID + t.
Example: Find the change in length in 12 meters (39.4 feet) of restrained Bondstrand Series 2000M,
8-inch diameter pipe operating at 10 bars (145 psi) internal pressure.
a. English Units:
lc
= .56
p = 145 psi
ID = 8.22 in.
t = 0.241 in.
Dm = 8.46 in.
Ec = 3,600,000 psi
L = 472 in.
9
L = (472 in.)(-.56)
145 psi (8.22 in.)2
2 (.241 in.) (8.46 in. ) 3,600,000 psi
L = -.175 in. or .175 in. reduction in length
b.Metric Units:
lc
= .56
p = 10.02 kg/cm2
ID = 20.9 cm
Dm = 21.5 cm
t = 0.612 cm
Ec = 253105 kg/cm2
L = 1200 cm
L = (1200± cm) (-.56)
10.02 kg/cm2 (20.9 cm)2
2 (0.612 cm) (21.5 cm) (253105 kg/cm)2
L = - .442 cm or .442 cm reduction in length
As indicated by the formula and demonstrated by the example, in a restrained installation where a
mechanical coupling is used, application of pressure will result in a contraction of the pipe. This
shortening effect is found favorable in most applications where the designer can use the reduction in
length to compensate for thermal expansion. Conversely, allowances should be made where operating temperature is significantly lower than the temperature at which the system is installed.
2.3
LENGTH CHANGE DUE TO DYNAMIC LOADING
Piping installed on board ship is often subjected to another type of load at the supports which results
from sudden change of the support’s relative location. This dynamic loading should be accounted for
in the design. The degree of fluctuation in length between the two support points depends on the
ship’s structural characteristics, i.e., the ship size, the size of the dynamic load, etc. This type of
movement in the piping system should be considered with other length changes previously discussed; however, calculation of expansion and contraction due to dynamic loading is beyond the
intended scope of this manual.
2.3.1 Equipment Vibration
Under normal circumstances, Bondstrand pipe will safely absorb vibration from pumping if the pipe
is protected against external abrasion at supports.
Vibration can be damaging when the generated frequency is at, or near, the natural resonance frequency of the pipeline. This frequency is a function of the support system, layout geometry, temperature, mass and pipe stiffness.
10
There are two principal ways to control excessive stress caused by vibration. Either install, observe
during operation, and add supports or restraints as required; or add an elastometric expansion joint
or other vibration absorber.
2.4
FLEXIBLE JOINTS, PIPE LOOPS, Z AND L TYPE BENDS
Bondstrand piping is often subjected to temperature change in operation, usually in the range of
50°F to 100°F (32°C to 82°C). Since a piping system operating at low stress level provides
longer service life, it is good practice to reduce the amount of stress caused by thermal and/or pressure expansion. This can be accomplished by using one or more of the following:
A. Flexible Joints
a.1 Mechanical coupling (Dresser-type), or
a.2 Expansion joint.
B. Pipe Loops
C. Z type configurations or change of direction at bends.
2.5
DESIGN WITH FLEXIBLE JOINTS
Both Dresser-type couplings and expansion joints are recognized as standard devices to absorb
thermal expansion. They are easy to use and commercially available.
2.5.1 Mechanical Couplings (Dresser-type)
These are primarily designed to be used as mechanical connection joints. The elastomeric seal offers
some flexibility that will relieve thermal expansion in the pipe; however, this can only absorb a limited
amount of axial movement, usually about 3/8 in. (10mm) per coupling. Thus, more than one coupling
must be used if the expected movement is greater than 3/8 in. (10mm).
It should be noted here that fixed supports are always required in a mechanical system. In moderate
temperature and pressure application, such as often found in ballast piping systems, the total expansion of a 40-foot Bondstrand pipe is within the coupling recommended limit. For additional information on mechanical type couplings see Appendix A.
2.5.2 Expansion Joints
Expansion joints are widely accepted as standard devices to relieve longitudinal thermal stress.
Unlike the mechanical coupling, this joint offers a wider range of axial movement giving more flexibility in design. This is advantageous in long section of pipe such as in cargo piping which sometimes
runs the entire length of the ship. An expansion joint is normally not needed in ballast piping system
where short sections of pipe are anchored at bulkheads.
When an expansion joint is used in the pipeline to relieve longitudinal stress, it must be fairly flexible,
such as a teflon bellows which is activated by the thrust of a low modulus material.
Support for expansion joints must be correctly designed and located to maintain controlled deflection. Besides adding weight, most of these joints act as partial structural hinges which afford only
limited transfer of moment and shear. Where the expansion joint relies on elastomers of thermoplastics, the structural discontinuity or hinging effect at the joint changes with temperature.
When using an expansion joint in a pipeline carrying solids, consider the possibility that it could stiffen or fail to function due to sedimentation build up in the expansion joint. Failure of the expansion
joint could cause excessive pipe deflection. Regular schedule maintenance and cleaning of the
expansion joint is recommended to assure adequate function of the piping system.
11
2.6
DESIGN WITH PIPE LOOPS
Where space is not a primary concern, expansion loops are the preferred method for relieving the
thermal stress between anchors in suspended piping systems since it can be easily fabricated using
pipe and elbows at the job site.
Loops should be horizontal wherever possible to avoid entrapping air or sediment and facilitate drainage.
• For upward loops, air relief valves aid air removal and improve flow. In pressure systems, air
removal for both testing and normal operation is required for safety.
• For downward loops, air pressure equalizing lines may be necessary to permit drainage.
• In both cases, special taps are necessary for complete drainage.
The size of the loop can be determined by using the “Elastic-Center Method.” The concept is outlined as follows:
Fig. 2-4
Consider a properly guided expansion loop as shown in Figure 2-4. The centroid “0” of this structure
is located at the center of the guides A and B, and the line of thrust will lie parallel to a line joining
the guides. The only force that acts on this loop is in the x direction and can be found by the equation.
Fx =
EI
Ix
where
= total linear expansion which will be absorbed by the loop,
Fx
E
I
Ix
=
=
=
=
force in the x direction,
modulus of elasticity of the pipe,
beam moment of inertia of the pipe, and
moment of inertia of the line about the x axis of the centroid.
2
2
2
3
Since Ix
=
+
4
12
2
+
2
2
=
4
2
4
Fx = 4
EI
3
Substituting
M = Fx
and
2
SA = M D
2I
and arranging the required length
=
Where
in terms of other known values we obtain:
1/2
ED
SA
M = bending moment, maximum at elbows,
SA = allowable stress,
D = outside diameter of pipe,
= required length of the expansion loop.
It should be noted here that similar result can be obtained using the Guided Cantilever Method of
pipe flexibility calculation.
Where
= 1
2
4
F
3
EI
=
M 2
4EI
=
SA 2
2ED
1/2
and again
ED
=
SA
Calculation example: Determine the required expansion loop for 8-inch Bondstrand Series 2000M
piping subjected to the following condition:
Operating temperature:
Installation temperature:
Total length of pipe between anchors:
From PRODUCT DATA SHEET
FOR
Allowable bending stress =
65°C (149°F)
20°C (68°F)
100 meter (328 ft)
BONDSTRAND 2000M (FP194) we obtain at 150°F (66°C):
548 kg/cm2 = 183 kg/cm2 (2600 psi)
3
Thermal expansion coefficient
=
18 x 10-6 m/m/°C (10 x 10-6 in/in/°F)
Modulus of elasticity at 65°C
=
91,400 kg/cm2 (1,300,000 psi)
Pipe O.D.
=
22.1 cm (8.7 inch)
First determine the total thermal expansion for the entire length of the pipe section in question:
L
= L T
= 18 x 10-6/°C (45°C) (100 x 102) cm
= 8.1 cm
13
Then
1/2
=
ED
SA
1/2
1/2
=
8.1 cm (91,400 kg/cm2) (22.1 cm)
183 kg/cm2
= 299 cm
= 2.99 meter
Calculation of length
can also be performed in English units:
1/2
=
3.18 in (1,300,000 psi) 8.7 in
2,600 psi
= 9 ft. - 10 in.
which is equivalent to 2.99 meters.
14
= 118 in
15
TABLE 2-II: REQUIRED LENGTH FOR EXPANSION LOOP
Table 2-II tabulates the length of loop in feet and meters required to absorb expansion.
2.7
DESIGN USING Z LOOPS AND L BENDS
Similarly the Z-loop and L-bends can be analyzed by the same guide cantilever method.
=
=
2
Fx 3
4EI
ED
= M 2
4EI
1/2
SA
Fig. 2-5
16
=
SA 2
2ED
Note: In special cases where the pipe is insulated, longer length is needed to compensate for the
stiffer loop members.
The required length
in this case should be adjusted by a factor
(EIinsulated pipe/EI
)1/2
bare pipe
which was derived as follows:
bp
=
1/2
M
2EI
2
bp
bp
=
2
bp
EI
bp
/2
M
bp
1/2
ip
=
M 2ip
2EIip
ip
=
2
ip
EIip2
M
For the same application condition:
bp
=
ip
1/2
ip
=
bp
EIip/EIbp
Loops using 90° elbows change length better than those using 45° elbows. Unlike a 90° turn, a 45°
turn carries a thrust component through the turn which can add axial stress to the usual bending
stress in the pipe and fittings. Alignment and deflection are also directly affected by the angular displacement at 45° turns and demand special attention for support design and location.
A 45° elbow at a free turn with the same increment of length change in each leg will be displaced 86
percent more than a 90° elbow. The relative displacement in the plane of a loop is also more of a
problem. Figure 2-6 illustrates the geometry involved.
Comparison of Displacement in 90° vs. 45° elbows caused by a Unit Length Change:
A. Relative displacement of
elbows permitted to move
freely in a pipe run.
B. Relative displacement
configuration of loops
Fig. 2-6
17
18
TABLE 2-III: REQUIRED LENGTH FOR Z TYPE LOOP AND L BEND
Table 2-III tabulates the length of loop or bend in feet and meters required to absorb expansion.
3.0 Design for Thrust (Restrained Systems)
3.1
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
Occasionally, the layout of a system makes it impossible to allow the pipe to move freely, as for
example, a ballast line running thwart-ships between longitudinal bulkheads. Or it may be necessary
to anchor certain runs of an otherwise free system. In a fully restrained pipe (anchored against movement at both ends), the designer must deal with thrust rather than length change. Both temperature
and pressure produce thrust which must be resisted at turns, branches, reducers and ends. Knowing
the magnitude of this thrust enables the designer to select satisfactory anchors and check the axial
stress in pipe and shear stress in joints. Remember that axial thrust on anchors is normally independent of anchor spacing.
Caution: In restrained systems, pipe fittings can be damaged by faulty anchorage or by untimely
release of anchors. Damage to fittings in service can be caused by bending or slipping of an improperly designed or installed anchor. Also, length changes due to creep are induced by high pressures
or temperatures while pipe is in service. When anchors must later be released, especially in long pipe
runs, temporary anchors may be required to avoid excessive displacement and overstress of fittings.
3.2
THRUST IN AN ANCHORED SYSTEM
Both temperature and pressure produce thrust, which is normally independent of anchor spacing. In
practice, the largest compressive thrust is normally developed on the first positive temperature cycle.
Subsequently, the pipe develops both compressive and tensile loads as it is subjected to temperature and pressure cycles. Neither compressive nor tensile loads, however, are expected to exceed
the thrust on the first cycle unless the ranges of the temperature and pressure change.
3.3
THRUST DUE TO TEMPERATURE
In a fully restrained Bondstrand pipe, length changes induced by temperature change are resisted at
the anchors and converted to thrust. The thrust developed depends on thermal coefficient of expansion, the cross-sectional area, and the modulus of elasticity.
3.4
THRUST DUE TO PRESSURE
Thrust due to internal pressure in a suspended but restrained system is theoretically more complicated. This is because in straight, restrained pipelines with all joints adhesive bonded or flanged, the
Poisson effect produces considerable tension in the pipe wall.
As internal pressure is applied, the pipe expands circumferentially and at the same time contracts
longitudinally. This tensile force is important because it acts to reduce the hydrostatic thrust on
anchors. In lines with elbows, closed valves, reducers or closed ends, the internal pressure works on
the cross-sectional area of the ends. This thrust tends to be about twice as great as the effect of
pressure on the pipe wall.
The concurrent effects of pressure and temperature must be combined for design of anchors.
Similarly, on multiple pipe runs, thrusts developed in all runs must be added for the total effect on
anchors.
19
3.5
FORMULAS FOR CALCULATING THRUST IN RESTRAINED PIPELINES
3.5.1 Thrust Due To Temperature Change In An Anchored Line
The thrust due to temperature change in a system fully restrained against length change is calculated
by:
P =
where
TAEl
P = thrust (lbf or kg),
= coefficient of thermal expansion (in./in./°F or m/m/°C),
T = change in temperature (°F or °C),
El = longitudinal modulus of elasticity at lower temperature (psi or kg/cm2),
A = average cross-sectional area of the pipe wall (in.2 or cm2),
See Table 4-IV.
For example:
= 10 x 10-6in./in./°F
T = 150°F
A = 4.23 in2 for 6 inch pipe
El = 1.6 x 106 psi
then
P = (10 x 10-6)(150)(4.23)(1.6 x 106) = 10,150 lbf. or from Table 3-1
P = 6,770 x 1.5 = 10,150 lbf.
3.5.2
Thrust Due To Pressure In An Anchored System
In a fully restrained system, calculate the thrust between anchors induced by internal pressure using:
P =
where
pDmID
El
2
Ec
(-lc )
P = internal pressure (psi or kg/cm2),
ID = internal diameter (in. or cm),
El = longitudinal modulus of elasticity (psi or kg/cm2),
Ec = circumferential modulus of elasticity (psi or kg/cm2), and
lc
= Poisson’s ratio.
Note: Use elastic properties at lowest operating temperature to calculate maximum expected thrust.
20
For example, assume that
ID = 6.26 in.,
Dm = 6.44 in.,
P = 100 psi.
El = 1.6 x 106 psi,
Ec = 3.6 x 106 psi, and
lc
then
= 0.56
P =
3.14 (100) (6.44) (6.26)
2
(1.6) (0.56) =1,580 lbf (tension)
(3.6)
or read the value of 1,580 lbf from Table 3-Il.
3.5.3
Thrust Due To Pressure On A Closed End
Where internal pressure on a closed end exerts thrust on supports, calculate thrust
using:
where
ID
2
p
4
ID = inside diameter of the pipe (in. or cm).
P =
Values are given in Table 3-Ill.
For example: If there is 100 psi in a 6-inch (6.26 ID) pipe, thrust is
2
P = 3.14 (6.26) x 100 = 3,080 lbf
4
3.6
LONGITUDINAL STRESS IN PIPE AND SHEAR STRESS IN ADHESIVE
Stress in the pipe is given in each of the above cases by:
f =
where
P
A
f = longitudinal stress (psi or kg/cm2).
In the last example for pressure on a closed end:
f = 3,080 = 728psi
4.23
The allowable stress is one third of the longitudinal tensile strength at the appropriate temperature as
given in the Bondstrand Product Data Sheet. For Series 2000M and Series 7000M pipe the allowable
stress at 70°F is 8,500 psi/3.0 = 2830 psi (199 kg/cm2). For short-term effects such as those resulting from green sea loads, a higher allowable stress may be justified.
21
Shear stress in an adhesive bonded joint is:
=
where
P
DjLb
= shear stress in adhesive (psi or kg/cm2),
Dj = joint diamater (in. or cm), see Table 3-IV.
Lb = bond length (in. or cm), see Table 3-IV.
For example: In the case of 100 psi pressure on a closed end 6-inch pipe, as previously calculated:
P = 3,080 lbf
=
3,080
3.14 (6.54) 2.25
= 67 psi
The allowable shear stress for RP-34 adhesive (normally used with Series 2000M products) is 250 psi
(17.6 kg/cm2). The allowable shear stress for RP-60 adhesive (normally used with Series 7000M products) is 212 psi (14.4 kg/cm2).
22
TABLE 3-I
THRUST IN AN ANCHORED PIPELINE DUE TO TEMPERATURE CHANGE
FOR BONDSTRAND PIPING
Note:
1. For temperature change other than 100°F or 100°C use linear ratio for
thrust.
2. Calculations are based on elastic properties at room temperature.
3. Calculations are based on IPS dimensions for sizes 2 to 24 inch, MCI
dimensions for 28 to 36 inch.
23
TABLE 3-II
THRUST FORCE DUE TO INTERNAL PRESSURE IN AN ANCHORED PIPELINE
FOR BONDSTRAND PIPING
Note:
1. For temperature change other than 100 psi or 10 kg/cm2, use linear ratio for tensile
force.
2. Calculations are based on elastic properties at room temperature.
3. Calculations are based on IPS dimensions for sizes 2 to 24 inch, MCI dimensions for
28 to 36 inch.
24
TABLE 3-III
THRUST DUE TO PRESSURE ON A CLOSED END
FOR BONDSTRAND PIPING
Note:
1. For temperature change other than 100 psi or 10 kg/cm2, use linear ratio for thrust.
2. Calculations are based on IPS dimensions for sizes 2 to 24 inch, MCI dimensions for
28 to 36 inch.
25
TABLE 3-IV
ADHESIVE BONDED JOINT DIMENSIONS
Note:
1. Joint Diameters are based on IPS dimensions for sizes 2 to 24 inch, MCI
dimensions for 28 to 36 inch.
2. Adhesive bonded joints are available for field joining of pipe and fittings in size
range 2 to 16 inch. Only adhesive bonded flanges are available for field joints
above 16 inch.
26
4.0 Support Location & Spacing
4.1
GENERAL
This section gives recommendations on placement of supports and maximum support spacing.
These recommendations give minimum support requirements. Additional support may be needed
where pipe is exposed to large external forces as for example, pipe on desk subject to green wave
loading.
Techniques used in determining support requirements for Bondstrand are similar to those used for
carbon steel piping systems; however, important differences exist between the two types of piping.
Each requires its own unique design considerations. For example, Bondstrand averages 16 percent
of the weight of schedule 40 steel, has a longitudinal modulus 14 times smaller, and a thermal coefficient of expansion 50 percent larger.
4.2
ABRASION PROTECTION
Bondstrand should be protected from external abrasion where it comes in contact with guides and
support, particularly in areas of significant thermal expansion, in long runs of pipe on weather decks,
or in passageways which would be affected by dynamic twisting of the ship’s structure. Such protection is achieved through the use of hanger liners, rider bars or pads made of teflon or other acceptable material. Refer to Table 4-I for details.
TABLE 4-I
PIPE HANGER LINER, RIDER BAR, OR PAD MATERIAL
FOR ABRASION PROTECTION
27
4.3
SPANS ALLOWING AXIAL MOVEMENT
Supports that allow expansion and contraction of pipe should be located on straight runs of pipe
where axial movement is not restricted by flanges or fittings. In general, supports may be located at
positions convenient to nearby ships structures, provided maximum lengths of spans are not
exceeded.
4.4
SPAN RECOMMENDATIONS
Recommended maximum spans for Bondstrand pipe at various operating temperatures are given in
Table 4-Il. These spans are intended for normal horizontal piping arrangements, i.e., those which
have no fittings, valves, vertical runs, etc., but which may include flanges and nonuniform support
spacings. The tabular values represent a compromise between continuous and single spans. When
installed at the support spacings indicated in Table 4-Il, the weight of the pipe full of water will produce a long-time deflection of about 1/2 inch, (12.7 mm), which is usually acceptable for appearance
and adequate drainage. Fully continuous spans may be used with support spacings 20 percent
greater for this same deflection; in simple spans, support spacings should be 20 percent less. For
this purpose, continuous spans are defined as interior spans (not end spans), which are uniform in
length and free from structural rotation at supports. Simple spans are supported only at the ends and
are either hinged or free to rotate at the supports. In Table 4-Il, recommendations for support spacings for mechanical joints assume simple spans and 20 ft. (6.1m) pipe length. For additional information regarding the special problems involved in support and anchoring of pipe with mechanical joints,
see Appendix E.
4.4.1
Formula for Calculating Support Spacing for Uniformly Distributed Load
Suspended pipe is often required to carry loads other than its own weight and a fluid with a specific
gravity of 1.0. Perhaps the most common external loading is thermal insulation, but the basic principle is the same for all loads which are uniformly distributed along the pipeline. The way to adjust for
increased loads is to decrease the support spacing, and conversely, the way to adjust for decreased
loads is to increase the support spacing. An example of the latter is a line filled with a gas instead of
a liquid; and longer spans are indicated if deflection is the controlling factor.
For all such loading cases, support spacings for partially continuous spans with a permissible deflection of 0.5 inch are determined using:
1/4
L = 0.258
28
(EI)
w
TABLE 4-II
RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM SUPPORT SPACINGS FOR
PIPE AT 100°F (38°C) AND 150°F (66°C) OPERATING TEMPERATURES
(FLUID SPECIFIC GRAVITY = 1.0)
Note:
1. For 14- through 36-inch diameters, loads tabulated are for Iron Pipe Size and are 7 to 12 percent
less than for Metric Cast Iron sizes. However, recommended spans are suitable for either.
2. Span recommendations apply to normal horizontal piping support arrangements and are calculated
for a maximum long-time deflection of 1/2 inch to ensure good appearance and adequate drainage.
3. Includes Quick-Lock adhesive bonded joints and flanged joints.
4. Maximum spans for mechanically joined pipe are limited to one pipe length.
5. Modulus of elasticity for span calculations:
E = 2,100,000 (psi)-6000 (psi/°F) x T (°F). See Table 4-III.
29
where
L = support spacings, ft.
(EI) = beam stiffness (lb-in2, from Table 4-Ill and 4-IV)
w = total uniformly distributed load (lb/in.).
In metric units:
L = 0.124
where
1/4
(EI)
w
L = support spacings (m)
(El) = beam stiffness (kg-cm2) (from Table 4-Ill and 4-IV)
w = total uniformly distributed load (kg/m)
For example: Calculate the recommended support spacing for 6-inch Bondstrand Series
2000M pipe full of water at 150°F:
1/4
L = 0.258
4.5
1,200,000 x 19.0
1.36
16.5 ft.
SUSPENDED SYSTEM RESTRAINED FROM MOVEMENT
Anchors may be used to restrict axial movement at certain locations (see Section 5 for anchor
details). Such restriction is essential:
• Where space limitations restrict axial movement.
• To transmit axial loads through loops and expansion joints.
• To restrain excessive thrusts at turns, branches, reducers, and ends
• To support valves. This is done not only to support the weight of valves and to reduce thrust, but
it also prevents excessive loads on pipe connections due to torque applied by operation of
valves.
Refer to Section 3 for determining thrust in an anchored system.
TABLE 4-III
MODULUS OF ELASTICITY FOR CALCULATIONS OF SUPPORT SPACINGS
30
In pipe runs anchored at both ends, a method of control must be devised in order to prevent excessive lateral deflection or buckling of pipe due to compressive load. Guides may be required in conjunction with expansion joints to control excessive deflection. Tables 4-V and 4-VI give recommendations
on guide spacing versus temperature change for marine pipe with restrained ends.
4.6
EULER AND ROARK EQUATIONS
The Euler equation is first used to check the stability of the restrained line.
1/2
L =
where
I
T A
L =
unsupported length or guide spacing (in. or cm),
I
beam moment of inertia (in4 or cm4) see Table 4-IV,
=
= coefficient of thermal expansion (in./in./°F or m/m/°C),
A =
T=
cross-sectional area (in2 or cm2) see Table 4-IV,
change in temperature (°F or °C).
The equation gives maximum stable length of a pipe column when fixed ends are assumed.
In Tables 4-V and 4-VI this maximum length is reduced by 25 percent to allow for non-Euler behavior
near the origin of the curve.
31
TABLE 4-IV
PIPE DIMENSIONS AND SECOND MOMENT OF AREAS (SERIES 2000M)
IRON PIPE SIZE (IPS)
METRIC IRON SIZE
Notes:
1. Outside diameters approximate those for iron pipe size, ISO International Standard 559 - 1977 and for
cast iron pipes, ISO Recommendation R13-1965 as follows:
2. Values are for composite moment of area of structural wall and liner cross-section in terms of the
structural wall for Series 2000M. Beam second moment of area is also known as beam moment of
Inertia.
32
Using the length developed by the Euler equation, the weight of and the physical properties at the
operating temperature deflection of a horizontal pipe is calculated using the equation from Roark1:
y =
-wL
2KP
(tan
KL
KL
)
4
4
1/2
where
K =
P/(El)
2
P =
(El)
L2
=
TAE
El = longitudinal modulus of elasticity (psi or kg/cm2), see Table 4-Ill
w = uniform horizontal load (lb/in or kg/cm),
L = guide spacing (in. or cm).
If “y” is less than 0.5 inch (1.27cm), the “L” obtained using the Euler equation is the recommended
guide spacing. If “y” is greater than .5 inch (1.27cm), choose a shorter length “L” and solve the Roark
equation again for “y”. A final length recommendation is thus determined by trial and error when “y”
closely approximates 0.5 inch (1.27cm).
4.7
SUPPORT OF PIPE RUNS CONTAINING EXPANSION .JOINTS
The modulus of elasticity for Bondstrand pipe is approximately 1/14th that of steel pipe. For this reason, the force due to expansion of Bondstrand pipe is not great enough to compress most varieties
of expansion joints used in steel piping systems. Bondstrand requires elastomeric expansion joints.
The use of elastomeric expansion joints has somewhat limited marine applications. These joints have
very limited resistance to external forces and, therefore, are not suitable for use in the bottom of
tanks. However, it can be used for piping systems installed in the double bottoms were hydrostatic
collapse pressure is not a requirement. During the installation careful consideration must be given to
the proper support and guidance.
(1)
R.J. Roark, Formulas for Stress and Strain, 3rd Edition, McGaw-Hill Book Co., New York, 1954.
33
34
Note:
For horizontal pipe, values below the line may be taken from Table 4-II. For vertical pipe, use tabulated values
as shown.
GUIDE SPACING VS. TEMPERATURE CHANGE FOR PIPE WITH
RESTRAINED ENDS
TABLE 4-V
35
Note:
For horizontal pipe, values below the line may be taken from Table 4-II. For vertical pipe, use tabulated values as shown.
GUIDE SPACING VS. TEMPERATURE CHANGE FOR PIPE WITH
RESTRAINED ENDS
TABLE 4-VI
There are also very distinct advantages to these expansion joints. They reduce vibration caused by
equipment, are very compact and lightweight, and will compensate for axial movement.
When using an expansion joint to allow movement between anchors, the expansion joint should be
placed as close as possible to one anchor or the other. The opposite side of the expansion joint
should have a guide placed no further than five times the pipe’s diameter from the expansion joint
with a second guide positioned farther down the pipe. To determine the spacing for the second
guide, find manufacturer’s specifications on force required to compress the joint and refer to Figure
4-1 for recommended spacing.
The horizontal line at the top of each curve represents maximum support spacing for a totally unrestrained system. The lower end of the curve also becomes horizontal at the value for maximum guide
spacing for a totally restrained system. This graph only shows values for pipes smaller than 12 inch
diameter. In large diameters, the slightly increased guide spacing is not great enough to compensate
for the added cost of the expansion joint.
The guide spacing for variable end thrust as produced by an expansion joint may be calculated as
follows:
1/2
L =
1/2
I
TA
=
IEl
F
L = guide spacing (in. or cm.)
F =
TAEl =
force of compressing an expansion joint (lb or kg),
= coefficient of thermal expansion (in/in/°F or m/m/°C).
El = longitudinal modules of elasticity at the highest operating temperature
(psi or kg/cm2), see Table 4-Ill
T = change in temperature (°F or °C),
A = cross-sectional area (in2 or cm2), see Table 4-lV.
I = beam second moment of area (in4 or cm4), see Table 4-IV.
The values shown in Fig. 4-1 are calculated at 100°F (38°C) and reduced by 25 percent. Within the
cross-hatched area, the pipe will crush prior to compression of the expansion joint based on a compressive allowable stress of 20,000 psi (1400 kg/cm2).
36
37
(FEET)
(METERS)
MAXIMUM GUIDE SPACING
(KILOGRAMS FORCE)
(POUNDS FORCE)
AXIAL FORCE COMPRESSING AN EXPANSION JOINT VS. GUIDE SPACING
FIGURE 4-1
4.8
SUPPORTS FOR VERTICAL RUNS
Install a single support anywhere along the length of a vertical pipe run more than about ten feet
(3mm) long. See Section 5 for suggested details. If the run is supported near its base, use loose collars as guides spaced as needed to insure proper stability.
Vertical runs less than ten feet (3mm) long may usually be supported as part of the horizontal piping.
In either case, be sure the layout makes sufficient provision for horizontal and vertical movement at
the top and bottom turns.
In vertical pipe runs, accommodate vertical length changes if possible by allowing free movement of
fittings at either top or bottom or both. For each 1/8 inch (3mm) of anticipated vertical length change,
provide 2 feet (62cm) of horizontal pipe between the elbow and the first support, but not less than 6 feet
(1.9m) nor more than 20 feet (6.1m) of horizontal pipe. If the pipeline layout does not allow for
accommodations of the maximum calculated length change, there are two possible resolutions:
•
Anchor the vertical run near its base and use intermediate guides at the spacing shown in Tables
4-V or 4-VI, or
•
Anchor the vertical run near its base and use intermediate Dresser-type couplings as required to
accommodate the calculated expansion and contraction.
Treat columns more than 100 feet (30m) high (either hanging or standing) as special designs; support
and provision for length change are important. The installer should be especially careful to avoid
movement due to wind or support vibration while joints are curing.
4.9
CASE STUDY: VERTICAL RISER IN BALLAST TANK
A 210,000 DWT Tanker trades between Alaska and Panama. Segregated ballast tanks next to cargo
tanks are served by 16 inch (400mm) Bondstrand Series 7000M pipe with RP-60 adhesive as shown
in Figure 4-2. Maximum working pressure is 225 psi (15.5 bars). Maximum cargo temperature is
130ºF (54ºC). Minimum cargo temperature is 70ºF (21ºC). Minimum ballast water temperature in
Alaska is 30ºF (-1ºC). Length of riser is 80 ft. (24.4m). Ambient temperature at time of pipe installation
is 70ºF (21ºC). Maximum ambient temperature in Panama is 110ºF (43ºC).
4.9.1 What relative movement is expected between bottom of riser and bulkhead assuming no restraint on riser and no dresser-type couplings in the riser pipe?
Maximum relative movement due to temperature occurs when the steel bulkhead is at cargo temperature (1300F) and the fiberglass pipe is at minimum ballast water temperature (300F); i.e. at time of
loading cargo in Alaska.
Expansion of bulkhead
=
=
=
L T
6.38 x 10-6 (80 x 12) (130 - 70)
0.37 inches
Contraction of pipe
=
=
L T = 10 x 10-6(80 x 12) (70 - 30)
0.38 inches
Total relative movement due to temperature
=
0.37 + 0.38 = 0.75 inch
Note that pressure in the pipe under these conditions will cause the pipe to lengthen and reduce the
relative movement between pipe and bulkhead.
Maximum relative movement due to pressure will occur at ambient temperature during ballasting in
Panama.
38
VERTICAL RISER IN BALLAST TANK
FIGURE 4-2
39
L = (80 x 12)
225 (15.19)2
4 (.47) 1,6000,000 (15.66)
1-2 (.56) 1.6
3.6
= 0.53 inches or see Table 2-I
Thus the maximum expected relative movement is 0.75 inch as caused by temperature.
4.9.2 Does the pipeline layout below the riser allow enough flexibility to absorb the expected relative movement?
The eductor is rigidly anchored to prevent vibration; therefore, the riser support forms a Z loop.
Interpolating from Table 2-Ill for a length change of 0.75 inch, the required leg length is 9.5 ft. Since
the layout provides only 3 ft., there is insufficient flexibility to absorb movement.
Two solutions are possible:
A. Anchor the riser pipe near the bottom and provide guides as required to prevent buckling.
B. Insert Dresser-type couplings into the riser pipe to absorb the expected movement.
4.9.3 Solution A: Restrain the riser pipe
El at 30ºF = 2,100,000 — 6,000 (30) = 1,920,000 psi
Force on anchor, P = ElA L/L
= 1,920,000 (22.5) 0.75/(80x12)
= 33,750 lbf. due to temperature change
Note that pressure causes a reduction in anchor force due to temperature.
From Table 3-Il, the force due to pressure alone is
P = 9260 (225/100) = 20,840 lbf.
Thus the anchor must be designed for 33,750 lbf.
The guide spacing should be established for a condition of empty ballast tank in Panama (110°F) and
full cargo tank at 70°F. The pipe T = 110-70=40°F. From Table 4-VI the guide spacing is 52 feet.
Since the maximum unguided length is 30 ft., no additional guides would be required.
Check maximum tensile stress in pipe wall: In this case, assume hot cargo tank, cold ballast tank
and maximum pressure occur simultaneously.
f = (33,750 + 20,840)/22.5
= 2,426 psi < 2,830 psi allowable
Check shear stress in RP—60 adhesive (See Table 3-IV):
a = (33,750 + 20,840)/[ir(15.91)(4.00)]
= 273 psi > 212 psi allowable
Solution A is not feasible due to shear stress in adhesive.
40
4.9.4
Solution B: Dresser-type couplings. Contraction in riser pipe due to pressure:
L = (80 x 12)
225 (15.9)2
(.56) 2(.47) 3,600,000 (15.19 + .47)
= 0.53 inches
Thus the total contraction due to pressure and temperature is 0.75 + 0.53 = 1.28 inches. Each coupling allows 0.375 inch movement (See Appendix A) without gasket scuffing. However, considering
the infrequent nature of the worse-case condition, two couplings should be sufficient. Light duty
anchors will be required between couplings.
The riser bottom should be anchored against closed-end force. From Table 3-Ill, the force is:
P = 18,100 (225/100) = 40,740 lbf.
For anchor details see Section 5.
41
42
5.0 Anchor And Support Details
5.1
INTRODUCTION
Proper support of fiberglass piping systems is essential far the success of marine fiberglass installations. In dealing with installations of fiberglass pipe by shipyards, riding crews, arid owners throughout the world, the need for a Chapter dedicated to commonly used installation details has become
evident.
The recommendations and details herein are based on sound engineering principles and experience
in successful fiberglass piping installations. They are offered as alternatives and suggestions for evaluation, modification and implementation by a qualified Marine Engineer. Taking short cuts to save
material or cost can cause grave consequences.
Notes: 1. Unless otherwise indicated, details are considered suitable for all approved piping systems.
2. Details are not intended to show orientation. Assemblies may be inverted or turned horizontal for
attachment to ship’s structure, bulkhead or deck. Good practice requires that support lengths in pipe
runs provide the minimum dimensions needed for clearance of nuts and bolts.
3. Location, spacing and design of hangers and steel supports are to be determined by the shipyard,
naval architect, or design agency. The necessary properties of fiberglass pipe are found in Chapters 2,
3 and 4.
4. Fiberglass piping systems on board ships are often designed to absorb movement and length changes
at mechanical joints. To control deflections, the designer must allow for the weight and flexibility (hinge
effect) introduced by mechanical couplings or expansion joints. See Appendix E.
5. Detailed dimensions are in inches and (mm) unless otherwise indicated.
6. Flange gaskets shall be 1/8 in. (3mm) thick, full face elastomeric gaskets with a Shore A Durometer
hardness of 60 + 5. A Shore flurometer hardness of 50 or 60 is recommended for elastomeric pads.
7. Refer to ASTM F708 for additional details regarding standard practice for design and installation of
rigid pipe hangers.
5.2
DETAILS
5.2.1
Water Tight Bulkhead Penetration, Flanged One End (Figure 5—1 On Following Page)
All water tight bulkheads and deck penetrations must be accomplished in steel and/or a non-ferrous
metal capable of being welded water tight to the steel structure and must comply with classification
societies rules. Fiberglass pipe can be attached to this penetration by a mechanical coupling
(Dresser-type) between the metallic spool piece and fiberglass plain end. A step down coupling can
also be used when the diameter of the metallic spool piece differs from the outside diameter of the
fiberglass pipe.
Note:
All spool pieces must be aligned with the longitudinal axis of the piping system within tolerance permitted by the mechanical coupling manufacturer regardless of the deck or bulkhead slope.
43
Fig. 5—1
5.2.2 Water Tight Bulkhead Penetration, Flanged Both Ends (Figure 5—2 )
The difference between this water tight spool piece and the previous one is the incorporation of
flanges at both ends of the water tight bulkhead. This spool piece penetration is commonly used if a
valve must be attached at the bulkhead penetration as required for design, safety reasons or classification society rules.
The alignment between the steel and fiberglass flanges must be within the tolerance discussed later
in Paragraph 5.2.13 and shown by Figure 5—13. Special attention is required when valves are
mounted on the flanges; lock washers shall be placed on the steel side (compressed by the nut) and
flat washers on the fiberglass side (supported by the bolt).
Fig. 5—2
5.2.3 Adjustable Water Tight Bulkhead Penetration, Flanged or Plain End. (Figure 5—3)
This particular spool piece connection allows tack welding at the bulkhead prior to final assembly so
that the pipe is truly aligned, thus relieving fabrication stresses in the system. Two tanks can be
aligned simultaneously with the use of this adjustable bulkhead penetration for proper alignment of
the fiberglass pipe and fittings.
44
Fig. 5—3
5.2.4 Anchor Supports. (Figure 5—4)
This particular detail uses fiberglass saddle stock halfcollars to anchor the pipe and prevent longitudinal displacement along the axis. The gap between each 1800 saddle and the flat bar type clamp is
1/8 in. (3mm). These steel clamps are fabricated by the shipyard conforming to I.P.S. or M.C.I. outside diameters.
Notes: 1. The steel clamp should fit squarely against the angle bar support where the clamp will be bolted.
Inserts, washers and spacers should not be used.
2. For thickness of the steel clamps refer to Note 3 under Paragraph 5.1.
5.2.5
Pipe Anchor Using 1800 Saddle Stock Full Collar (Figure 5—5 On Preceding Page)
This anchor support is accomplished in the same manner as Figure 5—4. It restricts the pipe from
axial movement. The additional saddles will increase the area of contact between the saddle and the
pipe to accommodate axial forces.
Calculations of thrust are discussed in Chapter 3. If the shear value of the adhesive to be used on a
particular systems is exceeded (see Section 3.6), alternate types of anchors should be used; especially at fittings. See Figures 5—8 and 5—9 for examples.
Fig. 5—4
45
Fig. 5—5
5.2.6
Anchor Supports Using Full Metal Clamp (Figure 5—6)
The flat bar clamp is designed to restrain the pipe from axial movement. Saddle stock is installed on
both sides of the steel clamp. In order to hold the pipe without damage see Table 5—1 below for
recommended space between the bottom part of the clamp and upper part of the clamp.
For small pipe diameters 1—6 in. (25—150mm) it is useful to use a 1/4 thick (6mm) neoprene pad
(Durometer A 50—60) compressed between the pipe and metal clamp. This will not prevent movement of the pipe in the axial direction. To prevent movement, the pipe must be properly anchored
with saddle supports using half or full collars depending on the thrust imposed by the hydrostatic
pressure or temperature change in the piping system.
Notes: 1. The steel clamp should fit squarely against the angle bar support where the clamp will be bolted.
Inserts, washers and spacers should not be used.
2. For thickness of the steel clamps refer to Note 3 under Paragraph 5.1.
TABLE 5—I
NPS
1
1
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
46
1/2
Clearance At Bolts
(Without Liner)
(in)
(mm)
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
5/8
5/8
5/8
3
3
3
6
6
10
10
12
12
16
16
16
NPS
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
Clearance At Bolts
(Without Liner)
(in)
(mm)
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
5.2.5
Pipe Anchor Using 180º Saddle Stock Full Collar (Figure 5—5)
This anchor support is accomplished in the same manner as Figure 5—4. It restricts the pipe from
axial movement. The additional saddles will increase the area of contact between the saddle and the
pipe to accommodate axial forces.
Calculations of thrust are discussed in Chapter 3. If the shear value of the adhesive to be used on a
particular systems is exceeded (see Section 3.6), alternate types of anchors should be used; especially at fittings. See Figures 5—8 and 5—9 for examples.
5.2.6
Anchor Supports Using Full Metal Clamp (Figure 5—6)
The flat bar clamp is designed to restrain the pipe from axial movement. Saddle stock is installed on
both sides of the steel clamp. In order to hold the pipe without damage see Table 5—1 below for
recommended space between the bottom part of the clamp and upper part of the clamp.
For small pipe diameters 1—6 in. (25—150mm) it is useful to use a 1/4 thick (6mm) neoprene pad
(Durometer A 50—60) compressed between the pipe and metal clamp. This will not prevent movement of the pipe in the axial direction. To prevent movement, the pipe must be properly anchored
with saddle supports using half or full collars depending on the thrust imposed by the hydrostatic
pressure or temperature change in the piping system.
Fig. 5—6
Fig. 5—7
47
5.2.7 Anchor Supports Using Flat Bar Top Half and Steel Shape Bottom (Figure 5—7 Previous Page)
This type of anchor support is similar in purpose to that shown in Figure 5—6. Many shipyards prefer
this type.
Caution: Dimensions of the steel clamp must provide for a loose fit around the fiberglass pipe when attached to
the steel angle shape below. If the pipe is clamped against the flat steel surface on the bottom half, the
force imposed at the tangential point of contact between the pipe and steel can damage the fiberglass
pipe. (See Table 5—I). For diameters greater than 8 inches this problem is less severe due to increased
thickness of the pipe wall. (See Chapter 4, Table 4—IV)
Note:
The supports shown in Figs. 5—4, 5—5, 5—6 and 5—7 are designed to restrain axial movement of the
pipe when they are fitted with 180 deg. saddles.
5.2.8 Thrust Support For 90º and 45º Elbows (Figure 5—8 on Following Page)
The thrust support plate of Figure 5—8 is used when the hydrostatic force or thrust in the piping system will exceed the shear strength of the adhesive bonded joint. It is recommended that this type of
support be used in transferring the load from the joint directly into the body of the fitting. The fitting
will absorb thrust imposed on the piping system. The support plate will be permanently attached to
the standard foundation detail produced by the shipyard with addition of a torsional support plate
bolted directly onto a flange of the elbow to prevent a torsional displacement of the fitting.
It is recommended that a .394 in. (10mm) thick neoprene pad with a Durometer A of 50-60 be
installed between the thrust support plate and the outside of the elbow completely covering the
inside curved surface which will contact the pipe. The neoprene pad should be fully compressed
against the thrust plate. If the thrust plate support cannot be made into a smooth radius, an alternative method is to weld together straight plates (Lobster-Back configuration). In this case the neoprene pad must be sufficiently thick so that when the pad is compressed between the fitting and the
Lobster-Back support, a full contact of the outside diameter of the pipe is accomplished with the
compression of the neoprene pad. This assures that the forces will be transmitted directly to the
steel thrust support plate and no slippage will occur by an improperly compressed neoprene pad.
Note:
It is recommended that a mechanical coupling (Dresser-type only) be incorporated on either side of the
fitting using thrust support plates to allow axial movement in the piping system and relieve part of the
thrust imposed on the fitting. This practice has been used successfully in previous installations. See
Note in Section 5.2.9.
5.2.9 Thrust Support Plate For Tees (Figure 5—9 On Page 5.8)
The thrust support plate of Figure 5—9 is used when the hydrostatic force or thrust in the piping system will exceed the shear strength of the adhesive bonded joint. It is recommended that this type of
support be used in transferring the load from the joint directly into the body of the fitting. The fitting
will absorb thrust imposed on the piping system. The thrust support plate for the tee is simpler in
design than the previous thrust support for elbows. The construction is straight and simple without
compound curvature and can be accomplished by rolling the plate to conform to the outside diameter of the tee.
48
Fig. 5—8
49
Fig. 5—9
The accommodation of the neoprene pad will be the same as Figure 5—8 with the objective to transfer the thrust force of the piping system into the thrust support plate and not into the flange or bonded joints of the tee. Because of the geometrical configuration of the tee, a torsional plate will not be
required. All the rest of the recommendations previously discussed in Figure 5—8 are also applicable
to the tee support.
Note:
It is advisable to coat the U bolts which hold the elbows and tees against the thrust support plates
with Amercoat, urethane or similar coatings to protect against corrosion, and also cushion between the
fittings and the U bolt. Another method used by some shipyards is to introduce a neoprene sleeve
around the U bolts. This Note applies to all supports using U bolts.
5.2.10 Anchor Support Plate Bolted to a Flanged Fitting (Figure 5—10 On Following Page)
This anchor support is used for flange fittings when the hydrostatic forces imposed by the design of
the piping system do not exceed the adhesive shear stress value. (See Section 3.6 of this manual.)
Figure 5—10 shows the plate pattern covering a minimum of four bolts (for all pipe sizes). Figure 5—
10 shows a design used by shipyards to anchor large diameter elbows. See Note 3 on page 5.2.
5.2.11 Steel Supports for Large and Small Valves (Figure 5—11 On Page 5.10)
The steel supports shown in Figure 5—11 apply for various kinds of valves. Valves in sizes 4 in. and
under are relatively light can normally be supported with a single support. Gate valves and similar
large and heavy valves in sizes 6 in. and up require two supports to accommodate the weight and
directly transmit it to the ship’s structure. Valves such as globe or gate valves with reach rods
extending to the above decks require double support.
See Table 5—Il below for required number of bolts in support plates.
50
Fig. 5—10
Flanged plates must be properly designed to support the weight of valves and transmit it directly to
the ship’s structure. It is recommended that all steel components in a piping system be supported.
This will prevent shifting the weight to the fiberglass piping system.
TABLE 5—Il
Flange
Size
Required Minimum
Number Of Bolts
Attached To
Support Plate
1
1
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
8
1/2
Note:
Flange
Size
Required Minimum
Number Of Bolts
Attached To
Support Plate
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
Flanges should be two-hole oriented as a general practice in shipbuilding.
51
Fig. 5—11
5.2.12 Guidance Support for Fiberglass Pipe. Teflon Sliding Pad (Figure 5—12)
This simple design has been adopted almost universally for guides in ship construction. Teflon has
self—lubricating properties which help to reduce friction between the surface of the pipe and the
steel without inducing abrasion on the fiberglass component. Teflon also is inert to most chemicals
and petroleum derivatives used in tank ships, white product, and chemical carriers. The minimum
thickness of the teflon pad is recommended to be 1/5 inch (5mm). Teflon thickness should be
increased proportionally to the largest size of the piping system i.e., 1/4 inch (6mm) for 20 inches and
above. The teflon pad can be utilized (or installed) in different configurations, some shipyards feel
that the teflon pad in conjunction with the holes for the U bolt will be sufficient. Others shipyards prefer to have an indentation on the teflon pad to prevent any sliding in the center between the two
holes supporting the pad. The third anchor point will be in the center of the teflon pad and the metal
bar as shown as an alternative on Figure 5—12. It is also recommended that the U bolts be coated
with Amercoat, urethane or hot dip coating to prevent corrosion.
5.2.13 Maximum Flange Misalignment Allowance (Figure 5—13)
The Table in Figure 5—13 shows allowable misalignment for flanges from 1—16 inches diameter and
from 18—36 inches diameter. It is recommended that these allowances not be exceeded in order to
accomplish a proper seal between flanges without inducing unacceptable stresses.
52
Fig. 5—12
Fig. 5—13
53
5.2.14 Pipe Misalignment Between Supports (Figure 5—14)
The Table in Figure 5—14 shows allowable misalignment for different sizes of pipe assuming 20 ft.
(6m) between supports. Figure 5—14 also provides a formula to calculate the maximum misalignment between supports for other support spacings.
Note:
When joints are made with mechanical couplings, see manufacturer’s literature for permissible
misalignment.
Fig. 5—14
2
H=H x
20
C
400
Where
H = Total allowable
misalignment in (in.)
C = Support span in (ft.)
H = See Table
20
Notes: 1. For supports spans other than 20 feet the total misalignment can be calculated using the
above formula
2. Misalignment applicable applicable to any direction parallel to axis
54
6.0 Internal and External Pressure Design
6.1
INTERNAL PRESSURE
Pi =
2st
(OD—t)
Where:
Pi = rated internal pressure, psi or kg/cm2,
s = allowable hoop stress, 6000 psi. (422kg/cm2) for Series 2000M
and 7000M Bondstrand pipe,
OD = minimum outside diameter (in. or cm) see Table 4—IV,
t = minimum reinforced wall thickness (in. or cm) = tt — ti,
tt = minimum total thickness (in. or cm) see Table 4—IV,
tl = liner thickness, 0.020 in. (0.51 cm) for Series 2000M, zero for
Series 7000M.
(OD - t) = ID + t + 2tl
ID = inside diameter (in. or cm).
To convert pressure in psi to bars, divide by 14.5. To convert pressure in kg/cm2 to bars, divide by
1.02.
Based on the formula given above, the rated operating pressure for Series 2000M and Series 7000M
pipe is tabulated in Table 6—I. This provides long—term performance in accordance with the cyclic
Hydrostatic Design Basis (ASTM D2992, Method A) and provides a 4 to 1 safety factor on short—
term hydrostatic performance as required by proposed ASTM Marine Piping Specifications.
Note:
Fittings and/or mechanical couplings may reduce the system working pressure below that
shown in Table 6—I. See Bondstrand Product Data Sheets FP168 and FP169 and coupling manufacturer’s literature.
55
TABLE 6—I
Rated Internal Operating Pressure for Series 2000M and Series 7000M Pipe
Nominal
Diameter
in.
mm
2
50
3
80
4
100
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600
28
700
30
750
36
900
Note:
Rated Internal
Operating Pressure
at 2000F (930C)
psi
bar
550
38
450
31
450
31
300
21
300
21
300
21
300
21
300
21
300
21
300
21
300
21
300
21
300
21
300
21
300
21
Fittings and flanges have a lower pressure rating than the pipe.
6.2 EXTERNAL COLLAPSE PRESSURE.
Pc =
Where
2Ec ta3
(1-cl) ID3
Pc = external collapse pressure (psi or kg/cm2),
Ec = effective circumferential modulus of elasticity (psi or kg/cm2), see Table
6—Il,
ta = average reinforced wall thickness (in. or cm), .875 is used because the
minimum thickness is 87.5% of nominal.
= (tt / .875) — tl
tt = minimum total thickness (in. or cm) see Table 4—IV,
tl = liner thickness, 0.020 in. (0.51 cm) for Series 2000M, zero for Series
7000M,
ID = pipe inside diameter (in. or cm), see Table 4—IV,
l = Poisson’s ratio for contraction in the circumferential direction due to
tensile stress in the longitudinal direction, see Table 6—Il,
56
c = Poisson’s ratio for contraction in the longitudinal direction due to the
tensile stress in the circumferential direction, see Table 6—II.
To convert external pressure in psi to bars, divide by 14.5. Atmospheric pressure at sea level is 14.7
psi. To convert kg/cm2 to bars, divide by 1.02.
When installing pipe in the bottom of tanks, the pipe must resist the combined external fluid pressure
and internal suction. It is assumed that a positive displacement pump can pull a maximum of 75 percent vacuum. The designer should also allow for a safety factor of 3 in accordance with proposed
ASTM Specifications. Thus the allowable hydrostatic head, H in ft. is:
H = 2.31
[
Pc
3.0
— 11.0
]
Tabulated values of allowable hydrostatic head are shown in Table 6—Ill on page 6.6 for temperatures of 1000F(380C) and 2000F(930C). For example, calculate the collapse pressure and
allowable hydrostatic head in English units for 12 inch Series 2000M pipe at 2000F:
ID = 12.35 inch
tt = 0.351 inch
tl = 0.020 inch
ta = (.351/.875) — .020 = .381 inch
2(2.20 x 106).3813
Pc =
= 181 psi
[ 1 - .7 (.41)] 12.353
H = 2.31
[
181
3.0
— 11.0
]
= 114 ft.
Or read the appropriate values from Table 6—Ill.
Table 6—Il
Elastic Properties for Calculation of External Collapse Pressure for Series 2000M and 7000M Pipe
Temperature
ºF
ºC
70
21
100
38
150
66
200
93
Ec
psi
3.15 x
3.06 x
2.90 x
2.20 x
106
106
106
i06
kg/cm2
2.21 x 105
2.15 x 105
2.04 x 105
1.55 x 105
c
l
0.56
0.57
0.60
0.70
0.37
0.38
0.39
0.41
Note: Ec is based on external collapse tests per ASTM D2924. Values of Poisson’s ratio are based on
tests per ASTM D1599
57
TABLE 6—Ill
External Collapse Pressure and Allowable Hydrostatlc Head
for Series 2000M and Series 7000M Pipe
Nom. Pipe
Size
(in)
(mm)
2
50
3
80
4
100
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600
28
700
30
750
36
900
58
1000F(380C)
2000F(930c)
Collapse
Allowable
Collapse
Allowable
Pressure
Hydrostatic Head
Pressure
Hydrostatlc Head
(psi)
(Bars)
(ft)
(in)
(psi)
(Bars)
(ft)
(in)
2,331
160
1,770
540
1,855
565
1,403
427
637
43.9
465
142
507
35.0
365
111
703
48.5
516
157
559
38.6
405
123
234
16.1
155
47
186
12.8
118
36
231
15.9
153
47
184
12.7
116
35
231
15.9
153
47
184
12.7
116
35
228
15.7
150
46
181
12.5
114
35
228
15.7
150
46
181
12.5
114
35
228
15.7
150
46
181
12.5
114
35
227
15.6
149
45
181
12.5
114
35
227
15.6
149
45
181
12.5
114
35
226
15.5
149
45
180
12.4
114
35
226
15.5
149
45
180
12.4
114
35
226
15.5
149
45
180
12.4
114
35
225
15.5
148
45
179
12.3
112
34
7.0 Hydraulics
7.1
INTRODUCTION
When comparing Fiberglass and carbon steel piping systems it becomes evident that selection of
Fiberglass pipe can result in significant savings due to favorable hydraulic properties.
7.2
HEAD LOSS
The frictional head loss in a pipe is a function of velocity, density, and viscosity of the fluid; and of
the smoothness of the bore, and the length and diameter of the pipe. Therefore, the best means of
minimizing this pressure drop in a particular piping service is to minimize the internal roughness of
the pipe. This internal roughness causes movement of the fluid particles in the boundary layer adjacent to the pipe wall, which causes flow through the pipe to be impeded.
Fiberglass pipe has a smoother inner surface than new steel piping. There is an even more significant
difference between the inner surface of Fiberglass and steel pipe after the pipes have been in service
for a while. In most systems Fiberglass maintains its low head loss performance for life.
Fiberglass does not scale, rust, pit or corrode electrolytically or galvanically. It resists growth of bacterial algae, and fungi that could build up on the inner surface. Also, Fiberglass has high chemical
and abrasion resistance. In marine applications, where pipelines are usually short, the major portion
of the total pressure drop in a system occurs in the valves and fittings. It is customary to express the
resistance of valves and fittings in terms of equivalent length of pipe, these are added to the actual
length for purposes of pressure drop calculation for the total system.
7.3
FORMULAS FOR CALCULATING HEAD LOSS IN PIPE
The Hazen-Williams equation is convenient for calculating head loss. For full flow, this equation, with
a C factor of 150, predicts head loss with sufficient accuracy for nearly all water piping situations.
Fluids other than water require a more universal solution such as given by the Darcy-Weisbach equation. This section gives the information needed to solve these head loss problems for fluids such as
crude oil and salt brine. Head loss for two-phase fluids such as sludges and slurries is not covered.
7.3.1 Hazen—Williams Equation (For Water Pipe, Full Flow)
An equation commonly used for calculating head loss in water piping is that published by Hazen and
Williams. Solving for head loss, this equation becomes
HL = 1046
[
Q
C ID2.63
]
1 . 852
Where HL = head loss (feet per 100 feet of pipe),
Q = discharge (gallons per minute), (U.S. gallon)
C = Hazen-Williams Factor (C = 150 for Bondstrand), and
ID = inside diameter of pipe (inches).
59
In International System (SI) units, this equation is
HL = 1068
[
Q
C ID2.63
HL =
where
]
1 . 852
head loss (meters per 100 meters of pipe),
Q =
discharge (cubic meters per second),
C =
Hazen—Williams factor (C = 150 for Bondstrand), and
ID =
inside diameter of pipe (meters).
7.3.2 Darcy-Weisbach Equation (For All Fluids, Full Flow)
The solution of the Darcy-Weisbach equation is complicated by the fact that the Darcy friction factor,
f, is itself a variable. Solutions for f may be obtained using handbooks, or by using a programmable
calculator, for both laminar and turbulent flow conditions.
Figure 7-1 gives the head loss versus discharge for water flowing in Bondstrand pipe based on the
Darcy-Weisbach equation
HL = f
[
L
V2
ID
2g
]
Where HL = frictional resistance (meters),
f = Darcy friction factor,
L = length of pipe run (meters),
ID = internal diameter of pipe (meters),
V = average velocity of fluid (meters per second), and
g = gravitational constant = 9.806 meters per second2.
The frictional resistance is obtained in feet by the same equation if all units of length are changed to
feet and the gravitational constant is changed to 32.2 feet per second2. When using Figure 7-1, convert discharge in gal/mm to cu in/sec by multiplying by 0.0000631.
The variable Darcy friction factor can be determined for any fluid in the turbulent range of flows by
use of the Moody equations.
f = 0.0055
[
1 +
[
20,000
ID
106
+
R
]
1/3
]
in which = pipe roughness (meters),
R =
ID
Where
60
= Reynold’s Number,
=
kinematic viscosity of the fluid (square meters per second).
If the Reynold’s Number falls below 2000, the flow can be assumed to be laminar. Then the Darcy
friction factor becomes
f =
64
R
Roughness Parameter — The smoothness of the inside pipe surface over the life of Bondstrand pipe produces lower frictional
head loss compared to most other piping materials. The lower head loss means lower pressures will
be required to produce an equivalent discharge, thereby also conserving pumping energy.
Tests of Bondstrand pipe show that the roughness is 5.3 x 106 meters (1.7 x 106 feet). There is a high
probability that this low level roughness will be sustained, and will not be increased due to corrosion
and incrustation as often the case with steel piping, which may double in roughness under certain
conditions.
Kinematic Viscosity of Fluid — Increase in fluid viscosity leads to increased head loss. Table 7—I illustrates the effect of kinematic
viscosity on head loss for several common fluids. Kinematic viscosity is defined as the absolute viscosity divided by the density. It varies with temperature. The kinematic viscosity for water at room
temperature is 0.000001115 square meters per sec (0.000012 sq. ft per sec)
Figure 7-2 shows how head loss and flow are affected by kinematic viscosity. The transition between
laminar flow and turbulent flow in 6-in. pipe is seen in the plot for a fluid having a kinematic viscosity
of 0.001 square feet per second.
7.4
HEAD LOSS IN FITTINGS
Head loss for water flow in fittings 2 through 36 in. in diameter may be determined by the above
methods after obtaining their equivalent pipe lengths using Figure 7-3. For example, find the equivalent pipe length (Le) for water flowing through a 6-in. diameter elbow at a rate of 0.003 meters3 per
second. Beginning at the bottom of the chart given in Figure 7-3 at a flow of 0.003 meters3 per second, proceed vertically to intersect the 6-in. diameter curve, and read Le = 6 meters on the left ordinate. Multiply this value by the resistance coefficient, K, given for 90 degree elbows in Table 7-Il to
obtain equivalent pipe length,
Le = 6 x 0.5 = 3 meters.
Head loss in the fitting is then determined as the head loss in this equivalent length of pipe. The
resistance coefficients from Table 7-III may be used in similar fashion for reducers.
Although the Darcy friction factor, f, for water was used in the development of Figure 7-3, the equivalent pipe length obtained may then be used to estimate head loss for the actual fluid in the system.
With a known Darcy friction factor, the equivalent length of pipe for any size and type of fitting can
be determined using the appropriate resistance coefficient, K, from Table 7-Il and the equation
Le = K ID/f
provided Le and ID are given in the same units.
61
62
Figure 7—1
Head Loss For Water as a Function of Flow Rate
Figure 7—2
Effect of Kinematic Viscosity on Head Loss vs. Discharge for 6-inch Pipe Flowing Full
Table 7-I
Head Loss for Various Flowing at 500 GPM in a 6-Inch Bondstrand Marine Pipe
63
64
Figure 7-3
Equivalent Pipe Length of Fittings
TABLE 7-Il
Resistance Coefficients for Bondstrand Fittings and Metal Valves
Description
45º Elbow Standard
0.3
45º Elbow Single Miter
0.5
90º Elbow Standard
0.5
90º Elbow Single Miter
1.4
90º Elbow Double Miter
0.8
90º Elbow Triple Miter
0.6
180º Return Bend
1.3
Tees
0.4
1.4
1.7
>T
>T
>T
Gate Valve Open
3/4 Open
1/2 Open
1/4 Open
Diaphragm Valve Open
3/4 Open
1/2 Open
1/4 Open
Globe Valve Bevelseal, Open
1/2 Open
Check Valve Swing
Disk
Ball
Note:
K
0.17
0.9
4.5
24.0
2.3
2.6
4.3
21.0
6.0
9.5
2.0
10.0
70.0
Coefficients are for fittings with no net change in velocity.
65
TABLE 7-Ill
Resistance Coefficients for Bondstrand Reducers, Tapered Body
11/2
2
2
3
3
4
4
6
6
8
8
10
10
7.5
SIZE
X 1
X 1
X 11/2
X 11/2
X 2
X 2
X 3
X 3
X 4
X 4
X 6
X 6
X 8
K
0.5
2.8
0.3
3.7
0.7
2.9
0.1
3.1
0.7
3.3
0.1
1.5
0.2
12
12
14
14
16
16
18
18
20
20
24
24
30
SIZE
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
8
10
10
12
12
14
14
16
16
18
18
20
24
K
0.8
0.1
0.12
0.01
0.08
0.03
0.16
0.02
0.13
0.02
0.17
0.07
0.22
CARGO DISCHARGE TIME AND ENERGY SAVINGS
The advantage of low friction loss in Fiberglass smooth bore pipe has been explained in EB-19,
“HEAD LOSS IN BONDSTRAND VERSUS STEEL.” This section will focus on another aspect of this
topic, namely energy savings in cargo tank discharge, and how loading and unloading time can be
reduced by using Bondstrand piping products.
7.5.1 Pump Flow Rate
Consider a typical pump operating at a certain pressure P1 to overcome friction loss in the piping
system as shown in Figure 7-4. At this pressure the pump will discharge a certain flow rate Q1. This
same pump will discharge a higher flow rate Q2 if somehow the friction loss in the pipeline can be
reduced, bringing the pump’s operating head down to a lower level, P2. The increase in volume flow
rate, as a result of the reduction in operating pressure, depends largely on the pump performance
characteristics which vary from pump to pump. This flow variation with pressure can be found in the
pump manufacturer’s literature, thus it is omitted from further discussion here.
Fig. 7-4
Pumping Pressure vs. Discharge
66
7.5.2 Full—Pipe Flow Of Water In Low—Friction Fiberglass Pipe
Let’s now focus our discussion only to the pipeline and examine how low friction pipe can improve
the volume flow rate of the system.
For example consider two pipelines - Schedule 40 steel and Bondstrand Series 2000M pipe - both
designed to transport water 100 meters. We will compare the volume flow rate. The friction head loss
in the pipelines can be calculated by the Hazen-Williams formula as stated before. In metric units:
HL = 1068
[
Where
C ID2.63
]
HL =
head loss (meters per 100 meters of pipe)
Q
1 . 852
Q =
discharge (cubic meters per second),
C =
Hazen-Williams Factor (C = 150 for Bondstrand), and
ID =
inside diameter of pipe ( meters).
With the same energy consumption rate to overcome the friction loss in the pipeline, the rate of discharge will be different due to the differences in friction coefficient in the pipe. In other words, using
the same head loss for both pipe, we obtain:
HL = 1068
[
Qsteel
Csteel IDsteel2.63
]
1 . 852
= 1068
[
QBS
CBS IDBS2.63
]
1 . 852
Rearrange the above expression to show the flow rate in Bondstrand pipe in terms of flow rate in
steel pipe:
2.63
CBS
IDBS
QBS = Qsteel
Csteel
IDsteel
[
][
]
Examining the above formula, we can conclude that for the same head loss, Fiberglass pipe will
deliver more volume flow rate that that of the same nominal diameter steel pipe since the product
of
CBS
Csteel
and
IDBS
IDsteel
is always greater than 1.0.
Table 7-IV lists the calculated value of the flow ratio QBS / Qsteel where CBS = 150 and Csteel = 120 or
70. A “C” value of 120 represents a very slightly corroded steel pipe. A “C” value of 70 represents a
severely corroded steel pipe.
67
Table 7-IV
Flow in Bondstrand and Steel Pipe for Same Head Loss
NPS
(in)
(mm)
2
50
3
80
4
100
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600
Bondstrand
Pipe ID
( inches)
2.095
3.225
4.140
6.265
8.225
10.350
12.350
13.290
15.190
17.080
18.980
22.780
Steel
Pipe ID
(inches)
2.067
3.068
4.026
6.065
7.981
10.020
12.000
13.25
15.25
17.25
19.25
23.25
C=120
QBS/QSteel
1.30
1.43
1.35
1.36
1.35
1.36
1.35
1.26
1.24
1.22
1.20
1.18
C=70
QBS/QSteel
2.22
2.45
2.31
2.33
2.31
2.33
2.31
2.16
2.13
2.09
2.06
2.02
7.5.3 Flow Of Fluids Other Than Water
In Marine applications, however, most cargo tankers carry fluids other than water. In such cases, calculations of head loss are slightly more complicated because direct comparison of volume flow rates
between the two pipes is not possible. Comparison of volume flow rate can only be done in steps as
illustrated below:
Step 1:
The head loss of one pipeline, usually the steel line, is chosen as a standard for comparison. This is
determined using the Darcy-Weisbach method as discussed before.
HL = f
L
V2
ID
2g
Where HL = frictional resistance (meters),
f = Darcy friction factor,
L = length of pipe run (meters),
ID = internal diameter of pipe (meters),
V = average velocity of fluid (meters per second),
g = gravitational constant = 9.806 meters per second2.
68
The variable Darcy friction factor can be determined for any fluid in the turbulent range by use of the
Moody equation,
[
f = 0.0055
1 +
=
in which
R=
V ID
[
20,000
ID
+
106
R
]
1/3
]
pipe roughness (meters), and
= Reynold’s Number,
=
where
kinematic viscosity of the fluid (square meters per second).
Step 2:
From the head loss calculated in Step 1 above, the flow velocity (the only unknown quantity in the
equation for Bondstrand system) can be found by trial and error. A programmable calculator will
speed this calculation considerably. Subsequently, the volume flow rate can be easily determined.
For example, 1000 cubic meters of 1400F, 24.4 degree Baum~ crude oil with kinematic viscosity of
0.00001115 square meters per second is to be unloaded through a 1000-meter long standard
Schedule 40, 8-in. diameter steel pipeline at a rate of 500 cubic meters per hour. How much time can
be saved unloading the same amount of crude through Bondstrand Series 2000M, 8-in. pipeline?
Steel Pipe
Schedule 40
0.2027
0.0000457
4.30
78200
Data Given
Inside Diameter (in)
Roughness (in)
Flow Velocity (m/sec)
Reynold’s Number
Bondstrand Pipe
Series 2000M
0.2089
0.0000053
To Be Found
To Be Found
Step 1:
The total head loss is calculated for the steel pipeline.
HL = .0055
[
1 + ( 20000
0.0000457
0.2027
+
1000000
78200
1/3
)
]
1000 ( 4.30 )2
.2027 ( 2 ) 9.806
HL = 94 meters
69
Step 2:
With 94 meters of friction head loss, the flow velocity for Bondstrand piping system can be found
from the equation.
94 = .0055
[
1 + ( 20000
0.0000053
0.2089
+
1000000
V
+
0.0000115
0.2089
1/3
)
]
1000 V2
.2089 ( 2 ) 9.806
By trial and error V = 4.55 meters per second, and R = 85,250.
As illustrated in the above example, for the given conditions, Bondstrand Series 2000M 8-in. pipe will
deliver 560 cubic meters per hour, emptying the tank in less than 1.8 hours, a 10% saving in both
unloading time and energy.
It is important to note here that the roughness value of new steel was used. The difference in volume
flow rate would have even been higher had the roughness value of old steel pipe been used in the
calculation.
7.5.4
Energy Savings Using Bondstrand Fiberglass vs. Steel Piping
Users of piping products have long known that Fiberglass piping has far lower friction factors than
carbon steel piping. It is equally important to recognize the energy cost savings which accrue over
the life of the installed system as a result of the lower friction factors.
The largest savings is found simply in lower pumping costs, where the power consumption can often
be cut in half. For example, let us assume a 6-in. line is to deliver 500 gallons per minute of water on
a year-round basis and determine energy cost per 100 feet. At this flow the average velocity is about
5 feet per second. Over a 10-year service life, a Bondstrand line can be expected to maintain a
Hazen-Williams “C” factor of 150, whereas for carbon steel the average “C” factor can be estimated
to be about 110. In English units:
HL = 1046
[
Where
HL =
head loss (ft. per 100 ft. of pipe), Q = discharge (gpm),
ID =
internal diameter of pipe (inches), and
C =
Hazen-Williams frictional factor depending on smoothness of pipe bore.
Q
C ID2.63
]
1 . 852
For a 100 foot run in the example described above, this formula yields 1.28 feet for Bondstrand and
2.65 feet for schedule 40 carbon steel pipe. To overcome this head loss, the horsepower demand
may be calculated as
For Bondstrand:
500 gpm x 8.34 lb of water/gal x 1.28 ft
= .162 hp
33,000 ft-lb/mm/hp
For Steel:
500 gpm x 8.34 lb of water/gal x 2.65 ft
33,000 ft-lb/mm/hp
70
= .335 hp
Then, the energy required for full-time operation for a one month period is:
For Bondstrand:
.162 x 24 hr/day x 30 day/month
= 146 hp-hr/month
.80 efficiency
For Steel:
.335 x 24 hr/day x 30 day/month = 301 hp-hr/month
.80 efficiency
It is impossible to make a generalization on the cost of electricity on board ship which is dependent
on the efficiency of the ship’s plant; however, if we assume that the ship is connected to shore
power, we could expect to pay approximately 10 cents per kilowatt-hour or 7.5 cents per horsepower-hour. This cost is significantly lower than ship-based generation. The cost per month is then
For Bondstrand:
146 hp-hr/month x U.S. $.075/hp-hr = U.S. $10.95/month/100 ft. of pipe
For Steel:
301 hp-hr/month x U.S. $.075/hp-hr = U.S. $22.58/month/100 ft. of pipe
Difference = U.S. $11.63
For a ship using 500 feet of Bondstrand fiberglass pipe the annual savings could be:
U.S.S11.63/month/100 ft. x 12 months x 500 ft. = U.S. $69,780 (Annual Savings)
The annual savings shown above for one ship during one year of operation can increase substantially
if the owner implements the usage of fiberglass for all the vessels in his fleet.
If you add up this savings over a ten-year period for every hp-hr for every 100 feet the saving is very
significant and Bondstrand pipe can be used for the life of the vessel while steel pipe probably must
be replaced several times.
In addition to time and energy saving, there are also savings due to purchase and maintenance of
significantly smaller pumps in terms of horsepower rating.
71
References
1. “Flow through a Circular Pipe,” PPX Program 628040, Texas Instruments’ Calculator Products
Division.
2. King, Reno C., “Fluid Mechanics,” Piping Handbook 5th ed. (King, Reno C. and Sabin Crocker,
McGraw-Hill Book Co., N.Y., 1967), pp. 3-135.
3. Hydraulic Institute Engineering Data Book, Hydraulic Institute, Cleveland, 1979, pp. 23-42.
4. “Solution to Pipe Problems,” PPX Program 618008, Texas Instruments’ Calculator Products
Division.
5. Guislain, Serge J., “Friction Factors in Fluid Flow Through Pipe,” Plant Engineering, 1980, pp. 134140.
6. Hydraulic Institute Engineering Data Book, op-cit, p. 15-19.
7. Nolte, Claude B., Optimum Pipe Size Selection, Gulf Publishing Co., 1979, pp. 268-275.
8. Anin, M.B. and Maddox, R.N., “Estimate Viscosity vs. Temperature,” Hydrocarbon Processing,
Dec., 1980, pp. 131-135.
9. Ehrlich, Stanley W., “Cryogenic-Systems Piping,” Piping Handbook, (McGraw-Hill Book Co.,
5th ed., N.Y., 1967), pp. 11-37,38.
10. “Flow of Fluids Through Valves, Fittings and Pipe,” Technical Paper 410, Crane Co., 1976,
p. A-26.
72
APPENDIX A
USING METALLIC PIPE COUPLINGS TO JOIN BONDSTRAND
Over the years, metallic pipe couplings have proven to be reliable and economical in certain
Bondstrand piping systems. However, when joining Bondstrand, the recommended procedure is
somewhat different than when joining rigid pipe materials such as steel and ductile iron. This bulletin
describes the joining of Bondstrand pipe using Viking Johnson Couplings* along with a brief review
of the couplings’ design, construction and operating features. Because of the similarity of design, the
same recommendations generally apply also to the use of Rockwell** or Dresser*** couplings.
DESCRIPTION
Viking Johnson mechanical couplings are manufactured in many different sizes and configurations to
meet many pipe joining requirements. Ease in close quarter installation and disassembly allow them
to be used in many areas where other pipe jointing methods would be impractical. The elastomeric
seals in the couplings help absorb movements such as length changes due to temperature or the
flexing of a ship, and help dampen vibrations such as are produced by a pump.
The Viking Johnson Coupling consists of a cylindrical center sleeve, two end flanges, two elastomeric sealing rings and a set of ‘D’ neck cup-head bolts. (See Figure1)
Tightening the bolts pulls the end flanges together, compressing the sealing rings between the pipe
wall and center sleeves, producing a flexible, reliable seal.
FLANGE
Fig. 1
SEALING RING
SLEEVE
a. Sealing Ring Materials
The grade ‘T’ ring is made from Nitrile and is, according to Viking Johnson literature the ring
most commonly used. It is recommended for use on lines carrying gases, air, fresh and salt
water, petroleum products, alkalies, sugar solutions and some refrigerants, and for temperatures from —20º to +100ºC (-4ºF to +212ºF). Other grades such as EPDM — ‘E’
Polychloroprene — ‘V’, Polyacrylic — ‘A’, Fluoroelastomer — ‘0’, and Silicone, — ‘L’, are also
available.
*
Viking Johnson is a trade name of the Viking Johnson International division of the Victaulic Co. Plc — England
** Rockwell is a trade name of the Municipal and Utility Division of Rockwell International Corp.
*** Dresser is a registered trademark of Dresser manufacturing Division of Dresser Industries Inc.
A.1
DESCRIPTION
(cont.)
b. Pressure Plating
Maximum pressure ratings of the Viking Johnson Couplings are determined on the basis of
Barlow’s formula using a working stress equal to two—thirds the minimum yield of the center
sleeve material. All pressure ratings exceed the minimum requirements for 10 bar (150 psi)
piping systems.
c. Chemical Resistance
Viking Johnson Couplings can serve in most chemical environments. This is accomplished
by changing the type of sealing rings and using different types of protective coatings on the
coupling.
d. Electrical Grounding
On special order, Viking Johnson provides a stud welded connection for grounding the center sleeve to the end flanges. Wires from the end flanges are bolted onto the stud on the
center sleeve, and the connection is bolted down. Connecting the wiring on the center
sleeve may be carried out prior to the assembly on the Bondstrand pipe ends.
e. Locating Plug
Where there is any possibility of coupling movement along the pipe, due to repeated expansion and contraction or under vibration conditions, it is preferable to use a locating plug
which centralizes the coupling over the pipe ends. If the coupling is to be slipped back along
the pipe at a later date, the plug can be removed and subsequently refitted. Locating plugs
are mandatory with most approval authorities when couplings are used on board ships. (See
Figure 2).
JOINT FUNCTION
The sealing ring used in the Viking Johnson coupling is not intended to slide. The coupling will
accommodate up to 9.5mm (3/8 in.) longitudinal pipe movement per joint as the rings deform (roll
slightly) in response to such movement.
Important:
Where pipe movement out of the coupling might occur, proper anchorage of the pipe
must be provided.
Cross section of center sleeve
without center register
Cross section of center sleeve
with locating plug
Fig. 2
Cross section of center sleeve
with molded stud register
A.2
Individual couplings must be protected against movements greater than 9.5mm (3/8 in.). Anchorage
must be provided to prevent excessive accumulation of movement, particularly at all points which
produce thrust, including valves, bends, branches and reducers.
LENGTH CHANGES IN BONDSTRAND
Bondstrand pipe lengths change due to both temperature and pressure. Estimate these changes by
referring to Chapter 2 “Design for Expansion and Contraction” contained in this manual.
ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
Joining of Bondstrand pipe using Viking Johnson Couplings is similar to joining of steel pipe, but
there are important differences. You may need suitable coatings for the cut and sanded surfaces.
(See step d. below). Also, you will need the following tools:
1.
Torque wrench reading in increments of 5 foot—pounds or metric equivalent.
2.
Hacksaw, saber saw or abrasive wheel.
3.
Duster brush or clean rags.
4.
Bondstrand pipe shaver or belt sander.
Although Bondstrand pipe can be supplied with prepared ends, you may need to cut pipe to length
on site. If so, you will need one or more of the following:
Caution:
1.
For 100mm, 4-in. and smaller pipe, emery cloth strips to “shoeshine” pipe ends.
2.
For 150mm to 300mm (6 to 12 in.) pipe - Bondstrand MBO Pipe Shaver (NOV FGS CC
#34342) plus arbor sizes as required. Arbors used are same as for M74 shaver.
3.
For 350 to 600mm (14 to 24 in.) pipe — Bondstrand M81 Pipe shaver (NOV FGS CC #34354).
4.
For 350 to 900mm (14 to 36 in.) pipe - Bondstrand M81 Pipe shaver (NOV FGS CC #34355).
Be aware that the standard assembly instructions for these couplings are intended for rigid metallic
pipe materials and MAY DAMAGE THE BONDSTRAND PIPE. Instead, follow this step- by-step procedure:
a. Cutting Pipe to Length
When necessary to cut a pipe to length, measure the desired length and scribe the pipe
using a pipefitter’s wrap-around. Place the pipe in a vise, using 6mm (1/4 inch) thick rubber
pad to protect pipe from damage. Cut pipe with hacksaw, saber saw or abrasive wheel. Pipe
should be square within 3mm (1/8 in.). Use a disc grinder or file to correct squareness as
required.
b. Sand Cut Ends of Pipe
End surfaces of the plain end pipe should be either hand sanded using a 40—50 grit aluminum oxide sanding surface or, if many ends are to be prepared, use a 6mm (1/4 inch) drill
motor, 1700-2000 RPM, and flapper type sander available from NOV FGS. Be sure to remove
all sharp edges by sanding the inside and outside edges of the pipe end. Do not touch the
sanded surface with bare hands or other articles that would leave an oily film.
A.3
c. Prepare Gasket Sealing Surfaces
Machining the surface of Bondstrand pipe is not required for a tight seal between the gasket
and pipe wall. However, the winding techniques used in the manufacture of Bondstrand
fiberglass pipe sometimes produce a somewhat oversized outside diameter. This increase in
diameter sometimes may not permit the Viking Johnson Coupling to slide over the pipe ends
when installing plain-end pipe section.
d. Coat the Cut and Sanded Surfaces
Ends must be clean and dry. Select and apply a coating to the sanded end surfaces of the
pipe and allow to dry thoroughly. A coating such as Amercoat 90, manufactured by NOV FGS
Protective Coating Division, is suitable for water and other mildly corrosive services.
On special order, NOV FGS can supply full-length Bondstrand pipe for couplings with ends prepared in
accordance with steps b, c, and d.
Note:
e. Lubricate the Joining Surfaces
Clean and lubricate the sealing rings and the outside surface of the pipe with the coupling
manufacturer’s recommended lubricant. The ring lubricant makes it easier to slip the rings
onto the pipe, and enables rings to seat properly when tightening bolts.
f.
Mount and Assemble the Coupling
Slide the end flanges onto the pipe, followed by the lubricated sealing rings. Align the pipes,
being careful not to bump or damage the pipe ends, and assemble the couplings over the
center of the joint. The assembly of the coupling to Bondstrand fiberglass pipe should take
place with the pipe supported in its final installation position.
g. Tighten the Bolts
Torque each bolt to 7 N-m (5 ft-lbs) in a diametrically opposite sequence. At 7 N-m (5 ft-lbs)
torque, check to make sure that both end flanges are compressed evenly on the sealing
rings. If the end flanges are not even, loosen the nuts and re-check alignment of pipe. Also
check to make sure that the end flanges are not binding on the pipe wall or the center sleeve
and that there is clearance between the pipe ends.
Caution:
Excess torque can damage pipe. Instructions that accompany Viking Johnson Couplings show general
assembly instructions and specify 70-90 foot-pounds (100-125 N-m) torque. This torque has been
shown to damage Bondstrand pipe.
h. Check Bolt Torque
After each bolt has been tightened to the required torque, re-check the torque on all bolts in
the same sequence. Bolts previously tightened may have relaxed as subsequent bolts were
tightened.
TESTING
Be sure all pipe, fittings and appurtenances are properly and securely anchored before testing.
Remember, the couplings themselves will not resist longitudinal load. Replace all air in the piping
system with water and test to 1-1/2 times the operating pressure for four hours, or as required by the
project specifications.
A.4
TROUBLE SHOOTING
If proper procedures have been followed, no difficulty should be experienced. If troublesome problems occur, try the following suggestions:
1.
Loosen all bolts and nuts.
2.
Check for alignment of assembly. Rebuild to correct alignment if out of alignment.
3.
Check the alignment of assembly. Replace damaged rings.
4.
Measure the diameter of the pipe at the ring location. This measurement should be within the
limits shown on Table 1.
Table 1
Permissible Outside Diameter Limits at Pipe Ends for Metallic Pipe Couplings
Note: Tolerances apply only for a length of 6 inches back from pipe ends
A.5
STRAUB-FLEX COUPLINGS*
Straub-Flex couplings may be used as mechanical joints for Bondstrand pipe much like Dresser-type
couplings. Tests of the Straub design show that the seal is effected without grinding or sanding of
the pipe’s outer surface. The coupling is suitable for fire, salt water and crude oil lines and various
other services normally provided by Series 1600, 2000. 2000M, 6000 and 7000 piping, either suspended or buried. It may also be used with Series 4000 and 5000 piping in certain slurry applications.
The coupling design, shown in Figure 1, incorporates a stainless steel outer casing split longitudinally
at one point on the circumference. The casing encloses a rubber gasket with a patented lip seal,
which is pressed in place by a relatively low radial pressure. The coupling is installed on plain-end
pipe using a torque wrench with a hex bit to tighten two socket-head cap screws. These features
permit installation on Bondstrand pipe using the same bolt torques as recommended for steel pipe.
Straub-Flex couplings are not designed to withstand longitudinal forces. They allow 3/8-in. (10mm)
longitudinal pipe movement per joint without slippage of the gasket lip on the pipe surface. Individual
joints should be protected against movements greater than 3/8-in. (10mm) to prevent gasket wear.
Anchorages must be provided to prevent excessive accumulation of movement, particularly at thrust
points such as valves, turns, branches or reducers.
The rubber gasket both dampens vibration and allows flexing of joints such as in piping on a ship.
With proper support the coupling also allows up to 2 degrees of angular movement. This added flexibility, along with the coupling’s added weight, must be considered in the analysis of deflections and
spans in suspended systems.
Fig. 3
*
A.6
Straub-Flex Coupling
Straub. Flex is a trade name of Straub Kupplungen, AG, Wangs, Switzerland and Thornhill, Ontario, Canada.
MATERIALS
Casing
Straub-Flex Type LS couplings have type 304 stainless steel casings and galvanized steel lock bolts.
Type LS Special couplings are made of the same materials but have thicker casings. Types 316 and
316L stainless steel casings and stainless steel lock bolts are available on special order.
Gaskets. Two synthetic rubber gaskets are available:
a.
EPDM (ethylene propylene diene rubber)—a high quality synthetic rubber with excellent
resistance to fresh or salt water, clean air, and sewage, and resistant to most moderately
corrosive liquids in a pH range from 2 to 11. This rubber is not recommended for use with
petroleum products.
b. Buna-N (nitrile rubber)—-a synthetic rubber for use with oil, gasoline, natural gas and most
petroleum products.
PRESSURE RATING
All types of Straub-Flex couplings shown in Table 1 are rated for at least 150 psi pressure. Contact
the manufacturer for possible lower ratings if stainless steel bolts are specified. Ratings include an
allowance for test pressures up to 50 percent higher than rated pressure according to the manufacturer. Higher pressure ratings are available in all sizes.
The pressure ratings are for continuous service at 180ºF (82ºC) with the EPDM gasket, and for continuous services at 160ºF (71ºC) with the Buna-N gasket.
OPTIONAL PROTECTION SLEEVE**
Heat-shrinkable thermoplastic sleeves may be used to provide a moisture and soil barrier around the
couplings after joint assembly. An adhesive inside the sleeve seals it against the pipe on the outside
to encapsulate the coupling.
ELECTRICAL GROUNDING
A Straub-Flex coupling may act as a joint insulator. If electrical continuity is required across the pipe
joint for Bondstrand Series 7000 pipe, a separate electrical bonding strip should be placed across
the outside of the Straub-Flex casing, and connected to the pipe on both sides of the coupling.
LENGTH CHANGES IN BONDSTRAND
Bondstrand pipe changes length due to changes in temperature and pressure. Estimate these
changes by referring to Chapter 2 “Design for Expansion and Contraction” contained in this manual.
**
Heat-shrinkable sleeves are produced by the Pipe Production Division of Raychem Corp., Redwood City, CA., by
Chemplast, Inc., Wayne, NJ, and outside the U.S. by Canusa Coating Systems, Ltd., Rexdale, Ontario, Canada.
A.7
ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
Using Straub-Flex couplings, joining Bondstrand is similar to joining steel pipe, except for sealing cut
pipe ends. Depending on chemical exposure, you may need a suitable coating to cover exposed
glass fibers on the cut ends. It is usually not necessary to sand or shave the outer surface of
Bondstrand pipe as the Straub couplings make a tight seal on the as-wound surface. Exceptions are
given in step “c” of this procedure.
You may use the standard joining instructions for Straub-Flex couplings as used with steel pipe. You
will need the following tools:
1.
Torque wrench reading in increments of 5 ft-lbs (7 N-m.)
2.
Hacksaw, saber saw or abrasive wheel.
3.
Duster brush or clean rags.
Steps “b” and “d” given below are recommended for piping in which the cut pipe ends must be protected against chemical attack or abrasion. In slurry applications, the user should be aware that the
joint cavity may fill with sediment, restricting flexibility.
a. Cut Pipe to Length
When cutting is necessary, measure the desired length and scribe the pipe using a pipefitter’s wraparound. Place the pipe in a vise, using 1/4-inch (6mm) thick rubber pad to protect
pipe from damage. Cut pipe with hacksaw, saber saw or abrasive wheel. Pipe end cut
should be square within 1/8-inch (3mm). Use a disc grinder or file to correct squareness as
required.
b. Sand Cut Ends of Pipe
End surfaces of cut pipe should be sanded either by hand using a 40-50 grit aluminum oxide
sanding surface or using a 1/4-in. (6mm) drill motor 1700-2000 RPM with a flapper-type
sander available from NOV FGS. Be sure to remove all sharp edges by sanding the inside and
outside edges of the pipe end. Do not touch the sanded surface with bare hands or articles
that leave an oily film.
c. Prepare Gasket Sealing Surfaces
Machining the gasket sealing surfaces at the ends of Bondstrand pipe is not generally
required for a tight seal between the gasket and pipe wall. However, two-inch (50mm) pipe
will require shaving of the ends, since its average outside diameter of 2.42 in. (61.5mm) is
larger than can be fitted by the two-inch Straub-Flex coupling (Article No. 005761).
The coupling manufacturer recommends that the difference in outside diameters of mating pipe ends
be no greater than 0.12 in. (3mm), to avoid distortion of the coupling and damage to the cap screws
while joining. Using a diameter tape, measure the outside diameters of pipe ends to ensure that this
difference is not exceeded. If the difference is larger than permissible, milling or shaving of the larger
end is necessary. Because Bondstrand Series 2000M and Series 7000 pipe in sizes 10 and 12 in.
(250 and 300mm) have outside diameters larger than steel pipe, their ends must be shaved to mate
to standard outside diameters of steel pipe and fittings.
A.8
d. Coat the Cut Ends and Gasket Sealing Surfaces (Lined Pipe Only)
Surfaces must be sanded, clean and dry for coating. Select and apply a coating to the cut
ends and shaved gasket sealing surfaces of the pipe and allow to dry thoroughly. A coating
covers
exposed glass fibers and is suitable for water and other mildly corrosive services.
Bondstrand PSXTM-34 adhesive may also be suitable.
Note:
On special order, NOV FGS can supply full-length Bondstrand pipe for Straub couplings with ends prepared in accordance with steps b, c and d.
e. Fit the Coupling
With the pipe ends ready for joining, chalk a mark on each end at a distance equal to half
the coupling width. Joining of the pipe should be done with the pipe supported in its final
installation position.
Couplings are supplied loosely assembled. Slide the coupling onto the end of one pipe up to the
chalk’s mark. Align the second pipe end and slide it into the coupling, using care not to bump or
damage the pipe ends. Center the coupling over the two pipe ends, leaving a small clearance
between the pipe ends.
Note:
Do not soap the inside surfaces of the gaskets or the outside surface of the pipe.
f.
Tighten the Bolts
Using a torque wrench with a hex bit, alternately torque each of the two socket-head cap
screws to the recommended torques. Ensure that there is clearance between pipe ends.
TESTING
Because Straub-Flex couplings do not resist longitudinal load, make sure all pipe, fittings and appurtenances are properly and securely anchored before testing. Replace all air in the system with water,
and test to 1-1/2 times the operating pressure for four hours or as required by the project specifications.
TROUBLE SHOOTING
If proper procedures have been followed, no difficulty should be experienced. If a joint leaks, try the
following:
1.
Disassemble the leaky coupling and an adjacent coupling and remove a pipe section for
examinaton of the rubber gasket and the pipe ends.
2.
If the gasket is damaged, replace with another coupling.
3.
If the pipe end is not within the diameter limits shown in Table 2, or has abnormally rough
surface or grooves, sand the pipe end surfaces and reinstall the pipe.
A.9
Table 2
Application Data for Straub-Flex Couplings
A.10
1.
Article number gives OD range of coupling in millimetres.
2.
8 and 10 in. (200-250 mm) sizes must be ordered with special casing thickness because the standard coupling only provides (15 bar) and (12 bar) maximum pressure. Casing does provide > 225 psi (10 bar) minimum pressure rating.
3.
Couplings with higher pressure ratings are available on special order.
APPENDIX B
GROUNDING OF SERIES 7000M PIPING
Electrical charges generated within flowing fluids with low conductivity such as liquid hydrocarbon
fuels can cause hazardous static charges to build up on the surfaces of the pipe. To overcome this
problem and still offer the advantages inherent in RTB piping, NOV FGS has developed special piping
systems-Bondstrand Series 7000 and 7000M. These piping systems provide electrical continuity
throughout by incorporating conductive elements into the structural wall of the pipe, flanges and the
interior surface of the fittings, and through the use of a specially formulated adhesive which provides
the conductivity required at the bonded joints.
Proper installation and grounding is important for the safe operation of Series 7000 and 7000M pipe
when carrying these charge-generating fluids. This bulletin explains how these products are to be
installed, grounded and checked to verify their electrical continuity.
ASSEMBLY OF PIPE
All Series 7000 and 7000M piping are assembled using electrically conductive Bondstrand PSXTM-60
adhesive. This special two-component epoxy adhesive is supplied in kit form. Detailed application
instructions are contained in “Bondstrand Assembly Instructions, PSXTM-60 Epoxy Adhesive,” FP827.
ADHESIVE MOUNTING OF GROUNDING SADDLE
Grounding saddles provide a positive method of electrically grounding the piping system. On the
pipe, determine where the grounding saddle will be located. Using a flapper sander, sand until the
surface gloss is removed from at least a 3-in. width around the pipe circumference as needed to fit
the saddle on the area selected. This exposes the conductive elements in the pipe wall and produces
a clean, fresh surface suitable for bonding the grounding saddle to the pipe surface.
Before bonding on saddle, place probes from a standard ohmmeter at least two in. apart on conductive elements exposed by sanding pipe surface. If measured resistance exceeds 106 ohms, more
sanding is required.
If measured resistance is below 106 ohms, bond the grounding saddle onto the clean, dry surface
within two hours using PSXTM-60 Epoxy Adhesive. After continuity checks recommended herein,
grounding cable must be attached to ship structure.
METALLIC FITTINGS
All metallic fittings must be individually grounded. Tees, elbows, etc. should be welded or otherwise
connected directly to the ship or other grounding structure. Metallic mechanical joints such as
Dresser or Straub must be grounded. If mechanical joints are used, at least one grounding saddle will
be required for each length of pipe.
B.1
ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY CHECK
Prefabricated Spools.
This may be done in one of three ways:
a. Non-Flanged Prefabricated Spools.
After shop fabrications but before onboard installation and grounding, spools should be
checked for electrical continuity. Sand lightly around the pipe surface at each end of the
spool where the steel hose clamps will attach. Mount the two steel hose clamps over the
prepared surface and measure the resistance between them as shown on Figure 1.
Fig. 1
Electrical Continuity Check Diagram for Non-flanged Prefabricate Spools
b. Flanged Prefabricated Spools.
Flange assemblies should be checked by placing a bolt with washer and nut through each of
the flanges and tightening, then measuring the resistance between the flanges at each end
of the assembly as shown on Figure 2.
Fig. 2
B.2
Electrical Continuity Check Diagram for Flanged Prefabricate Spools
C. Flanged One End Only Spools.
This assembly should be checked by following the procedure established in b. above for the
flanged end and the procedure established in a. above for the plain end as shown in Figure 3.
Fig. 3
Electrical Continuity Check Diagram for Flanged One End Only
Apply sufficient voltage between the hose clamps to measure the electrical resistance in the spool
using a standard generator- type insulation tester* capable of applying up to 1,500 volts dc. The
measured resistance should not exceed 106 ohms.
Onboard Check During New Construction.
Piping should be checked electrically as installation proceeds onboard ship. After mounting a
grounding saddle (A) as shown on Figure 4, the length of piping from the grounding saddle to the
end of the pipe run should be electrically insulated by placing a layer of nonconducting rubber (B)
temporarily between the remaining unattached supports and the free end of the pipe.
Attach a steel hose clamp over the pipe surface at the free end and use the tester to measure the
resistance between the hose clamp and the ship structure. Current must flow back through the pipe,
fittings and joints to the nearest grounding support clamp to complete the circuit as shown in Figure
1. As before, the measured resistance must not exceed 106 ohms between any two grounding supports.
After the electrical continuity of the piping has been verified, the non-conducting rubber pads at the
grounding supports should be removed. Proceed to bond the pipe into the remaining grounding saddle.
* NOV FGS recommends the use of a Megger Mark IV Insulation Tester, Cat. No. 211805, James G. Biddle Co., or equal.
B.3
Onboard Check During Drydock for Maintenance and Repair
Fiberglass piping systems using Series 7000 and 7000M pipe and fittings should be checked during
each drydock inspection while the tanks are “gas freed” to ensure that the systems are still properly
grounded. This can be done using either of the following procedures:
a. Electrically Isolated Piping
The straps attached to the grounding saddle utilized to ground the piping system must be
disconnected and the pipe electrically isolated from the structure of the ship shown on
Figure 4. Tightly fasten two steel hose clamps at opposite ends of the pipe spool being tested and measure the resistance between them using a standard generator—type insulation
tester capable of applying 1,500 volts dc. The resistance should not exceed 106 ohms. Now
attach one of the grounding cables to the structure of the ship and in like fashion check the
resistance between the pipe and the structure of the ship.
Important:
To ensure that each grounding saddle is functioning properly, no more than one grounding strap at
a time should be connected to the ship’s structure during the test.
b. Grounded Piping
If it is impossible to electrically isolate the system, each section of pipe must be checked
separately. This may be done by placing a steel hose clamp on each section of pipe (defined
as a length between bonded joints) and measuring the resistance between it and the nearest
grounding location as described above.
Fig. 4
B.4
Test Setup For Electrical Continuity Check of Piping During New Construction and Drydock Periods
APPENDIX C
SIZING OF SHIPBOARD PIPING
Shipyards and design agencies have used various methods to evaluate and select velocities for each
application. These methods have yielded acceptable sizes, pressure drops and efficiency losses and
have allowed adaptation of the nearest standard pipe size in the preliminary design stages.
The method discussed herein uses the inside diameter factor to calculate maximum velocities and
flow in gallons per minute for Nominal Pipe Size (NPS) 1 to 36 with Iron Pipe Size (IPS) and Metric
Cast Iron (MCI) internal diameters.
For Bondstrand fiberglass piping systems a maximum allowable velocity of 15 ft./sec. has been
established. This is to prevent erosion which might occur at higher fluid velocities. Table 1 shows
inside diameter factors
[ID]
1/2
;
[ID ]
1/3
[ ]
; and ID
2
For NPS 1 to 36 IPS and MCI internal diameter configurations. Table 2 shows fourteen inside diameter functions for different shipboard piping systems.
Applying the IDF (inside diameter function) for a given piping system, maximum velocity value for different pipe sizes can be obtained as follows:
Example A:
Calculate the maximum velocity and maximum flow rate for a 6-in. IPS fiberglass pipe to be used in
a feed discharge system.
IDF for feed discharge
= 220 ID1/2 = (From Table 2)
I.D. Factor for 6 in. (IPS) = ID1/2 = 2.50 (From Table 1)
V(fpm) =
V(fps) =
=
220 x 2.50 = 550 fpm.
550
60
9.17 fps (Max. allowable velocity)
9.17 fps < 15 fps (Ok to use fiberglass)
C.1
To establish maximum flow rate:
Q(gpm) =
Q(gpm) =
ID2 x Vfpm
24.51
39.19 x 550
24.51
Q(gpm) =
879.42 (gpm)
Q(gpm) =
Maximum (Gallons per minute) Flow Rate.
Where:
V(fpm) =
ID2 =
24.51 =
Maximum Allowable Velocity (Feet per Minute)
Pipe inside diameter (in2) (See Table 1)
Constant
Table 1
C.2
Example B:
Check for maximum velocity and maximum flow rate for a sea water discharge for 10-in. IPS.
IDF for water discharge = 300 ID1/2 = (From Table 2)
I.D. Factor for 10—inch (I.P.S.) = ID1/2 = 3.22 (From Table 1)
V(fpm) =
V(fps) =
=
300 x 3.22 = 966 fpm
966
60
16.1 fps (Maximum allowable velocity)
16.1 fps > 15 fps. (not recommended to use with fiberglass)
To establish maximum flow rate:
Q(gpm) =
ID2 x Vfpm
24.51
107.12 x 96824.51
Q(gpm) =
24.51
Q(gpm) =
4,221.87 gpm (Maximum Flow Rate)
Q(gpm) =
Maximum (Gallons per minute) Flow Rate.
Where:
V(fpm) =
ID2 =
24.51 =
Maximum Allowable Velocity (Feet per Minute)
Pipe inside diameter (in.2)
Constant
Based on the required system flow rate, the correct pipe size can be determined by trial and error.
C.3
Table 2
*
See Table 1 for inside diameter coresponding to the NPS selection.
Note:
C.4
For bilge suction use V=400 fpm (feet per minute) for all NPS selections
APPENDIX D
Miscellaneous data
D.1 Adhesive Requirements (PSXtm-34 ; PSXtm-60)
The number of joints that can be made using 3 oz., 5 oz., or 8 oz. Kits of PSXtm-34 and/or PSXtm-60
are shown on the Table below.
Nominal
Pipe Size
3 oz.
KIT SIZE
5 oz.
8 oz.
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
10
6
4
3
2
1
1
.50
.50
.50
—
—
—
10
7
5
3
2
1
1
1
1
.50
.50
—
—
10
8
6
5
3
2
2
1
1
1
Note:
a. Joint sizes 18 thru 36 require minimum of 2 persons
to make up a joint.
b. Minimum required curing time with heating blanket is
45 minutes for all size joints.
D.1
D2. Rated Pressures, Volumes and Weights of Pipe
Note:
1) System internal operating pressures may be limited by mechanical joints, fittings or anchoring requirements to
values below the rating of the pipe itself.
2) Pipe design resists collapse due to combined internal suction head and external fluid pressure. For example, a
63-psi (4.3-bar) external pressure rating allows for 120 ft (37 m) of water plus a 75% (suction head) with a
safety factor of 2 to minimum ultimate collapse pressure
D.2
APPENDIX E
PIPING SUPPORT FOR NON-RESTRAINED MECHANICAL JOINTS
This bulletin offers suggestions for supporting and anchoring Bondstrand piping systems joined with
bolted coupling mechanical joints which do not offer axial restraint. These bolted couplings are the
standard designs offered by Dresser, Viking- Johnson, Rockwell, Straub, R.H. Baker and others
which seal by means of an elastomeric gasket or gland seal against the outside diameter of the pipe.
The flexibility allowed by bolted couplings must be accounted for in calculating allowable span
lengths. Also, provisions for anchoring against hydrostatic thrusts must be incorporated into the
design.
Span Recommendations
Recommended maximum spans for Bondstrand pipe joined with bolted couplings can be determined
by use of the following equation:
L = 0.207
[
Where
EI
w
]
1/4
L =
support spacing (ft),
EI =
beam stiffness psi (lb-in2), see Tables 4—3 and 4-4
w =
Total uniformly distributed load (Ib/linear in.),
In metric units:
L = 0.0995
Where
[
EI
w
]
1/4
L =
support spacing (in),
EI =
beam stiffness psi (kg-cm2), see Tables 4—3 and 4-4
w =
Total uniformly distributed load (kg/mm).
These spans are intended for normal horizontal piping support arrangements as shown in Figure 1;
i.e., those which have no fittings, valves, or vertical runs incorporated within the span.
Anchoring Recommendations
Bolted couplings, not designed to withstand longitudinal forces, allow 3/8-in. (10mm) longitudinal
pipe movement per joint without slippage of the gasket lip on the pipe surface. Individual joints
should be protected against movements greater than 3/8-in. (10mm) to prevent gasket wear as well
as preventing, in severe cases, the pipe from moving out of the coupling. Anchors must be provided
at thrust points such as valves, turns, branches, or reducers, as well as at locations where excessive
movement may occur (see Figure 1).
Figure 2 shows how mechanically coupled pipe should be supported and anchored at fittings.
Supports must be designed to carry the weight of the pipe and its contents. Anchors are located at
the terminal points of the piping system or where there is a change in direction and should be
designed to withstand thrusts due to internal line pressure.
E.1
Fig. 1
Note:
Fig. 2
Note:
E.2
Support Arrangements
Each Pipe length (L) should be anchored at least once to keep pipe ends from moving out of couplings
or jamming together and abrading.
Support and Anchors at Fitting
Anchors may be affixed to pipe using saddles as shear conntectors or bolted to flanges
Conversions
1 psi = 6895 Pa = 0.07031 kg/cm2
1 bar = 105 Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2
1 MPa = 106 Pa = 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2
1 GPa = 109 Pa = 145,000 psi = 10,200 kg/cm2
1 in = 25.4 mm
1 ft = 0.3048 m
1 lb•in = 0.113 N•m
1 in4 = 4.162 x 10-7m4
1 ft/sec = 0.304 m/sec
1 gpm = 6.31 x 10-7 m3/sec
°C = 5/9 (°F - 32)
National Oilwell Varco has produced this brochure for general information only, and it
is not intended for design purposes. Although every effort has been made to maintain
the accuracy and reliability of its contents, National Oilwell Varco in no way assumes
responsibility for liability for any loss, damage or injury resulting from the use of information
and data herein nor is any warranty expressed or implied. Always cross-reference the
bulletin date with the most current version listed at the website noted in this literature.
North America
2425 SW 36th Street
San Antonio, TX 78237 USA
Phone: +1 210 434 5043
South America
Avenida Fernando Simoes
Recife, Brazil 51020-390
Phone: +55 31 3326 6900
Europe
P.O. Box 6, 4190 CA
Geldermalsen, The Netherlands
Phone: +31 345 587 587
Asia Pacific
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong, Singapore 639407
Phone: +65 6861 6118
Middle East
P.O. Box 17324
Dubai, UAE
Phone: +971 4881 3566
www.fgspipe.com • fgspipe@nov.com
© 2012, NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
® Trademark of NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
FP 707 A 04/12
PDS® and PDMS Engineering and design support services
for Bondstrand® Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe systems
Introduction
PDS and PDMS are commonly used CAD/CAE applications for plant design, construction
and operation. For both applications, NOV Fiber Glass Systems can supply Bondstrand
piping specifications and related files.
These piping specifications and related files are created specifically to identify
Bondstrand piping material standards. Specifications may be modified to suit specific
contractor needs based on project requirements, or company standards. NOV Fiber
Glass Systems may provide revisions to these specifications or files as and when the need arises. The reference data
files and configuration files will continue to have revisions to fine-tune the deliverables.
Upon completion of modelling of the piping system in PDMS or PDS, isometric drawings with “idf” or “pcf” extensions
can be issued to NOV Fiber Glass Systems.
Catalogues
The following Bondstrand Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) catalogues are available in:
PDS
PDMS
Series 2410 / 2410 C
Series 2414 / 2414 C
Series 2416 / 2416 C
Series 2420 / 2420 C
Series 2425 / 2425 C
Series 3410 / 3410 C
Series 3416 / 3416 C
Series 3420 / 3420 C
Series 3425 / 3425 C
Series 2000M / 7000M
Series PSX - L3, 16 bar
Series PSX - L3C, 16 bar
Series PSX - JF, 16 bar
Series PSX - JFC, 16 bar
Series 2000M - 7000M
Series 2000M - FPPC (Pittchar)
Series 2000M - FPFV (Favuseal)
Series 2410 to 2432
Series 3410 to 3425
Series 2416 FM
Series 2420 FM
Series 3416 FM
Series 2000M-WD - 7000M-WD
Series 2416-WD - 2420-WD
Series PSX - L3, 16 bar
Series PSX - L3C, 16 bar
Series PSX - JF, 16 bar
Series PSX - JFC, 16 bar
From time to time new catalogues are developed and added to the above list. Please contact NOV Fiber Glass Systems
when catalogues for a specific Bondstrand product are not listed above.
Important notice
Prior to installing the data-files, customers are requested to contact NOV Fiber Glass Systems to ensure the latest data is
used. We appreciate receiving your feedback on discrepancies, errors and data related queries at fgspipe@nov.com
These system design data are believed to be reliable. It is intended that the data-files be used by personnel having
specialised training in accordance with currently acceptable industry practice.
We recommend that your engineers verify the suitability of the selected Bondstrand Series for your intended
applications. Since we have no control over your design methods, we expressly disclaim responsibility for the results
obtained or for any consequential or incidental damages of any kind incurred.
National Oilwell Varco has produced this brochure for general information only, and it
is not intended for design purposes. Although every effort has been made to maintain
the accuracy and reliability of its contents, National Oilwell Varco in no way assumes
responsibility for liability for any loss, damage or injury resulting from the use of information
and data herein nor is any warranty expressed or implied. Always cross-reference the
bulletin date with the most current version listed at the website noted in this literature.
North America
2425 SW 36th Street
San Antonio, TX 78237 USA
Phone: +1 210 434 5043
South America
Avenida Fernando Simoes
Recife, Brazil 51020-390
Phone: +55 31 3326 6900
Europe
P.O. Box 6, 4190 CA
Geldermalsen, The Netherlands
Phone: +31 345 587 587
Asia Pacific
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong, Singapore 639407
Phone: +65 6861 6118
Middle East
P.O. Box 17324
Dubai, UAE
Phone: +971 4881 3566
www.fgspipe.com • fgspipe@nov.com
© 2012, NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
® Trademark of NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
FP 934 B 06/12
January 2003
CEAC GL 2003-0101
Fiberglass Pipe for Offshore
Exploration and Production Systems
Engineering Guideline
Table of Contents
1
2
3
4
General
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Scope
1.3 Industry Standards & Guidelines
1.4 Definitions
Advantages Of Fiberglass Pipe
2.1 Light Weight
2.2 Corrosion Resistance
2.3 Cost
2.4 Fire Endurance
2.5 Safety
2.6 Flow Characteristics
Application Guidelines
3.1 Common Applications
3.2 Regulatory Agencies and Classing
Societies
3.3 Fire Endurance Requirements
3.4 Conductivity Requirements
Engineering Considerations
4.1 Hydraulic Design
1
GENERAL
1.1
Introduction
1
1
1
2
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
7
8
9
9
5
6
7
4.2 Pressure Ratings
4.3 Line Layouts
4.4 Piping Stress Analysis
4.5 Special Design Considerations
Project Engineering
5.1 Evaluation of Alternative Materials
5.2 Cost Analysis
5.3 Product Selection
Project Execution
6.1 System Design
6.2 The Procurement Process
6.3 Installation
References
Appendix A –Fire Endurance Requirements
Appendix B - Example Cost Analysis For
Alternative Piping Materials
Appendix C – Schematic of Piping System
Example
9
9
9
10
12
12
15
15
15
15
16
20
21
22
25
32
This document provides guidance for the use of fiberglass pipe in offshore exploration and
production (E&P) operations. The document is intended for use by engineers involved in the
evaluation of alternative materials for piping systems, design of piping systems, the
specification of piping materials for procurement, and the procurement of piping materials.
The intent of this document is to provide guidance for the evaluation of fiberglass as an
alternative material and to cover issues that are unique to fiberglass pipe.
1.2
Scope
This guideline document is applicable to the use of FRP pipe on offshore production
systems, fixed platforms and floating production systems such as tension leg platforms
(TLP’s), SPAR’s and floating production/storage/offload systems, (FPSO’s). This
recommended practice is also applicable to mobile offshore drilling units (MODU’s).
This document is applicable to pipe and fittings manufactured from fiber reinforced
thermoset resin by filament winding, centrifugal casting, resin transfer molding (RTM) or
CEAC
1
January 2003
hand lay-up. Fiber reinforced thermoset pipe will be called “fiberglass” pipe and fittings in
this document.
1.3
Industry Standards and Guidelines
Various organizations have developed standards or specifications that can be adapted to
piping systems for offshore platforms. The publications listed below are useful to persons
responsible for material selection, system design, vendor selection, materials procurement or
installation. The application area and the function of each document is shown in Table 1.0.
The latest edition should always be used. If the document is in revision, the latest revision
draft may be the most useful.
1. ABS GUIDE FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING FACILITIES ON OFFSHORE
INSTALLATIONS 2000
2. ASTM F1173-2001 “Standard Specification for Thermosetting Resin Fiberglass Pipe
and Fittings to be used for Marine Applications”
3. UKOOA “Specification and Recommended Practice for the use of GRP Piping
4. ISO 14692 “Specification and Recommended Practice for the use of GRP Piping in the
Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries”
5. IMO Resolution A.753(18) “Guidelines for the Application of Plastic Pipes on Ships”
6. US Coast Guard NVIC 11-86, “Guidelines Governing the Use of Fiberglass Pipe on
Coast Guard Inspected Vessels”
7. US Coast Guard PFM 1-98, “’Guidelines on the Fire Testing Requirements for Plastic
Pipe Per IMO Resolution A.753(18)”
8. API RP14G “Recommended Practice for Fire Prevention and Control on Open Type
9. API RP 5000 “Recommended Practice for Classification of Locations for Electrical
Installations at Petroleum Facilities Classified as Class I, Division 1 and Division 2”
10. API Specification 15LR “Specification for Low Pressure Fiberglass Line Pipe”
11. API Specification 15HR “Specification for High Pressure Fiberglass Line Pipe”
12. ANSI/API RP 500-1998 “Recommended Practice for Classification of Locations for
Electrical Installations at Petroleum Facilities Classified as Class I, Division 1 and Division 2.
13. ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, Process Piping, Chapter VII, “Nonmetallic Piping and
Piping Lined with Nonmetals”
14. ANSI/AWWA C950-95 “AWWA Standard for Fiberglass Pressure Pipe
15. AWWA Manual M45, “Fiberglass Pipe Design”
16. NFPA 30 Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code
CEAC
2
January 2003
Table 1.0 FIBERGLASS PIPE INDUSTRY DOCUMENTS
APPLICATION AREA
Guideline
Marine
Marine
Worldwide
GOM
IMO
A.753(18)
USCG
UKOOA
NVIC 1186
This CEAC
ABS Guide
Fire Test
Requirements
ASTM
F1173
ASTM
F1173
Offshore E&P
Systems
Worldwide
Offshore
E&P Systems
GOM
Onshore
E&P
ABS Guide
API RP 500
ASTM
F1173
ASME
B31.3
AWWA C950
ASTM F1173
ASTM F1173
PFM 1-98
ASTM
F1173
Water
Supply
Buried Pipe
Document
USCG
PFM 1-98
ASTM F1173
Procurement*
Chemical
Process
UKOOA
API 15 HR
ASTM F1173
ISO 14692
API 15 LR
UKOOA
Design
ISO 14692
API 14G
AWWA M45
API 14G
UKOOA
Installation
ISO 14692
* - Includes performance requirements (pressure ratings, fire integrity, conductivity etc.) and quality assurance requirements in manufacturing
and shipping.
CEAC
3
January 2003
1.4
Definitions
The following definitions provide clarification for regulatory requirements related to the use
of plastic pipe offshore. While API RP 500 is the source for most of the definitions, some
have been taken from USCG documents.
1. Flammable: Capable of igniting easily, burning intensely or spreading flame rapidly.
2. Flammable fluid: Any fluid, regardless of its flash point, capable of feeding a fire, is to
be treated as flammable fluid. Aviation fuel, diesel fuel, hydraulic oil (oil based),
lubricating oil, crude oil, and hydrocarbon, are to be considered flammable fluids.
Flammable liquid (Class I Liquid): Any liquid having a closed-cup flash point below
37.8°C (100°F) as determined by the test procedures and apparatus specified in
NFPA 30. Flammable liquids are subdivided into classes IA, IB and IC.
3. Combustible liquid: Any liquid having a closed cup flash point at or above 100°F
(38°C) as determined by the test procedures and apparatus specified in NFPA 30.
Combustible liquids are subdivided as follows:
•
Class II liquids – liquids with flash point at or above 37.8°C (100°F) and
below 60°C (140°F).
•
Class IIIA liquids – liquids having flash points at or above 60°C (140°F) and
below 93°C (200°F).
•
Class IIIB liquids – liquids having flash points at or above 93°C (200°F)
4. Flash point: The minimum temperature at which a liquid gives off vapor in sufficient
concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air immediately above the liquid surface.
5. Hazardous location: Synonymous to Classified Area.
6. Classified Area: A location in which flammable gases or vapors are, or may be, present
in the air in quantities sufficient to produce explosive or ignitable mixtures.
7. Class I, Division 1 location: A location in which ignitable concentrations of flammable
gases or vapors are expected to exist under normal operating conditions
8. Class I, Division 2 location: A location in which flammable gases or vapors may be
present, but normally are confined within closed systems or are prevented from
accumulating by adequate ventilation.
9. Hazardous liquid: any liquid that is combustible, flammable or toxic.
10. Essential systems: Systems that are vital to the safety of the vessel, fire fighting and
protection of personnel.
2
ADVANTAGES OF FIBERGLASS PIPE
Fiberglass pipe products have unique characteristics, which offer distinct advantages in
offshore piping systems. Some of the advantages are highlighted below.
CEAC
4
January 2003
2.1
Light Weight
Fiberglass pipe systems are 40 to 50 percent of the weight of competitive metallic pipe
materials. Piping systems typically constitute 5 percent of total topsides weight. If 20
percent of the piping is replaced with fiberglass, a weight savings of 30 to 50 tons can be
achieved through the use of fiberglass pipe.
2.2
Corrosion Resistance
Fiberglass pipe products do not corrode as metallic products do. Fiberglass firewater
systems are reliable because there is no corrosion debris to clog the nozzles. Corrosion
inhibitors are not required in piping systems that handle corrosive fluids. Fiberglass systems
require little maintenance and should provide good service for the entire life of most
projects.
2.3
Cost
The installed cost of fiberglass pipe systems may be less than coated steel and is typically
less than that for corrosion resistant alloys (CRA). Low maintenance cost is also a major
advantage of fiberglass systems. The life cycle cost of fiberglass systems is typically
substantially less than carbon steel as well as CRA systems. Fiberglass pipe requires less
maintenance and since hot work is not required, interruptions in production are not a factor
during repair or modification procedures.
2.4
Fire Endurance
Fiberglass products can offer significant performance advantages for fire water systems.
Fiberglass pipe is more resistant to hydrocarbon fires than Schedule 10 copper-nickel pipe.
Fiberglass has low thermal conductivity, which keeps the ID of dry deluge piping from
getting as hot as metal piping in a fire. (Dry metal piping can get very hot in a fire resulting in
the formation of high pressure steam when the deluge system is activated.) Some fiberglass
products are resistant to jet fires and others have very low smoke and toxicity ratings that
allow usage in inaccessible spaces in accommodation and control areas. The fire endurance
of normally wet (water filled) systems is very good.
2.5
Safety
Improved work place safety is a very significant advantage of using fiberglass piping
materials. The light weight of fiberglass results in fewer back and hand injuries during
construction. Hot work is not required during fabrication or repair of fiberglass systems and
that eliminates many potential injuries that can occur during construction and during
operations.
2.6
Flow Characteristics
Fiberglass pipe has excellent flow characteristics. The smooth I.D. surface of fiberglass
results in less resistance to fluid flow. The Hazen Williams coefficient for fiberglass is 150 as
compared to 130 for new welded galvanized steel. Accounting for the good flow
characteristics of fiberglass in the hydraulic design of piping systems can result in significant
cost savings. The cost savings can be realized in either of two ways. The proposed pipe
CEAC
5
January 2003
diameter may be decreased while maintaining the specified flow rate, or smaller pumps can
be specified with the original pipe diameter and flow rate [Reference 1]. The smooth I.D.
surface of fiberglass also inhibits the build up of marine growth.
2.7
Marine Growth
The smooth bore of fiberglass pipe also results in good resistance to marine growth. Marine
organisms may attach themselves to fiberglass surfaces under static conditions, but are
normally removed from the bore by flow of the effluent.
3
APPLICATION GUIDELINES
3.1
Common Applications
There are many piping systems on an offshore production platform. In the Gulf of Mexico
(GOM), fiberglass piping generally can be considered for water systems that are nonessential, non-hazardous and non-flammable (see definitions in Section 1.4). However,
fiberglass products can also be used in firewater systems, an essential system, if the chosen
products pass the specified fire tests and are approved by the authority having jurisdiction
(see Section 3.2). The following is a list of the more common offshore applications at this
time.
3.2
•
Fire water systems
•
Seawater cooling systems
•
Injection water
•
Produced water
•
Potable water
•
Drain piping
•
Sanitary piping
•
Ballast water
•
Column piping
•
Crude oil cargo piping for FPSO’s
Regulatory Agencies and Classing Societies
Fiberglass piping systems on offshore E&P facilities will be subject to review and approval
by the regulatory organizations with jurisdictional authority in the region of deployment. The
U.S. Coast Guard (USCG), for example, has regulatory responsibilities for floating facilities
in the GOM, and they have some responsibilities for fixed platforms as well. The U.S.
Minerals Management Service (MMS) is another regulatory agency with jurisdiction over
platforms in the GOM. The USCG and the MMS share the jurisdiction for various areas on
GOM platforms in accordance with the Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) that that
has been issued by these agencies. The Norwegian Petroleum Directorate (NPD) and the
CEAC
6
January 2003
UK Health and Safety Executive (HSE) have regional jurisdiction for E&P facilities in the
North Sea.
The USCG requirements for fiberglass pipe are stated in NVIC 11-86 , GUIDELINES
GOVERNING THE USE OF FIBERGLASS PIPE ON COAST GUARD INSPECTED
VESSELS and IMO Resolution A.753 (18), GUIDELINES FOR THE APPLICATION
OF PLASTIC PIPE ON SHIPS. Policy file memoranda such as PFM 1-98 are issued to
clarify the IMO document.
The American Bureau of Shipping (ABS), a classing society, often has responsibility for
enforcement of USCG requirements in the GOM. ABS has guidelines (rules) for plastic
pipe that usually reflect USCG requirements. The ABS rules for plastic pipe are stated in
Appendix 1 of the ABS GUIDE FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING FACILITIES ON
OFFSHORE INSTALLATIONS 2000. There are several classing societies including Det
Norske Veritas (DNV), Lloyds Register (LR), Bureau Veritas (BV) and Nippon K (NKJapan). Any one of these societies may be responsible for the enforcement of regulatory
requirements on behalf of the authority having jurisdiction.
Offshore projects may also be located in parts of the world where there is no regulatory
agency. In this case owners often choose to have a classing society oversee the
construction of E&P systems. Each of the classing societies has “rules” that can be used to
assure the integrity of materials and designs for offshore facilities.
It is best if commercial products are qualified to the performance requirements of the
regulatory agencies and the classing societies prior to use on a project. Products that have
been qualified by these agencies are said to have Type Approval. The approval process is
incumbent on the manufacturers of fiberglass products since many agencies are used
globally in the E&P business. Products without Type Approval must be approved by the
authority on a project to project basis. This adds a time consuming step to the process, so
project teams will not usually accept products not having Type Approval.
It is important to know what set of requirements are assured by a Type Approval
certificate. A Type Approval granted by the USCG provides assurance that the product
meets all the performance criteria required by the USCG. However, a classing society may
grant a Type Approval to any specification desired by the manufacturer. A list of products
with ABS Type Approval can be found at http://www.eagle.org/typeapproval/contents.html.
3.3
Fire Endurance Requirements
The USCG and ABS both provide a list of piping applications that might be considered for
the use of fiberglass in the “Fire Endurance Requirements Matrix”. This matrix covers the
various piping applications and the locations of all eligible piping systems on offshore
facilities. The ABS fire endurance matrix is shown in Appendix A of this document. The
categories having Level 3 (L3), Level 3 wet/dry (LWD) or zero (0) fire endurance
requirements are current candidates for fiberglass piping. Level 3 endurance requires
survival of a 30-minute fire test conducted on pipe samples filled and pressurized with
stagnant water. Level 3 wet/dry endurance requires survival of fire tests conducted on pipe
samples that are dry for 5 minutes, then filled with water for 25 minutes (flow allowed). A
CEAC
7
January 2003
fire endurance of 0 indicates an application category that has no fire endurance
requirements. The fire endurance levels are defined under the fire endurance matrix in
Appendix A.
The fire endurance matrix allows fiberglass pipe in many applications. The matrix has many
cells with either Level 3 (L3) or no (0) fire endurance requirement. Most applications of
interest for offshore platforms, however, are in the open deck areas (column K) of the fire
endurance matrix. If one considers the “sea water’ applications on open decks, all nonessential systems are allowed to use fiberglass products that have no fire endurance rating.
Fiberglass products with L3 ratings can be used in firewater ring mains if installed in
accordance with the requirements of PFM 1-98. Fiberglass products with LWD or “jet
fire” ratings are allowed for dry deluge systems. Fiberglass products have not yet been
qualified to Level 2 endurance tests, so none are presently allowed in seawater systems for
essential services. Seawater systems that are allowed in other areas of the platform include
ballast water piping in enclosed areas and column pipes.
Fresh water systems have similar restrictions. Fiberglass products without fire endurance
ratings can be used for potable water, for condensate returns and for non-essential services.
Fire endurance ratings of L3 are required for fresh-water cooling of essential service
systems.
Fiberglass piping can be used for deck drains in most locations. Fiberglass can also be used
for sanitary drains. Phenolic-based fiberglass products have unusually low smoke and
toxicity characteristics and can be used for sanitary piping in inaccessible or concealed areas
of accommodation, service and control spaces. Drain lines that transmit hydrocarbons, even
in low concentrations, are not currently allowed in fiberglass by the USCG.
3.4
Conductivity Requirements
IMO RESOLUTION A.753.(18), Section 2.2.5.3 states that all plastic piping in
hazardous areas must be electrically conductive regardless of the fluid conveyed. The IMO
requirement applies to all hazardous areas, both Division 1 and Division 2. The ABS rules
include an identical requirement. Where electrically conductive pipe is required by ABS, the
resistance per unit length of pipes and fittings must not exceed 1x105 Ohm/m, and the
resistance to earth (ground) from any point in the system must not exceed 1.0 megohm.
Most pipe manufacturers provide conductive products for the offshore market.
CEAC
8
January 2003
4
ENGINEERING CONSIDERATIONS
Fiberglass pipe systems can be quite robust with proper attention to system design. It is
also true that inadequate attention to system design can result in premature system failures.
Piping analysis and design are similar to metal systems, but input values for stress allowables
and elastic properties are different. Fiberglass systems have some unique characteristics that
designers must take into consideration.
4.1
Hydraulic Design
Fiberglass products have advantages in hydraulic performance as compared to steel
products. The ID of fiberglass products is normally larger than carbon steel for the same
nominal diameter. The smooth interior surface of fiberglass has a Hazen Williams coefficient
of 150, resulting in less friction loss and higher flow rates per unit horsepower. Further, the
interior surface remains smooth over time. The interior surface of carbon steel is not as
smooth when new, and the roughness will increase 30 to 40 percent over twenty years
service. These factors can have a significant impact on pipe size, pump size (horsepower) or
electric power usage over time. Reference 1 provides useful guidelines for the optimization
of the hydraulic performance of fiberglass systems.
4.2
Pressure Ratings
The pressure ratings for fiberglass offshore piping systems are normally based on the
pressure limits of connections and fittings. The pressure rating should include a safety factor
of 4.0, minimum, if based on short term burst tests of fittings and connections. Pressure
ratings may also be based on long or medium term pressure endurance tests as defined in
Appendix A, ASTM F1173. Manufacturers should always provide the basis when pressure
ratings are cited.
4.3
Line Layouts
Fiberglass pipe and fittings do not have standardized dimensions. A line layout for an
offshore system or spool isometric drawings for one product will usually apply to a second
product, but the pipe cut lengths may vary from product to product.
4.4
Piping Stress Analysis
It is very important that a piping stress analysis is performed on each fiberglass system. A
static analysis should be performed on wet systems considering the effects of all combined
loading. A dry system such as deluge piping should be analyzed for the dynamic conditions
created when a deluge system is activated and filled suddenly with pressurized water. The
analysis of all systems should include considerations of water hammer and other dynamic
pressure conditions.
It is important to obtain the properties and the stress allowables needed for stress analysis
directly from the manufacturer. The manufacturer should provide design allowables as well
as typical properties. Allowables are needed for both long term and short term loads. The
analysis software needs to have provisions for non-isotropic pipe materials.
CEAC
9
January 2003
The following are typical properties for a ± 55° filament wound glass/epoxy pipe products.
The manufacturer should be consulted to obtain appropriate design properties for any
specific product.
70°° F
150°° F
200°° F
Tensile Modulus, Hoop direction (msi)
3.7
3.4
3.2
Tensile Modulus, Axial direction (msi)
1.6
1.4
1.2
Beam Bending Modulus (msi)
1.7
1.3
1.0
Shear Modulus (msi)
0.9
0.8
0.8
11.4
10.3
9.2
Axial Tensile Strength
Short Term (0:1) (ksi)
Long Term (2:1) (ksi)
8.8
Long Term (0:1) (ksi)
6.4
5.8
5.3
Hoop Tensile Strength
Short Term Weep (2:1) (ksi)
24.0
Long Term (2:1) (ksi) [HDB]
17.7
Poisson’s Ratio
0.4
0.4
Thermal Expansion Coefficient
Axial (in/in/°F)
10.0
Thermal conductivity
BTU/(ft.2)(hr.)(°F/in.)
2.8
The analysis needs to check for excessive stress that may result from internal pressure
combined with loadings caused by thermal expansion, bending, momentum, water hammer,
etc. Fiberglass pipe is generally designed to resist internal pressure and does not have the
same level of reserve strength in the axial direction as steel pipe. All service conditions that
produce axial stress or bending stress need to be included in the stress analysis to preclude
failures due to excessive axial stresses. The analyses are needed to locate and size anchors
and guides for the system. Manufacturers will provide assistance with the stress analysis and
most will take responsibility for the analysis for a fee.
4.5
Special Design Considerations
Fiberglass pipe for the marine market normally has added thickness to provide more
resistance to impact loading, handling and vacuum. However, fiberglass materials are not
ductile like carbon steel and some additional design considerations are needed.
CEAC
10
January 2003
Supports
Special attention is needed in the design of supports for fiberglass systems. The following
rules should be followed in design of supports, anchors and guides:
§
Avoid point loads
§
Protect against abrasion with support pads
§
Comply with recommended maximum support span dimensions
§
Provide independent steel supports for valves and other heavy components
§
Avoid excessive bending. (Small branch lines will be subjected to excessive
bending if the main line is not anchored in the area of the branch line.)
§
Provide adequate support for vertical runs
Abuse
Fiberglass pipe may need protection during installation and service to prevent inadvertent
damage. Situations that may result in damage to the pipe include:
§
Small diameter piping that may be stepped on for personnel support
§
Piping subject to impact from dropped objects
§
Piping subject to impact from booms, cables, chains etc.
§
Impact shielding may be needed in some situations.
Transient Pressure Loads
Fiberglass piping is more susceptible to damage from transient pressure loads than carbon
steel. Special attention should be given to the following system design features:
§
Minimize pressure spikes due to pump startups.
§
Reduce valve closure speeds to eliminate water hammer.
§
Incorporate air release valves at high points in system to bleed all air from
system.
§
Incorporate vacuum breakers in long vertical runs to prevent pipe failure from
internal vacuum pressure during system draining.
§
Train all personnel in the correct operation of system valves.
It is important that transient pressure loads are minimized to preclude premature failures in
the piping system.
CEAC
11
January 2003
5.
PROJECT ENGINEERING
Projects for offshore production facilities are often organized into five phases:
Phase I: The evaluation & development of alternative system concepts
Phase II: Feasibility studies & selection of one system concept
Phase III: Front-end engineering for selected concept
Phase IV: Detailed engineering, construction & installation
Phase V: Operation and evaluation
Fiberglass is an alternative piping material that could be of interest for any offshore facility.
The consideration of alternative materials for piping systems normally occurs in the third
stage of the project when engineering options are explored. A materials engineer can
provide a list of qualified commercial products, potential vendors and specifications for
fiberglass piping.
5.1
Evaluation of Alternative Materials
Some project personnel may have limited experience with alternative piping materials. If
alternative materials such as fiberglass are to be considered, the project team will need
updated information to make valid comparisons and good engineering decisions in product
selection. One member of the team should be assigned responsibility for collecting
comparative data for commercial products that are appropriate for offshore facilities.
Comparative product data should include the following information:
§
Brand names & product series
§
Fire endurance rating
§
System pressure ratings by diameter (pipe & fittings)
§
Basis for pressure ratings
§
System temperature ratings
§
Type Approvals
§
Fittings construction method
§
Construction resin
§
Special features (low flame spread, electrical conductivity, etc.)
A spreadsheet incorporating the above data will be quite helpful in selecting the best
candidate products. An example is shown in Table 5-1.
CEAC
12
January 2003
Table 5-1, Features of Commercial Pipe Products
Pipe
Applicable
Applications Products
Series
Features
Fire
Endurance
Series 1
Product A
Product B
Series 2
Conductive
fiber
throughout
wall
Series 1
Impact
resistant
exteriorprovides 2
minute dry
jet fire
resistance
Series 2
Conductive
fiber
throughout
wall
Firewater
Ring Main
Product C
Series 1
Series 2
Product D
CEAC
Other
Qualification
Documents
Type
Approvals
Fittings
Constructio
Constructio
n
Manufacture
n
Resin
r
Bell Spigot
Adhesive
Filament
Wound
Oven
Cured
Epoxy
(265F Tg)
Company X
USCG
ABS
Bell Spigot
Adhesive
Filament
Wound
Oven
Cured*
Phenolic
(370F Tg)
Company Y
USCG
ABS
Butt & Wrap/
Hand Layup
Hand
Layup
Ambient
Cure
Vinyl Ester
(230F Tg)
Company Z
230 psi (2" - 16")/
USCG
ABS
Filament
Wound
Oven
Cured
Epoxy
(300F Tg)
Company ZZ
200F
Bell Spigot
Adhesive
IMO A.753(18)
USCG PFM 1-98
225 psi (2" - 24")/
Level 3
266F
Flame
Spread,
Smoke,
Toxicity*
USCG
ABS
IMO A.753(18)
USCG PFM 1-98
Conductive
exterior
200 psi (2"-12")
150 psi (14"-18")
100 psi (20" - 24")/
150F
IMO A.753(18)
USCG PFM 1-98
Level 3
Resin rich
liner
Joint
Style
USCG
ABS
150 psi, or
225 psi (1" - 40")/
200F
Level 3
Series 1
Series 2
Level 3
System
Pressure/
Temperature
Ratings
IMO A.753(18)
USCG PFM 1-98
13
January 2003
Table 5-1, Features of Commercial Pipe Products (Continued)
Pipe
Applicable
Applications Products
Series 1
Series
Jet fire test
results for 2"
Product E
Product F
Series 2
Conductive
fiber
throughout
wall
Series 1
Jet fire test
results for 2"
Series 2
Conductive
exterior
Features
Jet Fire
&
Modified
Level 3
(wet/dry)
Fire
Endurance
System
Pressure/
Temperature
Ratings
Firewater
Deluge
(dry/wet)
225 psi (1" -16")/
266F
Other
Qualification
Documents
Flame
Spread,
Smoke,
Toxicity*
Fittings
Constructio
Constructio
n
Manufacture
n
Resin
r
Type
Approvals
Joint
Style
USCG
ABS
Bell-Spigot
Adhesive
Filament
Wound
Oven
Cured*
Phenolic
(370F Tg)
Company Y
USCG
ABS
Butt & Wrap/
Hand Layup
Hand
Layup
Ambient
Cure
Vinyl Ester
(230F Tg)
Company Z
IMO A.753(18)
USCG PFM 1-98
Jet Fire,
Level 3, &
Modified
Level 3
(wet/dry)
200 psi (2" - 4")/
150F
IMO A.753(18)
USCG PFM 1-98
* - Oven cured on mandrel & post cured after mandrel removed
CEAC
14
January 2003
5.2
Cost Analysis
Economics is one of the most important factors in the evaluation of alternative materials.
Materials can be compared based on material costs, installed costs or life cycle costs. It takes
more effort to determine installed costs or life cycle costs, but these steps are essential to
develop a valid cost comparison of alternative materials. A cost analysis example is included in
Appendix B. This example includes installation and maintenance cost estimates for fiberglass,
Schedule 80 carbon steel and Schedule 40 copper nickel piping systems. The costs shown are
based on several assumptions and the reader is encouraged to perform an independent analysis
using material, labor and maintenance costs that are applicable to the project under
consideration.
5.3
Product Selection
Product selection should be based on the best match of product features and the performance
requirements for a given piping system. There is considerable variation in the features of
available fiberglass products as shown in Table 5-1. It is important that the characteristics for
each product are well understood and are evaluated carefully before selecting final candidates.
The projected cost is always an important consideration in product selection. Pipe
manufacturers will provide budgetary prices for use in the selection of acceptable product
candidates for a given project. However, budgetary pricing information needs to be evaluated
carefully. For example, fittings constitute a high percentage of the materials cost for a typical
offshore system, so the price for fittings is far more important than the price for pipe. Also,
manufacturers offer different levels of service with the sale of piping materials. It is important to
understand what services are included with budgetary price estimates so a direct comparison is
made.
If possible, two or more products should be selected for consideration in the procurement
stage of the project. Two or more approved products will assure that competitive prices are
obtained for the project. Two approved products also provide assurance of a second source
of qualified product in the event that adequate supplies are not available from the first source.
6
PROJECT EXECUTION
6.1
System Design
Detailed design of offshore piping systems are normally accomplished by the engineering
contractor for topsides facilities. A quality assurance review of the design phase should be
considered to assure that the interests of all stakeholders, system owner (Owner), operators
and regulators, are addressed in each phase of the system design. The quality plan can address
the assumptions, the criteria and the analyses required to address all the requirements of
applicable specifications, regulatory rules and Owner requirements. Oversight of the design
review should be the responsibility of an Owner employee or a project team member.
Detailed design of a piping system will include hydraulic design, selection of pumps and valves,
routing of the pipe, location of air release valves to bleed air from the system, design of anchors
CEAC
15
January 2003
(and guides) and structural analysis of the system. The structural analyses should be conducted
using software that complies with the specifications for the project. The structural analysis
should consider all static loads, dynamic loads (filling of the dry deluge system) and combined
loads specified in the design requirements provided by the project team. The location of guides
and anchors should be adjusted and the system reanalyzed until the specified safety factors are
realized throughout the system. Stress allowables and physical properties for the fiberglass pipe
should be obtained from the manufacturer and approved by the Owner. After approval, the
results of the detailed engineering work should be used to specify the piping system in the job
specification. The job specification will be used for the procurement process.
6.2
The Procurement Process
Two key documents are needed to assure that qualified products are selected in the
procurement process, a job specification and a procurement specification.
The piping engineer should prepare the job specification and it should contain all the data and
the performance requirements that are applicable to a specific project. The data should include
a line lay out that will enable potential vendors to prepare an accurate materials list. The job
specification should also include all the performance specifications for the job as summarized
below:
•
System type
•
Pipe diameter
•
Design temperature
•
Design pressure
•
Piping fluid
•
Location
•
Layout drawings
•
Bill of materials
•
Regulatory Authority having jurisdiction
Procurement Specification
The procurement specification can be an industry document from ASTM, API or ISO. ASTM
F1173 is written specifically for offshore facilities. The procurement specification may also be
an internal company specification that references an industry document. The procurement
specification will define the general performance requirements that products must satisfy to
qualify for the job. General performance requirements will include properties such as pressure
ratings (pipe and fittings), fire endurance, flame spread, electrical conductivity, etc.
Procurement specifications may include test procedures that must be used as well as the test
results that must be obtained. The procurement specification should also define the quality
CEAC
16
January 2003
assurance procedures that must be used in manufacturing, handling and shipping.
Manufacturers who want to participate in the procurement process must submit the data
required to show that proposed products do in fact meet the requirements of the procurement
specification. The procurement officer should work closely with the piping engineer and others
with the expertise needed to evaluate the qualification data from prospective suppliers.
Table 6-1 shows criteria covered by IMO Resolution A.753(18), USCG PFM 1-98, ABS
Rules for Plastic Pipe Installations, ASTM F1173-01 and ISO 14692, all procurement
specifications applicable to fiberglass piping systems for offshore platforms.
The use of Type Approvals can streamline the procurement process. With Type Approvals,
third party agencies such as ABS assume the task of qualifying commercial products to one or
more of the applicable specifications. The agencies also perform periodic audits to assure
ongoing compliance with the specifications. It is important, however, that the user understands
which requirements are assured by any given Type Approval. Table 6-2 demonstrates the
criteria or specifications that are usually covered by USCG Type Approvals and by ABS Type
Approvals.
CEAC
17
January 2003
Table 6-1 Alternative Qualification Specifications for FRP Pipe on Offshore Platforms
and the Criteria Covered by Each
Qualification Criteria
IMO Res.
USCG
ABS Rules,
ASTM
ISO
A.753(18)
PFM 1-98
Plastic Pipe
Installations
F1173-01
14692
Service Parameters
Acceptable Applications
Yes
Diameter Range
Yes
Yes
Maximum Service Temperature
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Performance Criteria for Products
Pressure Rating Method
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Fire Endurance
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Flame Spread, Smoke & Toxicity
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Conductivity
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Pressure Tests
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Fire Endurance Tests
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Flame Spread Tests
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Smoke & Toxicity Tests
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Qualification Test Requirements
Conductivity Tests
Manufacturing QA
QC Plan
Yes
Yes
Yes
ISO 9001, or equivalent
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
QC Tests & Inspections
Yes
Fabrication & Installation QA
Per Mfg. Recommendations
Yes
Certification of Bonders etc.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Installation Guidelines
Yes
Yes
Yes
CEAC
18
January 2003
Table 6-2 Typical Performance Criteria or Specifications Covered by
Fiberglass Pipe Type Approvals for Offshore Applications
Criteria or Specification Covered
USCG
ABS
Type Approval
Type Approval*
Product Designation
Yes
Yes
Pipe Diameters
Yes
Max Service Temperature
Yes
USCG NVIC 11-86
Yes
IMO Resolution A.753(18)
Yes
Yes
USCG PFM 1-98
Yes
Yes
ABS Rules, Plastic Pipe Installations
Yes
Quality Assurance Program for Manufacturing
Yes
Yes
Periodic Audits
Yes
* - ABB may provide Type Approvals to other specifications. The user must check the Type Approval
certificate to ascertain coverage of each specific approval.
Purchase of Manufacturer Services
The procurement documents should state clearly the services that are expected of the
manufacturer. Fiberglass pipe manufacturers provide piping material, pipe and fittings, but they
often offer the additional services listed below, services that can be extremely valuable to a project
team.
•
Assistance with system design
•
Stress analysis of piping systems
•
Fabrication of pipe spools
•
Training of fabrication and supervisory personnel
•
Fabrication of systems on the construction site
•
Fit-up of fiberglass system to mating valves, vessels, piping etc.
•
Proof test of piping system
•
Training of operations personnel
•
Inspection services
CEAC
19
January 2003
The procurement documents should clearly define the level of service desired in each
areas.
of these
Turnkey Purchase Option
Fiberglass pipe manufacturers usually offer the option of supplying a turnkey installation as
opposed to supplying materials and selected services. A turnkey procurement means that the
manufacturer takes full responsibility not only for the quality of the piping material, but also the
fabrication of spools, the installation of the piping on the platform, fit up of the fiberglass piping
to mating hardware such as pipes and tanks, and proof test of the installed system. Turnkey
installations may also include an extended warranty with associated inspection and maintenance
services.
6.3
Installation
Certification of Installation Personnel
Fiberglass pipe can be installed by the manufacturer, by a subcontractor to the manufacturer or
by the general contractor. All the above are used successfully. However, it is extremely
important that fiberglass pipe is always installed by personnel who are trained and certified to a
specification approved by the owner. ASME B31.3, for example, provides procedures for the
installation personnel. This includes the laborers who make up the joints and install the fittings,
and the inspectors who supervise the work. Training and certification of installation personnel is
a very important requirement for successful installations of fiberglass piping.
Construction Quality Assurance
It is recommended that the Owner establish a formal quality assurance (QA) program to
review the manufacture and construction phase of the project. Owner inspectors should review
the manufacturing facilities and operations periodically to assure that the quality provisions of
the procurement specification are satisfied. The QA plan for the construction phase should be
written, reviewed and agreed to by all stakeholders prior to the start of construction activities.
The Owner’s inspector or his representative should have oversight responsibility for all the
fabrication work and fit up work that is conducted on the construction site. The Owner’s
inspector should assure that all construction personnel are trained and certified. The Owner’s
inspector should witness the proof test of the total system.
Proof Test
All closed fiberglass systems should be tested with hydrostatic pressure after installation. The
test should be conducted in accordance with specifications approved by the owner. The ISO
14692 specification provides good guidelines for conducting a system pressure test. Fiberglass
systems are usually required to withstand a test pressure of 1.5 times the operating pressure or
1.1 times design pressure for a minimum of one hour without visible signs of leakage.
Individual pipe joints and fittings are subject to proof testing of 1.5 times pressure rating on a
lot basis during the manufacturing process. Individual spools may also be subjected to proof
testing before installation. Therefore, the primary purpose of the system proof test is to identify
CEAC
20
January 2003
system leaks and it is not usually necessary to subject the entire system to pressure 1.5 times
the system rating.
6.4
Project Quality Assurance Plan
A formal quality assurance (QA) plan is recommended for project execution. The QA plan should
include a review of each stage of the project; system design, procurement and construction. The
QA process should identify the project team members involved and define the roles and
responsibilities of each member. The QA review process should be clearly defined. A basic QA
plan is outlined below.
Piping stress analysis review
•
Analysis software capabilities
•
Design properties provided by the manufacturer
•
Load cases and combined loads to be analyzed
•
Analysis output, maximum stresses, deflections, anchor locations, etc.
Procurement process review
•
Job specific specifications
•
Purchase specification
•
Product qualification data or Type Approval
Construction process
•
Certification requirements for bonders, laminators and supervisors
•
Inspection program for manufacturing of pipe and fittings, spool fabrication, installation
on construction site and fit-up to non-fiberglass system components.
•
Construction site engineering change process
•
Execute inspection program
System proof test
•
Proof test plan
•
System readiness for proof test
•
Witness proof test
•
Witness system draining and preparation for service
CEAC
21
January 2003
7
REFERENCES
1. Cagle, Larry, “Fiberglass Pipe’s Fringe Benefit”, Chemical Engineering, November 1991,
by McGraw Hill, Inc.
2. Smith Fiberglass Manual No. C3345, August 1999, “Competitive Materials Installed Cost
Comparison
3. NACE Publication 3C-194, “Economics of Corrosion”
CEAC
22
January 2003
CEAC
23
January 2003
APPENDIX A – ABS FIRE ENDURANCE REQUIREMENTS
CEAC
24
January 2003
CEAC
25
January 2003
Appendix B - Example Cost Analysis for Alternative Piping Materials
Cost of Materials - Pipe and Fittings
Economics is an important factor in engineering studies of alternative piping materials. This section is
included to provide an example cost analysis for alternative piping materials. This example provides
comparative values for three alternative materials. The format and much of the data is taken from Reference
2. The materials are fiberglass, Schedule 80 carbon steel and Schedule 40 copper-nickel.
It should be noted that Schedule 40 carbon steel and Schedule 10 copper-nickel are lower cost metallic
systems that might also be candidates for an off shore system. The reader is encouraged to perform an
independent cost analysis using data that is applicable to the piping materials and the system under
consideration for a specific project.
A cost analysis for fiberglass and competing corrosion resistant piping materials should start with a
spreadsheet of the weights and the cost of competing pipe materials. Table B-1 shows typical unit weights
for fiberglass, Schedule 80 carbon steel and Schedule 40 copper-nickel piping for 2”, 3”, 4” and 6”
diameters. Table B-2 is a summary of typical prices for each piping material at 2”, 3”, 4” and 6”
diameters.
Table B-1, Pipe Weights (Lbs/ Foot)
Pipe Materials
2”
3”
4”
6”
Fiberglass
0.8
1.2
2.0
3.1
Sch. 80 Carbon Steel
5.0
10.3
15.0
28.6
Sch. 40 Copper-Nickel 90/10
4.2
8.8
12.9
19.7
Table B-2, Pipe Material Cost per Foot
Pipe Materials
Fiberglass
2”
3”
4”
6”
$7.50
$9.30
$11.60
$17.55
Sch. 80 Carbon Steel
3.00
6.18
8.75
17.80
Sch. 40 Copper-Nickel 90/10
8.74
17.17
23.05
43.82
CEAC
26
January 2003
Cost of Installed Piping Systems
Weight and cost data for competing piping materials can provide a preliminary comparison of competitive
materials. However, it is best to compile data for installed piping systems. Table B-3 is a materials list for
the piping system used in Reference 2 and illustrated in Appendix C of this document. The cost of
alternative piping materials and the corresponding installation labor can be assembled in a separate
spreadsheet to determine the total installed cost of systems constructed from competing materials.
Labor units for the installation of carbon steel pipe and fittings are shown in Reference 2 and attributed to
“The Richardson System Process Plant Construction Estimating Standards”, Volume 3, 1997 edition,
published by Richardson Engineering Services, Inc., Mesa Arizona. The labor units for copper-nickel
were assumed to be 30 percent greater than those for carbon steel. The labor units for fiberglass were
provided by a manufacturer of fiberglass systems for the offshore market. A summary of the installation
labor for four-inch (4”) piping systems is shown in Table B-4.
An average labor rate of $29.10 was assumed to calculate the total labor costs for an installation of 4”
piping in the configuration shown in Appendix C. The installed costs for the competitive materials in 4”
piping are summarized in Table B-5.
Table B-3 Typical Pipe System Materials List
Item
CS or CuNi
Pipe
280’
280’
Elbows, 90°
11
11
Tees
3
3
Reducer, FxF
2
2
13
13
Coupling
2
0
Bolt sets
17
17
Flange
Pipe to Pipe Bonded joints
Welded Joints
Fiberglass
7
58
CEAC
27
January 2003
Table B-4 Labor Units in Hours for 4” Pipe
Pipe
Elbow
Tee
Reducer
Coupling
Flange
(Hr/ft)
Bolt
Set
Field
Cut &
Bevel
Erection
Butt
Weld
Fiberglass
0.185
0.850
1.275
0.850
0.850
0.425
1.700
(1)
(1)
Sch
80 CS
0.298
6.200
9.300
5.400
3.100
1.900
1.700
0.840
6.900
Sch.
40
CuNi
0.387
8.060
12.090
7.020
4.03
2.47
2.21
1.092
8.97
(1) Field cutting, tapering and adhesive bonding included in pipe and fittings labor units
Table B-5 Installed Cost Comparison for 4”Pipe
PIPE
MATERIAL
COST
Fiberglass $3,250
FITTINGS
MATERIAL
COST
BOLTS &
ADHESIVE
COST
FIELD
LABOR
COST
(PIPE)
FIELD
LABOR
COST
(FITTINGS)
TOTAL
INSTALLED
COST
$5,766
$830
--
$2,8602
$13,706
Sch 80 CS
2,450
524
722
$2,428
6,623
12,747
Sch 40
CuNi
6,454
2,798
722
3,153
8,610
21,737
(2) Field labor cost for pipe and fittings
Cost of Maintenance
Maintenance should be considered in the analysis if the cost of maintenance is significantly different for the
piping materials under consideration. The effect of maintenance costs on total cost or life cycle costs can be
quantified for each materials candidate. The analysis requires an estimate of the cash flow required for
installation and maintenance on each system for each year of the project life. Annual cash flow would
include expenditures for inhibitors, cathodic protection, exterior coatings, inspection, cleaning, repairs,
deferred production, etc. If it is normal to replace the system once or twice during the project life, the total
cost of the replacement should be included in the cash flow schedule. The anticipated expenditures can be
entered in a net present value (NPV) spreadsheet to determine the total cost for each material option.
CEAC
28
January 2003
The following is an example of cash flow summaries that might be assumed for the materials that have been
discussed above.
System 1:
Fiberglass Pipe, 4” diameter (nom), 225 psi pressure rating
Installed cost - $13,706 (Table 5-5)
Maintenance Costs
Flush system every 2 years - $2,000
Exterior coating at year 12 – $4,500
Repairs at years 12 & 18 - $5,000 each
System 2:
Carbon Steel, 4” diameter (nom), Schedule 80
Installed cost - $12,747
Maintenance costs
Internal clean & flush every year - $2,000
Replace system at year 7 & 15 – $22,000
System 3:
Copper Nickel, 90/10, 4” diameter (nom), Schedule 40
Installed cost - $21,737
Maintenance costs
Internal clean and flush every year - $2,000
Repairs at years 6, 12 & 18 - $6,000 each
Life Cycle Cost Analysis
The net present value (NPV) method can be used to compare the project life-cycle costs, or the total costs
for the alternative materials. Readers are referred to Reference 3, NACE Publication 3C-194, “Economics
of Corrosion” for a thorough explanation of the present value method. The NACE document describes a
spreadsheet tool that can be used to enter the annual cash flow associated with each material option, and
the spreadsheet is used to calculate the annual cost or the total cost for each. The results of the NPV
analysis, Table B-6, indicates the installed cost and the annual cost for a 25-year project life for each
material. The analysis also provides the results in terms of the net present value for projects of 10 and 25
years in duration. Based on the assumptions used in this example, fiberglass is the low cost option.
However, fiberglass may not always be the low cost option and the reader is encouraged to perform a cost
analysis that is specific to the materials and the system under consideration for a given project. The entry
data for NPV analysis is shown in Table B -7.
CEAC
29
January 2003
Table B-6 Comparative Results of NPV Analysis for Offshore Piping Materials
Piping Material
Initial Cost Annual Cost
(25yr Proj)
NPV (10yrs) NPV (25yrs)
Fiberglass
$12,598
$2,077
$12,458
$22,176
12,747
4,230
28,174
45,153
21,373
3,714
26,102
39,647
(4”D, 225 psi)
Carbon Steel
(4”D, Schedule 80)
Copper-Nickel 90/10
(4”D, Schedule 40)
Table B-7 Net Present Value Input Data
Initial Data
Project
Piping System for Offshore Platform
Financial
Factors
Inflation
4.00%
Cost of Capital
8.00%
Tax Rate
34.00%
System 1 Fiberglass Pipe, 4" D, 225 psi
Initial $12,598
Estimated Life
25
Salvage $
0
Abandonment
0
Yearly Expense Costs
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
Year 4
Year 5
Year 6
Year 7
Year 8
0
2,000
0
2,000
0
2,000
0
2,000
Year 11
Year 12
Year 13
Year 14
Year 15
Year 16
Year 17
Year 18
0
11,500
0
2,000
0
2,000
0
7,000
Year 21
Year 22
Year 23
Year 24
Year 25
0
2,000
0
2,000
0
Year 9 Year 10
0
2,000
Year 19 Year 20
0
2,000
CEAC
30
January 2003
Carbon Steel, 4" D, Schedule
System 2 80
Initial $
Estimated
Life
12,747
25Salvage $
0
Abandonme
nt
0
Yearly Expense Costs
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
Year 4
Year 5
Year 6
Year 7
Year 8
Year 9
Year 10
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
22,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
Year 11
Year 12
Year 13
Year 14
Year 15
Year 16
Year 17
Year 18
Year 19
Year 20
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
22,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
System 3 Copper-Nickel, 90/10, 4" D, Schedule 40
Estimated
Life
Initial $ 21,373
25Salvage $
0
Abandonme
nt
0
Yearly Expense Costs
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
Year 4
Year 5
Year 6
Year 7
Year 8
Year 9
Year 10
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
8,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
Year 11
Year 12
Year 13
Year 14
Year 15
Year 16
Year 17
Year 18
Year 19
Year 20
2,000
8,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
8,000
2,000
2,000
Year 21
Year 22
Year 23
Year 24
Year 25
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
Year 21
Year 22
Year 23
Year 24
Year 25
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
CEAC
31
January 2003
APPENDIX C - PIPING SYSTEM USED IN COST ANALYSIS EXAMPLE
CEAC
32